Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract
CAG-06-165 r. 1� arwr - :AIA Document A101 TM - 1997 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM rd AGREEMENT made as of the 4 day of Rao. in the year of a00 (In words, indicate day,month and year) ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has BETWEEN the Owner: added information needed for its (Name, address and other information) completion.The author may also have revised the text of the original City of Renton-Peter Renner AIA standard form.An Additions and 1055 South Grady Way Deletions Report that notes added Renton,WA 98057 information as well as revisions to Telephone: 425430-6600 the standard form text is available Facsimile: 425430-6603 from the author and should be reviewed.A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates and the Contractor: where the author has added (Name, address and other information) necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted s Gary Knesevitch,Owner from the original AIA text. Danneko Construction This document has important legal 10436 NE 112th Street conselluences. Consultation with an Kirkland,WA 98033 attorney is encouraged with respect Telephone Number:425-827-3870 to its completion or modification. Fax Number:425-827-3872 AIA Document A201-1997,General The Project is: Conditions of the Contract for Construction,is adopted in this (Name and location) document by reference.Do not use with other general conditions unless Tiffany Park Activity Building this document is modified. 1902 Lake Youngs Way SE Renton,WA 98057 This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated The Architect is: General Contractors of America. (Name, address and other information) Gensler Architects 1524 Fifth Avenue,Suite 300 Seattle,WA 98101 Telephone Number:206-654-2.100 The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. AIA Document A101 TM—1997.Copyright ©1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:18:25 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (2375505046) tirrrr Nomw ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement,other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements,either written or oral.An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 8. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents,except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION §3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the slate of commencement if it differs from the date of this Agreement or, if applicable,state that the date will be fixed in a notice to proceed.) If,prior to the commencement of the Work,the Owner requires time to file mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests,the Owner's time requirement shall be as follows: §3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement. §3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than 150 days from the date of commencement,or as follows: (Insert number of calendardays.Alternatively,a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date of commencement. Unless stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert any requirements for earlier Substantial Completion of certain portions of the Work.) Portion of Work Substantial Completion Date subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions, if any,for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time or for bonus payments for early completion of the Work.) $200 per day ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM §4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract,The Contract Sum shall be Four Hundred Forty-eight Thousand One Hundred Forty-seven Dollars and Twenty Cents ($'448,147.20),subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. §4,2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates,if any,which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates.If decisions on other alternates are to be made by the Owner subsequent to the execution of this Agreement,attach a schedule of such other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires) AIA Document A101 TM—1997.Copyright©1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American [nit. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 2 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA''"Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:18:25 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (2375505046) .y *M01 Replace Window#A-1 with a door. §4.3 Unit prices,if any,are as follows: Description Units Price($0.00) ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS §5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS §5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect,the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. §5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month,or as follows: (Paragraph deleted) §5.1.3 The City of Renton operates on a two-week cycle according to the 2006/07 Accounts Payable Calendar,a copy of which will be provided to the Contractor. Applications for Payment must be received by the Owner a minimum of one week prior to any Purchase Order cutoff date to be processed in that run. §5.1.4"Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents.The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work.The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. §5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. §5.1.6 Subject'to other provisions of the Contract Documents,the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: .1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values,less retainage of Five percent ( 5.00%).Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work,amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Section 7.3.8 of AIA Document A201-1997; .2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction(or,if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing),less retainage+of Five percent ( 5.00%); .3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner;and .4 Subtract amounts,if any,for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 9.5 of AIA Document A201-1997. §5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.1.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances: AIA Document A101 TM—1997.Copyright©1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. $ Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:18:25 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (2375505046) ' NNW `rrr 1 Add,upon Substantial Completion of the Work,a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum,less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work,retainage applicable to such work and unsettled claims;and (Section 9.8.5 of AIA Document A201-1997 requires release of applicable retainage upon Substantial Completion of Work with consent of surety, if any.) .2 Add,if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor,any additional amounts payable in accordance with Section 9.10.3 of AIA Document A201-1997. §5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage,if any,shall be as follows: (If it is intended,prior to,substantial Completion of the entire Work, to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in Sections 5.1.61 and 5.1.62 above,and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents,insert here provisions for such reduction or limitation.) None §5.1,9 Except with the Owner's prior approval,the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. §5.2 FINAL PAYMENT §5.2.1 Final payment,constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum,shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when: .1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201-1997,and to satisfy other requirements, if any,which extend beyond final payment;and .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. §5.2.2 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment,or as follows: ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION §6,1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201-1997. §6.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201-1997. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS §7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201-1997 or another Contract Document,the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. §7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below,or in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. ("Insert rate of interest agreed upon, if any.) ( )per annum (Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act, similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business, the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision. Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications, and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) AIA Document A101 Tm—1997.Copyright 0 1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA$Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 4 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIO Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:18:25 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (2375505046) t §7.3 The Owner's representative is: (Name,address and other information) Peter Renner.Facilities Director City of Renton,Community Services 1055 South Grady Way Renton,WA 98057 Telephone: 425-430-6605 Facsimile: 425-430-6603 §7.4 The Contractor's representative is: (Name, address and other information) Gary Knesevitch,Owner Danneko Construction 10436 NE 112th Street Kirkland,WA 98033 Telephone: 425-827-3870 Facsimile: 425-827-3872 §7.5 Neither the Owner's nor the Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other party. §7.8 Other provisions: ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS §8.1 The Contract Documents,except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: §8.1.1 The Agreement is this executed 1997 edition of the Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor,AIA Document A101-1997. §8.1.2 The General Conditions are the 1997 edition of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,AIA Document A201-1997. I §8.1.3,The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated November 09,2006,and are as follows Document Title Pages 00800 Special Conditions 2 00810 Insurance Provisions 5 §8.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Section 8.1.3,and are as follows: (Either list the,Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Title of Specifications exhibit:Tiffany Park Activity Building (Rows deleted) §8.1.5 The Drawings are as follows,and are dated unless a different date is shown below: (Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Title of Drawings exhibit:Plan List,Tiffany Park Activity Building AIA Document A101 TM—1997.Copyright©1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 5 / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:18:25 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_I which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (2375505046) } '**We w (Rows deleted) §8.1,6 The Addenda,if any,are as follows: Number Date Pages 1 9/18/2006 1 2 9/19/2006 1 3 9/20/2006 1 4 11/6/2006 1 5 11/7/2006 1 Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 8. §8.1.7 Other documents,if any,forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: (List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Contract Documents.AIA Document A201- 1997,provides that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders, sample forms and the Contractor's bid are not part of the Contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. They should be listed here only if intended to be part of the Contract Documents.) This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least three original copies,of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor,one to the Architect for use in the administration of the Contract,and the remainder to the Owner. c-- -e" / ' OWNER(5' nature) C NTRACT (Signat<re) Kathy Keolker,Mayor Gary Knesevitch,Owner (Printed name and title) (Printed name and title) ATTEST{Signature) Bonnie Walton,City Clerk (Printed name and title) AIA Document A101 TM—1997.Copyright©1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA° Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 6 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIO Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:18:25 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (2375505046) DATE JMWDWYYY) ACORD CERTIFICA)-se OF LIABILITY INSURAW&E 11,2912006 '7RoomER Niehl Insurance Agency THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION 12826 SE 40th Ln D Ste 203 ONLY AN CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE PO Box 5635 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR I TER E COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Bellevue WA 98006 4 (425)64 -1600 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC 0 1711 �NSLJRrR A United Financial Casuafty Company ....... Gary Knesevitch Dba: Danneko Construction t�suizzp,a St, Paul Surplus Line Insurance Company, 10436 NE 112th ST %S U PER e- Kirkland WA 98033- N'13 U F P R D COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN I$45UED TO`HE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PER'OD INDICATED NOPIVITHSTANDING ANY REOUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTAER DCCUMEN'T'hiTH P=_$iPECT TO WHICH T!-!S CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUEOOR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POL.CFS DE SCR BED HEF.E;N1 IS SUBJECT Tu.?,U THE TERMS.=XtiLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES XGGREGATP L:rA rs SH'0',h;N.VAY`IAVE_BEEN REDUCE 01 8'PAI')CLAiVS __7 11__111_______ ---I'----- I- I .-................ INSA ADUt. POuCY N POLICY EFFECTNE POLICY EXPIRAT)ON UM BER nATF WMM �B GENERAL LLABILITY SF05533150 10115f2006 10/15t2007 EAC, CaCURRE,,WZ C!A GE� X CCAWERCAL GENE9AL IA,4i�l T'y VA C-RENTED ow CLAIMS VADE X 0C.2"UR too 000 G�NERA_AGGREGATE 2,000000 (ZEN AGGRE GATr i 1411 T APPLkEa PER 2,000,000 POLICY 1.2 Al MMOOALE UABILM 3368067-0 01122/2006 01122/2007 SoMffi NED SftaLz UMIT arxw%nt) ................... AL:. b Gy NJ;,RY X SCI-,,ZDULFD)AvT��S X HIRED AIJICS 33DIL" WWRY S X NON-GV,NE)4U7G5 f Fer accoeflQ GARAGE LIABILITY ATQ CINLY,EA ACf.ICGNT S C H6q THAN E,ACC AGG 3 OCCURRcN;-�7 3 1111 'XCUR I-LAA45,14ADE ---------- RETENTIC,% S S WORKERS COWENSAMN SF0553315CI 1011512006 1 Oil 512007 X �_IQRY I'VITs ER ...................... fMPQOYtFtZLIA8ILITY ANY E L EAC-,ACCJGF',1T 1'000000 EXC'_LOE^� EMPLOYE.$E L D�S��A_E.. ........ 1,000,000 E L b,%EASE-POLK--LWIT 3 1,000000 OTHER 015"RIPTION Of OftRA'"ONS.'LOCATIDNS,'VEMr-LES,EXCLUSIONS ADOED BY ENDORSEMENT i SPECIAL PROVISIONS RE:Tiffany Park Activity Building project CERTIFICATE HOLDER IS LISTED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED PER ATTACHED FORM V0056, COVERAGE IS PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY, CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION A1102489 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE 095SCRIRED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE 4XPJPA'nON CITY OF RENTON DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING ENSURER WILL MAIL DAYS WRITTEN ICHAEL NOLAN NOTICE TO THC-CERTIFICATE HO LDER NAMED TO THE LEFT M 9055 SOUTH GRADY 1.1V AY RENTON WA 98055- A UT D FS 1, A ACORN 25(2001108) Fax;(425;430-6603 ACORD CORPORATION 1998 Z ..r' A€lO'f ONAt PROUCTEG PERSONS EMOORSEMENT - mwsftd O!S OR ONR11MUTlONS RElilllRED By wRnTEn CQNTRACT FOR lltSLI ANNE This endorsement changes your commercial General Liability Protection. Now Coverage Is Changed But a person or organization who's an architect, erlglneer, or surveyor that you There are two changes explained below: agree in a written contract for Insurance to add as are additional protected person 1, The following is added to the Who Is under this agreement Is not a protected protected Under This Agreement section. person for bodily injury, property This change adds certain protected damage, or personal injury resulting from persons and limits their protection. the performance of or failure to perform architect, engineer, or surveyor Addifi.0001 010lectlld parsfiAS when ragitlrod professional services. OY M wrfrn 00111 l lot bMtllnGe. Any parson or Organization that you agree in Wmen contrad for insurance mews a written contract for insurance to add that pert of any written contract or as an additional protected person under agreement in which you agree to add a this agreement is a protected person.. person or organization as an additional But only for covered bodily injury and protected person under this agreement property damage that results from your that: 'Work for that person or organization. + virus made before; and is in effect when; Any person ri organization that you the bodily injury or property damage to as in a written contract for insurance happens, or the personal Injury offense is to add as an additional protected parson committed, under this agreement is also a protected person for the fallowing if that written contract for Insurance specifitally Addbw7a i pnXectod person may also be requires such coverage for that person or celled an additional insured in the written organization: contract for insurance. • covered bodily injury or property We **loin what we damage that results from your completed work for that person or + mean by your work " your organization; or completed work in the Products and • covered personal Injury that results completed work total limit section; and from your business activities for that a consider architect, engineer, or person or organization. surveyor professional services to include in the Contract liability However. any person or organization that exclusion, you agrees in a written contract for insurance to add as an additional 2. The following is added to the tither protected person under this agreement is primary or excess insurance part of the a protected person only for the lessor Other insurance section. This change of: limits coverage. the limits of coverage required by that written contract for insurance; or We'll also apply this agreement as • the limits of coverage available for excess insurance over tale part or parts this agreement. of any prlmory or excess other Insurance which provides protection for any parson or organization that you agree in a V0058 Ed. "D Printed in U.S.A. Endorsement OSI.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Co. 2000 All Rights Reserved Page 1 of 2 *40► *MW IwSftld written contract for insurance to add as *ntforsornant that are incurred by that an additional protected person under this person or organization, and we won't agroamomt, share those damages with such other insurance. However, if you specifically agree in that written contract for insurance that this Oft? Tom Insurame must be primary to and non- contributory with ather insurance Issued All other terms of your policy remain the directly to that parson or organization, same we'll apply this agreement as prim" insurance for damages covered by this V0056 Ed. 0-00 Printed in U.S.A. Page 2 of 2 e6t.Psul Fire and Marine Insurance Co. 2000 All Rights Reserved `Bond No. 104 781 237 SECTIO 00910 - BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON FORM KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we,the undersigned Danneko Construction as principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut as a surety corporation, and clified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corrations as surety are ointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of *Four hundred forty eigght thousand one hundred Renton in the penal sum$forty seven & 20/16ths*($448,147.20) for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or person representatives,as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington,the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at Seattle ,Washington,this 11th day of December , 2006 Nevertheless,the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAG- 06-165 providing for construction of TIFFANY PARK ACTIVITY BUILDING Project Name the principal is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the contract;and WHEREAS, the principal has accepted,or is about to accept,the contract,the undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, if the principal shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth,or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics,subcontractors and materialmen, and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said City of Renton harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in the contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Renton,then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. Travelers Casualty and Surety Danneko Construction Company of America Principal r Surety CT-0 O Box 75715 By: Seattle, WA 98175 Signa 6��)lBy: ure Surety's Address Name an Title Agent's Signature .� R.A. Fix, Attorney in Fact Agent's Name and Title (206) 361-9693 Agent's phone number BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON FORM, 00910-1 WARNING `HIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE Rr BORDER STPAUL NWW POWER OF ATTORNEY 1%80� TRAVELERS Farmington Casualty Company Y St.Paul Guardian Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St.Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Attorney-In Fact No. 21 4858 Certificate No. 000332516 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York,that St.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,St.Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St.Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota,that Farmington Casualty Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company,and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland,that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa,and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,Inc.is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin(herein collectively called the"Companies"),and that the Companies do hereby make,constitute and appoint Christine V. Felicetty, N. B. Fix, R. A. Fix, and Myung S. Fix of the City of Seattle State of Washington their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above,to sign,execute,sea]and acknowledge any and all bonds,recognizances,conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their busyness of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons,guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seats to be hereto affixed,this 24th day of April 20 ''06 Farmington Casualty Company St.Paul Guardian Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St.Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company pnsu•1�r $.�,'p��n�ron� SUREIy� ..oF�ne'"'6"Nw,,w �~N..!S ''j�NSUq'•. p�TY ANO M 'mv pr O��M,�' CT�F' °k ]F < R'o.. O:' .,q i jP,.........,q'•; yJ s N165UNEry f�,StYA� A)1s �� b" n MICORpDRATED _ z 'lcoacoR f. q 2 f��i PZ � WrGO l'1^s a 1951 8 s �'SEAL o. CONN. DDNN. 1896 ,p: .. ODa f£ mO. �y �H i * `�OF NFR� "'m�2ANCE„a� y'ya1......-:•afr 7 d.'' ...' ,,„ \•S.:AN�.r ue � State of Connecticut By: City of Hartford ss. G oroe W anpo%Snr res ident On this the 24th day f April 2006 Y before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company,Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.,Seaboard Surety Company,St.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,St.Paul Guardian Insurance Company,St.Paul Mercury Insurance Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America,and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company,and that he,as such,being authorized so to do,executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. OA� In Witness Whereof,I hereunto set my hand and official seal.My Commission expires the 30th day of June,2006. Marie C.Tetreault,Notary Public 58440-9-05 Printed in U.S.A. WARNING:THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WAR ft THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE"-D BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the Wthority oft he following resolutions adopted by the Boardsirectors of Farmington Casualty Company,Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company. Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St.Paul Guardian Insurance Company,St.Paul Mercury Insurance Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America,and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company,which resolutions are now in full force and effect,reading as follows: RESOLVED,that the Chairman,the President,any Vice Chairman,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President,any Vice President,any Second Vice President,the Treasurer,any Assistant Treasurer,the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds•recognizances,contracts of indemnity,and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance,or conditional undertaking,and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her;and it is FURTHER RESOLVED,that the Chairman,the President,any Vice Chairman,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company,provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary;and it is FURTHER RESOLVED,that any bond,recognizance,contract of indemnity,or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance,or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when(a)signed by the President,any Vice Chairman,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President or any Vice President,any Second Vice President,the Treasurer,any Assistant Treasurer,the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary;or(b)duly executed(under seal,if required)by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED•that the signature of each of the following officers:President,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President,any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President.any Secretary,any Assistant Secretary,and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents,Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I.Kori M.Johanson,the undersigned,Assistant Secretary,of Farmington Casualty Company,Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company,Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company.Travelers Casualty and Surety Company,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company ofAmerica,and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies•which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this 11th day of DECEMBER ,20 06 Kori M.Johans Assistant Secretary G�SUA� 5URF1y J FIRE��4'Wy OIN N5�y`.... ZJp�TV ANO SLIT �� TY,4_ SGT 1 n '•`^^.rvultEDG * 'Zm rLOR PORA�e�m WP C°RP 0 PA)-,.'0\ 3 G � W P HARTFORD, ��ttARTF6R0.� �� Z ? 'n; T�: 'o: CONIC • `N c �q�. S a O� 1951 m,O 4,�. �•..SE ALio, SEALi3� To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney,call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www.stpaLiltravelersbond.com.Please refer to the Attorney-In-Fact number, the above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNING:THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER i TM AIA Document A201 - 1997 Genera/ Conditions of the Contract for Construction forthe following PROJECT: (Name and location oraddress): ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: Tiffany Park Activity BtigJding The author of this document has 1902 Lake Youngs Way`SE added information needed for its Renton,WA'9$057 completion.The author may also have revised the text of the original THE OWNEk AIA standard form.An Additions and (Name e*d4 re S Deletions Report that notes added City oifsn 'ltenner information as well as revisions to 1055,,$"iraY ' y the standard form text is available Rea 4 ft 9' from the author and should be Tole reviewed.A vertical line in the left ggog 40. margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where TH911 RGHI £CT the author has added to or deleted Name`art ada tW from the original AIA text. f ie1i Arcf This document has important legal 15 consequences. Consultation with an Sew : 9f)1, attorney is encouraged with respect `"Telt lidine; 206;,6 to its completion or modification. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America ART1C�� � �VISION$ 3 °�1±fT2ACTOR 1�7ViINISTCJI►1IONOFIHE'CONTRACT 5 Sl!fy'LON* ti 6 , NS BY t YVNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS z x. HE WORK 7 71 8 TIME zaTS AND COMPLETION wA � � TION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 �If�I UNCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK AIA Document A201 Tm—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIO Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA"'Document,or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 1 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 1220:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) i 3r 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT x k F E t3 =r s r- id !Y 'P AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. .2 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/912007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) z N%W SOMW INDEX 3.1.3,4.2,4.3.4,4.4,9.4,9.5 (Numbers and Topics in Bold are Section Headings) Architect's Approvals 2.4,3.1.3,3.5.1,3.10.2,4.2.7 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work Architect's Authority to Reject Work 9.6.6,9.9.3,12.3 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Acceptance of Work Architect's Copyright 9.&6 9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.3 1.6 ,Access to Work Architect's Decisions :'-„16,6.2.1,12.1 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.5, Accident Prevention 4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.4, '42,3, 10 9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 'Acts and Omissions Architect's Inspections :2 3.3.2,3,12.8,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,4.4.1,8.3.1, 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 fly”1, 10.2-Z, 13.4.2$ 117, t4A Architect's Instructions eCidend . 3.2.3,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.8,7.4.1, 12.1, 13.5.2 11� -11 Architect's Interpretations dditioaal.Costs;Claims for".;° 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 4,:4,35 4 , ".1,I,to Architect's Project Representative Adc(tt�onal 44,0 ns anti esting 4.2.10 x . ,12 21,18:5 Architect's Relationship with Contractor tonal RineCkaim •for 1.1.2, 1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2,3.5.1, � . ,4�3 7.8.3 e. 3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.129 3.16,3.18,4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2, IMINISTRTiN.CF CONTRACT 4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,79 8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4, �1 3, r 9•4, `_ 9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 11.4.7, 12, ` dVei or lstsn toad 13.4.2, 13.5 11 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors x � $ffect 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.39 9.6.4, 11.4.7 1,x,.4:5.1 Architect's Representations aiticeg 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 M Architect's Site Visits � atistutc 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.49 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 l otions for Payment Asbestos 9.5.1 10.3.1 10.3.1 11:1 �. �7, Attorneys' Fees Aovals 3.18.1,9.10.2, 10.3.3 r 4,31:3' 3 5,3.10 2 3.1 �� 13.4.2, 13.5 Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1,6.1.2 N ,•4.4,4.5.1,4.5.E"4.6,8.3.1,9.7.1, 11.4.9, Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work Architect 5.2 4 f. ~ Basic Definitions chitec Ifitti4lt o 1.1 1.1 Bidding Requirements , thoty tect Ot 1.1.1, 1.1.7,5.2.1, 11.5.1 3.12.7,437' 4,5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.6,7.4, Boiler and Machinery Insurance 9.2,9.3.1,9.4,9.5,9.8.3,9.10:1; 9.10.3, 12.1;12-2.1, _ 11.4.2 13-5 1,1345 2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Bonds,Lien ions of Authority and 9.10.2 F S ltbtbty Bonds,Performance,and Payment 3 ,312,4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1, 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5 ag " x ,23;4r 4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.4, Building Permit 5.2.1,7.4,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.6 3.7.1 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses Capitalization 2.4, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 1.3 Architect's Administration of the Contract Certificate of Substantial Completion AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIO Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 3 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) r 9.8.3,9.8.4,9.8.5 1.6.1,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6.4, Certificates for Payment 4.6.6,9.6.4, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,9.10.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3 9.103,13,7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval 4.3.4,8.3.1, 10.3 13.5.4 Conditions of the Contract Certificates of Insurance 1.1_1, 1.1.7,6.1.1,6.1.4 9.10.2, 11.1.3 Consent,Written Change Orders 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.3.2, 1.1.1,2.4.1,3A.2,3.8.2.3,3.11.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.4, 9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2 4.3.9,5.2.3,7.1,7.2,73018'.3.1,9.3.1.1,9.10.3, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 1IA.1.2, IIAA. 11.4;9,,J, 1.2 SEPARATE CONTRACTORS Change Orders,Definitipn of 1.1.4,6 7.2..1 Construction Change Directive,Definition of CHANCE'S IN TOR WORK: 7.3.1 Construction Change Directives Claim,Defutltion,tif 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.9,7.1,7.3,9.3.1.1 4.3.1 Construction Schedules,Contractor's Claims:and Disputes. 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 3.2,3;x,3,4 4,4 ,4.5;G.l�ly'6.3,7.3.8,9.3.3,9.10.4, Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 1033`' 5.4,14.2.2.2 Claim and 'ln� rtto Of Claims Continuing Contract Performance 44,5 43.3 Claims for A dlkonal I Contract,Definition of 12.3,4.314 4414 3,Ci� �1�,7.3.8, 10.3.2 1.1.2 Clal#A'for Addij0j- l ttte,,,: CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR 3 2„I, 4,43: a 1, � i0.3.2 SUSPENSION OF THE Clatttis for Coriialed tit nknown Conditions 5.4.1.1, 11.4.9,14 43,1 Contract Administration 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 3 3 : 8 4 3.10,h 43 :3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.3.3, Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating 11.1:1;1 4 5,1 .4 , ; 14-2.4 to Claaltts Sub3ectt a4 Wad 3.7.1,3.10,5.2,6.1, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 11.5.1 Contract Documents,The Cleali” Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of to -ppe -of"StatutQ Lion Period 1.6,2.2.5,5.3 Contract Documents,Definition of mtttlietrxtteof t 3 Wot � iit5ns Relating to 1.1.1 .1,3.2.1,3.4.1,3 ,3.10.1,3:116,4.3.5,5.2.1, Contract Sum 11.1, 11.4.1, 11.4.6, 3.8,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2,7.3,7.4,9.1,9.4.2, 11.5.1 9.5.1.4,9.6.7,9.7, 10.3.2, 11.4.1, 14.2.4, 14.3.2 .� Commencement of tke Ott lion of Contract Sum,Definition of 8.1.2 9.1 mmufttlt rilitating Contract Contract Time ministfttfni ?p 4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1.3,7.3,7.4,8.1.1,8.2, "1,4.2.4 8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 14.3.2 Completion,Conditions Relating to Contract Time,Definition of 3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9,8.2,9.4.2,9.8, 8.1.1 9 ,13.7, 14 12 CONTRACTOR Di PAYMENTS AND 3 Contractor,Definition of V, ttitantial 3.1,6.1.2 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, Contractor's Construction Schedules 9.10.4.2, 12.2, 13.7 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 Compliance with Laws Contractor's Employees AIA Document A201 nA—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIO Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIO Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 4 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 1210812006 under Order N0.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/912007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 6.2.5,3.14 11.1.1,_11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1, Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate ContrAgor's Liability Insurance Contractors 11.1 3.14.2,6.2.4,9.2.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 11.1, Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors 11.4, 12.2.4 and,Owner's Forces Damage to the Work 3.14.2,4.2.4,6, 11.4.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4 3.14.2,9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 11.4, 12.2.4 contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Damages,Claims for 11.2,3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,5,9.6.2,9.6.7,9.10.2, 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.10,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11,1.1.2, 11.4.7, 11.4.$•' 11.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4 C ntractor's•Relationship,with the Architect Damages for Delay 2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2,3.5.1, 6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1.6,9.7, 10.3.2 3.7.3,3.10,311,3.12' :1 ,3.18, 4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2, Date of Commencement of the Work,Definition of ?1:3.4,4.41,47 1. 44.2,,7,8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4, 8.1.2 9.7j,,9'-'t,9.9 10 10 x;11.3, 11.4.7, 12, Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of 1 .4.2,:13:S 8.1.3 nttitgr� :Re� a4t1k Day,Definition of 5 241.5,1,3.1 t2 9.3.3,1,9.3.3,9.8.2 8.1.4 Cotttl#ttsttslEiiltt Those Performing the Decisions of the Architect Wt 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.5, 3 :18�� .3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.4, 9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 ttttatrRe *~t�+^iC, 1� Documents Decisions to Withhold Certification l 2 3.2 7�3 9.4.1,9.5,9.7, 14.1.1.3 .�bntt2t3pr s�t t Work Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, r 7 Rejection and Correction of att Rica fiethe Contract 2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.5.2,9.6.6,9.8.2, 9.9.3,9.10.4, 12.2.1, 13.7.1.3 S'Sub Defective Work,Definition of 4 AA 7, 1 5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2,9.3, 3.5.1 2r 9,9.1 210.21' 3, 11.1.3, 11.5.2 Definitions s" upla t`t 4 1.1,2.1.1,3.1,3.5.1,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1, 10.2.6 4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.3.6,8.1, 9.1,9.8.1 ritr '1x Stlp.miston and n Delays and Extensions of Time F bcz _ 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, 24 "4.2.7 4.3.3,6.1.3, 7.4.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 r 4� �7 ,7.x.6,8 Disputes ion thty I 4.1.4,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.3,7.3.8 1 Documents and Samples at the Site �_. :r inaUon and Cofrelatton 3.11 2 34, J,3: 1.3,6.2.1 Drawings,Definition of Copies FutYtied 011 Specifications 1 f1;�- 2.5 3 11 , '' Drawings and Specifications,Use and Ownership of opy1't, 1.1.1, 1.3,2.2.5,3.11,5.3 ' M , 3 1T Effective Date of Insurance Oecti 8.2.2, 11.1.2 2.4,3.7.4,4:2s 2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1, 12.1.2, Emergencies 12.2, 13.7.1.3 _ 4.3.5,10.6,"14.1.1.2 o��ioA a>4d Intent of the Contract Documents Employees,Contractor's 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, f 11.1.1, 11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Equipment,Labor,Materials and ..,ti , :T 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 2.4,3.2.3,3.7.4,3.8.2,3.15.2,4.3,5.4.2,6.1.1,6.2.3, 4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3, 7.3.3.3,7.3.6,7.3.7,7.3.8,9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.5, 11.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 11.4, 12.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5, 14 Execution and Progress of the Work Cutting and Patching AIA Document A201T"—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963.1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIRS Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 5 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_I which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2,2.2.3,2.2.5,3.1,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.7, Insurance,Project Management Protective 3.10,3.12,3.14,4.2.2,4.2.3,4.3.3,6.2.2,7.1.3,7.3.4, Liability 8.2,9.59.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3 11.3 Extensions of Time Insurance,Property 3.2.3,4.3:1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3,7.4.1, 10.2.5,11.4 9.5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 Insurance,Stored Materials Failure of Payment 9.3.2, 11.4.1.4 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6 INSURANCE AND BONDS Faulty Work 11 (See Defective or Noncottforming Work) Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy Final Comon andYinal Payment 9.9.1, 11.4.1.5 4.x,1,4.2.%44', `2,9.82;01 '10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, Insurance Companies,Settlement with 114.5, 12 ,: .7,:14 14.4.3 11.4.10 Financial Arr�ingertiontf5.Owner's Intent of the Contract Documents 2.2.1, 131. 1 1,5, 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13,7.4 Fire andExto ded C overage Insurance Interest 1 l.4 � 13.6 GENE ItA�PRC�SI,C Interpretation 1.2.3,1.4,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,8.1.4 Grtgvettgl1 , Interpretations,Written 13.1 42.11,42.12,4.3.6 iarante� may). Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required Hazard c) y at 4.6.4 1(1.2.4,10 , Lfi , Judgment on Final Award ldenti'fi ti ,Ir onto 6cuments 4.6.6 15 1 Labor and Materials,Equipment fideittit xact and Suppliers 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3A,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 5.2.1 42.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3, Lltdittif taElon = 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 Y 4 4 � 1�x;10.5, 11.4.12, 11.4.7 Labor Disputes quired of the Owner 8.3.1 21 , 3 '},0,6.1.3, Laws and Regulations 14 6.2 5�91 � 6 4 9,° � 3, 10.33, 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, r ,. 2 1 " 13 5 2 14 1,1 9.6.4,9.9.1, 1022, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, � 1 rK Inju� rsQn oru erty 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 �3 10.` Liens 2.1.2,4.4.8,8.2.2,9.3.3,9.10 4.2.2, ,A, 2,9.8.2, Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder J2.1 4.6.4 V ttuction§to Bidders Limitations,Statutes of 4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7 Instructions tnithe x Limitations of Liability 323,331 38.1 4 N1,11,8.2.2, 13.5.2 2.3,3.2.1,3.5.1,3.7.3,3.12.8,3.12.10,3.17,3.18, 3 „ Insuran�x,�� 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.12,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4, 9.6.7,9.10.4, x,18 .1,93.2,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.3.3, 10.2.5, 11.12, 112.1, 11.4.7, 122.5, 13.42 �.5, 11 N Limitations of Time ,:. >ffitrance,�ii i ��4lachinery 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, 11.4.2 4.2.7,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3, 5.4,6.2.4,7.3,7.4, Ipr gog r actor's Liability 82,92,93.1,933,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9, d1 � ' 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5, 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, ve Date of 13.7, 14 s Loss of Use Insurance s.,, ui1t1 Hof Use 11.4.3 11.4.3 Material Suppliers Insurance,Owner's Liability 1.6,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.6,9.10.5 11.2 Materials,Hazardous 10.2.4, 10.3, 10.5 AIA Document A201 n—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 6 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 519/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) Materials,Labor,Equipment and 1.6,2.1.1,2.3,2.4,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2,4.1.2, 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 1.6.1,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.23,3.12,3.13, 4.1.3,4.2.4,4.2.9,4.3.6,4.4.7, 5.2.1,5.2.4,5.4.1, 3.15.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1, 7.3.6,9.3.2,9.3.3, 6.1,6.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,8.2.2,8.3.1,9.3.1,9.3.2,9.5.1, 9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.3.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.4.3, 11.4.10, Means,Methods,Techniques,Sequences and 12.2.2, 12.3.1, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4 Procedures of Construction Owner's Financial Capability 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.5 Mechanic's Lien Owner's Liability Insurance 4.4,8 11.2 Mediation Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 4:4.1,4.4.5,4,4;6,4.4.8;.4.5,4.6.1,4.6.2,8.3.1, 10.5 11.4.3 Minor Changes in thi Work Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.1,3.12.8,41.8,43.6,7.1,7.4 1.1.2,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4,9.10.2, 14.2.2 %MTSCELL,AIOU PROVISIONS Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 2.4,12.2A.14.2.2.2 x,Modifications,Dohnition of Owner's Right to Clean Up 1:1.1 6.3 �1/Iodlficatiorts to the Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 1.1,•1,Iii 2,3:7 ;3.11,41.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1, Award Separate Contracts 9.?,10 2, 1:1:41 6.1 Mit.Iuitl Resft�stbi� Owner's Right to Stop the Work x 2.3 neonftt>rnr Work,& of Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 9.9 14.3 l�Tontinformltg`Work;l� fion and Correction of Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 2 3, 3,5.1,4 2 5;x;2 5 9 9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4, 14.2 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications Not and Other Instruments of Service 221, ,3 2, ,3:3 ,3.7.2,3.7.4,3.12.9,4.3, 1.1.1,1.6,2.2.5,3.2.1,3.11.1,3.17.1,4.2.12,5.3 4 g,4 S,5.2;x,h 2-9 .7,9.10, 10.2.2, 11.1.3, Partial Occupancy or Use 4,212.2,12<2.4x 3,:1,3.5.1 13.5.2, 14.1, 14.2 9.6.6,9.9, 11.4.1.5 ► 'r�tt Patching,Cutting and �g . 21 ,32.4,3 31,3 x.129 3 12. .8,4.6.5, 3.14,6.2.5 8,44 9 .1b,10.2 2 3, 11.4.6, Patents 2 2,42,2 ,14, > > 3.17 Nom ofTi�itiptg t1 Itisp €lons Payment,Applications for 13� � •2 4.2.5,7.3.8,9.2,9.3,9.49 9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1,9.8.5, Totlf�cl�d Nn JN-�` 9.10.1,9.10.3,9.10.5, 11.1.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 2 � Payment,Certificates for W,I�I tees,Permits,Fees and 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,9.10.1, .7 3 7.3.6,4,11 Cl ? 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Observatiortont� Payment,Failure of 1 3.2 3.7.39 4 3 4 s. 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6 Occupancy Payment,Final 2.2,9. _ ; 1 x.1.5 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, ` ers,Wt� 11.4.5, 12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 1;1•:1,2.3,19, 7,8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2, Payment Bond,Performance Bond and 13.5.2, 14.3.1 7.3.6.49 9.6.7,9.10.39 11.4.99 11:5 AWN Payments,Progress A 4.3.3,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 � �7er,1 ""an of PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9 ,p ion and Services Required of the Payments to Subcontractors 2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6.79 11.4.8, 6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3, 14.2.1.2 11.2, 11.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.29 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4 PCB Owner's Authority 10.3.1 AIA Document A201 Tr—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 7 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA°Document,or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 1008/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/912007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) 'fir' + ', Performance Bond and Payment Bond Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5 Architect Permits,Fees and Notices 3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 2.2.2,3.7 3.13,7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and PERSONS AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION Samples by Contractor OF 3.12 10 Rights and Remedies 1.1.2,2.3,2.4,3.5.1,3.15.2,4.2.6,4.3.4,4.5,4.6,5.3, Polychlorinated Biphenyl 5.4,6.1,6.3,7.3.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 10.3.1 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 Product Data,Definition,of Royalties,Patents and Copyrights 3.12.2 3.17 Product Data and SO,—les,Shop Drawings Rules and Notices for Arbitration 3,11,3.12,4.47' 4.6.2 Progress and'CogetiOn Safety of Persons and Property 4.2.2,4..13,.8:2,9 J-0:x.1,14.1.4 10.2,10.6 Progress Paymetlts, Safety Precautions and Programs 4.3.3;9. ,9:6,9 .1Q3";13:6, 14.2.3 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1,10.1, 10.2, 10.6 1'roject,'1Df finititltilf t11t . " Samples,Definition of 3.12.3 leca Liability Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and Insurance ��,z 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Samples at the Site,Documents and Project Manual, ntti ottlte 3.11 1.1.7 Schedule of Values Project Manuals 9.2,9.3.1 2.2.5- Schedules, Prp,11 -'RpZestty . ' 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.Construction12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2, 4.2.10-', 6.1.3 Proper iltsurow Separate Contracts and Contractors 1,0.2,5 41-A t 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7,4.6.4,6,8.3.1, RO�C�11 ONS AN ,RROPERTY 11.4.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.5 0 Shop Drawings,Definition of liegulations atad Laws 3.12.1 w 1 6 3 2:'a; ,5,3 T "' 0,3 13t4r1.1',4.4.8,4.6, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 1, 11,4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 t s o 5-2, 13 b 14 ' Site,Use of Rejeotibn ct1�'ork 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 1, l' 1 1 s Site Inspections ` eYeases'and`Waive of Liens 1.2.2,3.2.1,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.10.1, 13.5 940x2 fry Site Visits,Architect's Representatibris � 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 1.5.4 3.5.1,3.12.6, 0.3,9.4.2,9.5.1, Special Inspections and Testing 982 9.101 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5 epresetatte Specifications,Definition of the x,1.1,3.1 1,3 ,4#1 4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 1.1.6 Specifications,The Resolution of Claims and Disputes 1.1.1,1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.2.2, 1.6,3.11,3.12.10,3.17 ' 4;4,4.5,E 44, Statute of Limitations Those Performing the Work 4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7 t 27 3 #3,4 41"4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, Stopping the Work 1 l 2.3,4.3.6,9.7, 10.3, 14.1 ,: etalrtng ,. Stored Materials 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 6.2.1,9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 11.4.1.4 Review of Contract Documents and Field Subcontractor,Definition of Conditions by Contractor 5.1.1 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,3.12.7,6.1.3 SUBCONTRACTORS AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. S Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of 1%may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order N0.1000232520_I which expires on 519/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) 14ftwI N"101 5 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE Subcontractors,Work by CONTRACT 1..2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2, 14 6.7 Tests and Inspections Subcontractual Relations 3.1.3,3.3.3,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2, 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.1010.2.1,11.4.7,11.4.8, 14.1, 9.10.1, 10.3.2, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1,13.5 14.2.1, 14.3.2 TIME Submittals 8 1.6,3.10,3.11,3.12,4 7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2, Time,Delays and Extensions of 9.3 9.8,9.9.1,9 10.2,,'o� .3, 11.1.3 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, Subrogation.Waivei*,,v ' 7.4.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 X6:1.1, 11.4.$,11,4.7 Time Limits SWistantialCiffnpl 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, 4.2.9,8.1 1"y$1 3 3A A.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3,5.4, 6.2.4,7.3,7.4, 1,10.4.21 13 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9, SubstanTtaltnptr�)✓tpfiltionof 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5, 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14 Subtitutfu ofubtntits, Time Limits on Claims t� 2 3,x,4 4.3.2,4.3.4,4.3.8,4.4,4.5,4.6 Subs lion Qf Ahtt�,,�� =" Title to Work 4 1,3 k,,M� 9.3.2,9.3.3 tuttQU�f UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF 0 3 ' WORK Sttb-subcoTtra t<,Dei 12 1 2 �' Uncovering of Work � ubsConditi � " 12.1 4.34", Unforeseen Conditions Suisnrst�ssl 4.3.4,8.3.1, 10.3 � Unit Prices } 4%, 4.3.9,7.3.3.2 >.10t Use of Documents SO on Praoediges 1.1.1, 1.6,2.2.5,3.12.6,5.3 2,3.3 , L 2 4 2 6.1.3, Use of Site 2 4 71E� 2 8.3 1 9 11# 12, 14 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Surety . Values,Schedule of , Z 447,541 . 103 14.2.2 9.2,9.3.1 Sur Myltse Waiver of Claims by the Architect 1# 2 13.4.2 �,� •' Waiver of Claims by the Contractor ` 3. 4.3.10,9.10.5, 11.4.7, 13.4.2 insion lay the Convenience Waiver of Claims by the Owner 14 4 � 4.3.10,9.9.3,9.10.3,9.10.4, 11.4.3, 11.4.5,11.4.7, Susponsion of the 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.4 14 " Waiver of Consequential Damages tspens tion of the Contract 4.3.10,14.2.4 3.61 5.4. 4 Waiver of Liens rtes 9.10.2,9.10.4 3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.6.4 Waivers of Subrogation _Tj irrny � the Contractor 6.1.1, 11.4.5,11.4.7 * K� Warranty �� the Owner for Cause 3.5,4.2.9,43.5.3,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.4,12.2.2, lr 4.2 13.7.1.3 architect Weather Delays 4.1.3 4.3.7.2 Termination of the Contractor Work,Definition of 14.2.2 1.1.3 Written Consent AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 9 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.3.2, 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8,4.6.5, 9,8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2 5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, Written Interpretations 12.2.2, 12.2.4,13.3, 14 2 ;1,4.2.12,4.3.6 Written Orders Wrttt+ri kotice 1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 `;..._ M y� k e, - a spa N d V• \�s Iffak �� 4 i\ a 1 5$ M All IN AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIO Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/0812006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 519/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS §1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS §,1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The,Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract,other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after oXecut on of the Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2)a Change Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect.Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement,the Contract Documents do not include other .,documents such as bidding requirements(advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms, the Contractor's bid orpoi=tions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements). fll.2 THE CONTRACT e Contract Dbcutlottt :form the Contract for Construction.The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement eett a parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements,either written grtiral, 1te Contact day bed tended or modified only by a Modification.The Contract Documents shall not be ex nstrued to cre4 C'#i ontra""it,i1 relationship of any kind(1)between the Architect and Contractor,(2)between the Qwner and a Su b '&ago ub-subcontractor,(3)between the Owner and Architect or(4)between any persons or a es other 0"t ,�i_,,pr and Contractor.The Architect shall,however,be entitled to performance and eiihirEt�ent c� blig#tt) t�i `fittider the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. Merril"Worje its tip truction and services required by the Contract Documents,whether completed or F$ } tally cornpietet and=leis all other labor,materials,equipment and services provided or to be provided by 4tttractoir to fu� ,, ntractor's obligations.The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 1,1 t 1iE i'ROJW 'I he debt is &tion of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole u of P.g tl;wuh #!ll de construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. Y �M{ `S THE DRAWINGS �nritwtngs �ihio and pig portions of the Contract Documents showing the design,location and ` 3ensiona offgener `ng plans,elevations,sections,details,schedules and diagrams. rp x 3 WSpectfic "" 'atortion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, ogtttptt (tt,sysiii�i,''stand rkmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. �.a. X 1,1 7 TJ4 1 C 0-ET1�j4NCi 1?roject Manual 1s a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements,sample "Con N ditions of��, � ct and Specifications. §1A CORRELATIO f THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 121 Tl tfai o the Cc�fiact Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and mpletittt� k by the Contractor.The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by < tje shall b b s if required by all;performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent sr 5iottistent with tlt tract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the ` indicated results. 4 � tvC d. � S '. z � n�tj( n of the Specifications into divisions,sections and articles,and arrangement of Drawings shall not s� t�1Ctntractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be ratty trade. §1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA!Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 1 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 1220:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) Vow §1.3 CAPITALIZATION §1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are(1)specifically defined,(2)the titles of numbered articles or(3)the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. § 1.4 INTERPRETATION §1.4.•1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as"all"and"any" and.artt`cles such as"the"and"an,"but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. §.1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor.If either the Owner or Contractor or bath do not sign all the Contract Documents,the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request. §'1.$.2 Ei( of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, t me., y f4is�'r with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observ4l ifti=:=vit1=re0tements of the Contract Documents. 1 6 OW"WSHIP ND USE,,0#'DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE §1,$'11 D rawlogs,b ifttations and other documents,including those in electronic form,prepared by the Art andFthe'Arcbit ef's consultants are Instruments of Service through which the Work to be executed by the h6q or W&8crftd4, he Coc tractor may retain one record set.Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Suet= tibc tit�traetor ; ter4d or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings,Specifications titlt dpt utatfepai- d by the Architect or the Architect's consultants,and unless otherwise indicated the .t ll&tect and.tli 'chit*1s consultants shall be deemed the authors of them and will retain all common law, Wt sand tier r >�rtghts,in addition to the copyrights.All copies of Instruments of Service,except the o '4 record se4; h(returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect,on request,upon completion of kite �ie T!#ttiigs,`'peecations and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's c� an&C plea he furnished to the Contractor,are for use solely with respect to this Project.They are q{at i-be. I by tIr< t ctor or any Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other � fibr &W9 to`this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the t wri@ . -subcontractors and material r nhttecc and Architect's consultants.The Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub t t honzed to use and reproduce applicable Po rtions of the Drawings,Specifications and doe i 400 the4 and the Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the u u o£ lit r r W or under tjki t Documents.All copies made under this authorization shall bear the tdtut+o due if any A4b n on the Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared by the �ct att � tect consultants.Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for � sd� necttou roject is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Amts consultants other reserved rights. 31 L `2 -OWNER ENERAL § 2.1.1 The CltterC 1fn ur entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents i r 'tn number.The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have ,gxpress a itt bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. ;tcept a ovtded in Section 4.2.1,the Architect does not have such authority.The term"Owner" means Owner+t - 's authorized representative. §2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request,information nec Wa and,f*vant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights.Such I1-include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, u t as the site,and the Owner's interest therein. . ,C� t?EAtI N AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER §2.2.1 The Owner shall,at the written request of the Contractor,prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or AIA Document A201TA—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 12 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of It may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) continuation of the Work.After such evidence has been furnished,the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. §2.2.2 Except for permits and fees,including those required under Section 3.7.1,which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents,the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements, assessments and charges required for construction,use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. §2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics,legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project,and a legal description of the site.The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information.fttmished,by,the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. §12.4 Inforn),stion ox;O. ces required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Owner with re proh tess:Any other information or services relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work ttj f i)e Own'W,s X61 shall be furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for Mich 4fbr iatf0'#,,0r services. 2.2:S: ss i l etwise' ed in the Contract Documents,the Contractor will be furnished,free of charge,such iD acid„ rt Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. 231 WI E tf tl�" STOP SHE WORK 2.3:1 the Co#�1 far pia correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract documents an 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Oocttttats, -0wnf sue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the usr 4 `'*Uch or tminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty '�tnpai ° thfw exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, xp#t t [e e�Ctnt req + Section 6.1.3. 2.4" R' F�T 7lARRY OUT THE WORK 2„4111 f e(pntractp i tits or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and y f� 11ti av �" d after r t of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction qI match deult with d promptness,the Owner may after such seven-day period give the tr on d written no ect such deficiencies within a three-day period.If the Contractor within such der ec uch second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, Owneilttt pj*dice to other remedies the Owner may have,correct such deficiencies.In such case an ikiko, .,Ch go girder skiattU`46 deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the naso of correc, cies,including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's 51�ttt� t+ s tie n "such default,neglect or failure.Such action by the Owner and amounts 1 fiarged to Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect.If payments then or thereafter due the tor are notsafii ` gover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARLE 3 NTRfOk 1.1 T or is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the '; tract if singular in number.The term"Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's ithorized rcpr #t�e. § *12 Tla Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Ofttructor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract,or by tests, approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. §3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR §3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary,before starting each portion of the Work,the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the AIA Document A201Tu—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIO Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 13 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_I which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) Work,as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3,shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents;however,any errors,inconsistencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. 3:2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the Architect,but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and iltttas a licensed design.;professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.The `.;dot tractor W tot required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws,statutes, Qrdinances,b*1ding codes;,and rules and regulations,but any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor,'shA, be reported promptly to the Architect. ,J4.2.3 If th Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions ` d b Il test iit nse to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.1 9 p q P 312,.2 ""Contmctor poke Claims as provided in Sections 4.3.6 and 4.3.7.If the Contractor fails to .ffierfa=t obli tibns offto'bons 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as vohl boid Contractor had performed such obligations.The Contractor shall not be liable to the Ot+ er inn Atnllftct foftzges resulting from errors,inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or fib d�rettweert field mC surements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor t�gniz h error,inconsistency,omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. �4—p SUPERI/WORAND UCTION PROCEDURES 3 e tcto1 sttpervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention.The ott�C� hail be�dlely responsible for and have control over construction means,methods,techniques,sequences ' d " tires;t ttd for coordit Ling all portions of the Work under the Contract,unless the Contract Documents ice►# pee f jc instnictio"concerning these matters.If the Contract Documents give specific instructions c¢ntertiilac3ns s,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,the Contractor shall evaluate the tli i ol`atid;except as stated below,shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such en , thods,techntgn sequences or procedures.If the Contractor determines that such means,methods, gUds seq��C, cedure� iot be safe,the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner Archrtrltd� -xt?it proc, that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the ontcactor is cted to proceed with the required means,methods,techniques,sequences or n C P 9 q e9 ocerlt actance \'_ niges proposed by the Contractor,the Owner shall be solely responsible for any n g 4g 1 tpgtie: X actor shl to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, 4 ' bc6,D0* sand t ai ag ployees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or half ofthe Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. § 3.3.3 The tntractor 1alponsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that su f(' ortions are in pr€t r 06n to receive subsequent Work. 4 4 LA "AM ERIALS ��1.1 Unl tltxs provid �..• ed in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, t 6ten s,eqd p 1,,16bls,construction equipment and machinery,water,heat,utilities,transportation,and other X facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent w4 por not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. E, �tffactor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner,after evaluation by the Architect with a Change Order. §3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract.The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. )4 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA"Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) NNW, §3.5 WARRANTY §3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents,that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted,and that the Work will conform to - the requirements of the Contract Documents.Work not conforming to these requirements,including substitutions not properly approved and authorized,may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse,modifications not executed by the Contractor,improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation,or normal wear and tear and normal usage.If required by the Architect,the Contractor shall furnislysatisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. kX- §36 TAXES §3:6.1 The Co actors l pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor which are enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled -into effect. 8133 PaRMIT$;FMS AND Nt3TICES f„ X3J.. ""Unless ot, se pro in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building Permit and,6 60hitsand,sAovernmental fees,licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and cot#jletoti off" "�orlVlt t are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally x, rui wh s a �tved or negotiations concluded. �2 Tim{�ttrar +r alall cooly with and give notices required by laws,ordinances,rules,regulations and lawful TV tit leers Of, ptl i 001itio,04 cable to performance of the Work. W, 7,3 i ns nt�t Gdi t 601,responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with I z�-° g e#Ww l"� fdip ces,building codes,and rules and regulations.However,if the Contractor observes that tttracr,06cuments are at variance therewith,the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and�t to ran g,an nec's'sary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. � 4 3 tits 1 , lbr performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws,statutes,ordinances,building codes,and «�tltjes eg t to ***uch notice to the Architect and Owner,the Contractor shall assume appropriate e sfht and shali;hear the costs attributable to correction. A I�I�NCE$ '� 8.� Mall inCi "the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents.Items Y A Bred b 'hall be su plied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, f I�the Itraitt shall not a to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable s F F- � f Unless otherwise providedin the Contract Documents: 1 a all l cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and mall ess applicable trade discounts; .2 Contr �'fir r r unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs,overhead,profit and expe�06 contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but e allowances; 3 costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly h4� ttge Order.The amount of the Change Order shall reflect(1)the difference between actual «-° costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Section z ' 3� and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to avoid delay r , §3.9 SUPERINTENDENT §3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work.The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.Important AIA Document A201 n—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 5 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) communications shall be confirmed in writing.Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3,10.CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES §3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work.The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents,shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project,shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents,and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. §3 90.2 The Contractdp shall prepare and keep current,for the Architect's approval,a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with thei-aljttractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. §,390.3 The Contr tol°stall-orform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to th#Owq,0r and Art W 31113 - M 1 AND -LES AT THE SITE §311:1 ItY�tot imaintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings,Specifications, Addetda;'Changr other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to record field changes and limns itde tlu��trt�3jon,and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and i r1lild r "—s Thy shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for sub ta fo fhe Q yupon completion of the Work. 1 IINC,OP l ;MDUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 31 � p Dral dxings,diagrams,schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the antrtt ter a Sciilttrb-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the . u ; AariIlustrations,standard schedules,performance charts,instructions,brochures,diagrams and E bth tttt rtnati9n fit the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. . .3S fic al exam ch illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship and establish grid ht, Work ged. uct Data Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents.The purpose of thr� ttlttal emons a portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contract DoL�tr�C �tlk;way by w ti "`_ for proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept presCot ct eview by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Tnftational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in 1ttrac�ocl ttals which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect W&Ut Pgi 312.5 for s�htl"review for compliance with the Contract Documents,approve and submit to the ,Architec � �°gs Product Data,Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with � s�- � �sonable'�� �` nd in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of karate con_ tt�mittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action. $� wing and submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals,the Contractor s the Contractor has determined and verified materials,field measurements and field construction ilt reto,or will do so,and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such suhtittalitth" e requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. §3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA$Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be s prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 1220:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) §3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop 'Drawings Product Data,Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writhng'of such deviation at the time of submittal and(1)the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work,or(2)a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation.The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. §3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention,in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals.In the absence of satllt!writt 'riotice the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. §,3.12.10 l Cf ntiaetor shall.not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of a' 'bitectuV r nglne g unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of .;the-Wv lefts the coMMctor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's fesp ti s l€�1t40strtt On means, methods,techniques,sequences and procedures.The Contractor shall not be �, qurovilft' ot •tlt�tul services in violation of applicable law.If professional design services or Xert (t i&, is a ssional related to systems,materials or equipment are specifically required of the Asir 1 � currents,the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria tt h trt isfy -T"he Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a �1y d dr nal,whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations, "fib atp Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional.Shop Drawings r imd other rel*d the Work designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others,shall bear IChessica 's approval when submitted to the Architect.The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled r + the agcy and completeness of the services,certifications or approvals performed by such iesi €" gl(i�i�� s� ov�dlad the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design irrtIt ❑ erv1*3tii`t satisfy.Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10,the Architect will review,approve or take Rtltel ate adt :,submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information let a pt expressed in the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall not be responsible for the � t1 + fhee _am or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. 11SE R"13 kracfor shall colt rations at the site to areas permitted by law,ordinances,permits and the 'Con shall ncstttltireasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. T DD PATCHING 3, :4 tractor steal� le for cutting,fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make per`; er perlq� IThe�Pontr t damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed constructio&th rs p'oirate contractors by cutting,patching or otherwise altering such construction,or by exoaation.The Con 'not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor;such consent shall not be unreasonably }` thheld or shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's sent to {ierwise altering the Work. §3.15 CLEANING UP K11 T actor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or operations under the Contract.At completion of the Work,the Contractor shall remove from and E u( aste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus §3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright ®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 7 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 1210812006 under Order No.1000232520_I which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) §3.16 ACCESS TO WORK §3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 ROYALTIES,PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS §3,17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees.The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design,processor product of a particular manufacturer,vr manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations Ce contained in Drawingfi Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect.However,if the G ontractor has reason tolieve that the required design,process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a litent,the Contractor shiill°be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the At`ehitect. t 3:18 INQEM�I!FICATIOK 14,18.1 To.the fullest- 'tied by law and to the extent claims,damages,losses or expenses are not covered Profit Ct-Managettitt ve Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Section 11.3, the Contrttatorshalt•ind d hold harmless the Owner,Architect,Architect's consultants,and agents and etgpl<oytres of 44y of t and against claims,damages,losses and expenses,including but not limited to attf5rneys'fees;arising ouk for resulting from performance of the Work,provided that such claim,damage,loss or k olpense is attributaWtoodt ury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property tether than the Work itsA, nly to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a a 1bCOnt Ct(1P,any One;di indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, eardless of whether 90,,i A claim,damage,loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. cl>thgaiii- shall nstrued to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which 01M Itl othe rwise eidstn 46 a i rty or person described in this Section 3.18. �, 3 $:2 fAvlaimsagainsf ierson or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Suntt uator,anyQst6rcttrttly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the nitiqulktltattYt`under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, 'P don or l�eneftts;payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers'compensation acts, rability benefit act"ct% r emplotebenefit acts. f ICS 4 ADMINIS'f RATION 04"NTRACT 4.1 A � . 1 The �terson lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing e td tiff as suclx�M feement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular ,tn nutXmr, ,term"Arclit a Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. VW 1"1.2 buttes,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents bail not be r tric tor extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor and Architect. Consent shall of ," y withheld. 3 41.3 if the t�loyment i5f`the Architect is terminated,the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the ntracttl0�4w onable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former $�hitect. §4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 1 ht Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents,and will be � xs tsentative(1)during construction,(2)until final payment is due and(3)with the Owner's "; time to time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in Section 12.2.The b tI) ve authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, ,,,,y �,. otEter�e modified in writtng m accordance with other provisions of the Contract. §4.2.2 The Architect,as a representative of the Owner,will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations(1)to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,(2)to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIO Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 8 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 1210812006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) deficiencies in the Work,and(3)to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work,when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents.However,the Architect will not,be-required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or charge of,nor be responsible for,the construction means,methods, techniques,sequences or procedures,or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work,since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents,except as provided in Section 3.3.1. §4,2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or remissions of the Contractor,Subcontractors,or their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §,42.4 Comnitthications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documeots or when direct communications have been specially authorized,the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor,to Con=,tmicate withcach other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the ntra . miy�,itnifations'i?y and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect.Communications -fiy and mvith SubwntiractorsanJ material suppliers shall be through the Contractor.Communications by and with separate contractor shalt bibuough the Owner. 4 ;$ased,v the A ',**valuations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the Architect will review atTtl rrtifrtie amounts due tl 'Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4:x.8 The Arch w hit uthority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents.Whenever e Ardtitect,"COnSidersitAlbed s sary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the i?arle Jn.acco� with$ Lions 13.5.2 and 13.5.3,whether or not such Work is fabricated,installed or +comllted.Hoi neiths authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or nofto rois�litteh au,orny,4 all give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Sttbercuit rrs,mate ,iind'equipment suppliers,their agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing wilts of tha-W0 : y 4247-The Ar,, 1 t 4* review anil apptrove or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such op Drams l�tect Data� les,but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with Wormgt1MLVven and the desigg expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken With stt34tes r? i mptnes "cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner,Contractor or lnrate co0�, e4owing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate ron tr R:view vfuch sub, conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other-4 etaltsfnuch as dimertsi tities,or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of ggttiptttent craC sytenw :,all *0rtiain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract meats. fhe Architects review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations undue Sections 3.3,E an The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or,unless otherwise specific'�� Architect,of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or prooe#lures.The Archt al of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component; h :2.8 The AtIA-Itcat1 11 prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may authorize minor changes in the Wo as provided in Section 7.4. 4.49 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date � F tnal Mop v U le ' n,will receive and forward to the Owner,for the Owner's review and records,written warranties z idelA—W dtipuments required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor,and will issue a final Certificate tor, compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site.The duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 19 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) §4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of,the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor.The Architect's response to such requests will bo,made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness.If no agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Section 4.2,then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings.When making such interpretations rt initial decisions, architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will :rtofshow partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. ;:tO.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent ' pressed in the Contraet Documents. *3 CLAIMS AND 1;1 S1 10M. 4,4.3.1,'?efttution ACla*,i"'A'demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking,as a matter of right,adjustment or nterpration of fit¢tr € ,payment of money,extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the ct ,The tee�' o includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor amt put of4r 'elatli'tg>1c the Contract.Claims must be initiated by written notice.The responsibility to uliS li ate:Claims sh l<-Mst With the party making the Claim. # :2 Time Limits tW(at 4' aims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event tong rise.to suCh `latl �ttltin 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whtiver is later itit be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party. 44 - gti Inuir tractPedbrmance.Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing �r as-tiovided iii liectttl 1d Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the y, n Contract,and he,( � continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. .N� -�W*tlaims for, J60r Unknown Conditions.If conditions are encountered at the site which are(1) '1 ce or- t� Baled peri l conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract 5 �timent ora phy„” r bons of an unusual nature,which differ materially from those ordinarily 11�tmdfo: tad generally re ' inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the ContM �t�ni not"notiS observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions lrsttubed an �li velp later than 21 days after fast observance of the conditions.The Architect will promptly t � uc�lrebnditions a Al a,"O-ft,differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of`�tt e wed for Red y part of the Work,will recommend an equitable adjustment in the ntr*; *.Cact ice .If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially T \\ tint from those ttidicated n file Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, -,� ;A1C( titecdshall Owner and Contractor in writing,stating the reasons.Claims by either party in o opposition t .such y ust be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision.If thbnditions encou "ierially different,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted, but lfthe.,O*wiO>apo Conti cior cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the justmeplll: ¢�erred to the Architect for initial determination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to on 4.4„ §4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, attttGe provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work.Prior notice is not required tu g to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.6. g4 llf t Qlmtractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to(1)a written *0m the Architect,(2)an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect,(4)failure of payment by the Owner,(5) termination of the Contract by the Owner,(6)Owner's suspension or(7)other reasonable grounds,Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Section 4.3. AIA Document A201 Tu—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 20 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 1220:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) §4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time §4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,written notice as provided herein slaaill be given.The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on ptogr a"of the Work.In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. §4.3.7,2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim shall be documented by-da#iisubstantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time,could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. §`4 3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or ptoperty because of an actor omission of the other party,or of others for whose acts such party is legally �ponsible,.Written notice of such injury or damage,whether or not insured,shall be given to the other party within ai ,asonable.,titne not exceeding 21 days after discovery.The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other glarty to itivestigate the matter. 9 Atf ricMare statp don the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if quantities originally ntef are tDakeriail ,changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that applbiilf Such tiEnit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Cozi#I?a t tfat 1pplicab1f~uniif'prices shall be equitably adjusted. a 4.3 Clan br 7onge"ent(a).Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for ` ottS as Odamagps arisiog,ptit of or relating to this Contract.This mutual waiver includes: damages inouir by the Owner for rental expenses,for losses of use,income,profit,financing, tfsiness litt d repttation,and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such pmt ;and F2 damatges, ettrr 0 by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of X Iietwim6l stK�(tS ied there,for losses of financing,business and reputation,and for loss of profit except atziated profit arising directly from the Work. wafter appilcable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either party's termination eN, €p( Dice with."000 Nothing contained in this Section 4.3.10 shall be deemed to preclude an award of �t & d>rd" t+hen app in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. !9 0 taLAIMS LUTES �4 l til erect a�lrts including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect but excluding iSi Sect o4 f 0 3 through 10.5,shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision.An initial r tiie A-Miitect shall wed as a condition precedent to mediation,arbitration or litigation of all g 1 q the Cont�tt� ;, _ ,f r arising prior to the date final payment is due,unless 30 days have passed w rs ton ref Architect with no decision having been rendered b the Architect.The g Y Oki not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. §4.4.2 The hite wI1I � laims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the follatying actions (1)i, tx�E*l`fional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the othef3 reject the Claim in whole or in part,(3)approve the Claim,(4)suggest a compromise,or(5) Ivise t " hthe afArchitect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to uate t e Claim or if the Architect concludes that,in the Architect's sole discretion,it would be appropriate Cdr";he-Architect to resolve the Claim. �a .+� evaluating Claims,the Architect may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek information from of m persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a hitect may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. hitect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond,within ten days after receipt of such request,and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data,advise the Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no supporting data will be furnished.Upon receipt of the response or supporting data,if any,the Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 21 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of 1%may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/0812006 under Order No.1000232520_I which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) §4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision,which shall state the reasons therefor and which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both.The approval or rejection of a Claim by the Architect shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration. 4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that(1)the decision is final but subject to mediation and arbitration and(2)a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision,then failure to demand arbitration within said 30 days'period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and ;.;;Contractor.If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated,such decision may be entered ag evidence,but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties ,eoncemed. §4.4.7 Uponreceipt ofa Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter,the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to notify th .Urety,if any,of the nature and amount of the Claim.If the Claim relates to a -possibil tyof a Contractor, ofault,the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety and <iequest.tlacureGy's asssta�resolving the controversy. 4 4,"Ifa Clahaodi s: s the subject of a mechanic's lien,the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accoidatce with appliabliw to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the Aidiftect.by nxlitioi or by arbitration. 4.�MEt "MON, 44.1 Any aWmisingtln� or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those Own "'as provided for in S dons 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5 shall,after initial decision by the Architect or 30 days 0 teat^s m^the Architect,be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the Institutionof legbor�quttab"roceedings by either party. §Ullbeparti s=� vor to resolve their Claims by mediation which,unless the parties mutually agree :, hall-iii in 1i<ccordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration 'MwW n ctuxealtly ira t.Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract d with4he; t = if anon As iation.The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand eJr�l�i�bitratlont 'even shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings, iich,;�II bestayed pending 'for a period of 60 days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period b � ►1;t to paA6 -'Court order. k §4 ►t3'Ite parties shall sh tor's fee and any filing fees equally.The mediation shall be held in the place v�t Inject is loca r location is mutually agreed upon.Agreements reached in mediation shall ' enfpw eatii$as settlemen , hits in any court having jurisdiction thereof. a BRA ION S b §4.6.1 Any Claim g1 related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those wall d as provided for,,ju 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5,shall,after decision by the Architect or 30 days after ubmiss1ou of"tla laim to f#ie Architect,be subject to arbitration.Prior to arbitration,the parties shall endeavor to resolve diation.in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5. 42 Claims nattesnlved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration r° ,CuMntly in effect.The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the ntraf sad 4t the American Arbitration Association,and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Sections 4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as e, d other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen,and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Section 13.7. AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIAB Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 22 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA° Document,or any portion of It may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) NOW' v.d §4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,the Architect,the Architect's employees or consultants,except aiy,written consent containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect,Owner,Contractor anyother person or entity sought to be joined.No arbitration shall include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,parties other than the Owner,Contractor,a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other ,persons,substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration.No person or entity other than the Owner,Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial.Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein.The�b regoing,agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity c3itly consent6dAo by.pa rties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court baiting jurisdiction thereof. 14#15.5 Clairnl: ind 'itt ly Asrtion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the viand all-Charms then kno Ito that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. �h 4.6;64,'4 d llinalAward. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final,and judgment ma - ter ;it n iti o:aec6rdance with applicable law in an y court having jurisdiction thereof. 5 ,!,COW Ot R9 FINIIIONS f 1 �bcoor is stein or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the rk at the slim term c ontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in =numbtt;nrtd #t1is 4,St6e0titractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor.The term"Subcontractor" oe4u e a` te cofactor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. §5• b-su 6ntmctor, person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to a�tioaptlh- ork at the site.The term"Sub-subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract � 1 asfrlar in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub- suotrtractor AWARI � EICtl1+ITRAC. HER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 1 therwrse stated itract Documents or the bidding requirements,the Contractor,as soon as �Q s Xcti '�nf the " %f,shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of or ose who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) s fro ar enttincipal a Work.The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing h statl>�f or not theme Architect,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to any such o �or etity 1� a Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no a nable objection.' §5 2 2 Thetra�altslhtt tract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made 41111 W' rea*%able and timely,ceett"d ,, a Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the CFA -C ontract p reasonIe objection. k 2.3 If thty� a architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the tractor sh41 p4s another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection.If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be rzao wd 5 ecreased by the difference,if any,occasioned by such change,and an appropriate Change Order ' a�� g ore commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work.However,no increase in the Contract o rI ime shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively n't res as required. §5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor,person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute. AIA Document A201Tm—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 23 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/0812006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 519/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) r1�1►' §5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS §5.3.1 By appropriate agreement,written where legally required for validity,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor,to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents,and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, includitiigthe responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work,which the Contractor,by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect.Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner,and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor,unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Cobt`actor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate,the Contractor shall requil*each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors.The Contractor,shall'makn;as+ailable to each proposed Subcontractor,prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Cbntra 'Doeuments to which the Subcontractor will be bound,and,upon written request of the Subcontractor,idenW,4:the_Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may ;beat vatlanco i+ith 000no*ct Documents.Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such dout's avq#iloe to°their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. 5 4OpN J~1`G l i�iSSIGNNIENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 541 n1i sub oxtfral?t*fitment for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided 11 111 that, 1 st�tt is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Se� .2 acid only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the t�ztira anti Contractor in writing;and tr ect to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond relating to the t lntram, 15 421 U su ignmeaitt,If the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days,the Subcontractor's botp Linn i 11`be > t y adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. <, AI CQNN BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS ER'S RIP,T JO nfr. FORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6 1 Jr te O °Elie righttaperform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's tt f€forces'*4= i +�i separa "+ � s in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or poera site under Coif, ""f the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those ptsrttt '"A ce artd,�er of subrogation.If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is ` mod� ifuh lion by the Owner,the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Section 4.3. ,e 61 ?arate coated for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations b*,the *00m-Vontrati6�le Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. §61 3 The titer T1111 'c1r coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contactor with the J' c1f tlxtyntractor,who shall cooperate with them.The Contractor shall participate with gther separft.4 uLilttraetors acid the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so.The ( ntractor� any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual ' aigement ction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,separate etjtitractors andHttey `er until subsequently revised. §614 t�otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations %ttte eject with the Owner's own forces,the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations attcltti'*" ` me rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract,including,without 'those stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12. ti §6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY §6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201 Ta—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 24 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) „o,, §6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by -the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work,promptly -report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable fof'such proper execution and results.Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the rContractor's Work,except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. §6:2.3 The Owner shalhbe reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a aparate contractor bete of delays,improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor.The ,Owner shall be.responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays,improperly -timed activities,damaged td:lhe Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. §6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially Ctix�tlpleteditstrultit>tr or tA:',property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5. 6 2 ThijOwner and eactlt prate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are ktesct$ eii for the t (itltral iIISection 3.14. §� 11 +tER`$;Att3H N UP �ute tong the Contractor,separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under s cctt for,. taining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, tewty c4d .trp a Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. AT 7 CHA 7^l ,ERA es:tttVor be accomplished after execution of the Contract,and without invalidating the Cott .Chime Qtrnstruction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work,subject to the 1> t �itis meted: thi Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. y � � harlge.order sNbe based upon agreement among the Owner,Contractor and Architect;a Construction reemeutb, he Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the cttract nor, the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. § 13r �tCt� rk,shtperformed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents,and the l �ctot p4* ptly unless otherwise provided in the Change Order,Construction Change Directive r rt ,d for a rnlntti change ut ttte �rC. Ct # FD Y T� A Change Or is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner,Contractor and I t stating the,ii, ” nt upon all of the following: .1 chart , .2 the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and h e tr enf of the add ustment,if any,in the Contract Time. 1;2.2 Me�11:: _ n determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Section 7.3.3. §7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES � A G•a'g,"ction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and s, lttlg a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum or Contract y �e Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes � t� �. � n the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions,deletions or other revisions,the it Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. §7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 25 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIO Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 1210812006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 519/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) M §7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum,the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or .4 as provided in Section 7.3.6. §7.3.4 Upon ceipt of. Construction Change Directive,the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work in olved arttt se the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method,if any, provided inthe Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Ttrtie_ W-5 A:Ctltstivaion Clange,Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith,i lud* djustt nt in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them.Such agreetit t ll lae. d6cti` -a ittnediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. r.§ 7.3 41fibe C titractori wiblot respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method erit shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of et rlrli( t"$the-_Work attributable to the change,including,in case of an increase in the Contract ... Sum,s r lc (ft ttc f6r.overhead and profit.In such case,and also under Section 7.3.3.3,the Contractor ` shall kid p ,rinStrehdrm as the Architect may prescribe,an itemized accounting together with ak ,appropriate suptng ds �less otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this ; ect�gt'7 3l bltzt�to the following: k1 c r r,"i duding social security,old age and unemployment insurance,fringe benefits by t�ment or custom,and workers'compensation insurance; tts(*046&s,supplies and equipment,including cost of transportation,whether incorporated or consttl . itttl:et&-of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor . Tpttiums fQr all IZOnds and insurance,permit fees,and sales,use or similar taxes related to ttid nd itionaI costs of sion and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. AV 7 3 7 The: d44 o be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a ttdenre m Contract he actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect.When both additions and redttia=, relate4 dons are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall lteag bas ;of net rit"Af any,with respect to that change. . $>Pendtn fittat d on of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner,amounts not in dispute for cll work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change MW Order mdreating the p ent with part or all of such costs.For any portion of such cost that remains in :dispute the t wild ttake an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those 1 ts.Tltltk; Lion of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order,subject to the .N g 'NA of ei tisagrce and assert a claim in accordance with Article 4. §7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the +, actstrx Contract Sum and Contract Time,or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments,such effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate tit- s §a7A ll GES IN THE WORK §7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor.The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. AIA Document A201 n"—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA!Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 26 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/0812006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/912007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) 5 N%M01 -*Male ARTICLE 8 TIME 9,8.1,D NITIONS j 8.1y1 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time,including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. §8,1:2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. §8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. ''t-1-1.4 The term"day"As used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically de#u1ed. §_2 PROGRIESS AND jNPI TON X13:2.1 Time litlittts suet ins Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.By executing the Agreement fhe Cotttractofcotts thtkie Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 8 Zo2 Tho ConMOr s� knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing,prematurely x; ca�nce opprbsal ate or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be farttt t tl b tl 'ontme(nd Owner.The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the ttxlve dstctf'sutl3tt1i1t nless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a : O*e to ptoc eedt�rY er,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or `- ilr a 'T1erfor encing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages,mechanic's liens and k. Wither security into, 'N 8.� Con4ttttgTl pied expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion c+ititttContraTime ¢ 2A1lEANp ISOFTIME - th t ayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of or,or Archtt, n employee of either,or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner,or by auk ordered :W or by disputes,fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties or other s beyenci" tor's by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration,or .oth , ,tvhtch the Arc 'nes may justify delay,then the Contract Time shall be extended by t han a TU asong a as the Architect may determine. €tlms ielating to ti ,,made made in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 4.3. L �� .3 3 This S tibn, do Y, . 4, ��, de recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of ntract Documents k' j ARTICLE 9 PAYM OPLETION §9ACONTRACT S 9.1.1 TJlOCdnt i Sum`Otated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments,is the total amount q able hYth Q it W to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. N ss1 SCHEDUL , yAUES §9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values to various portions of the Work,prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its Cite Architect may require.This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for z � g thrltractor's Applications for Payment. �� FK ' AfiNS FOR PAYMENT §9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized,if required,and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to AIA Document A201*m—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 27 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 1220:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_I which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) payment as the Owner or Architect may require,such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers,and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. X9.3.9.1 As provided in Section 7.3.8,such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives,or by interim determinations of the Architect,but not yet included in Change Orders. 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to payto a Subcontractor or material supplier,unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor Mtonds to pay. §:9,3.2 Unless btherwiso;provided in the Contract Documents,payments shall be made on account of materials and atltiipmenv*livered and; itably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work.If approved in advance by the OWtier,_paymOnt May similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location Agfted upon :vriting.:Payrfilbnt for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon cso iipliane b y tlue ritract0r with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such tdateri is d egMpkWnt or, rwise protect the Owner's interest,and shall include the costs of applicable insuratt± , tor �3 tration to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. §9 e hGi,*OtQr its that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner t lac ch theti ymeat,The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for °Payment irk ch ificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the xner 'to o� knowledge,information and belief,be free and clear of liens,claims, ESUrity inhxestt ens i t tit es in favor of the Contractor,Subcontractors,material suppliers,or other persons or 4ntitieiaktttp clattilson of having provided labor,materials and equipment relating to the Work. 9.4 RCAM IR PA�fYIENT 9,4.9 3kOArdhhect"4 W,J 'in seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either issue tc or Payment,with a copy to the Contractor,for such amount as the Architect determines g"', tuei the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding son> wb �trxt as provided in Section 9.5.1. .4:2 The S tt Certifi<qt� yment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, fled ontkte hitect's evalu ' Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment,that the Work a l s pill t mdff6i�ld that,to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief,the qty of ih acrdance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are subject to an z ' e tt t oft ork for coz11t1 ee with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion,to results of �ub�+ �and mspe � on of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion td balilitio `by the Architect.The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further �titute a iepresenlion that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified.However,the issuance tiertificat fo not be a representation that the Architect has(1)made exhaustive or continuous on- site inspectii; to ty or quantity of the Work,(2)reviewed construction means,methods,techniques, setitices or proced � ievewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers f d other d� steel by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment,or(4)made examination to k%*ertain h** hat purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. �*. e P 9:3 DECIS04 -HHOLD CERTIFICATION §9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to pi�ctt tl Qwner,if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot chitect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application,the Architect will notify the �' �� �' - (t�� owner as rovided in Section 9.4.1.If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised x � tect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to " i�pintations to the Owner.The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible,including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2,because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 28 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) t .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; 3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,materials or equipment; ti 4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; ,.` .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time,and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or 7 persistettffailure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Whea the above rolitsons for withholding certification are removed,certification will be made for amounts previously.withheld. $PR( FtES PA� +1TS the Ate�t bsued a Certificate for Payment,the Owner shall make payment in the manner and *ithi*, -4- Vi ed�b"Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. 9M� Co 006r 'mptly pay each Subcontractor,upon receipt of payment from the Owner,out of the Ca tilcfaf on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work,the amount to which said raft ettt led flecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of " u ctf t06on�bf le Work.The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, � quire: ch Su, btQ0 a payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. 6 a t*htect aequest,furnish to a Subcontractor,if practicable,information regarding percentages of or an104 ed:for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on 01, a done by such Subcontractor. ,. r- §1 ,W r thop ` &Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a ttir CXC�ffikr be required by law. z i M �m06t' �at supphe be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2,9.6.3 and ; . ay�tn 'f1�ogress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the le eptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contra k Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, i m It the r Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by traclor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials,or both,under wlt4the which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require money tc be�iiaced ccount and not commingled with money of the Contractor,shall create any fidtry habthty or' the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity r an a _ �tve datii ges against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. .. � " 7 FAIL NT .1 If the es not issue a Certificate for Payment,through no fault of the Contractor,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven r tlp5date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by ate Contractor may,upon seven additional days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the nt of the amount owing has been received.The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and U shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and ® st as provided for in the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 29 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) { §9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION §9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. §9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately,is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment.Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete.If the Architect's inspection discloses any item,whether or not included on the Contractor's list,which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can oceugy or,utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use,the Contractor shall,bef6M issuao of`the Certificate of Substantial Completion,complete or correct such item upon notification by the A1Gliiteet.IA<suil case,the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to �Ieternune'Substatiatatnpiton. 9,8� ten theWork ux dgnated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will prepare a CerfifiWe i5dwipletion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion,shall establish btlttids'nf t e Y33er Contractor for security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and titunc rutifshali:flx-fie ;within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Vast- Teq ` b the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion afdle Work origtlated lion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. §9.$ erti i��fi bMutial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written arc #,3tt sof respoti iliti igned to them in such Certificate.Upon such acceptance and consent of surety,if ��an� e>will me�*nent of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof.Such payment sh*1*sdjusted.fdr q, hat is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ,y 1-09fIAL.00CUPAiiI± YQR USE A*,Qrrt y or u�y completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when porttottrt3 by sew ment with the Contractor,provided such occupancy or use is consented � by tltutstlrer as required utul n 11.4.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the F nVor1CP agcy ilrv" may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete,provided N ,owner d t *or tinive accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, fttamqp,j f any'9&urity, rnttitl heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and have agreed in r x wrrtti�p, ng the pe� on of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract ,5 U n t� ort �ders a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and t a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2.Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use tt be unrea Id.The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between th& ner~ or,if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. §9 9.21 rior"to such partial occupancy or use,the Owner,Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect area firacupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the rk. §9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not rcansttttlte Stance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. PLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT retpt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of r a ` plition for Payment,the Architect will promptly make such inspection and,when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed,the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief,and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections,the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA°Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 30 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 1210812006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) the final Certificate is due and payable.The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. §9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the,Architect(1)an affidavit that payrolls,bills for materials and equipment,and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid or otherwise satisfied,(2)a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days'prior written notice has been given to the Owner,(3)a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract I>6Cumq* .k4)consent of surety,if any,to final payment and(5),if required by the Owner,other data establishing payment ttf? tisfaction of obligations,such as receipts,releases and waivers of liens,claims,security -interests 0,r elo mbrarto s arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the )ttler.Tl nfcottt #ttr rtttses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a and s41lsf; t0ry4oAJe-,6miez,to indemnify the Owner against such lien.If such lien remains unsatisfied after ° s3 mehtsh+r C"_,_ K �tor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in 1sGlxa�su , in all costs and reasonable attorneys'fees. §Ifl(iIf arubst7(f4bmpletion of the Work,final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault d1 ConttcSr� uanf Change Orders affecting final completion,and the Architect so confirms,the { tlsmer shall,ttpontip the Contractor and certification by the Architect,and without terminating the c4,1 a t o�tebalance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted.If the . maining ba r it ully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract r ?ocu�hts ��bQ d been furnished,the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that oe W�1ttom i1 t 1? led and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to s ceifirfion of site aymelt ch payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, ext�pt t�ItTt sh ot� a waiver of claims. AU 'h bl final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: 41 liens,Clait� ecurity interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; 2 b �ti1=; Work to ugly with the requirements of the Contract Documents;or 3 6V cial wjii� required by the Contract Documents. §910 lv�nal p the Contractor,a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a fr of afpale except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at final licatio t. * t� , '� 1RTICL70 Pt? T �ON 0S AND PROPERTY S40 PREMJTIONS ANb PROGRAMS �r The Contrs responsible for initiating,maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in.etnn ti 1>t+t performance of the Contract. 101 SA PROPERTY `10.2.1 r shall take reasonable precautions for safety of,and shall provide reasonable protection to 3T vent day or loss to: 1s on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site,under care,custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub- �bcontractors;and er property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements, tCdways,structures and utilities not designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course St '+construction. §10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws,ordinances,rules,regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage,injury or loss. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIO Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 31 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) c §10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain,as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. §'10:2:4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. §:10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss(other than damage or loss insured under property ran 1Crisitce required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in �vlxole or in 04a by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed liyuny of t40%or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10. a.2 and 10:2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone di r tlyor indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, not attiiifhble io-the fault or negligence of the Contractor.The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in a1 taoan to *Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. 0 > �Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shg pt vt� tion ofaoi idents.This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise d �pd b�a�Contra M- 0n writing to the Owner and Architect. TIPntracioorshallaot load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its xt �e y 01 S M TBRUALS sorlab101,Mocautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons estitt ;k Vidal or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB), on the site yi*Contractor,the Contractor shall,upon recognizing the condition,immediately stop fectecl arm-and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. r to Queer hallvhtilin the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material W'i ilb ce •they on :and,in the event such material or substance is found to be present,to verify t h�iedltazmle : 'otherwise required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish in lain zttractor an d a names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verrf cor abse ch material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe rrievi ��teror substance.The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in n Wither or not reasonable ob ection to the rsons or entities ro osed b the Owner.If y 1l"g j Pe P P Y it1 actor or objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner,the Owner shall F; b 40 Whom th rand the Architect have no reasonable objection.When the material or stI stnrtceias been rendered hazmless,Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner tract.T4q me shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of tl rg Coi " ble additional costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,which adjustments shall be acc, fished as proVidi in 7. 10 3.3 T 'txextent permitted by law,the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, ontra luict,Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against s,dama ;Eosesand expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or N itld in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss or titable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property ork itself)and provided that such damage,loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a f: mnity. §10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Section 10.3 for materials and substances brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 32 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) §10.5 If,without negligence on the part of the Contractor,the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Ovnn0 shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. §10:6 EMERGENCIES § 10.6.1.In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property,the Contractor shall act,at the Contractor's di=ction,to prevent threatened damage,injury or loss.Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Section 4.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 19.1 CONTRACTOR'S'LIABILITY INSURANCE ,1'1.1.1 The-Cdntraco#i l purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do tittsiness lu urisdiea6ti,in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set Forth belglly Which" arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the;Comdr;•lnayl>ts�t�gagl , able,whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by +bnc or",�ec a,y employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: clatt� n¢ (-'"tkers'compensation,disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which W#pht Itte to the Work to be performed; 2 maims for,¢ iages because of bodily injury,occupational sickness or disease,or death of the bntr�i' loyees; damags because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than thtgiC'i riployees; h` r s insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; "� C fcilles,other than to the Work itself,because of injury to or destruction of tangible prop ltiding loss of use resulting therefrom; �tlAnx s because of bodily injury,,death of a person or property Y dama a arising out of p.finance or use of a motor vehicle; �1 >tis ftily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations;and ln• ng contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under F � , " fyti18. , 131yte t fired by Spy x,11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the titracr wired„ hichever coverage is greater.Coverages,whether written on an �; ms made bait maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work tt�il t and nation of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. frra s of insurpn*- ble to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the certificate ce policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that ��r� 1 s a ,u ��,arer d aver '` ill not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days'prior written has been given to the Owner.If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after " # yme d archly available,an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitt with thg1 �11ation for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2.Information concerning reduction of�yerage on accou 41mits or claims paid under the General Aggregate,or both,shall be furnished by the Con c�reasontile promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. 04 3 iJ4.2 0 TY INSURANCE " .2.1 The ° be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. 10 P2Q �MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE ` a ,the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Management Protective 421 from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's,Contractor's and us liability for construction operations under the Contract.Unless otherwise required by the •�, ,, ts,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage,and the Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner.The minimum limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under Sections 11.1.1.2 through 11.1.1.5. AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 3$ Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) §11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance,the Owner, Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages,except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance.The policy shall provide for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. (Paragraph deleted) §.11.3.3 The City of Renton is named as an Additional Insured on the contractor's policy,with that policy being primary and non-contributory with any other insurance the City may have. §°11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11,11.4.1 Unl6ovotherwise.provided,the Owner shall purchase and maintain,in a company or companies lawfully authorized t6 do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located,property insurance written on a builder's tis "all-rte tit egtlilt policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum,plus value of subsequent Contract modific s aftd t materials supplied or installed by others,comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on axO eniik Est kds without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained,unless '..Z#thertg Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are n ox'inst� 'until final payment has been made as provided in Section 9.10 or until no person or end W," th,406 Ou ter s an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 11.4 to be covered, whJ4 1 ,lttk Thisinstance shall include interests of the Owner,the Contractor,Subcontractors and Sub- sudt�itra 00ft' 'ixi theft 11A.1 gpetdYtyra[ �i l be on an"all-risk"or equivalent policy form and shall include,without limitation, 44surance agaj4 pore(with extended coverage)and physical loss or damage including,without ipltpon e>a ;: �'vandalism,malicious mischief,collapse,earthquake,flood,windstorm,falsework, #eetut Std tart p ft'a y buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any himea shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and required aa� lt of such insured loss. + 11 m—mei ides not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of e8e�ttt. iatl �,described above,the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to The r may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the ractQribis and ntractors in the Work,and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof 111 ', to the Owner., tractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or riatn cubedbb ;without so notifying the Contractor in writing,then the Owner shall bear all i�b2 ty attributable thereto. roperty igstll s deductibles,the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such du_. ' 1 . : 4 Tl�pro a ce shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site,and also portions of the Work 1 6� in transit. f 114.1.Eiccupancy or use in accordance with Section 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company comp property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or terwise nd the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or cbtnpanies ithout mutual written consent,take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation,lapse or reduction of insurance. a1 " Machinery Insurance.The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance ntract Documents or by law,which shall specifically cover such insured objects during ttttil final acceptance by the Owner;this insurance shall include interests of the Owner,Contractor, 1ftogiptt�.' d Sub-subcontractors in the Work,and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. §11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance.The Owner,at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards,however caused.The AIA Document A201*m—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIO Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 34 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAs Document,or any portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property,including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. §114,4 if the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy,the Owner shall,if possible,include such insurance,and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. §11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,real or personal or both,at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is Cabe provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project doing the construction period,the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.4.7 for datives c( l by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance.All separate policies shall° vrd�It ",,waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 41 11,4.6 � l� ort txltptyttre to'loss may occur,the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includ Ctv la�•required by this Section 11.4.Each policy shall contain all generally applicable r eandrt s fina�t�t�,`e#tl ons and endorsements related to this Project.Each policy shall contain a provision r that ey" tit, led or allowed to expire,and that its limits will not be reduced,until at least 30 days' -pnpt,vii n ven to the Contractor. ogatiom- The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against(1)each other and any of their �titr s itbt ontractoTs,agents and employees,each of the other,and(2)the Architect,Architect's M F cxSftsult contrat described in Article 6,if any,and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors, Ants an ' s,� ges caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance x taittttl putt to, 11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work,except such rights as they , lav6 A s e held by the Owner as fiduciary.The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate,shall iequillt ;At is consultants,separate contractors described in Article 6,if any,and the sultans sidtfaaCors,agents and employees of any of them,by appropriate agreements,written where ltl d for�tlttyrimilar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein.The policies shall prod 11 irEitirogation by endorsement or otherwise.A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a � nttt a hat person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or oth dr ` Surance t, m directly or indirectly,and whether or not the person or entity had an P Y Y P Y able rfl ,' perty,� . 111.4-� der Owes propert y insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made ble to fidiary for the insureds,as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any app 7 txto gee clause,404 Awtion 11.4.10.The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of utsttt<� ds recei yo, y.the,actor,and by appropriate agreements,written where legally required for lidi urrrbddtittaq =to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. c49 If rec Hired „" ley a party in interest,the Owner as fiduciary shall,upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond ftlrsro of the Owner's duties.The cost of required bonds shall be charged against prods received as',, Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received,which the F y Awner sb �" to ine6rdance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach,or in accordance with arbitrt¢l which case the procedure shall be as provided in Section 4.6.If after such loss no other fiat ag a and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience,replacement of damaged property shall"" drifted by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article %< 7. as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in t in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power;if such dispute shall be resolved as provided in Sections 4.5 and 4.6.The Owner as fiduciary shall,in , � i�tr"dtion,make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators.If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA!Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 35 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/0812006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) §11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND §11.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of --the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. 11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment Ofobligations arising under the Contract,the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a ,copy to be made. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.1 UNCOVERING 01F,--W K '.1.1 If a portion o1YA Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically Xpressed in the'Con0al3CDocuments,it must,if required in writing by the Architect,be uncovered for the Al hitect's exatnin:itil aand be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. 42.121f a-1portiow,b the N has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to examine o r to its being 6,�otedi t o, chitect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor.If Witch W, k is itt.atdaf the Contract Documents,costs of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Chan Drdet=beat tlwftp�is expense.If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, r tion shale"ate-�:O�Mractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate < ritor in°tt� cl� sl',the OO`�krner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. BEfiO� 1F ��STANTIAL COMPLETION 2 2 I 1 Thttltgaf promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the ifeq[thieatts of tllitt Icuments,whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or eted.Costs of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and �� n�€tbs and for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,shall be at the Cvntractor. .$xptn 20TE�;�I AT�AII I COMPLETION ��� n atdtlil ontraco, ibligations under Section 3.5,if,within one year after the date of tantal Crinitlif the W��dsignated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties w ' P dished� Sectron 9 9 Ins of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, y oftb �� pt to beit6fttccordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor allorretdt a�receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously ontthcttir a writttat a of such condition.The Owner shall the such notice promptly after g P P Y F discff the.condifio - ,k -year period for correction of Work,if the Owner fails to notify the ' ntrve C i°opportunity to make the correction,the Owner waives the rights to require 1 tion by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty.If the Contractor fails to correct tformitg W easonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,tltflwn t in accordance with Section 2.4. Tai 11 2 _ 'he o>I1<�ear pei d`tor correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first forme l�nttal Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual .: ormanb; rk §12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Gontrar ptusuant to this Section 12.2. ` z * t�tijactor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the �alre Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. §12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction,whether completed or partially completed,of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 36 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) §12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the one-year period,for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. §12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK §12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Ownerrtay do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable.Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MSCE,4,AN US PROVISIONS §13.1 Go V�WNG Gntt�# all be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. §13 t SSORSAN[�1 � G �SIGNS §13 e Owtt11>t�and�Ttt ctor respectively bind themselves,their partners,successors,assigns and legal reret�tt� th * arty hereto and to partners,successors,assigns and legal representatives of such other pltirfre�t#o calpts aeements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.Except as provided nnSttio 2patr;Cta the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the �tlJ ill PWhtelttknake such an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally restonfifbr 41,khlstions under the Contract. r. a 13 Ofi , consent of the Contractor,assign the Contract to an institutional lender providing on�#�t fi; or thoject.In such event,the lender shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations itn� y�ntract Dpe The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such ,< agpl x 'IT�N NOiC [ T IC3r `�Wnttert I be dee ve been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member afthe firm �0 of corporation for which it was intended,or if delivered at or sent by r 6 ors ttfied mail to mess address known to the party giving notice. 1 041 1uties att&-i'ligattotrs by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder h� 11aT1 f�tl ion to and�t of duties,obligations,rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available 5 Noetion ct by the Owner,Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded theist rtind� ,nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a bra thereunder e1 3.5 T � 15e specifically agreed in writing. � .1 , �'����J$�ECTIONS 3.5.1 Tets tits and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, 'erdhtan ces A* f ions or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided,the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections and approvals with an t i ting laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall f 40sts of tests,inspections and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures.The osts of tests,inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are concluded. §13.5.2 If the Architect,Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing,inspection or approval not included under Section 13.5.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing,inspection AIA Document A201 Tm—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA!Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. $7 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) two or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures.Such costs,cXcept as provided in Section 13.5.3,shall be at the Owner's expense. §131. f such procedures for testing,inspection or approval under Sections 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents,all costs made necessary -by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall>be at the Contractor's expense. §'. 3.5.4 Required certifiClttes of testing,inspection or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,be secured3iy the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. 44$.5.5 If the Architect isO observe tests,inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the AtOitect will deb sorutnptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing. §1 .5.6 Test or inotiqn ducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid uttreasonable delay ifi tliq 'b . I3 WREST. 3nyitient&du #paid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at s �1at as;th parts a upon in writing or,in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to t t tl k wh ��e� t is located. 7 COMMENI UTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 3.4 As been � t and Contractor: ; 1= Beftst Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of ist�1[ttia< letion,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged - ise A all be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of S"ul� �- mpletion; )f3e11t�en 'ubstantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act L � occ uent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final ` -Pay applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged ton s_ "med to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance\of the F icate for Payment;and A a9 f i iiti3tl or Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of 06'of'final Certificate for Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to tiro and any of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the d "-fa lure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under gc. Ictxcl .5 y correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Section 12 Cr the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obi bContractor or Owner,whichever occurs last. Aqi,LE 14 TERMIN `SPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14 TEI B NTRACTOR CZ '4.1.1 or may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days r ugh nti 1 Of the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any r ter per t ,' t performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,for any of the following reasons: Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to k I 'stopped; a � act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be �- Peed; 3 cause the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1,or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or .4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly,upon the Contractor's request,reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2.1. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA! Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 38 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) §14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if,through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub,stibeontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work undo,direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,repeated suspensions,delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. 14A.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists,the Contractor may,upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery, ititduding reAsQaable overhead,profit and damages. 14.1.4 If urk is Mopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontr �VV*their;agents,or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract whit the iiictoi, Owuse the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Doeu ooC to ttf#ers important to the progress of the Work,the Contractor may,upon seven additional tls �t::nottLe'tct>the 4fter and the Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided iit S096 144 1 :. MI [ON BYeTWWNER FOR CAUSE 4 Tl�t! er� tniitate the Contract if the Contractor: ei`s�'ly or, eatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper tit $; it Ito uiak", cent to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective fee ittifik een the Contractor and the Subcontractors; tl> ards laws,ordinances,or rules,regulations or orders of a public authority having w Onr ov "s gt lty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. fih&above reasons exist,the Owner,upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause MW ""Os welt JDay without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the f f motor's sur ny,seven days'written notice,terminate employment of the Contractor may sub prior n surety: x inke possession and of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and AWy tiZfre64ted by the Contractor; sigt0hent of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4;and the W 04 6ever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient.Upon request of the ontractor�� 1 furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by �Y Qter in e Work. ates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1,the Contractor shall not be enhtl 4• to yment until the Work is finished. �� � 14 2.4 balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,including compensation for E � Arch � _ S and expenses made necessazy thereby,and other damages incurred by the Owner and not ��, , �� � zessly � ', excess shall be paid to the Contractor.If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, -, `� "Contract M„� #�t�'the difference to the Owner.The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case may be,shall be certified by the Architect,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive tit Contract. a r 4N BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE r may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or interrupt the Work in r such period of time as the Owner may determine. §14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension,delay or interruption as described in Section 14.3.1.Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit.No adjustment shall be made to the extent: AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 39 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 1210812006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) qtr" .1 that performance is,was or would have been so suspended,delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. §14A TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.4.1,The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. 14,4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall: .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct,for the protection and preservation of the Work; Land .3: kept for--Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notico;t13 ttinate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts A nd,pitteiiasc metiers. 43 a f tei# ion for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment ctri �ecttlttd: cEicurred by reason of such termination,along with reasonable overhead and profit on the�trrk itot�t�tited. 4 3 T`� \C l � %N , u t 4 _ £ r- `` Odk A s , air" a s F h AIA Document A201 n—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 40 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 1220:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) r , S r Additions and Deletions Report for AIA®Document A201>u- 1997 TfliaAf 1(E s and Deletions Report,as defined on page 1 of the associated document,reproduces below all text the author has atlrpd.th 11D Standard form AIA document in order to complete it,as well as any text the author may have added to or deleted from the original AIA text.Added text is shown underlined.Deleted text is indicated with a horizontal line through the original AIA text. Ttse;. fiis Additions and Deletions Report is provided for information purposes only and is not incorporated into or constitute any part of the associated AIA document.This Additions and Deletions Report and its associated document were generated ladnultaneously by AIA software at 12:20:56 on 1210812006. lkAGE1 3� �Ir1 Pa � vttY��tiane; . RI8057 � 5 F+ r , i�entc,•n°�`� 9�5 TT6 � A 0 tie 3 er ArAlt 4 venue Suite tt *:• 1 « Ie 206 X00 1 . 3= ton is n Additional Insured on the contractor's policy,with that policy being n i other insurance the City may have. z01`�x +� �a iYt r K y ,s m y F yM Additions and Deletions Report for AIA Document A201 nd—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA"Document,or any portion of 1%may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 1220:56 on 1210812006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) b Certification of Document's Authenticity AI(AO Document D401 TM — 2003 I, ,hereby certify,to the best of my knowledge,information and belief,that I created the attached final document simultaneously with its associated Additions and Deletions Report and this certification at 12:20:56 on 12/08/2006 under Order No. 10002520-1 from AIA Contract Documents software and that in preparing the attached final document I node no cCtges to the original text of AIA®Document A201TM—1997-General Conditions of the Contract for'ConstruqWj as published by the AIA in its software,other than those additions and deletions shown in the associated Addttttts°and Deletions Report. ftno ft NO x a K a a ; ,. r 6 1, AIA Document D401 TM—2003.Copyright®1992 and 2003 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it, y may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 1220:56 on 12108/2006 under Order No.1000232520_1 which expires on 5/9/2007,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3675637491) 900Z`tI i!jdd Jos atuuod Outplmg 1�4in►IOV xJLd,(uejjt,L UOIU-Od jo)4iD O O r, N O O cl cl 00 00 cz o l `O ►71 0 0 o mod' O� 40 rv01 4-1 U ,_. y `O N �'•-, c�3 3 0 0 0 O O cc3 �O O y O «3 O N M N � � U O `O U O U 0 P4 0i U Zt UMW U d' U V1 �-- V1 U N U � V� U N • 7::$ O V � O a c� „g as F� z � 4U z pp co o z w� c a c z 0-LL o Q g�U Q' h to Z �! j U Z Q' LPL 2 2 o Q /I� O W W W?�jJ v (n Z Z Q C m Z o� ~ u wOQz oa k' ° ZOa`QQQ Oo1 o W p ] Z OQ W Q � 111 U n x n v,a p > cc U)Cc Q LL W b Y o> cc O °ice Q LLI J �d r LL Q. is nv i- � a 'e lw, 0 0 P W N N O ly "I% snv�us« 0 00 > z o Y J o CL Q, Q � 00 W� O 00i�Q d n v� w� UJ UWQ �2 Cf)C 2�co 5�0� Z CL �.oy v Ln Y c. Ni z4 W , x -Z Q Cc z wNa �� r uj CO a / j�� � CL LL !— - cr , a r , .. W o Q z 2 H uj W O_i ryL w O O W O N N Z Occ mo c �a, CIL Wks `� G LnW a[ ° O ry `c F- Un�Y W Q G3 o m M O N N { 4 Im p � c a>a I—U W ul Z Z 3 W W vY g vW�� iWi-- 2 W po' o LL W ,/ U U UU V Z a1U 3Zdf 3 ' LL MOOT11J JN1dlin9)UlAllOd Aadd ANVJJI I 3WVN iOJCO�.id a Q z z U o z v � c rm Z Z O W a rO way °_ x U �w > Z o ° 0 0 0o w �n o ��� a to p to a2 tiQ a w JJ Q 0w U W mm� o w� x^ n o= w W O 2 W Z w O V 7 W a p cr w o v> a o a QJQJ a � `" x °z02� molioo�n ''z �w w W tnN zoo. Ula U H �O W W rn2a Z ag OZ ° `.J Wm a ¢tna U ¢WtiU 2�]n DO aw22n� � W2m �Z w QUO VI �++ mxti¢ ¢ 3¢� m W zjm W0W�j00 ¢� oaQ�o° z Q� LO C) a°� a Y O Z ir V I J q l z U i a i U w O O U a om v3 ° Z O W 2 �¢ OWE° W� 20mbam n m O~a0 2 Q�wZ Q ow2W¢ QQW try O�Z 3� aNOW WO0 2 ¢a OS� �p0 4. 0 FUwN¢ W �20Z z¢ U $ w�" ¢ N U O o° UZ g WO Z 4 U OU 04. 2 N x2 402 W 2x0 O o a�� W ° ZU to ZaoSa2 px a U 3p } 4Q m �Q w Q w O to ¢= Ow ��Wwm= g zS r;n�w O wC7nW twi,�aQW ° ,T„ZW� W$ �° Ow4 O oo pQ0 WUp Q Win oa WO ° °z °Q 'o wzaazw Qo oWp LE U- 4¢ ZOZ W e o to 3� sS Wa w4 2 wb-� I¢ N yza¢ O ¢a I' w�--¢W mh02 2p at�n C� ¢ a ° qa �VOJQ Z y J U �n VIzZW J4 OW~UWib +°I-J �� �y� U w�vwiU W o~xP wwnR°OEM 4W'-o Ix-d?~w° z UZ =m O$z f- Q\ �WC¢iio > > = a °q raoa m¢ Waoaa� w � ozoo ¢ ow�WtWx� a2k 'E 'I 0Z °v p� °�_ zo Qg4nV o n �z aaa� z °oogoQ R Z° ° �� m �� 3Q�zaU°��w F �Q�W w Zo az how 4Qwl-o ��-'Wn Z z mU X00 W° Q¢ZU2wU g� NWOO G'0 cc ZOO O 4�°�i�a�w�ZU 0U4 Z2RUO2 I=- I-W JO2 0C4jm e$ wWVaj°� 2Nt~n W to-' ?=2� 3m mtn 0°ZWW W 22 ¢��Z amOt~i1,x- °W x mawOOJa~4NOWWI Qtz- -J.i�g2�z �!�-wI ZOO �ti¢ °W as ¢¢ QZ ° ¢Oa m Q_ OgQ ,0 �„Iozl' > wm °v� QI-Uf--w W Fo o x ,n_x 2 to p U 0z a ¢Q a WV) WW a2� ° $ pUUO�Oti W > ¢ UW . ¢1= Qa o tntia e z>- apXJ 2w 1-° I" W m !•- a o O U x_ 2UWQWm2W�mJ 1SX xUZW JW 2JUw tnz- $to p�¢WJ pU a Qm owQ J � zm ww \' w Paz QUO-z �p oa J �w O am °m aW NW n Q¢F m w v, Wal.-.� n° wV 2a �--Km O pJ Nm I 02Un Qtxr, ~ mOW U oW m� W Q g °j O O O� °� W2QgZ-� U- OUOJ g2~Q$OV=1 bvj WOp J W OZJ W Q OJW WO ZQtiX� W O V) O Z t~�~=Q �o oy�U�¢ z ?° y°�p�Q 2-w z >-0Op?WUaZ°Za w3`n� '�~ Uwopzo m8aw 0�w�¢ V a x� NNNzO gOo Z`n wp vi�g pw 43o�w v2i d m¢ 3Q}N W�4QWW� aQmN�2W ~° 2oao Z°0 $ �° V)=� 2° ¢W 2a�U W gz wZ2vI �OOmNQ2 �j2WW�LY02mW wtn�3 Nti 2 aZZ, I"QZgi eO�MOnwj LL� �zaaz wWx�o m o w¢ °Zaz 5o zW�JWp a Za �+=-0 Wp'-o0=a �°Sp�aWw0�¢,3:o �° oozw¢Z oo�� �a"x`wwe� OO U V1 U W W Q g ¢ J w Vl"' ° 2 U o !n ZW 'c wZP O WW m°� g2 °¢ m 2 g� �WU 4�U Z a24 W�WKN mW ¢J aJ O Z O ¢2V- ¢ L" oz a w a Ww S° U U §maw m�P- w vn �0¢4 4 ¢Wvx_ as =� $ �� ~ g? On6z� o m ° oo� 2� atn2 m a4 pV n w po¢ °fix w x ° QaJ aai ¢ �Z OW Wx- Z¢m JI--J VI¢a �' Zti v2p0 Wpa�Fow 2�0-°zQ�f-U �� wa oa�w m°w ao�°J a¢zwJO UW3wt�J�W$Wn WU¢YZO wo a�o¢op �oow° wmalw o< C)� \LL W 2 OZ O°2W>- wOW°Wa V) tiWx�°OW qw R°mQOtn O °� VQ ¢ ZWW40LQ--O �F-f�z�.ZepOo°Z�OCa°JZ=O ~W �yZN�2 W3�Q 2~UNQSWp v Z¢ ¢q¢�re mZO Z m�QZw O N Uv1fCW¢ n - o Z¢ ZQ�20 W°�JoOtn�n z 0 Vxi 2W m UU�'- O2`WWma Ww m 3 U 2 a O ¢ w e m OW WF- O W WO QzUVi UWgamZn kmOZO OQa OtnN O Uzi'-2 x^�_�N_mW ti WZ aQG 4 ¢ gW ca L, ¢.e JU ¢2 -, n W a Z tnb ¢ WJ OU Z p �- ¢ mW W3>� Otn�°U� S7¢C2wX wOZ o W gtYZ m ° zpn¢ Wi vl�aQ Z0 ZQ ZtYap Go UJ Z° OOp^h2�o W2w �"w c w4a O na p O O ¢ x�WWJZ U O_ 2Q 7A J m W aW 2OW ZJOUOWWUOZ ¢¢ w 0-o opW O a aVlp EL - C m4�Uo Wwm�-U nxcn°g m4¢w z�oZ ° zw w°za JWm�¢�z ¢,,��,,4�ciQi-�W�'L>; ozo gx w°zwgO,CY�'OZ a¢¢ Ln 2¢ �'Z G)- 4KZQw O aoWU °UOVxi� zl�i"G� 2h�Q mZ�m ¢�JUmOVI mmm Jm�¢oZZWZW WQ °N ¢p$�QW^W0 z20U m¢am>gmW a N a ¢0 2tn j X00 a J2W QW_ VI a W UQO In J W x -,w Q a a U_ U S V) 2 ¢ VIO tail VOWm wWWO� Q x aaUW00�¢d mp�2°Zp pw,Qa '�' Qm�o m�NZ°'� w¢,c tiWO°WpOOQOUw ¢O OoOa¢oO�F-`�Owm 2°(nO��W2 p U)¢� 2 �W2 mpaOmZW NWpm2oa¢°mm aUZO°N aUaa to�w2 mWN Om wxzU V,x Kw°W¢z 0p¢a4o m¢ �WUW QUJ U J O ¢ a ~ WG UWV1Oa t=taa, W �?U.N�W�4Wmp2 QNNWOW WOOZ 2 OmO° �~ZWg i°Oa¢aZ Z4°V1WWU�Qa FZ ZvOi W°4/12 pZ= a�pwpm°Wp �P Z �O �OWOW ac`WVIK °X`"¢Jm1'z2�W�Jp w4�" vooj U2pZ WjU�aOp�°O¢¢�a�a0j2 �=°1=°map om 3�-a a�J °Za¢�'o�0 m ,YR224nJa(�zoWmJ�Qi=° 2°�JagLL WVx,�°�w$�WOwsa�-�ao w Zmw ¢m,m>°w� pmmz��� OWU °wov°iQwozLu -,w,w o 3 WGm OUOm�tiQWV,°d °vwi0�w°Wp°tigoOOaUmaQOWQU�� a 2aZO [< J3V'ZO¢?Z WVIA pNU a 2�W¢OF�W1Z4mW~3t-��UZ oo2°$z~z �a� xa w zp g4 ozo o was = U a¢ m gXw p aQ $� 2jOVj Y W 2 ] oW4wK °�amJ Z Wm0 <n a o m ¢3w WV Ugt?> OZQ up ZnVI ¢ U(nW 4UWr-° Ucn ¢2 U to ZW GO t.. U WU-w wO�w 2YU- 2 ti 40 J z�_ ¢O�iCUUR tnOp~Wa¢Qm�CWQUZV1m¢�¢OJp¢WIZ,p$N o Zw4w 3i-gotn��W�WmWU2°W Umkm2 Z UZI WVOj°�Z2Q m¢W JOQW ¢n Z aZ Q J n r TU �O t-O Q a U Z tYU2J v,U Op�pQp °-VI a COWpOpZU~i"l.mn ''F Iw34W3w ¢ aW$ t=2¢�pw zp�wY$1-¢y v1`1�0 2 W CD V) Z p J O ZC3 °^QWryU04°W Z W'i h4 oJOW ¢ :r. ° Q ° �QW 12-a WZ t7$ WYU2n4 nC3 Nw °p0 Q �"aa ON 04 Z W a QZ We?? C]OW J Op aWO >mOW� O -� CS to�ia¢^�UOV¢�iRtoO�ani to Wai¢aWN.-.-tn 0.-¢40mOm.-�.-L. x ? IY2 2 z�-o422000,_�ryOZe�jX W4.jWZK .=WN4F-pia�i v�viZa to v,r\nO Ui-i-roQ02K01-U OiW OWUW V) r ti W U W m N g W W w J f- j 00 ¢ °W ° O $- Z¢ 029 30W h2 �0= �2N W O w� ~W�' mZ.Q ° I'O g OQ2 W p Z V1 Q I q� VJ m ¢ Z~ Z q M ° Z~ 04 W!x.m x a ox °W p VIW Wf- O h�Q W Q Z�n¢4 VI UVtW mN a gi-U w ba p0 U p ¢V)N ° g0 ¢'t O Z w Z 2a U a F t/lN 302° Z m p2 OVI U^ p O X W xa w 4-g r-- Q O Z U¢ W W Z ¢^ V) Z x a V) �~W W ° ,QUQ 2 2W ¢NQ°W Wx¢ OtiW Z d J d m2 W�a oOCY QooY Wo �- nw� \�QOn >¢ xz�aw oo a ? �w L,Q. `xw U JQ 0OnZ 2tim �Q ¢oZZ ¢mQ¢3W �ZZ ,o z`boa2oz amo g 2 Q° °a�¢�o € W wop J mo ° WJ°$ww ¢mma z� °O°vO2 ra �'� ¢ oz �a w>w ��z aow= Jn ~¢�� ¢i2Q¢zQ�Jh� o°� � OQw>-Qwo Q°zwn Z Ua Q° roam zaw z wow w�N Q¢hz�ax4 nnW�oogaoo m?b> og�wOUw3�p WJx 0 w>- v=Q oa° m0W 0 0 °vzz d z tO>tn �mmg°0- tY ZC2i¢Ua¢W W ti U 1-.3 W tY°i jWm ,W o Q o U 2 a � �¢W W W� W xiji tiWO-x W s It-- �, 0Z CJ U 2 2 s K zN W~ Uon O y.V) 2 'nab W W minQ w W W R °72¢Ow W JNwN R 2¢•N..q `¢-�� OUgW gW xO2 Row UW o m U WR Wad ~z¢ m �a wFx.Ow$V Q �Q�4p Z¢0�21xi1m a� 1-' ¢ Z'x->- InW m O1nG°O �iaQ O �W !`a t24Q UW g jZ ti 4¢wW GZpp°� QomwjaQ QowoW°zv^oo Wa �ozzC--�z 20mU nZ °zZ JQ 2 g0 �il J a x W w rvl m¢ti W W -.0 Q w i�off- c, ¢o m� t"wQ Q 4z F=°¢a q 2 > a V11-Za �'u C's co 2 Um 0-'ro>(Wj Z C mWN gm¢�QW°WQ W ,x-OeU¢m¢Q a W Wj OWmg paa jo WzNo Qg m 3�WgpW °�`�°O�U ,- ¢U-.Z� zQ mm 0WW Q�V)t~il�wtiaw m=z�O _O0 Z� y00 'f OI Q.W zW4x-Fa>- 4!p mbp�g�� W I cn2�VIJQJpO tn0 Q2WUa Oa U aU -'tn UQ > U 3 QN ySU3J W2 a> n UJ�ti 1, g OU0 NUw Uw W ¢2Q WO 00 O p 20 a (/j2 dQ ZQ ZQ p 20 °$ a Q °) �Q¢.KW ¢OatiZOw U._FKWW\Z�¢m 2Wj 2m�2�tq,10aw U�~WaUQO U� °Z�02W2 m o= OWUN`.O e.y W a V7 W 20UZ.�p w N¢1-.Oa 2 O_stn ¢W WO WQYZW tY w W 4n Z i- S UO�aw40 > WU U ZZ z vi 4t..,pa ¢OO 2 W �O^wU ° w " m�azaa ZQ2m �O WZ °U¢U�OU OgU��O °UtnQ¢ ,x Wx°UdQ mO W Q �U z g W ga3 W JmVI U Q Q�K ¢ oo ¢ ¢ CUz� vQ�av ZZ�=yy 0p°w na J^ 2 *u0i c oLL 1-0Y0- 2? oQoC)W = �� maxow> o oW ?ww¢�vx¢ U�3 o OF�?uNj Q SUO J m z 4 m W N ao a°OWE °°tmi, W°K O°U w m W V °,-W2a° Ua mW04 V°jp4 02Vo¢ V1tiQOm°o tn3v2��v\i�2~� a0¢g�QOmJUZUU� mZWVaamo W >-� 2 2°U mU4 ti�tng9W W Vi Fz`-�N(n a O¢z 4 2 Q m 02°tgr12 W 2p�=0 ti S O W UW O$W ViQ tics°(UtIOm ZU °Z ga 2W Wg YOtn CJ 42C U �WW aJpV.) o\\W,=pti 0)0J UUtnaaoa tnJmWUOW� OKZZ�"UI-a O ¢ w� �kajp pap° ;n ¢ OWC\�UWZP--�'U WmNP Qt`¢v�z-.2 220 to-�ZWO °O Ua N Z2ti W Ut1¢.L, WO JNw mF-� wQzWa2�0 H ti W CL W'< Z3�� W m2 W O W p O_1�^ O m W¢Q 2U O°g Um¢OW j0a vlWaga JOuI to oZ � h OO¢U$w w 4 a 4 O°m2WOZ0 VQ2 GUU ¢ Nb_° OZo (-5(X J>-2 O` m ¢J�VI 1y3 UU�-'tpY¢°Qn Uw¢¢N�2n¢ Z3¢ N U>¢x12`� SWIxi,Z2wmU ¢tn°ZQ 0 aw¢p¢ ep2UmzW a dSmzz�N1}'jV)lx-LYQ0 wwFx-3zzt;n 3 �`,g OU¢1�-�?",Qw j twn3wzwVl�¢ oz�Nm Wwm-' wp JVUp Y¢j�aOa V,,5-,��=-`20 gUzQ�\��°¢N\wmOg22W�=qaw=Ztin °WK�OW20 4WWwOZ�QOQViO?��O O,i W°mZav°I WmpW U I Q\I-V1JO2 I 3 m"¢OF-�z� wOln zzo U °w OQw 1 aUUaI. Wn a $UCY QQp Q ¢Q2mp8W Zaa00 h�Ot`nz2000 °20� ?a^¢W¢yWWWZ ¢�=WU�VooVn,x-�g�OmN22a ~mom ¢ pWW;UWz xa2 nU0°p NUU 1= ^¢ QUggN$ aW0 UOU tJNW` U Wes- OUJ_ a O mW�O¢Ztn aw2S QNp OU Q�m2QnZN wx2Qp2 W2m�aX� 2x �OZ`��U wp Q�00 C', JatiQWo�¢4 VIQaZ2�2W Gm`33�J�QZ UxJ O=aa¢¢O�N L °e-xJ¢ac0,wo]QU w a J W F=ma �cnY4 a02W J aQ W z OYOmQO�aUW~ W�ZZV�WO=�pMOJW¢ W2O¢OU4WZaW0°o�°' OS°Q 2EpZ0°moRaa V,Z Z ¢Z�OwW� Zo2QOQ�¢3�'',Om¢CY W=OgOf_hUOIW>U0�¢Om¢¢zWOJ4a'eONNUp�iU�(ngOxa4 UQW�CW~2W Z WW¢0�00 O w$W3 Om Qf-O pU ^�+t 33Q 2 $¢¢3a JNI-3¢Q�wZ{{,,�� zU U_x o OmaUU�a g CL a =Q ¢¢tnQOOZ UVi°a�¢xR~QQOyUO w�Qx 2<m3WNtn~¢Wa�l¢0 pz Z -It Q2Oz¢Ua�WZ w °OUW�W z Ci Wa zp ^z°°� ¢w�ovoti�Z p°� ym 4Ww2¢� zW $ a G� amz w>W v on Qopwaa� ¢ v om owz b¢ p wp zw� zixaQ o o non N �zQ ¢oohxpw�U�ao zzn2w> 3 .=NCi3 ¢�-ivovUUm¢aria Q2U vtnU t/,V=tOa m�i�4.ti a00�-aTax of U�O.- 0 -02.-1-a U.--aY^Q^am - Uqm � Iv rn m I c y 2 p° o a ° �w 4 a to Oti2 J �a O O vj W Q 2 �-.O J J y o a° p z s Zp x �p Q w�Wu Q z �� wQ v o ° Wmz4 °n0 F o 0'0 °w a a UxWm vl 2 p0 QZ` ww S� mp O Z 3 OU wWln 22g NVi VIN m EL mG N 3 'w 2 Ua tiUOJln 0 Zl= 2¢g naW WJW pa p ti J,=Z Oy02¢I- w ZJ QWQWa qo '' W �tn Kn2 Z U m� a 2¢ UWZJ¢�O 2 WNOU ¢ m ~oti °WZ>aQ ¢ W W ZZQUQ WWWU )`¢O OZ pZ ln�mJ W1'n mm M 2WaO�U m a $2tn- n y O x ° W W2p2 I- 2m ¢ UZ W ozQ'Z 0 2 00 QW O m Zo Om ~Z ztn~Ud¢O-, 2 ON o°Ow g2wm tnaO WW�g1-'� r- 2 Z Zo�hZw ?pOZOq � 02 m~ 0w�==z LU ° a QU O aQ �axQaaZ ' Qewa owJ o�WOa�W°¢ N z °ze wz'Q� mngQUFwZ zU � $ U ��2ti W Z z� oa xc~i oQ~gw Qua w Z �mYm voi °NO1=mwWt2mo U oop zt_-oUgW ¢ ,-F'mt¢„gc� mtri ° �mwSbo° �= oW Z°zWOOx�W u w�aJz � `' z � �o2a �° ° m�WQ� z03 °otK CLo �a Uot.�tYq p 2Vje0 ao OQ mOQ _ WO 03J� wF-g p ¢jai-Wep3 tY OU>a¢0°J Z�� wU�s °c~.� U0 ~g ww�� 2 Waa wY U m2�F Z>- WiV O�-UpwJ W U �-z 23r[ cn ��4wW\GQ �U W2wOU i-_ WW a� x�- vow a i 4 ¢UZn QUO Om a4 to zZ° pa ¢ w Z uuz) do Wp In Z,UO QW o WVI t-m1'-01Q-.x ¢OW JOm wW n .� b`�o-a Mo vv o�m�°3 oao Q°W aWoo°wo�oawx o aozQZZWn C'a w omWZew mm 3 m ma4tn0¢U Z >.W V, a> Xa G° U U >�O°41 t` OwW WOw>UQa ozW ¢ W,tnUU Ugh NO C_IOJg°= a gwY�S' w Sao dp g¢ a2JgWZ ^ Q z ¢>��w W O zZmna 2ao U aw¢O °zww Zg4Upm 22-- U °U Oa OU m2}wJ`Oh ? a3V� U3¢ t�'-0¢ZW°ZUatn O aW 2mWh�ai" 1--UZW¢¢ZW JW ¢$ ngpUwlY ¢ ¢¢pQ O 3 2� 4 WN aU ° Q a 2 W Z i-K ti0a 2 •xZZt'Y IY ¢�� Z4n¢tY x20 a W ay,x0 $ �,4 wOa a W° am¢ WpUU1 3 Wti U O VI F- O_ U 3 W p 2 2Q tn2z QV)�nW a m OWOaW 2WQ U W=p�ln~OOp ti C��otiNOw`vi O¢j0 as i22Ut-J U [ L6 m2 ZZ W ~OZ~ OW tnQ��3V1aG mmp ° W`t Ww O¢0 W�U OZwN�V w mWQ°j2QU2J O eZo�w>1�- ti t-J WZ2 Z a Qp v7 �WOj a W 2 J Zm�oa� UW -UOW02 W 7 p >pgW F-,-O ViSW ZOO ZO C,�' °400at,�� COj �pmo'� .Z m m000 Z QawdowQwdd Q �mox\WO w0� m¢WW a to 2"OVI UoW� 02¢ Wztn 2°mQ o Woq W>W o,oz WI'-ZZWW, °m WQ JW wmyai'wJ�a p °WWa 2g maW mJ2°2Q0oVQ W bwam�Oa �O W�WOOO°� OG aWOOmOm=zp 1- 0000 O¢Oi- = 20�a1Q-� tiQ�a 4 WZOU Zt/i O ,-a RO°W?WW 2 1}-° W (NnU °zgn O p to ¢ Q U ~a W Z tY S �2-3wWQ� ¢�?Q V~i(n ti�z�-U1n� ty� a_W0�20ma�R Vxiac� ��°�OWK~�od�= 0pU-JJ~ao zwWV'ni $a3 z° z UQ 53�tYmgU o ¢OFZ_m w 2mW m2e° Qap� � O Z 2 (raz w= tnQ ¢3�ZyQj¢¢ ~Www°UZOm g0 mtYa y"O�WOZg '" ti WZZm xno� m WWg�pQ��ZWmWWU2Wwp pzm=W(~np�4KNKOO ¢tIVp,QO w"w�� WJo ° wOQwV, \rwi I-QZOW4ma�o APO troy/',G ¢ 4 aJ v, w v n = o�Y� x gm>W oWm a� 0am¢U30 O z Ua OS00 UmwNeaOZOa°zGS pnX �C�aU ¢a1-W abgyw n0 UmiZV,w a¢ wtn_W ZN a Z VQ "- it gUJw w¢ wwW¢ 2Z 2¢j m� m UOwW a OaWW OnOOn a� aWU� O_ Ow0 gpU Wy dy a �WwWUW g pZwWtn FU W� w�Y�UNW°Wp°2°aZv`I V,�Gam �mOONZp3a 9W J °moo\ Za\ Z_U 0 OOa WZUFw-w ZU4 tiV1JJ N ¢G4,¢WUw�=a¢W Z:Z- O>zq�V-WU�, Otn VINO ZO>- Z tY>J�mm �pV] ���pw zp U°IU'-��UO�O �U WWVI WO¢a �mQ Z to `�=2�Q V, °2O Oa ZJO,a��� mOtiW Q¢ O�V) W°Oa2J f-J W1-'ezO¢¢�- 2 VI -� Wut mON �4i-.O °W2p mv,aO a Wm Q�Qi1Z�ZO�m Vl to^O¢O OQZw"i?a,2-Ja°Z°6�°8: 10°° OQO¢W¢O¢cx z,gi qWQ°apt°mO °QZ1-4+¢Za O° omo�OtY Z tY W ¢ OU Vi ti`tn�_02W ¢ W x), U U a Ww\ ¢z K i-O-20 °LLW 20, EL p Z=zmO�U�°W kWUNUj=ZLt,WQZpWagx�m°Fx-..00OQ IW'i �JWZaNm~$QUN °�OmZ�ap°UZw Qtw„=U~~FZ wU ���wQ°2 ¢W a° azQ~QOO roZ°u'iWzR=)Z aa, �w�ma�°¢Wmsyz°�°wo l l\� �zzb�zmwQa°��� o°ZQ°wJ>°p w�°z¢zwow nZ p� lloozwnQWV Imo, �� wazz a w ° o aagmz `O Wvo " mcw°o�w¢ a° ��o Qb�oow�_g�O° ��¢� zQ ° m°M�nN �~=oQ°jWwa gWzp¢¢QaWzo�QgJ>Q¢aaz ¢tnaa¢v°oaq w z �Q��o �w �-Z' Z p uL-z.Z- °°aw° Qo °ao°°=oQVbno ZU Ztw„�'Fw-U$0-0-PUU-PO jWa° �0n°az� Z`x"t`jUiKNg �w¢a�zQ¢QGacwn''Q� t°w°pa JVIZ Oz V122 ¢W Z � Qw >-�VId W >J^� V¢ 2 O g ¢ f= W ,- wQV12wQ0,j is `=0 z20 OU � a2-4� g a oov3ww �= JWa2poQ�goopNK°�°o�ovWWxamo mQ4aNO¢2° OZZO�= QZ�2QU�WWOO~mOO Q�O00WOY Z��oaQQp04W :Z W¢W ZRG)t2o$Z mwaQatnUp W° �UW4UUZWm�w^�wZ�°mm4paQa¢°20Q:,obi-.a o0- aWaoUww W JW mWa ¢gw ¢°Zg�m2KW° m aZQW N�]W 2tiO pUz2NW0dtiOV0y22¢�WpOV OtnUZ°W p00�2°QepVN-�p�ZZZt-�Up mOF¢-atiZ� GJGWJ¢t.U�-�- 0 3 w=�°ov°i2��3a gztw��Zwr tiortnamjacwi¢amgw�`�Z�c'`a�"at`oaovmz -,Qaa° °.� aGQZw= i�aW°Qw=Wg°wt,,p="o ¢ mmR¢U t3rj tnQOKO�Q�p¢zKUOWRm°gwa m�WmQ~.d(n yO�vtV WQ��W�3�Wti°t¢i3OmV,4 V4iOmmQ�UZ�wCQ]otiZaVlw O~�wadZOVi viZa� j2S ° ZZ� o a zw z'a¢ z~ oa°�oa �QUav¢Q° a kwI'Ow�o op01 W�w o n z an2aJa gX �asz� Q Qa b oI� ._gtVm-"K CLt QV)m to°U-i�°U Qao cr moi¢O°mm N�2(xn�¢=0 z tny¢oO to l234�aQ3?3tan�Q— NNaNOC gZu QN m�¢Oa¢mtn NQaN¢°2 NZ$ �Om 3aO���ld JN1aiine kilAIJLOV NHVd ANVJAI I ]V4VN iO3roa6 w 120 CO J 4 z Q m c W 4 Z z Om �v z ¢ mwz w w ''zzz ° • /� Z Q > Y J O W Iz, z ~ w Q Z 6 ? U � a�-�-2 c°'i z ?oado 6 z CL w �Z`�o O o � Q w oQj�3 a o 0 mZa J F o Q YZ��o z x n a u o o C LVI)� o � 0 O uj h aw Q xo�wo F- a: Z W �i°".�Of (.-i[�'� L�i:'�\`� c�•_ n I �� QLL O z mu:F YOU < �p r O z CC LL LLl LL H LL 7 0 0 \ O 3 u 33 46 _ o i � N o iA w w , L) N C'� I z w W r, z O xa a �O G �S c3 � E�Iy a 340031Id JNIOlin8� ilAllOV)Iddd kNV=Ull IwvN iD3roa(.� ZQp . . . . . . . . . . . O 7• �ot' _ �- 4'N x r ! px�p I�2 d rW �.' b 3 X-SI•t I rt p' \ O U< IL O y n'Ia N '� ,,r n, �.r I � I I f♦N` .h V/7_ J W rZ• II x g t!of�x�fi t0-ropit r 3 4 V k O rp3( r� U L G .NI po pr O -ro-et x I rt - M m K N V} , u zN 2Q $ 'ro-u y Kiln W X" W 4? � 2U p Z S `rroaa S^ I 5;fq 2 3 i—W i— Q Q 2 2 LU m _ _ !n j L ��a m,am _ r ea O W W pm U �� Z gg 1 y e r-see ,rtros-r b•ro- Q g G C j U wm ecc� 4 O W ¢2 m to O S °� Q d pQ �UInO 2 2m �" 33 2 y o W aCL ma ° mZa, 5 V O O Q �U U 2 N� W U Q22r�oW U�0-1i 0 ss's n sa l I— U o 1_ e•!t � I I ?9 ~ J.,.r N 2 Lul W I I om v U Q 3 p,f/ 'S 3AY aNVl71Uq CO ups s1 s _ 1¢ I I I v W v Y ad Q r� W LL �y zC7 I �g _8 x W CC S m U N `` W o N LL z s U u 00 0 1 O V Z Z ° \` W a O � Sm 1 ry N It 42"; �Q Do�� m°a f a < m Bit co �):pppp p21 � � s / I �' M a .. GyVO to W < kC � 9 / � �� / � � o�•o o�Z6y OQ� O UN WF�9.M</ / lO tttrtr�� y 2 2 � „ Fw�y�acFi �o kGj fN2h b° I U CUU O ee<� h�a W y x u= a s�oo �j g Wn: O W�J �a 9 n B w m � ° St a 3000311d rONlallfl8 AilnliOV AUVd )%Ndddil 3MN 133ro6d � o � Q xvr�r�o'r QI NO.11 o C s z. tit N U 3Nf1 A1tl3d0ifd;' z Q 2 t 9 Nil" �Wti CITi ° <= W C,•fe 3ai Wei '` 300 �WU ff� yi•�i -'z �W � m U v zj w ^&U mpW WW.'li°•7i -� 5 �� m 2pWVVW m�� L. �' ¢ J 33° i.��a� US N •^fy> O < a! O Q <cl K' 3Nn ua3doad mw�d me�� k°W Z Q II Q LL H i�3g zi HIM' ff\� z°ma>a � � W N of H�N_< MM.1L LL 2i 22p w WWO 3 W o�•2' W<t$ m � c N o Gj j-• QO o` NW2 Z VO U <}Y6U 4W� f W (> h U U\• d nm`a��g _2C2 3 — = m Si IIL� jI F rn z a 3 Wylm aQV; y lIi r. Ua�1- �3 F W RZa� x O W s U W U m LO �w II 4 4 Z� 3W W o UW U •� '^ S S Q U U ¢m¢ W CQ W Z 5,° aO0 a y 4 m U� Qaa ¢ W z O FK WJ tY W O LL 3NOZ 3dld ¢ g iE r- ZW z ¢ j W LO Ic = Z W 2 O O J p LL LO !i W rna O 04. h V,,Q U Q O a W t-2Q0 W ��m O = Z mN ms 3 I + m °� � a�c=ia-C Q 0 1m o D2 LL aZ?�. 20J 2W�¢Z U ~85,(n2W�U N o W a5 Q1-W 20¢�OFJ�U U �� vW �aW m 1%S QF-Q�O JW mKJW -� mad z ki soav awcOi�wz�afz Q�C`.y / J� OZZaWJ 4.0 W j m0 O �� 2 R2 UOIQKUO �eomm U --- I--� F W .:.v••� •. �.t ra n• � 0.o S (n e or I =o w m a� m a o o WW2 U°032 Nay°$Q U v� U J hQ0 VmZW NN Y.0 J2: re 504 . b io nV2W2 K rC�t� �W ONE e w N ouzo° coon �v'S� 3NOZ 3dld =�^$��0 w sWw�� W wwo "' 0 o�i�wm U Op W �ZWQ lWl 1110 MVS 2 rn o< ffii c`O Voi Q b� S ti y 2 uj Q ti r: w . ... T g o x $ s ^ m \ w o z U- S I t 13;•v + j0 3 Q � 0 3 y�No � a�a ow � ci •< + ,.p W O 3� W� m �4�+ 2ZZ� J Q Q _ ' .. •9. 0 ° C mWN� wcwiaw w¢a vUi 3 m��N mQO¢ w LW 2 Oa h Q C�2W�a UC <W�m JZUW Z �� y.0 Q �� w cg rna�xz ¢o F ea�.a 2 vi az m 3,�wz a I X^0 Z �Wgz� w� Nrn o� �fiQp Ja ''3 zWmz zW a ^Oa W Q�U) Q1 ° MWa Q ZZ 02 WW j aw � U 2¢ U�Cm ? �hh Q Xal� F- U $�Ao`5 w¢ Vr.ma eJ�Q c OO ad O 3�0 Via �a ��fWi1W �¢OVI NC N� w lUW a2 �wQa S¢S ke� N.° r'i§ YtZri.V H hz .Cia2 n��� 30003113 JNi(nn9 A-UAIiOV NHVcI ANd.�3ll 3WVN 103r'Oad og� I N N ! Q b b Y c7 S I N N V1 l CD ah+y oo Q ry V7 D O G1 G� i y O X � ■ q J jf _.. -..._ _ LU - rM ¢ �Q oz W y Y3 �W J l r �„, eP•� — Q Q O 2 O r N� m N r— m � LL 1,an pwfE Em e,AwBE C ^ 5 f w V w 9 W CY _ m CL m m o F5 m 1_ 0 Z °z z Q J Q fU/1 d d � !n X Q Z ZO W O N Z Z O V J Q J N V = U OmFNZ Z nV"QOZZ O QW�0N Q O� OOOw W N Z Q QOM N�� Q Q mQ W O O N Z U (.?Q U_ =J I-W W W J J J J !r 0 !r J N N V 1 S J J �■'■) 6'N 22.� `=` Z m S W d�-V Cl O N fn OO Q Q Q Q Q Q t.�li i= V W N O Q r d W V1 w J J �' U__U U__V_V _V O H W Z W<O 6 Q j Q I Z oar ¢o¢mz zo�5k No S 0 nn zz CZd'mw 00wZx<<ZZ wwwm V Z_ Uzwc�o o_c�¢ -Dv U�[eww33__�� v n�mww3 Z om¢ G��o /� Z 00�.^--�u0')Od'000ONNN 0000 0 w��I/ o000°oo = _ ~ cV OM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ^N^(V N y� 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N CV CV W O.=N M U U U U U Q Q Q 4 Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q 6 Q Q 4 4 4 Q Q W g gmm J w e W W V Q N W 0 N N I 1 ,t fiot cd A— j �I Q L o Y 4- 0 w ZZ (xn 3 O �.a Z W W ZZ In O twit � W g O O 3 d S N m W W J w O W O(1 = ¢ [r m p x N r K ti H Z w tVn W t- O O J O> O> Q F Z V F w m Z w Z sc w¢p Q- O m Z U a VA O ¢ _Z J V >Z 3 _g 4 J J U LL O N N Z p d d W W O D w O O j m `w� 4V g C.7 U U U G ¢ ¢ ¢ `� d. f1 Z g g °c w 3-w N O "wig p F w Z Z J ?' N `!' LLO N LLO '�' `�' LLO li z ? U V Z d O Q p U fY p lY w Z p Y Y (n J ¢ Z Z Z z p Z Z Z Z Q w (Y /Y (r N N Z p O Z d F fY tr W p F F fY Y W W p tY O(Y Z t¢i W ON Q U p W 4 W V O Q OO V O X X 4 ¢ J ti li F- li F- li V Ci 1- < f 7 Z N 3 w 2 x x x O m w 0 0 o O<r 0 c, U tr w S U w 3 w �-w N O w w w w w w w X W W g U (.� J O O O O 4 O 4 0 J p 2 W 0 0 2 W 2 W J(Y ty fY x tl' d' 4 ¢ X V U W w Z w x ®wu > ¢ CL �° w ®LLO XX X XXX X x 0 W w a Z LL 4 p 4� a J J \Ww /\ w W r z o w ¢ a yo ¢ ¢ x o w w �" °w o ¢ w v vs to w w ¢ J � a ¢ \ w w a w o > > J W m \ (r c] o w ¢ fl F < Q V > p O LL 4 \ ¢ a W V > \ O O S S > > 0 0 0 0 V O O S d < 4 U O X w Z H U W > X W p 4 W (r fY fY (Y /.� (Y (Y (Y [Y (Y [Y J 4 p Q � � � w Q Q wp X J Ix- Fx- H H � X O Q Q V � 4 \> W w w W W W W w W W W J X a LL J (1 d J > d Q X X m J p W W ¢ U U W W 1 p d p J tJJ H > N l p 1 n S Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y YO Y Y Y w W W W p J Q O p d S F K Q 4 6 0 p N x W O Q N N p W O S O w0 d d d d d 1 1 1 l 1 Z a X d S w Z w w ¢ U W W \ l O w w w w pp Q w O U ¢ U to to O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O m p O p U p w 4 w d d d CJ p p p g g 0J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 p J w Z ~ w U to to \ w W W V fY V d \ 1- fr W W W l.� IJi LJi li ti li li Ii ti la - - lJi li LJi IJi [2 IJi l.� C-> ti Gi C> o o i k k o ¢Q v °> w i �' W.1 W W W W W �" W w W W W W w W H ° W °w °w °w °w w °w w °0 0 °w °W� °w a ww w w ¢ n w a w 0 0 0 - O p p p O O - p p p - Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o X 0 0 0 0 0 0 g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g / O o 0 0 O O O O O O O o O O W W W W W w w w w W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W w w W O O p O O O O O O O O O O O O O O V g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g U U V V V V V U U V V U U U U U V U U V U U U U V U V U U U V U U �` LL �` LL �` �` LL w C.J. t'`' _ U ¢ ¢ 6 ¢ ¢ ¢ 4 ¢ 4 ¢ ¢ < ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ Q Q ¢ ¢ 4 4 < Q ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ S S S S S S S S 2 2 x 2 x 2 2 x 2 J J J J J J J J J J J J J J I.i li 1.� Li to t� la 4. l� w Li w - - - - - - - - - w - - - L� L� Q Q Q ¢ Q ¢ ¢ < Q Q Q Q Q Q < Q w x fY (Y (Y tr lY d' w d' (Y (Y tr (r fY (r (Y (Y (r fr fr (r (Y (Y tr (Y fY J J J S S S J J J J J S 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 v=i c� v=i N v=i v=i vOi vOi to v=i v=i v=i v=i N vOi c=n w v=i v=i N v=i v='� v=i to v=i tOn t=n v=i N N LL w LL w LL LL - - - LL LL LL LL LL LL IJi lJi CL W W +� $ ► DD � 9 �B600st®®®®®®®EE BOB S ® ® t9 a ¢ 4 w O z < °w > ~ v o ¢ w ¢ _ < w Q Z X \ p U U C> F _ w \ JJ 9 W ¢ U U w W3 Q tY O p \ ¢ Z W L > o wx w a w ~a °> a ¢ w x x a w x ? N o3 O p 0 3 OZ \ \ J J (r p W W < W w fY U W z S� O ¢ Q U O> ¢ O \ w W W Z W W Ox< N¢ V V H > U W Q W 1 Z l 0 \ U U W r X > N LL Z LL V+ _O O > w - o ¢o ¢ J f1 U V (1 \ LLJJ w (1 ¢ ¢ J �+ ti L� l� z L p U W f1 d J J J H > N (~/J d O a (1 p ¢ O O (' F- F- g JJ d 4 Q Z O ¢ ¢ J 7 p r F W U W W �p K V 3 cW) tWl1 Y U m W V ,^ �_. U D r D O �V W ' w FS PC- FZ s F- F- F- � � _ F _ � IS- � � F- p a O Q O w�. V ¢Z w W m w w W O Z m¢ f. p W W W W W O Y t:0 0(1 0 11 W 0(1 tt0 (0 1 0 ti W1fY 1 (0 LL W(r 1 0K 0 W Y d(0 LL 0 W Y 0!f0 W L r 0 0 W d(Y K 0 0 W fi (t0 0 W r 1 (K O LL 0 W 1 Q(O LL O W Y /K O w O W 1 w O p V g U O w U S N U U 5 p n O Z gw O p= g0 m O d ON V N W O E 9 W f=Y W x Z O Z w W LL Z S O J g N U K 0 g V ¢ O 0 0 0 H J Y< V N N N N (/S1 (/xJ N N N N N N N VSl N N V=J V2J N N N W U U (Y (Y N K m O OS O O 1W �' w o f tr J J �wJ o o �- o �+ � � g � z z W J J J J J J J D O J O 4 J O O W O w O W C--, W W a r1 LL LL W LL w w LL LL LL LL LL LL LL Li LL l.� 4. LL LL LL LL LL f1 W D W U W W W O D Y D ? m D (Y ? O CL �' V FTTT W W LJ o ®®®®®®oo©®oo ®®� °� 0 �®� W ® ®® Yo0®®®ooW � W H m _ Q _ m < � d (/) p tV/1 J W Z o N,w o S to N z Z g o v w it d (ate /OM� /IU^ S it O O_ W Y = to N O N W W O o m F F 3 W V J Z W Z V N N Z O O 4 4 H O Z U U I D p p(r J Z p w ~ Q n m V 0 ¢ ¢ O O O W O O O p N n J J U ¢ Q 4 W N z z 3c: 3 z z z LL Q m Z N¢ w w w x U w N F F Q W p S w z Z U C> (Y m 2 U (n w f!1 (A Q CD V Z L¢i p w z N o p w _U D V n N W d W N O N Y U Z J Y O Q S Y m N Y In K g W y�l tr d ¢ Z Z W � � = w O O w ¢ z Z O � .t LL W O x � g � � d O U w �? � fl' w p � Z w w ;• .{ � Z o A U suet wv ts.ir:e eoorre to d+o-�o-oov�=�aassav�owseos mo O pry ! ! v - r� O � ¢ KM � _> O _ II � ,� 3 r T \ O o zo z >- � V U U W O O Z _ W W w 2 Z Z Q U Z v w ° U !- d z Z 4 Z Z m m m Z O W Q F O Z Z Y O j¢ p Z 4 Q Z m Z p Q g Z O 1=W O F } H H W W Z wNK NO NV-N�O 3330ZO gOQ�OQ a0 Z a0 a U g4Q2 4Zg�K�NWO UaN we Q.<J OEw J0a'J4 J pF V NU NN NN NON ppp�Ni=U a' JK�� !- W ti ON =��,1 �ti la¢J�QOJO��F- Z W glJi 2 ZQ F-NCJJJNQZQf=1-FOLUJ 0 4 Z 4f L d Q Q d a ¢K K J K Q O 2 W J Z V 6 Z P= O O x Q m N g U F- U VU UV Ua UUU 2222x¢ ZZ Z ZZZ ~ QOKU W O QQQ W w W W ZN-f O0o 000 �j0000 aaaaaaaaaaaaa Y Jam J J g g g g g g g g� g g g Z Z Z Qp 1yW g (7 33 �Q O�OYJ z > U XOaUf-gN U3N�'p Q OU YHL�¢gNO3U Q W w J� 00pg0> W NNI-F-Ii Y J Qm W J�� day�y W W W W ZNJOOI- V OFN- Z> as !Z-W mZOO--J J JYY_!a' C7 c�c� cn c�c�c� S xx2xxx — zzzzzz Y ggggggggggggg Z zzz O 00000 d aaaaaaaaaaaaa Z 0 o =O } U Z O Z ¢ K H W W �'"� > Q ^(xn O O O U O �vZ W H W H U F=� M O g Z^ O N H J^W Z.-. OQ CD U Z p U W g d p U W UW F W 0 o F U o t- g O U zo ?, U ° Z O p F N F Z Z U N Z F-¢(.7 Z CD K Z°J 0 H H H U V W=O Q W W H N 2 g U vw U W U-.�� p G F N V U Z 3 W a U Q z a w 4?F?ai F ya ai m Q C�J Y W N z W ¢ Z a O O w¢J g Z Z N U W W w S Z J Y Z V a V 1 H Z w a N J O O¢ N U m(Z-j j VFi 4 0 O W W m W E W W g p W Z UUm J JZZaa 0>Z 000Ja 0 ¢Q W ww 00000000 O W w W fY¢L�g(!ISOOONa J�gZ ZoOX X X X 42��¢ -Z o�m�xx.OJ,Q Q Q Q4 Q QQQ 4 mmmmmm U V UU V U V V V UUU V O°°°p Oppp ppOp°p W W W W W W W W W W W t�1i.6 i l�U L-ril ml W U N N Z Z ° H o � a UOw r-ZOa V F-U pJ Yp m Hgm O¢JZZ ZZ>0 aN H d W gN> °U(� J JmCaj 0Na dH CJ(J W J Jzza K0> OpJ�0 ¢awwJ 00000008 mww wi.._---- z �N3 g2 zooicx x x ��w Q ddQd¢¢¢¢4¢¢v'1 m mmmmmm U UUUUUUUUUUUUU O p pp OppOppp°pppp W wwwwwwwwwww LL wW WWWWW W�WW O¢ O N Q F Z N O O V UZ ¢ °UQ QCa'J¢ N W w U 2 O Z O N ,=5S O FQ- q W Nd Z Q O o 3 Q w W W_ W a g Z L i 1-N W N m J V W OJ r 2 W w Q O W O O J } NOW N Z g c w W�j W g 4 w Y Q U Z Z Z o m Z a wa 1=Z 0 ZF O ° �t- U ¢ Z Y W li ZQCOJU W~W U V t}i Ko OOx� W 1-40 ¢Z z0Z Z N g OU Z = U Z \ UJ 00 Z Q K c� Z w 0 �a > U Q Z N O Y ti Q 6 C 7 J O H a O L zz O W V 0 N N K N > N W W N U Y oo H Z Q V ►- ����� pp � W O N- Z O Z U N m r-1- �2> > L''Ii ISS 333p533 Y w zOU SN Jw� �wm ¢ w ¢ ¢� in W 4 U Z g 0 U Y p Z 2 g g w o �/� Z 3 Z Z N¢ a U Z Q g O w ti q W O p g Z V/ via m0 d aZ Li 0 Z Z w O O Q U O d Z V) O ' 0 0 Vl w N o W ` 4 p W m 0 'o W O °a¢ ZN fi° O ¢ W W O W 2 Z U S+ d O z r °Z ti3 °° ¢U W W 0 O3 a f_- 0 K (A W H U N ¢ V K CJ J a 2 W d O U Z 0 V O Y (N~ N¢ O H w 0 a< W Q Z C7 w Z V a 3 N- J O fY Q U w N Z °N N (,J ° z �-fr a3 f-f.L,�o p g N zx z¢w > N O Z ~ W N p2 Y 4 OW 5 ��wU W W a g 1-U 3 Qw jr!- W g 2 J U o ODO O I- pUU04 Z W �- Lwi. Np zQ p OF }> z0 N� Y�Op j00 W W W Q °pZ a3 QZ W d w C1 O H V N K a W O N U d' 4 0 W 3 F- f~/1 O °U V LJ� �3 O ° W W Nd a�'UCW''aF-O W Z 2 W��{1yy/Z��4 eat?V Z O a C� gl-O W W O 30ZZ 2Zp I-(N H W Q Y N W!- Z�. U' - c) p W W W J K 2 N W J V m 0 g J Q Z p J W U Q W 2 2 0 4 2 W W 4 6 Z Z U W '� W ZO 4 0 W 4 Z 4 0 0 ((7� _ Z W COL+-a ti H ON US 0 O J Q O X w O ¢U ZO W LpJ F °Z W W W W W W W W W O o O U W O Z 2 H H 2 W Q Q p 1_N° U ¢N N N ~ Q F w¢ ¢ 3 K K K f Y K a a a'a'K N N N N N N N N N N N N N N g Z W Z W W 0 2 z Z 3 U f 6 Z Z } s o- o o z z o w z d Q° W f/J Y ti H p F F ZZ H O w ~O H Z O 2 K U V W W w O N Z N U U O cD ti p J U fY N W 0 0 m W O g 0 0 0 Q 3 0 V O Z ¢O °a' d 0 00 0 d O °U O 3 a Z Cl w a J K O- 0 W�0 L'-a U a O¢ a U O 3 N¢ U J l i a O V N V- g U a g U Q K K K K f Y VU1 N N N N N N N N V~l N N N (V M O Cxj z° Z O W O 0 O Q V W ti W U LL��f J z O w w¢ Y W} m m J x U N L,.�g N- x W I7 J' W°a NO Cl W 4 L�w� w OZ Q O Li ZZ w4 HZ N} >Q JmW N W N > �Za N Z ti W F ¢ m O CJ O O O H W Z� dN0 oJZ w K O OF- F-y d OQ H a Z Q g g J W J� a w N 4 W Z� gZa a¢F O�Yw wZw O JQ �z ¢ VWi g O S Z m� d Z m 3,u< pp WOmN JC~]N O x W Q O W S O w �..�g O pw Z H 0 Z w W *4 J U x p N W O N UL°.� W g WU Z w Z X m O O Q N °a 2 W J Q a O W> W V d g 0 ¢i N Q =X> m O L ZO W'm,-> N >m J O IY- O a Z m V N� Qx Nwm OLwZ. r �� Z NU' O¢ Owl- _ O QaN¢ �a W Z Q w00 aw'4 N OU N Z (.�Q �N O }g 0 W Z q2 Fw SS J¢w °o�m U ��° ° ¢N wFa aW� Z �qNp W W m g W 3 a.O Z w X W Y x M ¢ Y h- N K a H O O W Z a W W Y o Z Q m U w N Z V Q Z W Q m Z O a, K Z W(n O Q Y O g to- Q z Z W F >Z ago Wy QN Z 1- W° H l i F w d 1- 0° N Z w w ° °} W J w� 0 I U 0 g N ¢w W Ji N ° N c-,0 F r 4 3 U 0 z ¢Z y Z V 0 N J J Z w E¢ O CJ ~ w° G j N O F 2 0 }m W¢ F¢ Z O Z F¢q O W 0 Q Z m j i g O O 4 w S p Z CSJ 9R W Z n n H N q N O 4 N W W N a J g~ J Q g Q p H 4 N U O N x a N O 1.. �i L�,j V l 1- Q S F N V N 1 X<D O d N \W V Q J `C O y Z 2 ¢ Z-W o ' �U O w0 Oo wN NK I ~'Nwl�J W W L'_N W li Nti Qa SNP 0o W Np1- F p O J N c:, 0 W N J N W g W J Q p J Z V) 2 I n wU Y a Y U a�U a o� F a O a V O O ¢ J U O N N N J a a N a 0 w O U a Q m 1=W J po N N N F Z p Y p U - U W a' m Z N a r= N t ri m N (n a s 3 Y Q Q N Q N (� O N O W J q W Z W N�WN� )- Z N OS o a N�J w H O Z �$Q p U U S a a O q m g - U W >w 2 w< Q O W O U°O 4 w 0 ° W w w W m 8 d 0 Z O l a J a CYJ Z ¢ N N Q ~x O °g g g H a Z Z F N > V a K ao U O- Q W O J U Z ff�-v Z° } Z H J J Z Z d Q Z 4 Z Z -W W ZW N¢i3 cD w oQQri U�4 W 4`� ¢ice-�i- vm QJ ZN0 w a�_4 zJ Z� X00 ZWp o n¢w a O a m J O w Z p O l2!I N -_ °W-°W F O 3 pw.4 V Z W U 4 3 o Cwt W 4 ¢ O d~ d¢ a H x o a N p O O Q Z O p q Z J-J- N N W _N U Y a g m wW 3 Q S g N a p Q Z Z W Z } W 4 ~ W Zd d U Z W f a°J. N 3 0 N Q N Q ¢ o m O J U 0 a Z Z a w l- Y ~ x 0 0 0 N d Q u-w W U X} ti W O Q a 2 j J w0 ¢ W O w Y m 2 0 0 4 Z O Q p J Z Z Z W Q CwJ Q O m °W 4 O W U p °W a¢ U-U- U O O Z Z Z K S S Q SOw a sa Z_ LaK�Q�La d Z g w z Qg V Z - �`i J W K Z Z g m ¢ ?W¢W O w¢ 0 0 X O Z Z Q m U O O K ¢K O O X K W m O W g w 0 x°w N O? a N W 0 a 0-W a V W O J °m K N U W g U W a 0 0 W S Z W f Y N Z Q U r3 LL V M r m m � N- t2 t m 0 n m O U 0 V H N O U a ~ m~ c> w pp ao �W z ¢ d �oa °o� do 3¢w3 Wo? zw N Q¢ �U aoj w p o d z rOO g o M=w F=ww U m S o& o o W ¢ZO <� ?zooN ¢Zo � zgo Ua <a �aC� �� 0 3 U o Q o g¢Z No¢¢wc� w JN W J 0 0 =a g Q g Z V ° [n p N Z Z ¢W f-W Opp G LL�Z a °Z N dW Q° K wo 0 p m O W QO 2 W g�W W O g ._��Ew WQ W d l 0 4 O Q°O¢ °g m V p N o Z N N N 4 W O Z Z W 2-5 °W p Q 0 W a S Y Q Z 0 K K w 5 O co N a N K VI ¢ a g- Z 2 N a 0 N 3~-a w W F K Z Z N W 4 ¢a SL0„ o1-p z z ° a W ko �a �W¢ ° a Zc� Npw rocs p ¢zoo Ya 4 aW zw ° K W w W 0 aY F-w0°a ?N W w Z Z z U O LL.O U O 0 W U 2 O aOZ x� c¢a� �3 w rw-o < _� Uw W Cwjwm w W WmW Nt-'¢mN ° 4 XNZ a� w g0 W g N ?Ug xZ>'Y W J Q Q N O N F O J N 3 W g O¢ W Z g m N X¢Cy W O Q W }N Z U N 0 0 Z p q Z W Q Z 2 W 4 W g KW O g-O w W g d g Q Z K W N O fr 0 a Z O N Z- O Z W U N Lai H Z F-- 8u N a F° > D O n"N F- a J J 0 Cl ¢° N Q a U Q w F O U N U W g J Z JUF m� ON q ?'¢ K W Q J ZOQ O Z W W O 0 X W p W V N N OJ N O V 0 Q Q U O d s W 3 U C_>N H m Q N N N W` Fa a a ¢a 3 Z N Z N N N p ¢O O O N V N r w W Z pJ N Z a K Z O J W f Y F Q 2 Q g 4 Q 0 Z W 4 Z O O N Z Z /1 Z W w� O 4 4 Z Z Q d U N IS-L�,� > w F-- 2 G m Z ti' w O O F-Z Z Z m Z W 7 O q O Z (n N Q Q Z N W a N w J F m w p 0 I W O Z W z f-- �O g ¢p q ZOJO JF W Q Q¢ Q ¢0 W �Li KLL....ff c.J°3 V WwWp O S H o 4 a 0 a w N > O 2 g >N >a' > >W >l i Z S w O W d¢m W Q J Z W K N} w Y Z q W g S O W U U- wp W O m O O O O N O a N g¢U W Q m a Q O m N N Q Z w S U O w Z fY W 0 a a z 4 W m m g g g 5 g 3 (n O w w J U K g W W 0 W x W W W w W W L J°O O O O Q m C J O O W 4wJf Q K W a a m W N O g L± Oi iY1 cV Kj sY 52/24'WV RBO B 90pU[ttY'Q'W"OlUONSiaWS1WJWp0 flro5 Zfl° i 3 N N U i I j 0 Y U 11 (2 ill i a °I iIz B o e Q z p `W W O O pw O O Q O O Z Z O w QJ�mw °W wU GON O w� a� K 2 mr Um�4m Z °,ii°d K° �° Z 4 p Z S� N(jjm w tr d N °Lai. N W jp Q ° iJ- ZN a a= w 2.}'� zw op zpoo F-- 4¢ d Q° CO) V/ U a N w g g o Z Z 2 W Z W ° p O Z ¢z m w°z W N a¢a 0 U ° ¢? W JW d W W O N °W J H W ti J OI,.� J d'°� >-t7K- m g f-1. J d F- N sS N Z J Q p W Z F- Z Z N Z Z W F W a d N N F w N w Z U Q U d O d K O F wN O v d m Jew �-�c Z Z W Li.l W OU, �yNj INiIO N (rN dY FQ-1J- W �3 4 4 O Z a W N Z O U ZZ ZO O K U > U O Z wI+0 W U d d O N W J m W wW F--2<J d Q W W Z Q K d J=I N O Q O 2 m H V W Oo K[l Nd NZq f CWW p l.Jj N W m 2 r ON 4 Z C7 = aoNag d !-s and Z V1 W N I p Ii W W- W S Z Z UQ �w N O Z OU¢g C W O O� H W c-, W Jw ��w w, O pwpa°w I-¢OZ Z �/� �wwJ p w O VJ W //V�� w d N N J W N S Z °°W N O U W W Z w U O p N m d(dj J N �� m W boo a �N a F°O W <¢ �w ° moat UmN F W H O NN J.�U W C, ZZ '1 N J J V J-HS w NK g� N OU~ O Oti W LJi m Q FS-' °m = �Z,,II W{O�11 O° N Zp Z W Z Z �W aQ W O W 2 U W O Z d�d Z U= W aJ J U O Z> ���Nd d¢ F W =O� p N r `1 W W 2 FN Q- J� L�.�W 4 O 2 W p W¢W p_ p4 J U NO W U O V N 4 p Q Z w = -N 2 W W N7 w Z 2 N m Q°°°Wµ Q w d d O Z r 1-W p F N W N W d• 3 Z O ZOJw O J g 1- F- g 0 ° � }C N w J \ W °4 aN °z gZ ° oN N°N~ ° o Ndz wN z ° o���� _� g ti W w w N w J 0 Z w W p Z Z N h ¢ Z a¢d ° N 2 U w H w z�g° d�' F _ 1- �� °N a JOw =n.= F �wwWL� °c�zm4 p1- OK UN SS p D Q S OggN J O W F U pW ON F-> O �O 8Y W w0 4 �O OQ=O N¢ �K Z_ Z�O W w KO m06 O >S m X .�`J Q 4r 4K O W m QOH pQw d U UN > >W U aw N gK S ?U ?U dd �° W�U trZ di- ZUd Li W N d W J?F-2 V M V d g(14wg� N M d' N 16 !� Oq O LL 16 I-� a Z Z O O W 4 O 00 Nx F- 2 cl 4 W Z W U O 3 C 7 Y N N Z Z Z o N J ti Z L.L� O p J== N J O Q Q S H F- Z° Z O¢Q S ° Q F- Q 4 O W N _ _ F-4 w N =F (n N q a Z d r g m OP W Z o 0 [Y 4 ao .�J 0 0 3 3 m r GtrN N °� °~N pg dJ Z =d WQp Q m N S�i O Q W W ¢ W 4.4 O 1'�' J� o O QO=� 2s. N °�d VQ�t� Q ° 3N �w z _� w 3 m ?w m c5 Z ° N°N 3\ m U g O¢ Q O 0= N X O Z m 0 U W O V 0 d'H p O Z c) Z WJW p Z 3 K Z N W S 4 W w U W S q a w cn w <V 4-Z d O Q O d a W S m 3 g N W N Q Q Z OF Z \Q J F- O d 0 O r x N °fN-- p Q J Q \m q W K Z 2 N l:� 4 > f-w O K o o w _ _ J Q Q p W N = d P d H W II.J� U U W [Y s a U O 1- a W W N M I m Z S \ O W W ~ W Lei. o m a z¢¢ c=.�z �z v �'o N ZN a�cw�m QOir o z °O W 1- J U W J aZ 0 OH W j¢ H=FS JNH Z Ny = d' W J _ p a d a w0 O ! w J V� ww w0 WQ w r w U ZF � 3 a Z!\ 'c dQU CWJ�V Z Q Zw QN OJ Z U O?� Y�QWQ IN- U J Oe Z 3 I.i W d w ? O WQ ° p d Y I wK Z Fp ww ¢ w 3 zZ g wo �� w ¢ a 0 a a ° �w z U� OOgN Q x p J U p O � O 2 N (_•j Z Z Q [Y K Z m W U W viv=id N -or w w v n�` � o pzz v) Q x ¢ n JQ° o°wi o� aoo ova w gw o yQ mmw° � z o 3 ° S W O p Z S W N° N O O g O W N S U N J W W p ° ? 2 Q o N U O N m p W S JN� O V U a p= m O �O 4W 4� LLJJ N MO �� U ~I,qL,�� Z O?? U N=O W r p w J Q N a d K O W O O> Z d Q U F m a °mow_o UO z Z¢ Ow a 3¢ gz _oa a.w ¢a Np° z w u'� �i w M. mZ HOr Q NO Z Z�.W N N W �O O W Z ° K J W 1- (q�0 fY W w W d !-Q V S Z M N m ;!j Z Z(N (Y a Q N a F p Z F V U O p N O J °d N V O o W W d V S V Z= W d °~ Z w m U 4 O�O Q Z O ° O Z Z W w Z G W O U Iw-N d W N >°¢ O°N U V- 0 0 !L - U J O m W a W J Z p a N 3 W V d 4 lo W d d p J N w r W N U Z q d O V a 4 U O N W °W Q e F ° Q F O w J J J O a m w p Q O U F-L�i Z w O N J t0 Q W Q m N O O I N NNW Q 4 4 �0��4 $°� �U< Voz3 ¢wo w°w � c~�O ¢ v ¢¢ Y��d am0 mw ��30 M p >�� m ¢ V~ �< W O OZO� p OFZ �J �O m �w JO 3 g pV W m UON d m aww W m Nmm�=N U�.. �w °-d Q. 1- 3aN Oi-.�o�. Iy� °� o ¢N S cl m Sm^mmaw a g cy W Q W w a N Q al Q d g U N 1-- m ° N o H N W Z W 4 W p¢ O W Z H 0 9 W H H W Q W K r W O U LJ Q U O Z Z~Z 1-g U g d W _U, J ¢W N g 1- X03 �' wt,� QwZ r° om �-`� om w�¢NN o � m I-r �� z �o d�' www o O 4 F M J J O w 4 N N 2 O- a O O Z 5 O m w m Q o Q o Z N U w Orn p w K p ¢o N -:d N W K N J K Z W J r J 3 wig Q Q Q° K Z 4 =l F W J(!�O J O W J Q W F- !-O F- °O N Ei J g g g 3 N w 2K Qa W Ott Z�p W 4 Z[1V O�4 ri JWd :Z(D Z 4 I- U w° Ow 00 4�] U�L.i Lz V; 2 °d' 1=-Sm UZ lwVda W. HV21J O¢ ti�(=n OO m UW (ail N W¢ mu OGad cJ NG m Ci FZ D ap O O N M 00 Oi N N N ¢ O j vi J K w Q w N ZU W W O F- �� Z ?Z w V J W V J p Q U• � =N Q°a d w r rn�iz g -4 ° O U W •VAS Uo�O wF`Lw�� 3 ¢ W w Y g W 0 g w m O m ati w a p p Z Z g N = W 0 J m d W W U°W W Q wO w S a Z SF Z m g Z-5, 4 ZO Q W 2 W W Z O U g� Nt�i tai U=��U(Wl1 ZJ PE Q a u; c6 n N N N N 5Z1.Z1 WY HEe 090DU[ero"tea-��98vttWSM�1v00'BBOS2U0 �� I N J - I p 3 w CD CD �J N 2 � E o w J Q N N C.7 W N U O FN L�LO OtO UtD M aM pM pow h'U� QULO d U Na \cp N D N N� W 000 M p » D H W N N N N p C17$ O W Cp Z U Z Z N LiJ ,�j rj ia] U O Q O li O LL F to 1q- to q R� �Iw- �� (.7W L1N ML1N Z N Cl �q OZ �tMfJ U O U O Z Uq N° ZJ v W�� = Wo= m9P- U �mU O i W O Y O F F LCm vN N W o J U O O J O w a H Fo (7 ¢a ¢ ¢ a a a gz- wo= } = U U J o g Z V� = U �w Z W w w Opm Yn wU K W a V w1-U ¢ m U m Q m N Cc 1- w Jm J v N Yy 2 zU_ f d� 0 o< C)L) �< �� �� O o v W z �.. w v v Q o �' O U _ co v U 1- W p01=¢ �Z Y411¢- V GBH GOH O YZ Q ~ Z Z WZ O Z~ 1naH H o xo xo W ¢ U d W 5.2 z N ?U w U w U ZZ o z o z W O Q O m a O o z O a s a o ¢N r o a I ¢O O Q d'0 4 0 V1 m U xd- �- U V Q U J F-C5 U J h Y Z Z 3v>U ooU oov Z -� W Q Q U n. w d cL ¢ uj m cD J J J H W 4 0¢ � I I ❑ i N I 1 i I I I 1 I ¢ I g xZ/l L-,£ Zzj l U U I O Cl _ M (P w 1 I I I I 2 Cl U U 3 I I I T T xZ/l 6-4 -- -- -- - Z/t Lt-,4 N M N N M I I I N N W Z Z Z U U U � LLI w J V//�/ / Oa LU N �❑ r' N O _Z m � F Z }. L u S 4 W to w W (C LL - -4 O O �m Z O om ll..JJ milN � SIN 1- p W cD LL1 a ors a z�� Z W3� Z� Z �� NNc,d xg-g OwO� / V/ \ M W s �- N/�/ 2 0 W ¢t�i a Op\ I M 2 z oa=_ D Z is Q _1 „Ot-,l x8-,9 O O D SZiLI'Wb Mb!'B BOOUl IW'�-tCWNVaaV510b�OW'9805'Ltl'O N N I I Ci OM�L m 03 00 «r . 00 m `� � �c /�[� �� 1�1 ,, � � 0 0 0 o u' h i s c �c-� � � ■ E ? E G O c k k � z m g cn _� � OW J Za ZO I ZO O ZQ O O N -- W Z/t Ol'.4/t XVW ,4/l 0 < -I � —�j ? W XW xio A y yn <j }c U z¢ z x z LL zrx zrx 7 Q� WW Ww �w Ja 2a t�(YN F-uvi -. _.______.__ —__ —__ - ___-____ _- ___.__.__. _.._—__._.......-.-..___.__ r Z 30NVNV310 'NIW 803 - ------ - "9-.Z � � `1d30 XVW ,0-,Z LU 0 4 w U m W ,£-,l NV83H01H 4 ¢ 301 Va H0V3a aNvma J ° 30NVa HOV38 3015 Y J X g T 11 Q 11 .0-,t Q(i ® \ 0 w WQ �< 'NIA w w XVW 4-,£ ..0-,8 01 ,6-,Z Q \ v+ ¢ a o XVW „Ol-,Z \ :,0 „6-,Z „S d - s g -~-v NIW £ G —NM ,",t ,l NIWI�6 LLJ - _ iEzl ' H < o- , o o' P. g g ao� 4 z k' wo< O O NIW N _� WjI ...._.. - 3 3 o D I, d W Y v IJIW u�-,G 4 <z ¢ NIW.9-,Z j�w -J L- 3 ?aa ?U N F--7JJ z CD 3 'NIW „9-,t " z �n in M a m �- Z <n y m NIW 8 Z a °ten d --- J JO¢ W� J <J U > 3 31i FW- _ ZI O Z l � Z 'NIW ,L-,[ o o g z L-,I-S-I W 0 g ° ;S 31 NIA XNW.,,9 �o z z I I J NIW 9-b W W IT O I � NIW 9-,5 X 0_£ z-- zI I < - ZI Z o - - - - - -- W — O — UJ NIW - W a W Z J Z C C� (� G u� sua wv cz os:eswvr�n fi*nuo-w�v:�=:rsova000'swsm:o �N N 3NO n a Y d bA 0 i a m - O to Y Fes- ■ E o A J b u Q u O LL I w w J J cf, W Z Z p r V U Q Q 0- m W W Q Z uj Z W W p U J cn J Z J Z O! Q 3 m U w Q W Z w Q O O O O Y Z O J Z p H- p W Z =O S = U W J Q Of ckf p Z U Z a p w w O ww m cn w w a U O� m w W f- p Q J 0= U Fw- O_ Y YO- Y CD U m W W Q - L Z `W ckf O f- (n (n J W Z Z = O r W m a � N ° (n o U a cwn m mo ° ° w CD ( Q O Z Z w CD CD O Z Z Z W W Z Z a Z Z � H Z I I ( I Z �= F-- �_ O O Z Z v> >< cn J N n c2 cn c2 V) g z � F CL Vl O } x x x w J x o x w x x x x w o x ( I I W w w w p ao w p wof w w w wp U jj Y 00000 000 O@e@ 00 I I II = CL I I �S I I � II a Ckf n (�'J °o /' I w O O U J � / J w / - \ O I / CD \ Lu \\ ZL£' G / \ OLD I \ o o I o S y W N N Q b 6 30 0 u w cr I i I N N d T O 2 i7 p Im N 3 � O � 0 Z � Z Z W z N ¢o w � Z� w ¢ ¢p w z z Z � W a 3 �� LV a Y O 000 3: c-� - �nwo o,j ¢ I z� I I w I ° I IJ I I I I O Q I V M N I wN I mN I �O ( i _ 1 I ¢ 3 4 I - — nwo 0'3 3oISNl - -- ---- ------ - ------ -_---� --- I — nwo 'o'j NQO j p w m o� 9NIwVNJ '0'3 N I 9£+ 9£ -- ---- - ------------------------------------- - I � O M O N O m� I O M I N i I I I ----- -0--- --- 9NIwVN3 'J L -' 1 9NIwV83 'o'A N I N N O M O .a/1 5-s m ANN i i as I i `w•.V�� I w w z Q I� m >1 4-r w o l w N E '7� V c K N � W � W N O d vi a O < N N W m � g m W W O O � Z �W fn Z U la- O N tai W W 0 _ Y u) i N (V W d Q N 1 d' Inl f0 I , I I I I - ; � I I I I I I O O_C_ 300 • � � t U � C N ry w a�n a g m 00 w ° o C� �l O 9 0 o c p o = _ H � C, � N Z � Z d W X O 1- Z Z N W U ¢ p Cl O O O O cn 6 N Z ¢ Z N W cl N Z 0 O d' N W °w W m 2 d®� K w -� W o o I-- ° W X w W g I1� Ji W x c.D ON o�w Z m 3 S W W Z W Z X Q O a- = O T L i J W W O W Y 00 00000 o¢ i" 03 L-,S '03 '03 „L-,4 03 ci F- p N W ' do idols Cl ° - o W 1 0 s 0° �n 1 �° U U p ° d� n 3doIs . _ do Wo m =0- O- do idols ml N i do idols a ml m N do idols — — — — — — — — ¢c m N N a�h O � � w �� � 3 O >2 „ ° � O CC] Y i- N ■ E a � T� c° m p a ZwM •°- � �W LC I OOH tr SpWp < V �'- NcD^ < 2 =W O N W Y _ m d'M ONO W w Z W ¢(nom O Z._ I�W mmI W Y O O O ¢J O w OpWQ L°O ¢ ZM dY awe ww� Q d' TWO SEs :-z: WM O O dN O� gmu'i MOU"i m O 6 '4 O U N � I O� ONwN a � � WW _ O(W OU ZO WO ¢ W ¢ \ °¢ 4J woo -wo Mw mW ao z° ° rn c� I W ��� om� o x �_n nnyma a no Yw a '�' J �' w z z Y �-- v> >>N vl a (.J z c� a NNW �VW f)C N a DD¢ YD UiW O CjO Z U � � ¢om I- I_ U W O X d��¢yr> SN O�(J w ULL�w�� ZON mmN 00 did QO W w o win o in tow ¢ W w c) z ad y �?a v a Z J° rwz c=a c=az mN oWO o w� ow w U W W to Jrn OM1 00 ¢� w w�� Qtr maN (n tnN W tnr� W/L'i mfn0 �w0 D Z N Z� p fY 4 W Ci \ 3/n ZpN U� N ZOtp gWSO Vl I ti I N W UN 2 F U D W X00 �N ZJZ Q W O K O O Ir aW Z W W OOW f/) Z W ¢�'^ �O� Z O O ¢JO d ZU'(p wM wW JJ WN Y Y UO n'N Op Q UZ N N°� J�pWp �� Up Z �ln� N4� p�V) (n NW dgd W O O W N O wWW opa .za r-W WWv N, U m Q J Z LL Q W fl r F- F (A W U�r= v wN� W =o� s� 5w� < x WOO d U U pU F-U UH U Na ¢ UIU DU UmmU (n rMr F- O� a mtn Z w w m o �taJ � ¢ a�a �� �d LL - d a �z JNJ z r°Q a o mm� °v ¢°�Q °r O F 1- z Z Z ZZ Y Z J O o ff D 1- `O ¢ wo vS'1 0 ¢\O O JO ¢O ° W Z O a O F �N°U °U O ¢m0 ¢O Fr ZMZ W Q� d K tnd o I w wo ¢ O 33U w V U wV W �W z W OX N N N m N Y OOOOQOO a 9 x w �� Mw w r N I rl, II I I I.. I N I I I III cy \ Z/l 0-,9 III I OO IT� I I O IIV l l I j� III � 7 II _ I II I III - I III I z I I II a I II + III I --- -- — -----� I I qZ I I Q I IL a III Y i C r I I III � N W Oo po W-1 W_1 �C- II QN N � 4\ J`- J ZJ Z�j WQ U W V � � t L suLL Wd¢[069002//-119'eMVOtrMNaeulsab�o00.90os LE\O O p N Q N N O,. x �, •�, ice\ ,�Nn_'�"�`«� rju 5 A ( _ I l x "2 bo o m 00 a L�J J a •'„� •�".' N +�� _ ° ` I i ' j I o E z � _ � i o0 3` o N O I i O 0 O¢¢4 U> c��//�� _/ o W Z '� I d(n�fn�� LwL Es A Q N U <j U d II r O ¢ N o ° d w w a¢o Z Z Z N ZW Nw CJO�Z¢�� ,,1 `r Z N 4WD J� Z�J 2�pZ�(2 ',W1 -t� ��F-Jdxx W W - _ Y o C9 0 00 co N M ll-,9 0 6 o z z - o o o o _ w p O O I 0 0 IS O I O (D Z U� OI 4' V m in F-- -1 m ti O O = m O oT O O U1 O Z CO M 1 2 o N o O uj - N Oi uj UJI S wo No D 2' _- N\ — L N i r - O - z W CID) - - J W W W UX W o -- Co o g Q1 _ �z z < I ui o �o �o 0 o LV� cD M. ci C5 LL =\ m ~ m LE O¢ — ._---- ---- w Z� (nN „ll-,9 8-,8 yN , E � sZ[L�Wv 9'J SOS9awJt1 i�'�war6mnm+4SAV�lOW'flpS'LE10 W ry N 3o 6 � I ' O N I �- �� �+--� o°o 3 N Z (V ■ � Z � O S ° I r'• o @ ro_° S w O W CO) Q z O H z W >- W W Z Y cn w r z Q M oo O ^IC�i O Z � Z H W W Z Y X U Z Y O M UJ co ul o cn O g I I o3 03 0� 03 o g om - ° J� z Q a o o W � W W <r g O N O g O 3 p Q g OO U 0 J O O N 1� ' 3 N I O z Q Mo M O � O cn Z o H N W W Z g Z WQ o Z Q N m O O � O- �Z N LZ Q Z Z N Q OM -- I of a z U NQ J� suz�rvve�esewroveuo noreoanaasw+:nma'seos'zcu N N �h 1lai N N Q �OdsE 00 � i I I w Oj on 4-+ 00 - 3 o � N C4 q W F- Z O F„ Z W >- W W 2 Y U) z r W o z o J o J N (n ¢ Z Z J _ x O Z Z Z O Q g N Z J ¢ d g K Q O Z O I N � Mz �N OO t=~lI OOi 00�j OOw M3 W',i O Q OOZ ocn o3 03 0� o� o� oc� om a I � Z o _ ° WQ N� o rn N � N z z w p Y 3 X Z Y 3 F Z O Q Z O Q J Z N d Z ¢ Z Z O Z O w M .-- N N� Q — o m z W U)4 a i, QJ M K K O Z N 3 N M a � � w ¢ F Z_ d O W Q K g pO Z O m O OO N 3 00 p m Z Q N � om o� 03 03 0� 03 0� om M c� o in I I I I o ° _ Am :— WW I aka i r1 ti � y U F-� fWIV■ 3 M � w �' j I i ' ' o W O 8 y am N W w O O z `z} ~ I TW W Y to r z 0 O p J o M O —M Z � � O U O � Z W O p ¢ O � W O p O pp t7 S 4 0 N \ N O J i0 Z ¢ Z O� 03 Obi <¢ OOU Om n ° O \ WQ in U y N CD Oo 0 0 W� N O Z J J Q U — \ W O a 0 O a o I S pO NZ OU Om ~IQ Otn p� - - - - - - - � I el O wQ � Q J z I I M ¢ I I a W ° I I w I I w 3 ¢ Z x o w l I Z a z a N Z I I - --- -- - N 4 N zzez�wr<<.s aeooveur'aw'ezwva�sor�woo'eaoszs�� N N Z �7 O 0 0 d N I I 0 o m Y a /� n♦V � Cd � � i w c� 00 O PNI 1�1 oo w sm 5r 7 w ■ E < E o m T o o m ° w a w a LV w O Y (n t Z �iJ 1 r � cn 3m a L p C,° N ` Z w = w5 aw r Q �a ° W o W W Y v) �— N M CL o_ w w w IL — s—,z .a—,z ,e—,i �— --of—,a AN i N J i � d I � a I I o !rQ V I SJ 4�J M) I / n I � II / I m � M 4 T T II 11 11 W W W J J J O ai O ai O ai szu�wv rzesesoozizuo e-n-oo-<<m�aa�sw�woo seas zn-c �N ��h ago u I ■ QN C?> U O O W O y m Y C FF �}•' o iI Boa J C, ♦� y-� fir' � � c� n I it c q d � E o Z � � iv !� m c� - m Z = ° W m � _ � F- w N CD �_ L, Z W z oW O W F— J W O CD Q N E- � w �] m w D z o � z �„� ° °¢ z W N m B Of C O O O O M =D O w o ° C LJ P-(5 z J z uj z - �F= LLJ> LiM CD Z o � o � � t _ °F- c¢n � °O W wo LjQ �. F- � co CD WT ww_ wv_ WY 000 000000 00 0 0 N N M N t0 1� m of O N M N F- Tom N M M N 01 Y,ot-,t 0 9 0/ ,OA N / N 6I. / LL /W/ N WI y-� � Rif U N LL II w Z II W\ N� m C Z W J Ot Z �C M V 01 a h Q W o .e-,t Z ~ O CO) a �o N Zu W o m m W �� O O LU z J m co r cn CL O I , .9-,t o H r r J O 6-,t W d 7(�— 7 %� N V 06 off l LU Q m o N �o �o Wo LL. II / W f II II 0 Zro Z� m 2 W M WMM ♦$♦M ,t-,l r Y �N N 300 N N d � � gyp,.OO G� m tJ O bm cJ; 00 d o w ( �- � 4—� a o o ACV ray' \J a o 0 0 z � o J¢Q � F U m� O Z F RE ¢ > p � O Z OW (W U U U¢ O W �K O f/j m O W a wF a ��c5 L U Z U Zp g O U x O Fv> in U Z =Q� J Q W �o U Zm W O O O O O O O O W N?3 W 2 N Y u1 o N M 3 Z Z m J 2 Z Z m O'n Off- Ow .--Q O M W OZ O W OU p0 �Q O Q OO Om ON M�5 OZ •-� O- O� OO O� Q N W O� Nm io oU om o3 0� oU ow om a ui N= 'N „l O 0� W Niw o W W A M �� 4 ° OQ W w' � - -- „ --- m� et L co Q 4 z � U a w w O OQ OZ O� OF O OZ �OW OU pO a - W Z �•■ o o O rn m -m 0 1 O o oN p 2 O 3 M O a 3 U NZ N¢ N MK M(/1 J S H O OU O m O u O U O U O m O> O d O OU N m N N O~ a ? Q `i Q J N O O M 3 0 Z:2:01 0- 0 III D U W - \i O Nm cOQh WhOt�2�C,- v O o3o�omo<no c�o� _j a II F a X p F- m W ¢ - *� W W WIN d Z s v L Q CQ Q — — — — l— NIW,4 O 0 W 0 4 �n _ .__ ._ Z J w - Wy my �0 Z ti c Q W � 4 1- 3 w LL W W N O J Q m Z U d Z d w V♦ m N � Z ~ H J Q a0 pm MZ N� Op2 OL�i MOON M3M� O� Y� Nm L� o� h� o N o `003 hw�Q hwhx rn� r Z LU cn 4 ,.;, o� 1.L W �N N T h p v d b b Li I v 30� u 1 N N O a 0 O 4M h d~ O r, O � s aI I a too o w I I a m J r l U Q H V a = s o m o Q F U tY O F O O w V g ¢ Q ¢ O F K Z W ° w m F O O m w W ////�� Ow N U U U Q O W <1 co m J W w fn O O N W H lr�C-7 Oz o F o �o rn Z '—off Znw.Q w w gc=J ? ?¢ wI..,I W C)w 00 O o 0 0 0 0 0 U__ W vwi?3 W = N Y cn = J w N J M �O ZYO w °w o N¢ caw ~ 3~J N ww w o o z Z ¢ z Z CR Q m aw OU QO U �O®m '3rd= N CQJW Y Vl O O° O OW Og O OW w omw w ¢ O m¢Nw°O C) O °O J ¢ g 0� Ow m oa. 03 �33S ov oa o3 oc¢i Ntlld JZ J Ng w3 Uw �WY JQ. O K ti� 60 (_/) w¢ n. Ot�w¢�O d 1/1 J d O 3 ?S �m n.t� I.� n of x33 Z / \ s O j z J of N of IL Q° w .. . Y Q i H G W I Z ! 2 NI Y Y Qn Oq O4 Wr u �,I QMa I CJCJ J_J Wy h - -- --- - _ - J Ln * n313 of a333a a/l i „s s s - s ° U o cn ly¢ o g wok ¢ ° N ° mw I I II N � u I I I I I i III t I I I °N I u III �CO)w A313 Ol OR� X X I X XVA.Ol-,Z W W I 7i _ � o z3 g'l O w Z V J ¢ z o \ Z n NIA.6 o m4 OR m 4 Ou w �' �W w o� aw _m Q W� LU sil J O l O N m /A N / . 0°°o no VQM/Q `r �`W//Q Qq 00 Z ¢ z z ° O O 25Z (nom w N �A Q 3 O O� O oJNJ vxi> o x m ~ ca o �QZ w m n.wz azw mZm = JJ Y ``' a � ' o°o `�� vwi F W oz °� x ¢w ¢z s.� Uw ¢ v) f 1 1 W YZ V) W �d dr wg m J a //V�� <Z mU g t~n O z o v Z ¢m° m S< o m g¢ cNi) ¢� `? p Q p ° Q ¢°wx ¢ SF~r r 1 ` ?� d VOiW d dd So U = w \ � --------- - ---- ----- Z° n31 a° r ' 3 01 3.i3a -- I Z ZQ N W Z . . . . . . .- k N XVA .9 Z — 0 _ -I O w .__ 31a3n Z a - �U) W . . ;¢= r o If r o 3afllXl3 1d30N00 Ol ~` y a z D C) O z °m ¢Z w _ m NOISN3AIO 31tlNIOao00 0l dbiovdlNOO N '� NOI1VA313 Oi 83338 �� QM v ¢° Or:a a < O cQi suz)vays�:es.e soozr)ueu�o,o-u�.u.us)avamoelmsny�o N N a vlv 8 40� m U Ll I I 1 V] C� In�%F%w wl i ( ti i Q z o o Iw 1 o N o n o Nq. °z a¢ z z� F cam.) Q O o°� z d d w C) ° w I d H W N O Z W p W Z O Z OZ U z Z_ w Z V C. w O 4 J ° ¢ w V !- O O_� O !n Z O o Z tri U W U U�ww W "o0 n N N> W W O W 0 o o = Y U) V Z m Z N o a a a w v U O Q O U Z ° ('>� CD Q O L W J � Z iV Z Z r < C, O d W H O_ J O =/ N N �1 d p M O Q Z Q w CD O O N ¢ Q V Q U Q Q r O(n O N O N O U OO O0_O Zp� O J N O° t\= OD1-00H O¢ �\ oc Mo-M_o- W`-W ro�M� m m W N NO N I O t Q sY w OJ -_G cod n 0>i�O m i 3 0 g O�s i N ONO fn O_ W W M c Q J I W O LU �-— w H W N U) Z a ° OQ u.4 HQ W�" , J.1 �S L� W�, n ° r J W )C J J a I—a Oa ° az w y v/��O CW L I � Q I I m W ow O p °N Mo Q II Z J W ° W N o -- ui W rn CIA Z co U U U w Z O Z Z O V U) 0 H2 m m O'r tY MO OO °g O~ OZ H p > 'm n U � N m N 2 t i t] O O W p O I O O ¢ O g Q rn I O d'O m 1- m F- p Q m w w W MOO M Z M K M N O IO O H O O< O 0 d o U p m O U O Vl O VS �Y __. O Vl i fn O!n a-o_.",...✓a ° O F- O U p 0 O�m� O O U OC.JO OO_ OU ON / !\f IM 1 z - J J w ° ° w i F- a y _ — H4 11 .� � II __— a �.1 - w M w:� --- a O W I I � I I Hw a HW ° .. w Cal W0 a1 Oo N N �V d Q N Cd 00 2 a T � ai � NL» N I z = ■ 0 00 N w � z o � z w >- w w = Y c/) N M g g g o a Z 3 g Z g z Z 3 g z 3 ¢ Z d Z w OD O�OmOp� O $ O�NK g ON�ON OO pN�O N 00� ��N� Om Mp Mg Od¢ ON M3 N�O�-ae O- _OP5 N m N O N w�0 G. <¢ O ~ a W �!J N W Q N m N W O N O O O O N •-3 _ ¢ O d d Z O H O N 1a- 01> �s O�p0 Imo— m J cD J t0¢ h W �p0 mNrn01�0 m J IBS X00 ice¢Os> �D¢h W O�i I J_ ( ui Dw Mw D JQ JQ .IQ a LO g to g H J ^Z O, �3 ~ N� O N J O o¢ 03 og � ¢ � a 5W / i 5W i * Mui JQ JQ JQ aU a� a� ti oo a� N N I N N i I III /1 1 pp a << sm ec� N r N _ a Z 4¢ O:m F U ¢w 0 O U O U U Z W �+2 K O W O Z OU O Z LLJ w D O W z 3 W = Y N I r N M ¢ �W W U C J 2 O{yJ O mJ O O� XO FW= � 03y___-• —_O(� OU OCWJOH o u3: m QLL c g f!J U m 3N \ W Dl N U) m 3 I I \ t- I \ J W I � CL z z JQ 0 4 V io �in S118VA w ay I ay d' LO t0 z o p Y m U O m ¢ ~ W IL 04 �w Qa ~ a.L) m 00 W ~ U - � QOti o. O O d Op O m W O�W OrS oO O O M� 1 N9nv Zml ` O~I p W CL n 11J d ro N O J Ja -r Qa �y (L U) �ciry sn W He bw 0 O WOO "181 3S � O Al g a s l P4 S. co 9 IN la s IN p b � _g � _ 1h Id 0 g lit 1 11 I a _ g m V113 f g_ I X11 � M o 8 q � 3 ` 2 ba 4 Y3 9 _ _ 1? < � g _ MIA IN � 5 8 NOW Mir Rg G E g g .mill HR _ ` — logy _ hill � al � _ I � a Rs i H of $I! filh 11 it t I � _ ;. IIIN 1 IX III Jill, 11illi � �I Eli W paq ce 1 < .. a 14 4 W A 14 id _ a s Y Y{ � ri nd Oi G < a s !� ' ?a $ s Is off X$ i d X$ V all 3 1 bill, IBM 0 do R gill Y � � 11 �� � � � 111 it 0 w g 2 � ' � � 5 N goo Millu 11V ..1 I� yQ y� } � ' '' fill; 5 111K 8'8 LisS3d A'^ �5 ee8 Z � F is Is �°`��P � � Df< �cic WIC �< facf cW A so � � Wg1Wp�f (p®®($p$55�� py¢$��Z1S � 1g33aaQQ e�� e�p na� lip 1 I I I fill , , I 1 c4 .4 4 iii 3 n yq W g ^� d o0 oo r tc3 �9 sa55ra � O u. � � s 92 _ � g 191 11,.1, � O F .. I � i d 4 } A d 9 : tJ rs !? g $ ��_� � WW r N H 44 � N N OR Re ALI low I to � � b < IN. < l NUN 11 i all I T 1 12 lHol $ Y ltls� bra! °e b° 2 I K 00 I ep. I� �M 9 1 w N F b- � � � as 0- pO � l l t d d d W d 12 � fig{ d F 17f i t od tf. Y� O b b w kn CD E V' Q CD cm Z� Z 166 a 0 0°C.0 0 u O 3 J O w Z ? ■ 0- w _ F N 0 0 z 0 z !!AA 0 vI ? v/ W � W r _o O � O Z o Z o >- W U p J W aO J 4 OJ m ---------- -------------------------- ----- ------ -I 1 I I I I II 1 I 1 1 I ' 1 1 O I I I 1 1 I I I 1 nri I 1 I a.i 1 1 I 1 II ! I 1 I I I 1 1 I I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I 1 1 I I ! 1 1 I I I ( I 11 I 1 I I I I I I I 1 I I I 9+i I L £J I I ------+¢ 1 n� 1 _________ _____J L___-- _ -__ _ 11 Z --- I 1 - ---------- - - -JI 1 1 I I I I r ` Ti L-I r� I 1 I 11 I I I l j I I I I I ! O ^a I 1 I 1 o j I I I I ! LL I I m I I ! I I m y 1 1 I 1 � 1 I O I L-, :3 g J Li I O � I 1 , 1 I I I li U a L-I rJ L, rJI o I I I I 1 I I I I I � }.--11 , 1 1 i n L-I! rJ - - L� rJ! I I dU I I 1 I .6 I s I 1 I 1 ° I I I , I I i 1 I I 1 � I IJ Lib rJ LII -- — ------- 1 0 I �z ! 6 I I .8-,8Z O r� C7 CID > 388 08 �A Q V /1 1 pr7 rJ;i 6 Co oNOI'�io� w Y _ ■ Z (V N CIJ_�,J �lTr\Jl > I I a° a FCJ v ��u oa rh Q z N LLJa W ~ 0 Z o Z LU W ui Y U) U <N Ao •I _ 9xz(Z 17r----------------------i III II ul ul I) isr 9x7 z) iii isr 9xz z 41 nl 111 IjI iii III (j 111 nl iii li 111 ul ul Ii o �I 111 ul IiI � �' IIi I11 11 ° II iii II II I11 m 11I *z 0 LSP OLXZ II j II I11 III III II III II II I11 II III 111 III $ II 111 j1 � I �iI I11 I v'S I I11 Ill I 11 I11 a R I11 II l9 91x9r 111 91x96 II I I BO YZO -- ----- 19 9Ix96 I II III I I IIIII II • i I C I � 1 1 1 ° '. of � m li I� III I to N° O O N N II ^O II LL l 11 1 v O A ---- 9 51x96 --- � n I II II� O a II I1� A II �11 II �jI H II � III o i III � II II I III ^° III 11 II ICI III 1 II II II II 11 11 °i It IiI c II II II o II I III 1sr 9xz(z) I I I I !sf 9xZ Z I I vl \� 9xZ o ° 00 I I I I I J - 1`�1 Ir1 �D Oh am �J m CD 3 ,L� 0000� o �'r3 5 w r=U u `gu `88 w ¢ V♦ LLI V! W r H o O Z Z H W W � - _. F- F— 9xz £ — NIV o -_--- -- �� —109 zzlw M 9xz £ _� - ------- Z --- - N ' Qt I IM 7711W /A QV FIN w ---- gxz cz) --- ry ry S� pp � R! M ~ Ali ILL w vi l CO) LU o0 N MIN JO 0 CL S. N ~ RIM E- all ° � 11,9% -tie s� � o � m g° V Ilk G Z IN W b S n LL. Z ^« ca Cc dliq xs = W W cps I o v� a co r s S. M ill 19 v °0 M ' pg G h q � LU� o V � m a Z n F co CL F° C g C (C4 L-J L - MIN 6E Z_ Z Z a z LL Z �) a b g oc �b Z LL oc =� =3 W W Z NN NV 0 >< r CL m".9-.t aNN S��+f O �g p Gp�✓ q �' \ V +5 A F Z W N O � ¢ •�OU O C.Y.)�� �iH� , gwo.t � O Woo z rn v O 3 � Z O O O �O U O v WW 0- =° O O CO) go z CO W Q o m� uo a O N MU- M C / O - - J o �pn CL I-- U� CIO RD W ° LL. TT LU IN 8 W 4 r I p •I Y Un o ^ z . L � o - i r N z of W J e 8 W ui a \_ 8 t�l ui s V $ III _ III III p .. m I 7PT 24 fr V \ Q J CL o •` III III III yam. ddl.O-.Z ,Ol II III pl �" 00 o ac gig C'3 o Z!°-� _ ° H I ---'Ir Z c Z O 9 ME Z p g� V s m II � W LL _aa I �� � Q JF Z < �� J ` O CL C X 00 a y F--] Iy a Fgc3 t7i 5E CD w � CV NIN,9-,L /A ' V 1 Z {� W U- C Z O Mu LU�o LL. = \ I � °o I, z � 1- CL NN — V A W� IL r g V JOL n �— NIYI.9-,t °• y��Wd,z'i, i^ 8 � L +" W v�Ni 3 v a Al 3 Zvi 1 on a yo m cn �I 1616- O O°OUOCJ PP=C5 0 o S S 3 CO) a V♦ cx y S`jS�W JZq}C w a U n O as t� LU rc l a N � s N a3 U G yd� o \ O N O ° zwz5 CC u m (G RNp. l��O I 9 W m W co co - N a I I V U •G U �'O •I p�wj� d ° ° + + ff /�__ ii R 4 d Kd �ty�J/ R N� U• U � � U°I � a �N � U D n LU 5 Z� ca 8 O O co ��- Yi N .m co M N og COD �x N U � \ O zN h� O Im l v"li CO rn Iwn ��_ F-7 LU N U' yy •i I o I 1 � z N � W V/ � Cl) U - O^ r h d'V ri p °m o 0 a ro a 6S8 rl 0 98 �,.� � C/] [� -^v�y F w $rn y F fi S N �p1.1• z 00 00 3 W Y6 N tin E F m o O (T 3 0 N O N 0= R J p =r < O O � yyqq N Z z °O O O U O OV Y Zp m Z LL.– O ® OZ to J • C fa V W a I I a 6 F C5 U O S W U $ 0 w¢W qF m�q JQ 81L, VI ZZ U W Z Z Z O w O y o w o o a r U w z z N W�� gU'KS Z <w (ai1 Z aZ W F Q(>/�w Na�aU Z O d to U tn0 W¢ W S N ,L 4 d Z O J Z qG �P w6 O Z = > d S W U O� U d O N W N O�s �w�Q� ON (N� U � z go, ��o` �w ���a,� ¢ 2 U QZ � Q °�2 F' K � °z� wP�w o 0 . w w U � �i Z g(;j PPER ZQ ¢Z Q 'R S? W UZ `gs/ a Opp CJ K-1 w V �y;Qj 2 O wZ� N w� Fg NO 2 OW ax Z W YV w KO w E z uzsN W� ap o z Fw aW W V- °a VN OSO zO OZ twn zz ii d (O/� W U N Wi R' 0- G > a GS l to c� V s ~ w a �° O V X LU MR _ zw & p ZU °W Z two awi$ �a w N w �a U- O r. a �U ~ > Fi < CD ° c� wiz �zC¢ �� 3 pz wz ° Z Z $S W v v a az _� F m W� olN�g2 wo � r` = 8a Nzo O o .� a i to 3xi N� C2 °wo U= � z_ V ^ + � m Ims' 4x�c+ "{ m I— G zvw� o °z� �Ow QQ� rrn a �z go caU�o Zz G$ Q NwU FaZpc9 w aZ Wa U V 3 3¢ ° p m p p < F $U U g z 11 W3 z 09 Q: OwO1O y' �y W w ao � i o Z O iU w a N N a�M-e �i 8 w V,�>`W om Rz O NBUUn 400 wci 6 ICp cg y .69 °i ««O NW z z Y ° Y _S$ iR Z z P- Z Z� `�' Cy C j 2�� a .k < d 2 -oi p ,�+ W 3 ^ 1 I S a 8 Z z o z wg= c3 U >I> > ra ..� u J F� � ? _ ° 3 4 zd dz 8 "fi g o �V 3 3 3 3 V o z G 3 Cgrc 1z gigV=Sc I $ S a a a C o ° N mF g III ,,, I �� W � I s ���g I I I ( cl> Ix M as W W ig $I Si p �«s . �� iL g gg 0 #8 LU F ° W 6 qq AIR Y N�NIN � I � �4 �4 1-i )C W jR LL k ,� W z o o F W z u c�i --- . . N N LU J �.+ ---_`----- -- J zo m O ( - _.. W CL a 0 3 1 — $_ Z Si (g m Ili Sol'ggg Ll O eD r o 0 �N N O•n _ _ m h+� M a I • T O � ® �w � W (n F � � O Ir �z 24 m U N n W oo V � oo�o Y° N I� �oE3 �n z ; W N N p g� l2, i az C \ G W5 I Ngg a: a = a IN; a €€3 W ha a I z I ¢ W {� F-y� aUZ gK � 4�4 Z WR w g� ° H-8 EV z J ti w Q a W 0 >� p J w p Z U o LL COJ D co � /R y cr = ww �/\ Q ,\ W z -- _ y ¢ ac s a W w o � u3;5 w 3 z a =oa - w w > w p a m > =ice iii Z /R p /a I 'NIW I P N N O M 7 Q�p y c?c Sol C y U d gN 4 a� 6 FAj/� � pq a a W ~►� �� � � � T O � N toO FE: 1 � 0 0 0 O U OU p N M O_ tyO. /may' (T \J O ® O l V O �i a Q a ° o [Ji qq 80 µ+i�� KK � Z Usa= O�Si C° a 4' C� LU y F- HOW W >1 MICEP! WYE �cc w a co Nssss �s � a az = VHF ------------ --__ __ ___ �__ __- ___ I / a iJ I a 8 �F: $ I lol III � CL- -- -- - - - - - — — - - —I - - I .ICI zi � , SSi� FA N I II — --- -—-- -- ----_---J--- _-= --- mill _T1 x J\ I i I m I I I I I ! I I I I it I I ; I : i I I I ; milli I I I II I' I I� jI I--- ----- ------------------------------ -- l r o p ^ O A m O O d 3 0 o u o0 0`o v Q N N Q ¢N N J J J 3 �n W 5� ILI W 00 $ a a' "► ti J M O N O to O J C.7 d O p Y rv'y 12 m -C O 3 U. s U�WC>u �� O O O O U O U Y S m d a O N 4R� 0- o 0 0 3 € a i € v V ,,O/ a I I y� tLLi. 6 O Q �i 44 O U t 5 f'`.'I u F U v o s -d ¢� O Z� En 3 o z Z 0 0� Za U JO Z Z J O O Q� oa = Z J J Z 3�` W m m o6 �o a o mm ZJ O -Z as I.i l+.l --� Q Z O OJ a W(j3 3� U a W h�O U Z Z W W F W of ?a ��°m XCL Y N n.w 9� cZ mi 09 9 i- r--n------ _� '��'-i �.-- i-�., -----�i..G--�;Z- -.1 _.._._-------------------- � -I 1 7K CL IlJmK �.� NO<P f - / U�' G v?p ZF�O I �<S��SU I � N 6J \� N � r Y \�4 Z � .Ii�C� � /• f � ir Mgt$ wl ZI J a J J a.I I �I m El! i —) A O ID WrT r, I I in a, j W _ L II N - I I V n -.--__ ��- - -- M`j IC --- -- I-- ---- --------- I III �o I C� -- --- - -- = I - — - I I I I � I I I I � , I - , I I III I I i I I I , i I i I I I I � I I - I I � I I I i I I I I I I O N �N N O rrn Q 5gN Q egg u Q gg m yF 00 °! z rn r■i■I+ 00 ¢ r o !� (� g vFi F5 Tv N O 8.S 8 O Z �z O O O U O U O � T� m W Z E a l�� a Q � O� �°0 0 0 +� E �l�� z � � w ■ '� a �u u O S S F o W w O O z Z W W = Y N NSWS wpw (� W �SS F- QZ 3 0-Y' Oki & =i OOOOOjSS f`xn�°d.o z p° =ow i - o A F 9 �t W e d <z 8 "oo F=w 4 n w g bid g W�222�gr� €a5€�4 3 O 9g O O m� m°� ZOm Q U 7°�"�IMMUFn zi iz~' 5 33 ? z a 44 b� �m, ° w a° �z n �s »»»Q Ss s mF p F N p aO K 2�Z -Z-1 y>UI V Z ¢ U Z Wr 3� ,N+ Q j Z WW�;�Z¢�i� �I N O �R� Z� N �r•IOE- z Wz a< F 'zz"We fig 4 �l E2 �64�Q a 6 d� 3F z �30 S 2' Z w oz�zz I-rDSlc>i ai u�i Ei n � � »» »5 33333 N o Zmz Fz N Lu�•�■) V I_: N 17 d' ui tC O^ W W W W W > uj ir ca z yGZZW7�S 119 opp yy�� Fpzp ` U G H��-�U i U S S 2 H. a ]Z Y SC Y 3 3 �3 Z 2 Z Z d H U w o g J W Z-ast[�[3c 33ZZ X33 i 22222 G.62 Q 52 M0 � :j PH es Pit W < M, wm r 0 LS W 3 MYO O ct S2 `�N & + w° c G o r U ° w Q0Imm 4 T I A 0 0 ® 404 �� vauQ = 5 to CL 00 ME QW � ���� L) 2 t'O N U 2 O O O O U O V O � a e o W N W w O ~ Z O Z W W W Y N i F _ i - I I I' �I i�h I I � I Ii lu rT r - J � _ a ! � Z S 6poq g S LL.O O � CO IF it I Ii III I Ill �I I i r I I I I i � i ll I I I I Q 3 N fV ¢ 6 N(Oy u U Z O 10 Q', LL. N W W Z Zp O O O m O U O LU p Oz �' o 0 0 � � d� � � ?� o° ■ « � ��\J � N I I �-' gx a � e a � ,� Eg N•u R iV o V •-� � � � a I 1 �i e i F U tWi o � an d �� A o W VI W 0 z O N z Z�ZN <Z p �O �o a` R I R �< 9 �' �� �u �� elv✓3� I�� (c(�JJi g�g I m � _ �Wy 4 I N C — ME _ IT- i r � O I I, i W � I I o � II. J LL M lip � o i � I I LL I i II'!I'I li � Ili i F I'Il ; O i III ^ 'I I I �I _tt I I I i ; = o 0 Zg�o •nom a v s s c c O ' a� v n ? v° c Re +24VX ' +24VD Red f e s4BluC rC o M- Bilk Blk Z p N D °o Control Con tra Blu °z . otpu x 0 output s m z (A o a O � � o n 0 8 O V) z 02, f2� A O N o c `A Q o o E 9 m n m !2 05 0>01-- �n � p D O r a da n ON l4M (I c o 0 Go (poo) PeO la}^ f ht x 0 lCH. I-a/mla o Pea 3 n�o �3 I � o oA a a N M my m �m 0 Z T of 1 1 01 A _ L S_ LJ zFm g Po F-Oio nc coos �F O os� K m r v_ D O D CO) m m m m q z z O � 0 m m cn � � N N W s J •� -fr< Z Z -O ^, O TI iC. CD .� > O -i Cal ITI Si �/ �' C1 Or R1l of Or� 7 Cp co `N. � �. r Oi.L� Z � F v.f� O dQ 22 n 9 Q q` C i 9 �n m P m�1 A m m z mmm N ��� m y_ _-. - - amA--___ -'-.g°°°oo Arc - .. m.� •c �Q N . _o z z° 1 - _ °m >ly= O z mac« s Zg fir Aug s�cy ,0 ~mm 9 D C y mi o O ;a O 0 �FZ SZ AQP�Ct SSC 2A A HI F� HICI m° D Z �A�/ yl �A+1� P �1 pC C y A I S A "O g W Z> Z c 8~ 3i s dl - O ° �m 3 i �000i�oti�, 3 °o m C '1 CO A N O ONO AN'O y JC p 0 9 m � D p °a Nc ;om ; m N a o- a ocnuD � oo � titiroNNti o0 0000000 v a - m 1 °N € $ 00 n > __ �z_<f 9 O �'il ; `z" M �I °N p O r o o CJ ICiS go v I GO z ' m cII s 0 9 v 1 D N = 8 g I c = m m 4 z z o o 0 m m CA ® m ° zgo � m �T9 C� ►� tnt 7r T < o N a z o°�2°P°on°� P rI z m P CD m 00 N o Ise �gomo D 0 o 't C g Li ED "� E u n G N N� R Vii 1�1�9 A A w A A ■r r rr for construction of Tiffany Activity Building Tiffany Park 1902 Lake Young Way SE Renton, WA 98058-3817 Prepared by Gensler 1524 Fifth Avenue ` Suite 300 Seattle, Washington 98101 Phone: 206.654.2100 Fax:206.654.2121 07/07/2006 Issued for Bid Project Number 32.5086.000 +r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton, WA SECTION 00 01 13—TABLE OF CONTENTS PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP DIVISION 00-PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 70 13 GENERAL CONDITIONS SPECIFICATIONS GROUP .rr General Requirements Subgroup DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 1000 SUMMARY 01 23 00 ALTERNATES .. 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 26 13 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION(RFI'S) 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES .rr 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS #y 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 73 00 EXECUTION 01 73 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Facility Construction Subgroup rrr DIVISION 02-EXISTING CONDITIONS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 04-MASONRY 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 05-METALS Aw 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 75 00 DECORATIVE FORMED METAL DIVISION 06-WOOD,PLASTICS,AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 18 00 GLUED-LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION 06 20 23 INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK «�r TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 13-1 Copyright 2006 Gensler wr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building to 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA DIVISION 07-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ' " 07 19 00 WATER REPELLENTS 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION 07 27 26 FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 0741 13 METAL ROOF PANELS 0742 13 METAL WALL PANELS 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM ru 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08-OPENINGS 08 1113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES rr 0831 13 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 0851 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 08 80 00 GLAZING DIVISION 09-FINISHES 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 09 30 00 TILING 09 61 23 CONCRETE FLOORING TREATMENT 0968 13 TILE CARPETING 0991 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING 09 93 00 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES 10 21 13 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 28 00 TOILET,BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 104413 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 5613 METAL STORAGE SHELVING ` DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT NOT APPLICABLE +�r DIVISION 12-FURNISHINGS 12 21 13 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS ..r DIVISION 13-SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT APPLICABLE tr,, DIVISION 14-CONVEYING EQUIPMENT NOT APPLICABLE Facility Services Subgroup DIVISION 21 -FIRE SUPPRESSION u` NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 22-PLUMBING "n 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 1000 PLUMBING, PIPING AND PUMPS .r TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 13-2 Copyright 2006 Gensler Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton, WA 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES + DIVISION 23-HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 11 23 FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING 23 30 00 HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION 23 34 13 AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT 23 51 00 BREECHING, CHIMNEYS AND STACKS 23 8000 DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT DIVISION 26-ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 2605 19 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 09 23 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 24 13 SWITCHBOARDS 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS 26 24 19 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS 26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISION 27-COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 1500 TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 27 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 28 1600 INTRUSION DETECTION 28 28 13 FUSES 2828 16 DISCONNECT SYSTEMS 28 31 11 DIGITAL AND ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DIVISION 28-ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY NOT APPLICABLE Ow Site and Infrastructure Subgroup DIVISION 31 -EARTHWORK r.r NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 32-EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 11w NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 33 -UTILITIES NOT APPLICABLE aw Process Equipment Subgroup DIVISION 41 -MATERIAL PROCESSING AND HANDLING EQUIPMENT NOT APPLICABLE rrr TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 13-3 Copyright 2006 Gensler July 7,2006 g` Gensler Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 46 so ar r + +r t!r rrr TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 13-4 Copyright 2006 Gensler Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA rr SECTION 00 70 13—GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL rr 1.1 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Gensler Document GCi which incorporates and amends AIA Document A201, 1987 Edition,hereinafter referred to as General Conditions, are hereby made a part of this Specification. 1.2 The Contractor is hereby specifically directed, as a condition of the Contract, to acquaint himself with the Articles contained therein, and to notify and apprise all Subcontractors and any other parties to the Contract of,and bind them to, its conditions. 4W 1.3 No contractual adjustments shall be due as a result of failure on the part of the Contractor, Subcontractors or other parties to the Contract to fully acquaint themselves with the General ow Conditions. 1.4 The General Conditions of the Contract may be amended by Supplementary Conditions. .r . 1.5 The provisions of the General and Supplementary Conditions when included and Division 1, General Requirements,apply to the Work specified in each Section of the Specifications. 1.6 Where conflicts occur concerning the Architect's duties and responsibilities between the General Conditions and the Agreement between the Owner and Architect, the Agreement shall take precedence. w 1.7 If not otherwise included in the Owner Contractor Agreement or specifically included in the bidding documents, the Contractor shall obtain the Owner's insurance requirements prior to .r submitting a bid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) rr END OF SECTION 00 70 13 Custom/11-01/bac a�. air do aw GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 70 13 - 1 No GENERAL CONDITIONS Gensler OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION (GC1) Table of Contents Article 1 -General Provisions 3.10 Contractor's Construction Schedules +o 1.1 Basic Definitions 3.11 Documents and Samples at Site 1.2 Execution,Correlation,Intent 3.12 Submittals 1.3 Ownership and Use 3.13 Use of Site of Architect's Documents and Data 3.14 Cutting and Patching wo 1.4 Capitalization 3.15 Cleaning Up 1.5 Interpretation 3.16 Access to the Work 3.17 Royalties and Patents 3.18 Indemnification aw Article 2-Owner 3.19 Year 2000 2.1 Definition 3.20 Design/Build 2.2 Information and Services Required of the Owner 2.2.1 Financial Arrangements we 2.2.2 Surveys and Other Information Article 4-Administration of the Contract 2.2.3 Permits 4.1 Architect 2.2.4 Information Promptly Furnished 4.2 Architect's Administration of the Contract 2.2.5 Copies of Drawings,Specifications 4.2.1 Architect's Role wr 2.2.6 Other Duties and Responsibilities 4.2.2 Site Visits 2.3 Owner's Right to Stop the Work 4.2.3 Limitations of Architect's Responsibilities 2.4 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 4.2.4 Communications 4.2.5 Certificates for Payment do 4.2.6 Rejection,Testing or Inspection Article 3-Contractor 4.2.7 Submittal Review 3.1 Definition 4.2.8 Change Orders and Directives 3.2 Review of Contract Documents&Field 4.2.9 Substantial Completion,Warranties aw Conditions by Owner 4.2.10 Project Representatives 3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures 4.2.11 Interpretations 3.3.1 Supervise and Direct 4.2.12 Consistency of Interpretations 3.3.2 Responsible for Acts and Omissions 4.2.13 Aesthetic or Visual Effect air 3.3.3 Not Relieved from Obligations 4.3 Claims and Disputes by Architect,tests,etc. 4.4 Resolution of Claims and Disputes 3.3.4 Inspection of Work Performed 4.5 Dispute Resolution 3.4 Labor and Materials rr 3.4.1 Pay 3.4.2 Discipline Article 5-Subcontractors 3.4.3 Substitution Requests 5.1 Definitions 3.4.4 Substitutions 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts as 3.5 Warranty 5.3 Subcontractural Relations 3.6 Taxes 5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 3.7 Permits,Fees,Notices 3.7.1 Permits wrr 3.7.2 Notices,Laws Article 6-Construction By Owner 3.7.3 Contract Documents,Codes,etc. or By Separate Contractors 3.7.4 Responsibility for Non-Conformance 6.1 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and 3.8 Allowances Award Separate Contracts 40 3.9 Superintendent 6.2 Mutual Responsibility 6.3 Owner's Right to Clean Up 40 No Gensler GO-063000f Table of Contents,Page 1 of 2 as rr (GCi,Table of Contents,continued) Ali► r Article 7-Changes in the Work Article 11 -Insurance and Bonds 7.1 Changes 11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance rrlr 7.2 Change Orders 11.2 Owner's Liability Insurance 7.3 Construction Change Directives 11.3 Property Insurance 7.4 Minor Changes in the Work 11.4 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 7.5 Change Order Requests Irr Article 8-Time Article 12-Uncovering and Correction of the Work 8.1 1 Definitions 12.1 Uncovering Work 8.1.1 Contract Time 12.2 Correction of Work 8.1.2 Date of Commencement 8.1.3 Date of Substantial Completion 12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 8.1.4 Calendar Day 8.2 Progress and Completion Article 13-Miscellaneous Provisions 8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time 13.1 Governing Law 13.2 Successors and Assigns 13.3 Written Notices Article 9-Payments and Completion 13.4 Rights and Remedies 9.1 Contract Sum 13.5 Tests and Inspections 9.2 Schedule of Values 13.6 Interest 9.3 Applications for Payments 13.7 Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 9.4 Certificates for Payment 9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.6 Progress Payments Article 14-Termination or Suspension 9.7 Failure of Payment of the Contract 9.8 Substantial Completion 14.1 Termination by Contractor 9.9 Partial Occupancy or Use 14.2 Termination By Owner for Cause 9.10 Final Completion and Payment 14.3 Suspension By Owner for Convenience 14.4 Termination By Owner for Convenience Article 10-Protection of Persons and Property 10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs ure 10.1.1 Contractor Responsibilities 10.1.2 Hazardous Materials 10.1.3 Manufacturers'Certifications 10.1.4 Indemnification 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property Note: 10.3 Emergencies Italics in the text of GCi indicates text added to AIA A201, 1987; a backslash(\)indicates text deleted from AIA A201,1987. tlllt ur 1rr Table of Contents,Page 2 of 2 Gensler GCi-063000f iii GENERAL CONDITIONS Gensler OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION (GCI) JArticle 1 -General Provisions .3 'By others"refers to work which is not apart of the Contract. 1.1 Basic Definitions .4 "Furnish"shall mean supply only,do not install. 1.1.1 The Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of 5 Install"means install only,do no{furnish. the Agreement between Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement), .6 "Provide"means frrnrish and install. an Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications,schedules, addenda issued prior to execution of .7 The tenn"as required"shall mean as required by regulatory the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications bodies, by referenced standards, by existing conditions, by generally issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written accepted construction practice,or by the Contract Documents. pr amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2)a Change Order,(3)a .8 1 The term"Client"may be used synonvmously with the term Construction Change Directive or(4)a written order for a minor change in "Owner". the Work issued by Architect. When executed as part of the Agreement,, bond forms are part of the Contract Documents. Unless specifically 1.2 Execution,Correlation And Intent enumerated in the Agreement,the Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements(advertisement or invitation to bid, 1.2,1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by Owner and Contractor Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, Contractor's bid or portions of as provided in the Agreement.If either Owner or Contractor or both do not addenda relating to bidding requirements). sign all the Contract Documents,Architect shall assist in identifying such 4r 1.1.2 The Contract. The Contract Documents form the Contract for unsigned Documents upon request. Construction(hereinafter the Contract).The Contract represents the entire 1.2,2 Execution of the Contract by Contractor is a representation that and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior Contractor has visited the site,become familiar with local conditions under negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations 40 Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification.The Contract with requirements of the Contract Documents. Additionally, Contractor Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any acknowledges and agrees that the information contained in the Contract kind(1)between Architect and Contractor or any other person or entity(2) Documents is adequate and sufficient for completion of the Work subject to between Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor or(3) between the provisions of Subparagraph 3.2.1. 4W any persons or entities other than Owner and Contractor. Architect shall, however,be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items the Contract intended to facilitate performance of Architect's duties. necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by 1.1.3 The Work. The term"Work"means the construction and services Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by required by the Contract Documents, whether completed n partially Contractor shall be required\to the extent\inferable from them as being completed,and includes all other labor,materials,equipment and services necessary for a contractor experienced and expert in this type of provided or to be provided by Contractor to fulfill Contractor's obligations. construction to produce the intended results. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of Project.Notwithstanding the inclusion of"Services"in the meaning of Work.Architect shall have no 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and responsibility for or control over the means, methods or sequences of articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control Contractor in construction,as set forth in Subparagraph 4.2.3.Nor shall such definition dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of of "Work" be construed to extend the responsibilities or services of Work to be performed by any trade. The inclusion,for convenience in Architect beyond those set forth in Owner/Architect Agreement. P ricin g. biddin g. P ermit application, construction or other purposes, o f 1.1.4 Project. Project is the total construction of which the Work documents prepared by entities other than Architect or its consultants with documents prepared by Architect or its consultants shall not imply that performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and Architect has reviewed, approved or is responsible for their accuracy or rwr which may include construction by Owner or by separate contractors. completeness. 1.1.5 The Drawings. The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial 1.2,5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words which portions of the Contract Documents,wherever located and whenever issued, have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. wr including plans,elevations,sections,details,schedules and diagrams. 1.2.6 Conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents shall 1.1.6 The Specifications. The Specifications are that portion of the be resolved in thefollowing order ofpr•iority: Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, io equipment,construction systems,standards and workmanship for the Work, .1 Amendments and revisions(such as Change Orders)of later and performance of related services. date take precedence over those of earlier date: 1.1.7 Project Manual. Project Manual is the volume which may be .2 the Agreement; ar assembled for the Work and which may include the bidding requirements, .3 the Supplementary Conditions: sample forms,Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. .4 the General Conditions; 1.1.8 Other Definitions. .5 Drawings and Specifications; Drawings govern to .1 Equal", "accepted equal",and"approved equal"shall mean Specifications for quantity and location. Specifications govern Drawings as accepted, in writing, by Architect as being of equivalent quality, utility, for quality and performance. In the event of ambiguity or conflicts, the and appearance. greater quantity and the better quality shall govern. 1rr .2 "By Owner" refers to work which will be performed by 1.3 Ownership And Use Of Architect's Drawings, Owner or his/her agents at Owners cosy. Specifications And Other Documents and Data Gensler GO-063000f Page 1 of 18 to .3 Contractor acknowledges that anomalies and errors can be 1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents (collectively introduced into the Data when it is transferred or used in an "Documents')and any computer tapes, disks or CAD files(collectively incompatible computer environment. Further, Contractor acknowledges "Data') prepared by Architect and its consultants and agents are and solely accepts the risks associated with and/or the responsibility for instruments of \ service through which the Work to be executed by anv damages to hardware, software or computer systems or networks " b Contractor is described. Contractor may retain one contract record set. related to anv use of the Data. The Data is being furnished "as is Neither Contractor nor any Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor or material or Contractor hereby releases Architect from any damages or losses of any equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the \ Documents kind, including, but not limited to, damages or losses to property or and/or Data, and Architect shall be deemed the author of\them and shall persons,including, but not limited to,death, or economic losses, or anv retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, including anv consequential,special, indirect or incidental damages,arising out of the copyrights embodied therein. All copies of the\Documents and/or Data, transfer or use of the Data. except Contractor's record set,shall be returned or suitably accounted for to Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The \Documents .4 Contractor and the Others are responsible for modifying and/or Data and copies thereof famished to Contractor,are for use solely their computer systems to properly use the Data. Architect shall have no with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by Contractor or any ditty to modif or update the Data and Architect reserves the right to Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on retain an archival copy of the Data delivered to Contractor which shall other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work be referred to and shall be conclusive proof and govern in all disputes without the specific written consent of Owner and Architect. Contractor, over the form or content of the Data furnished to Contractor. liar Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the\ 5 If Contractor fails to perform or observe am of the terms herein state Documents and/or Data appropriate to and for use in the execution of their d Architect may demand and Contractor shall immediately Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this license return the Data and any copies thereof. �ttw shall bear the statutory copyright notice,if any,shown on\them.Submittal 1,4 Capitalization. Terms capitalized in these General Conditions or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes include those which are(i)specifically defined, (2)the titles of numbered in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of Architect's co articles and identified references to Paragraphs,Subparagraphs and Clauses g copyright or other reserved rights. In the event of in the document or (3)the titles of other documents published by the anv unauthorized use,reuse,or modification to Documents and/or Data by Contractor,any lower tier contractor or material supplier,or other person American Institute of Architects or other body. or entity under Contractor's direct or indirect emplov,Contractor agrees to indenmif�, defend and hold Owner, Architect, their officers, directors, 1.5 Interpretation. in the interest of brevity the Contract Documents f shareholders, employees, agents, and consultants harmless from and articles such frequently omit modifying words such as fall"and "any" and Yr► against any and all claims, liabilities, suits, demands, losses, damages, n "the"and"an,"but the fact that a modifier n e article is costs and expenses,including,but not limited to,reasonable attorneys'fees absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement.and all le g al expenses and ees incurred through a ppeal, and all interest thereon,accruing to or resulting from any and all persons,firms, or any alt• other legal entities on account of anv damages or losses to property or persons,including,but not limited to,injuries or death or economic losses Article 2-Owner arising out of 1) such unauthorized use, reuse, or modification of Documents, 2) any transfer, use, reuse or modification of any Data 2.1 Definition provided by Architect to Contractor or others, except where Architect is found to be solely liable as between the parties hereto as well as between 2.1.1 Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement anv other persons,firms or other legal entities for such damages or losses and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in by a court or forum of competent jurisdiction. number. The term "Owner" means Owner or Owner's authorized representative. its 1.3.2 Architect shall be compensated for any Data agreed in writing to be released. 2.1.2 Owner upon reasonable written request shall furnish to Contractor in writing a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on 1 The transfer of Data is not and shall not be deemed as a which Project is located,Owner's interest therein at the time of execution of sale. The Data are instruments cf professional service, and as such, the Agreement and,within five days after any change,information of such Architect makes no representations or warranties, expressed or implied change in title,recorded or unrecorded. of its merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose with respect to its quality,adequacy,completeness or sufficiency as to anv results to be 2.2 Information And Services Required Of Owner or intended to be achieved as to its use. 2.2.1 Owner shall,at the request of Contractor,prior to execution of the .2 Contractor's use of the Data shall be limited as set forth by Agreement \ famish to Contractor reasonable evidence that financial Architect. Contractor agrees that the Data shall not be used for any arrangement-, have been made to fulfill Owner's obligations under the other purpose or transferred to others without Architect's prior written Contract. consem. (a) For the purpose of this Agreement, Contractor has 2.2.2 Owner shall famish surveys or other required information permission to transfer the Data to its Subcontractors, Suppliers and describing physical characteristics,legal limitations and utility locations for Consultants on Project("Others')for their use in preparation of shop the site of Project,and a legal description of the site. drawing submittals and other services on Project, under their Agreements with Contractor. Contractor agrees to obligate the Others 2.2.3 Except for permits and fees which are the responsibility of in writing to be bound to the terms of this Agreement as if the Others Contractor under the Contract Documents,Owner shall secure and pay for were Contractor in this Agreement. necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent (b) Contractor is obligated to verify all dimensions changes in existing facilities. indicated on the Data. Contractor agrees to obligate the Others to verify all dimensions indicated on the Data. 2.2.4 Information or services under Owner's control shall be furnished by (c) Architect does not represent that all information Owner with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in orderly progress of the contained in the Data is complete,noting that there could be subsequent Work. changes to the Data. Furthermore,items shown in the Data may not be to scale. 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,Contractor will be famished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Page 2 of 18 Gensler GO-063000f tl�lr 40 Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work.Additional 3.3.1 Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using Contractor's copies shall be furnished at cost. best skill and attention. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and 2.2.6 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of procedures including safety programs and procedures,and for coordinating 4W _. Owner enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 6 all portions of the Work under the Contract.\ (Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors), Article 9(Payments and Completion)and Article 11 (Insurance and Bonds). 3.3.2 Contractor shall be responsible to Owner for acts and omissions of Contractor's employees,Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and •r 2.3 Owner's Right To Stop The Work. If Contractor fails to other persons or entities directly or indirectly employed by them performing correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the portions of the Work under a contract with Contractor. Contract Documents ac required by Paragraph 12.2 or\ fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,Owner,by written order 3.3.3 Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work r signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by Owner in in accordance with the Contract Documents nor shall Contractor's liability writing,may order Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until be diminished either by activities or duties of Architect in Architect's the cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of Owner to administration of the Contract,or by tests,inspections or approvals required stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of Owner to exercise or performed by persons other than Contractor. this right for the benefit of Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 3.3.4 Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed under this Contract,as well as existing conditions, to 2.4 Owner's Right To Cary Out The Work. If Contractor determine that such\are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract qtr Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written 3.4 Labor And Materials notice from Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,\Owner may,without prejudice to 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,Contractor other remedies Owner may have,correct such deficiencies.\ Owner may shall in a timely manner so as to not delay the progress of the Work provide offset from payments then or thereafter due Contractor the cost of correcting and pay for labor,materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and such deficiencies,including compensation for Architect's additional services machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. \ If services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, payments then or thereafter due Contractor are not sufficient to cover such whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be dr amounts,Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. incorporated in the Work. 3.4.2 Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among Article 3-Contractor Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not �r 3.1 Definition.Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in skilled in tasks assigned to them. the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The term"Contractor"means Contractor or Contractor's 3.4.3 Where substitutions of materials a equipment is permitted by the authorized representative. Contract,request for such substitution shall be made in a timely manner in wr full compliance with Contract requirements. 3.2 Review Of Contract Documents And Field Conditions By Contractor 3.4.4 In making a request for substitution,Contractor represents that 3.2.1- Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract •1 Contractor has investigated the proposed substitution and Documents with each other and with the information famished by Owner has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to Architect errors, specified,including warranties. inconsistencies or omissions discovered or anv variance from applicable .2 that the cost data presented with the request for substitution wrn laws, codes or regulations. Contractor shall \ be liable \ for damage is complete and includes all costs of labor, materials, equipment,profits resulting from \ Contractor's failure to report such discovery or its and overhead as well as anv costs required to adapt and/or coordinate the performance of any construction activity if it knows or should have known substitution with adjacent or existing construction. ofsuch error,inconsistency,omission or violation. 3.5 Warranty. Contractor warrants to Owner and Architect that 3.2.2 Contractor shall,sufficiently in advance of undertaking the Work, materials and equipment famished under the Contract will be of good take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract compare such field measurements and conditions and other information Documents,that the Work will be free from defects\and that the Work will known to Contractor with the Contract Documents.\Errors,inconsistencies conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not or omissions discovered shall be reported to Architect at once.If Contractor conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly performs anv construction activity which involves an error, inconsistency approved and authorized, shall be considered defective. Contractor's or omission which Contractor knew of or should reasonably have known warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, of without notice to Architect, Contractor shall assume responsibility for modifications not executed by Contractor, improper or insufficient WV such performance and shall bear all costs of correction. maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear under normal usage. If required by Owner or Architect, Contractor shall furnish 3.2.3 Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract satisfactory evidence including certifications when requested as to the kind Documents and submittals\pursuant to Paragraph 3.12. and quality of materials and equipment. 40 3.2.4 Prior to starting the Work and with sufficient lead time to avoid 3.6 Taxes. Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar any job schedule impacts, Contractor shall review any specified taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by Contractor which are construction and installation procedures and shall advise Architect prior to legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,whether commencing related activities if any such procedures would result in or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. finished Work that would not be in conformance with the intent of the Contract Documents. 3.7 Permits,Fees And Notices 3.3 Supervision And Construction Procedures 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees,licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution Gensler GO-063000f Page 3 of 18 wr and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution .3 late order dates for all long lead time materials and of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or equipment; negotiations concluded. .4 critical owner decision dates. 3.7.2 Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract ordinances,rules,regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the on performance of the Work. conditions of the Work and Project,shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for 3.7.3 It is not Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes•and rules and regulations. However,if Contractor observes 3.10.2 Contractor shall,in consultation with Architect,prepare and keep or should have observed as an experienced contractor that portions of the current,for Architect's approval,a schedule of required submittals which is Contract Documents are at variance therewith, Contractor shall promptly coordinated with Contractor's construction schedule and allows Architect flll notify Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be reasonable time to review submittals. accomplished by appropriate Modification. 3.7.4 If Contractor performs Work\which it knows or in the ordinary 3.10.3 Contractor shall conform to the most recent schedules. course of business as an experienced contractor should have known it to • 3.10.4 Failure of Contractor to submit or keep current the construction be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and schedule and submittals schedule as required by the conditions of the regulations without such notice to Architect and Owner, Contractor shall Work, shall be ounds O f g o f payments due Contractor by in or withhold assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable Owner,until such schedules are provided. costs. 3.11 Documents And Samples At The Site. Contractor shall 3.8 Allowances maintain at the site for Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications,addenda,Change Orders and other Modifications,as well as 3.8.1 Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated one copy of the approved permit set,in good order and marked currently to in the Contract Documents.Items covered by allowances shall be supplied record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition for such amounts and by such persons or entities as Owner may direct,but reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities against which submittals. These shall be available to Architect and shall be delivered to Contractor makes reasonable objection. Architect for submittal to Owner upon completion of the Work. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: 3.12 Submittals .1 materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected promptly by Owner to avoid delay in the Work; 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings,diagrams,schedules and other data Milt specially prepared for the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub- .2 allowances shall cover the cost to Contractor of materials and subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes,less applicable trade portion of the Work. discounts; 3 Contractor 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules,performance Contractor's costs For unloading and handling at the site, charts,instructions,brochures,diagrams and other information famished by labor,installation costs,overhead,profit and other expenses contemplated Contractor to illustrate materials or ment ui for some for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum and not e9 P portion of the Work. in the allowances; W0 4 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples furnished by Contractor which Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order.The amount illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship and establish standards by of the Change Order shall reflect(1)the difference between actual costs and which the Work will be judged. the allowances under Clause 3.8.2.2 and (2)changes in Contractor's costs twe under Clause 3.8.2.3. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of submittals is to demonstrate for 3.9 Superintendent. Contractor shall employ a competent those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way that superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at Contractor proposes to conform to the\visual and aesthetic design concept Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall be expressed in Architect's Drawings and Specifications.Review by Architect approved by Owner and shall not be replaced without Owner's prior is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. approval. The superintendent shall be familiar with the job site, the Contract Documents, and all applicable rules, regulations and 3.12.5 Contractor shall review, approve and submit to Architect Shop requirements o all authorities having Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the 1111 q f g jurisdiction over the Work or the g P site. The superintendent shall represent Contractor, and communications Contract Documents.Contractor shall provide Submittals to Architect with given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. reasonable promptness and \ in accordance with the approved submittal Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other schedule as set forth in Subparagraph 3.10.2,so as to cause no delay in the communications shall be similarly confirmed on\request in each case,and Work or in the activities of Owner or of separate contractors, and to as set forth in Subparagraph 4.1.4. Contractor shall highlight all changes to the Contract Documents and/or previous submittals.Submittals made by Contractor which are not required 3.10 Contractor's Construction Schedules by the Contract Documents may be returned by Architect without action. 3.10.1 Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall 3.12.6 Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring prepare and submit for Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples or similar construction schedule for the Work. \Such schedule shall be a computer submittals until the respective submittal has been\reviewed and returned generated critical path method(CPM)schedule showing at a minimum, by Architect.Such Work shall be in accordance with reviewed submittals.#" more than one of Architect's or its consultant's submittal review stamps 1 the early and late start time for each major construction appears on a Submittal, the most stringent action and notations thereon activity; shall apply. Signature on a submittal review stamp by Architect or a .2 all"critical path"activities and their duration; consultant does not imply that it has reviewed work not within its professional discipline or scope of services. Page 4 of 18 Gensler GCi-063000f go 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or Samples and similar submittals,Contractor represents that Contractor has manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. However, if determined and verified materials, field measurements and field Contractor has reason to believe that the required design,process or product construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and is an infringement of a patent,Contractor shall be responsible for such loss wrr "• coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the unless such information is promptly furnished to Architect. requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. Incomplete, - uncoordinated or incorrect Shop Drawings and other submittals shall be 3.18 Indemnification returned to Contractor, who shall be held responsible for all time delays wr and extra costs of review or handling ty Architect or Owner, because of 3.18.1 \Contractor shall indemnify,defend and hold\Owner,Architect,\ such submittals being incomplete,uncoordinated or incorrect. their officers,directors, shareholders,employees,agents,and consultants\ harmless from and against any and all claims,liabilities,suits,demands,\ 3.12.8 Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations at- losses, damages, costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, wr omissions from requirements of the Contract Documents by Architect's reasonable attorneys' fees, and all legal expenses, and fees incurred review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals through appeal,and all interest thereon,accruing to at-resulting from anv unless Contractor has specifically informed Architect in writing of such and all persons, firms or any other legal entities on account of anv deviation or omission at the time of submittal and Architect has given damages or losses to property or persons, including, but not limited to, written approval to the specific deviation or omission. Contractor shall not injuries or death or economic losses arising out of\performance of the be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Work, \ whether caused in whole or in part by \ the performance or Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by Architect's\ review or nonperformance of Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or action thereon. indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claims,liabilities,suits,demands,\losses, 3.12.9 Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on damages, costs, or expenses\are caused in part by a party indemnified resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals,to hereunder to the extent such has been finally adjudicated. Such obligation revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals. shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity\that would otherwise exist as to a party or person �wr 3.12.10 \ Submittals shall not be used as a substitution for Change described in this Paragraph 3.18. The above indemnification shall survive Orders or other procedures required by the Contract Documents,and shall completion or termination of the Work. not constitute approval or authorization for change in the Contract Documents,which change may be made only through an approved Change 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Order or Directive in accordance with Subparagraph 7.1. Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may 3.12.11 When\certification of performance criteria of materials,systems be liable,the indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not or equipment is required by the Contract Documents,Architect and Owner be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages,compensation or shall be entitled to rely upon the authenticity,accuracy and completeness of benefits payable by or for Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers'\ an such calculations and certifications. compensation acts,disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 3.13 Use Of Site. Contractor shall confine operations at the site to 3.18.3 The obligations of Contractor under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not areas permitted by law, ordinances,permits and the Contract Documents extend to the extent of proven liability of Architect,Architect's consultants, yr and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. and agents and employees of any of them arising out of(1)the preparation For purposes of this provision, "site"shall include all existing structures. or approval of maps,drawings,opinions,reports,surveys,Change Orders, designs or specifications,or(2)the giving of or the failure to give directions 3.14 Cutting And Patching or instructions by Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or failure to give is the 3.14.1 Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching primary cause of the injury or damage. required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. 3.19 Year 2000. 3.14.2 Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of Owner or separate contractors by 3.19.1 To the extent that equipment,systems,components or assemblies cutting,patching or otherwise altering such construction,or by excavation,\ ("Equipment")that incorporate or rely upon electronic date-dependent except with written consent of Owner and of such separate contractor;such hardware or software are specified or indicated in the Contract consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Contractor shall not Documents by propriety information, performance criteria, or both, unreasonably withhold from Owner or a separate contractor Contractor's Contractor shall immediately notify Architect if consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. .1 Anv such Equipment is not designed to be used during or 3.15 Cleaning Up after the calendar year 2000 AD or that any such Equipment will not operate during each such time period without error relating to date 3.15.1 Contractor shall at all times keep the premises and surrounding data,specifically including any error relating to,or the product of date area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by data which represents or references different centuries or more than one operations under the Contract.At completion of the Work Contractor shall century. i1Y�1 remove from and about Project waste materials,rubbish,Contractor's tools, ,2 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials. Contractor agrees to notify Architect in writing if any such Equipment: 3.15.2 If Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract (a) Will abnormally end or provide invalid or incorrect Documents, Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to results as a result of date data, specifically including date data which rtu Contractor. represents or references different centuries or more than one century; 3.16 Access To Work. Contractor shall provide Owner and Architect (b) Has not been designed to ensure year 2000 access to all portions of the Work in preparation and progress wherever compatibility, including, but not limited to, date-data century so located. recognition, calculations which accommodate same century and multi- century formulas and date values, and date-data interface values that 3.17 Royalties And Patents. Contractor shall pay all royalties and reflect the century;or license fees. Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of (c) Does not include "Year 2000"Capabilities". For the to patent rights and shall hold Owner and Architect harmless from loss on purposes of this Section, "Year 2000 Capabilities" means the account thereof,but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a Equipment: Gensler GO-063000f Page 5 of 18 60 • Will correctly process date-related-data outside the range 1900 - 1999 in any level of electronic hardware or software including,but not limited to,application programs,files,and databases; Article 4-Administration of the Contract • Will manage and manipulate data involving dates, including in le-centu formulas and multi-century formulas, and will S S ry f 4.1 Architect not cause an abnormally ending scenario or generate incorrect values or invalid results involving such dates;and 4.1.1 Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or • Provides that all date related user interface an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the functionalities and data fields include the indication of century,and Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if • Provides that all date-related data interface singular in number. The term "Architect" means Architect or Architect's functionalities include the indication of century% authorized representative. 3.19.2 Contractor shall: 4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of Architect as t1fY set forth in the Agreement between Owner and Architect and the Contract 1 Immediately notify Architect if any Equipment is not Year Documents shall not be restricted or modified or extended without written 2000 Compliant;anal consent of Owner\and Architect.\Should there be inconsistencies between .2 Warrant to Architect and Owner in writing that all the descriptions of Architect's services in the Owner/Contractor Contract Equipment in Project includes Year 2000 Capabilities;and and the Owner/Architect Agreement, those in the Owner/Architect Agreement shall govern.. Architect will not perform services in 3 By including appropriate language in each of its connection with,and will have no responsibility"for any portions of the agreements with subcontractors and suppliers, require each to warrant Work or project for which documents are provided by others, whether to Contractor in writing that all Equipment installed or supplied by that or not such documents are bound together with the Architect's subcontractor or supplier includes Year 2000 Capabilities. Drawings,Specifications and other documents. 3.20 Design/Build.. The owner's, architect's and contractor's 4.1.3 In case of termination of employment of Architect, Owner shall roles relative to Design/Build work are different than when the appoint an architect\whose status under the Contract Documents shall be architect, the architect's consultants and/or the owner's other that of the former architect. consultants provide services using the traditional design-bid-build process.Design/Build is a process in which a person or entity, typically \ the contractor or its subcontractors, is responsible under a single contract for designing and constructing certain building systems based 4.2 Architect's Administration Of The Contract on guidelines(often called performance criteria)prepared by the owner or its design professionals. Often the construction documents will 4.2.1 \ Architect will advise and consult with Owner and will assist indicate that a particular building system (for example, the fire Owner with administration of the Contract for Construction, as described iMW protection or mechanical system)will be Design/Build however,it is not in Owner-Architect Agreement. Architect will have authority to act on uncommon for such decisions to be made during construction. behalf of Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, 3.20.1 If Contractor provides and/or retains its subcontractors or unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with other others to provide Desi n/Build Work provisions of the Contract. p g for specified portions of the Project, Contractor shall be responsible directly to Owner for the 4.2.2 Architect will visit the site at intervals\ necessary in the judgment design, technical adequacy, accuracy, installation and performance of of Architect or as otherwise agreed by Owner and Architect in writing to those portions of the project including but not limited to:(1)preparing become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the Work engineering and other drawings and specifications for all components of completed and to determine in general if the Work \ completed is \ in such portions of the Project, (2) complying with Project requirements accordance with the Contract Documents.However,Architect will not be and space limitations,(3)coordinating and interfacing with other trades required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the and consultants, and(4) obtaining approvals from authorities having quality or quantity of the Work.On the basis of on-site observations as an jurisdiction over Project. owner's other design professionals architect,Architect will keep Owner informed of the progress and quality of Contractor and/or its subcontractor(s)design professionals)shall be the he the Work.\ Professional(s)of Record for such Design/Build portions of the Project. 4.2.3 Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be 3e design,Architect and its consultants shall have no responsibility performance for responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, schedules, 1rl` the design,technical adequacy or accuracy, installation n performance sequences or procedures,fabrication, procurement, shipment, delivery, of any such portion(s) of the Project including but not limited to receipt or installation or for safety precautions and programs in connection reviewing such designs and ct work and/or certifying with any with the Work,since these are solely Contractor's responsibility as provided applications for such. Architect's services in connection with any in Paragraph 3.3 or elsewhere in the Conn-act Documents. Architect will Design/Build portions)of the Project shall be limited to checking such not be responsible for Contractor's,Subcontractors,suppliers'or any other designs for general conformance to major space limitations and the person's or entitv's schedules or failure to carry out the Work in accordance visual and aesthetic design concept as expressed in the Architect's and with the Contract Documents. Architect will not have control over or its consultants' Drawings and Specifications. Such checking by charge of\acts or omissions of Contractor,Subcontractors,or their agents Architect and/or its consultants of more than two proposals fora tlrli Design/Build portion of the Project shall be compensated as Additional or employees,or of any other persons or entities performing or supplying portions of the Work. Architect's duties shall not extend to the receipt, Services. inspection and acceptance on behalf of Owner or Contractor of materials, 3.20.3 When the Contract Documents or authorities having "furniture,furnishings and equipment at the time of their delivery to the premises or installation. Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to 11111111 jurisdiction over the Project require certificates statements of perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by professional seals, calculations, or other certificates s or statements performance characteristics of materials, systems equipment, or activities or duties of Architect in Architects administration of the Contract Construction, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or for regarding such Design/Build portions of the Project, Contractor shall performed by persons other than Contractor. If Architect recommends fIY10 provide them, and Owner and Architect will be entitled t rely them procedures,either directly or by reference to standards or manufacturers' to establish that the Design/Build portions of the Project,ct, inccll uding, but not limited to the designs,materials,systems, recommendations, Contractor shall adopt such recommendations as its ms,equipment, installation own,or inform Architect if exception is taken to such procedures,and may and performance of such work will meet the guidelines and performance criteria required by the Architect's and its consultants'Drawings and utilize or propose alternative procedures that Contractor will warrant as Specifications. fulfilling the intent of the Contract Documents. Page 6 of 18 Gensler GO-063000f 1116 not diminish or transfer to Architect any responsibilities or liabilities 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. required by the Contract Documents of Contractor or other entities or Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct persons performing or supplving the Work. communications have been specially authorized, Owner and Contractor alts shall \ communicate through Architect. Communications by and with 4.2.10 If Owner and Architect agree, Architect will provide one or more Architect's consultants shall be through Architect.Communications by and Project representatives to assist in carrying out Architect's responsibilities at with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through Contractor. \ the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such Should any direct communication become necessary, copies of the Project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated ors communication shall be pronipllv.for•warded to the proper party or parties in the Contract Documents. as set forth in this Subparagraph. 4.2.11 Architect will \ provide written or graphic interpretations 4.2.5 Based on Architect's observations,and\Contractor's Applications concerning\the requirements of the Contract Documents\with reasonable for Payment, Architect will review and make recommendations to Owner promptness as necessary or upon request of Owner or Contractor. \ +tr regarding the amounts due Contractor \ on Architect's Certificates for Architect will not be liable,for interpretations rendered in good faith. Payment forms.\ 4.2.12 Architect's interpretations\will be consistent with Architects intent 4.2.6 Architect will have authority to recommend to Owner that Owner \as expressed in,or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents\. air reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents.Whenever Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the 4.2.13 Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect or visual intent of the Contract Documents, Architect will have authority to design effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in and recommend to Owner that Owner require additional inspection or testing of reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and Architect shall not 40 the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3 whether or be liable for interpretations so rendered. not such Work is fabricated,installed or completed. However,neither this authority of Architect nor a decision\either to exercise or not to exercise 4.3 Claims and Disputes such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of Architect to no Contractor,Subcontractors,material and equipment suppliers,their agents 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the or employees or other persons or entities performing or supplving portions parties seeking,as a matter of right,adjustment or interpretation of Contract of the Work. terms,payment of money,extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim"also includes other disputes and 4.2.7 Submittals.\Architect will review and\take\appropriate action matters in question between Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating ON upon \those Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required of the to the Contract.Claims must be made by written notice.The responsibility Contractor by the Contract Documents ("Submittals'), but only for the to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. limited purpose of checking for general conformance with\the visual and aesthetic design concept as expressed in \ Architects Drawings and 4.3.2 Referral to Architect.Claims,including those alleging an error AV Specifications. \ Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable or omission by Architect,may be referred initially to Architect for action as promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the\construction of the provided in Paragraph 4.4. If Architect agrees to hear such claims, Owner,Contractor or separate contractors,while allowing sufficient time in Architect shall be entitled to additional Compensation for services to be the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review in rendered\ accordance with the approved Submittal Schedule. Architect's ability to schedule and perform timely Submittal reviews is dependent on Contractor 4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be made providing Submittals in accordance with Contractor's approved Submittal within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or Schedule. Architect's reviews and actions I on such Submittals shall not within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to constitute approvals and 1 are not conducted for the fallowing purposes,\ the Claim,whichever is later.Claims must be made by written notice. An all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor,as required by the additional Claim made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Contract Documents:checking for deviations between the Shop Drawings Change Order will not be considered unless submitted in a timely manner. and differing information or conditions in the Contract Documents and field conditions: checking for errors and omission: determining 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution substantiating or confirming the accuracy and completeness of other details of a Claim\ or dispute unless otherwise agreed in writing,Contractor shall such as dimensions and quantities; substantiating instructions for proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and Owner shall installation or performance of equipment or systems, approving safety continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. precautions, approving any construction means, methods, techniques, 40 sequences,\procedures or fabrications;performing the Work in a safe and 4.3.5 Waiver of Claims.Final Payment.The making of final payment satisfactory manner and in conformance with all requirements of the shall constitute a waiver of Claims by Owner except those arising from: Contract Documents; and coordinating the Work of the trades. Architect's review and action on a specific item shall not constitute 1 liens,Claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of rats approval of an assembly of which\such item is a component.;or approval the Contract and unsettled; of a color or finish sample(or of that item as delivered and installed)if it .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the does not conform to the Contract Documents. Architect's approval of a Contract Documents;or color or finish sample for an item shall not constitute approval./or that AW item as delivered and installed if it does not conform to the Contract .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. \Architect's review\and action on such submittals shall not Documents. relieve\Contractor of\its obligations under Paragraphs 3.3,3.5 and 3.12. 4.3.6 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If 4.2.8 Architect may prepare Change Orders and Construction Change conditions are encountered at the site which are(1)subsurface or otherwise AW Directives,and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated Paragraph 7.4. in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature,which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist 4.2.9 Architect will conduct\ field reviews of the Work as sel.forth in and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the an Paragraph 9.8 to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and character provided for in the Contract Documents, and if Owner and the date of final completion,will receive and forward to Owner for Owner's Contractor cannot reach an agreement as to how to proceed, then notice review and records written warranties and related documents required by the by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before Contract Documents and assembled by Contractor, and will issue a final conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first Certificate for Payment as set forth in Paragraph 9.10.\The handling by observance of the conditions. Architect will promptly investigate such Architect of warranties, maintenance manuals or similar documents shall conditions and,if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in Gensler GO-063000f Page 7 of 18 Wrr Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the decision will be made within seven days. \Upon expiration of such time Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or period, Architect will render to the parties Architect's written decision Contract Time,or both.If Architect finds that the conditions at the site are relative to the Claim,including any change in the Contract Sum or Contract not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and Time or both.If there is a surety and there appears to be a possibility of a that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,Architect shall so Contractor's default,Architect may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety notify Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. either party in opposition to such notice must be made within 21 days after -- Architect has given notice of the decision. If Owner and Contractor cannot \ agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the 4.5 Dispute Resolution. Precedent to any other legal action, i111F adjustment may be referred to Architect for initial determination,subject to claims, disputes or other matters in question between the parties to this further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4. Agreement arising out of or relating to this Agreement or breach thereof shall be subject to good,faith mediation under the auspices of a recognized, 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Cost. If Contractor wishes to make neutral third parnv professional mediation service, or other mediation rill Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum,written notice as provided herein method acceptable to both parties. The cost of the mediation service shall shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not be borne equally ly the parties. required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph 10.3. If Contractor believes additional cost is 4.5.1 Attorneys'Fees; Prevailing Party. Should any proceeding involved for reasons including but not limited to(1)a written interpretation he commenced between the parties to this Agreement seeking to enforce from Architect,(2)an order by Owner to stop the Work where Contractor any of its provisions, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be was not at fault,(3)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued entitled,in addition to such other relief as may be granted,to a reasonable by Architect, (4) failure of payment by Owner, (5) termination of the sum for attorneys'fees and all legal expenses and fees incurred through Contract by Owner,(6)Owner's suspension or(7)other reasonable grounds, appeal, which shall be determined by the court or forum in such to Claim shall be filed in accordance with the procedure established herein. proceeding or in a separate action brought for that purpose. For the purpose of this provision, 'prevailing party".shall include a party which 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time dismisses an action far recovery hereunder in exchange for payment of the sum alleged due, performance of the covenants alleged breached, or No 4.3.8.1 If Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract consideration substantially equal to the relief sought in the action or Time,written notice as provided herein shall be given. Contractor's Claim proceeding. shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work.In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. 40 Claim for delay may only be made if the delay adversely affects the critical Article 5-Subcontractors path of Contractor's schedule and adversely affects a portion of the Work that must be completed as scheduled to avoid delay to the final completion 5.1 Definitions of the Work as a whole. 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with 4.3.8.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for Contractor to perform a portion of the Work.\The term"Subcontractor"is additional time,such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not have means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. been reasonably anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or effect on the critical path of Contractor's schedule for construction. subcontractors of a separate contractor. 4.3.9 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work.\ act or omission of the other party,of any of the other party's employees or The term "Sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract agents,or of others for whose acts such party is legally liable,written notice Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an of such injury or damage,whether or not insured,shall be given to the other authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other parry to 5.2 Award Of Subcontracts investigate the matter.\ And Other Contracts For Portions Of The Work 4.4 Resolution Of Claims And Disputes 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, Contractor, \ within tiw eq five days after award of the Contract, 4.4.1 Architect may at Architect's sole discretion review Claims and take shall furnish in writing to Owner through Architect the names of persons or one or more of the following preliminary actions within ten days of receipt entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment of a Claim: (1)request additional supporting data from the claimant, (2) fabricated to a special design)proposed for each principal portion of the submit a schedule to the parties indicating when Architect expects to take Work. Architect will promptly reply to Contractor in writing stating action,(3)reject the Claim in whole or in part,stating reasons for rejection, whether or not Owner\ has reasonable objection to any such proposed (4)recommend approval of the Claim by the other party or(5)suggest a person or entity.Failure of Owner or Architect to reply\in a timely manner compromise. Architect may also,but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.Notwithstanding Owner's any,of the nature and amount of the Claim. right to investigate the suitability of any listed Subcontractor or material (M supplier,Owner shall have no dutv to do so. 4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved and Architect was involved in the Resolution of Claim as set forth in Subparagraph 4.4.1, Architect will 5.2.2 Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to prepare or obtain appropriate documentation. whom Owner\has made reasonable and timely objection. Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom Contractor has made 4.4.3 If a Claim has not been resolved,the party making the Claim shall, reasonable objection. within ten days after Architect's preliminary response,take one or more of the following actions: (1)submit additional supporting data requested by 5.2.3 If Owner\has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed Architect,(2)modify the initial Claim or(3)notify Architect that the initial by Contractor,Contractor shall propose another to whom Owner\has no Claim stands. reasonable objection.The Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate Change 4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the Order shall be issued. However,no increase in the Contract Sum shall be foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by allowed for such change unless Contractor has acted promptly and Architect, Architect will notify the parties in writing that Architect's responsively in submitting names as required. Page 8 of 18 Hensler GO-063000f mr 5.2.4 Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when previously selected if Owner\makes reasonable objection to such change. Owner performs construction or operations related to Project with Owner's own forces, Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations uM 5.3 Subcontractual Relations and to have the same rights which apply to Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract\. -- 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the 6.2 Mutual Responsibility arr Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents,and to assume toward Contractor all the 6.2.1 Contractor shall afford Owner and separate contractors reasonable obligations and responsibilities which Contractor, by these Documents, opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment assumes toward Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall and performance of their activities and shall connect and coordinate Ow preserve and protect the rights of Owner and Architect under the Contract Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor Contract Documents. so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the 6.2.2 If part of Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies and redress against upon construction or operations by Owner or a separate contractor, ow Contractor that Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against Owner. Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, Where appropriate,Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into promptly report to Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. Contractor shall make construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the results. Failure of Contractor so to report shall constitute an 00 subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the acknowledgment that Owner's or separate contractors'completed or partially Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the completed construction is fit and proper to receive Contractor's Work, Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract lull Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub- defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. subcontractors. 6.2.4 Contractor shall promptly remedy damage\caused by Contractor 5.3.2 Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to waive any right to completed or partially completed construction or to property of Owner or r the Subcontractor may have against Owner for damage caused by fire or separate contractors\. other perils which may be covered by property insurance available to Subcontractor. 6.2.5 Claims and other disputes and matters in question between Contractor and a separate contractor shall be subject to the provisions of 5.4 Contingent Assignment Of Subcontracts Paragraph 4.3 provided the separate contractor has reciprocal obligations. 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned 6.2.6 Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same by Contractor to Owner provided that: responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for Contractor in .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract Paragraph 3.14. by Owner\and only for those subcontract agreements which Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in writing;and 6.3 Owner's Right To Clean Up. If a dispute arises among Contractor, separate contractors and Owner as to the responsibility under liw 2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any, their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area obligated under bond relating to the Contract. free from waste materials and rubbish as described in Paragraph 3.15, Owner may clean up and allocate the cost among those responsible\. ,ow Article 6-Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors Article 7-Changes in the Work 6.1 ' Owner's Right To Perform Construction 7.1 Changes imm And To Award Separate Contracts 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the 6.1.1 Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, related to Project with Owner's own forces,and to award separate contracts Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, law in connection with other portions of Project or other construction or subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the operations on the site\. If Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is Contract Documents. involved because of such action by Owner, Contractor shall make such Claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement\between Owner and Contractor\ ; a Construction Change Directive \may be issued by 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of Owner or Architect and may or may not be agreed to by Contractor; an Project or other construction or operations on the site,the tern"Contractor" order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by Architect alone. in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and Contractor shall proceed 6.1.3 Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of Owner's promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of Contractor, Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. who shall cooperate with them. Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and Owner in reviewing their and Owner's construction 7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently schedules when directed to do so. Contractor shall make any revisions to agreed upon,and if quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a the construction schedule and Contract Sum deemed necessary after a joint proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive that application review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial constitute the schedules to be used by Contractor,separate contractors and inequity to Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be Owner until subsequently revised. equitably adjusted. Gensler GO-063000f Page 9 of 18 .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, to 7.2 Change Orders and sales,use or similar taxes related to the Work;and 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by Architect and •5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel signed by Owner and Contractor\stating their agreement upon all of the directly attributable to the change. following: 7.3.7 Pending final determination of cost to Owner, amounts not in _. .1 a change in the Work; dispute may be included in Applications for Payment.The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for a deletion or change which results 2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum,if any;and in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time,if any. by Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3. change. 7.3 Construction Change Directives \ 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by 7.4 Minor Changes In The Work. Architect will have authority to Architect and signed by Owner,\directing a change in the Work and stating order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent Time, or both. Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without of the Contract Documents.Such changes shall be effected by written order invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general and shall be binding on Owner and Contractor. Contractor shall carry out scope of the Contract consisting of additions,deletions or other revisions, such written orders promptly. the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of 7.5 Change Order Requests total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 7.5.1 Owner supplementary insmam�ctions to Contractor describing the Change and propose Changes in the Work by issuing 7.3.3 If the construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following re q uestin gfom Contractor the submission of a Change Order Request. ere time does not permit the processing of a Change Order prior to tltlr methods: "ere the Work, Contractor shall,upon written of der from Owner, .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and proceed with the Work while concurrently proceeding with preparation supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; and submission of a Change Order Request. 2 unit prices stated in the contract Documents or subsequently p q Y 7.5.2 Within,five days of receipt of supplemental instructions or a agreed upon; written order to proceed with a Change in the Work Contractor shall 3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties provide to Owner and Architect a preliminary estimate of any change in and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or Contract Sum or Contract Time for such Change in the Work.In no more than fifteen days thereafter. Contractor shall submit a Change Order .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. Request to Owner and Architect indicating the requested adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time,if any,justified with an itemization of all 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive,Contractor shall costs of labor, materials, supplies, equipment and reasonable overhead promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise and profit. Any request for an extension of time shall be justified by Architect of Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if reference to the then current construction schedule. If no Change Order any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the Request is submitted by Contractor within twenty days of initial Owner proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. request for same, it shall be conclusively presumed that the Change proposed in the supplementary instructions to Contractor will not result in tlfk 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by Contractor indicates an increase in the Contract Sum or in the Contract Time and that the agreement of Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Contractor will perform the Work without an such increase.If Contractor Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such is unable to submit the above information within the specified time limit it agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change shall notes Owner and Architect in writing setting forth for Owner's t Order. approval a date by which it will submit the information as well as a schedrde for the performance of the Change in the Work. 7.3.6 If Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum,the method and the adjustment 7.5.3 Upon Owner's acceptance of a Change Order Request,Architect shall be determined by Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and shall prepare a Change Order for execution by Owner and Contractor savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change,including, adjusting the Contract Sum and Contract Time. in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit.In such case,and also under Clause 7.3.3.3,Contractor 7,5.4 In the event that Owner and Contractor do not agree on an shall keep and present,in such form as Architect may prescribe,an itemized adjustment in Contract Sum or Contract Time, Owner may nevertheless accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise issue a Directive ordering that the change proceed pending such an provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this agreement,and that the adjustment in Contract Sum shall be based on an Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: accounting of reasonable expenditures or savings on labor, materials and equipment as well as reasonable overhead and profit,and Contractor shall IIY 1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and promptly proceed with the Changes in the Work unemployment insurance,fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers'or workmen's compensation insurance; 7.5.5 No Change in the Work shall be the basis of an addition to the .2 costs of materials,supplies and equipment,including cost of Contract Sum or a change in the Contract Time unless such Change has transportation,whether incorporated or consumed; been authorized by a Change Order executed in accordance with the Contract Documents.Changes in the Work may be made without notice to .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand Contractor's sureties and absence of such notice shall not relieve such tools,whether rented from Contractor or others; sureties of any of their obligations to Owner. i.e Page 10 of 18 Gensler GO-063000f irttu +ir Article 8-Time 9.3 Applications For Payment 8.1 Definitions 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress 40 `�� payment,Contractor shall submit to Architect an itemized Application for 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for values. Such application shall be notarized,\and supported by such data Substantial Completion of the Work. substantiating Contractor's right to payment as Owner or Architect may r�r require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in suppliers,lien waivers and releases,and reflecting retainage\provided for the Agreement. The date shall not be postponed by the failure to act of elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 40 Contractor or of persons or entities for whom Contractor is responsible. 9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized b 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion \ shall be as defined in g P p Y y Construction Paragraph 9.8. Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders. 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment of '1w calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. amounts Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 8.2 Progress And Completion 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,payments +0 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably the Contract. By executing the Agreement Contractor confirms that the stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. advance by Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. ,M 8.2.2 Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be of Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or conditioned upon compliance by Contractor with procedures satisfactory to elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11,the Owner to establish Owner's title to such materials and equipment or Bidding Requirements and the Contract Documents, to be furnished by otherwise protect Owner's interest,and shall include applicable insurance, Contractor.The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment air by the effective date of such insurance.Unless the date of commencement is stored off the site. established by a notice to proceed given by Owner,Contractor shall notify Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before 9.3.3 Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages,mechanic's for Payment will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment. liens and other security interests. Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously 8.2.3 Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and issued and payments received from Owner shall,\be free and clear of liens, shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of Contractor, low Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a 8.3 Delays And Extensions Of Time claim by reason of having provided labor,materials and equipment relating to the Work. 8.3.1 If Contractor is delayed at anytime in progress of the Work by an wM act or neglect of Owner or Architect,or of an employee of either, or of a 9.4 Certificates For Payment separate contractor employed by Owner,or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes,fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties 9.4.1 Architect will, within seven days after receipt of Contractor's or other causes beyond Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by Application for Payment,either issue to Owner a Certificate for Payment, Owner\then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such with a copy to Contractor, for such amount as Architect recommends is due, or notify Contractor and Owner in writing of Architect's reasonable time as \ may be determined. A time extension shall be properly fY g Contractor's sole remedy and there shall be no compensation for any such reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in delays other than those resulting from the active interference of Architect, Subparagraph 9.5.1. Owner or their emplovees or agents. low Owner The issuance of Architect's Certificate for Payment will constitute a 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable representation\to Owner, based on Architect's observations at the site as provisions of Paragraph 4.3. provided in Subparagraph 4.2.2 and the data comprising Contractor's Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point go 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for indicated and that, to the best of Architect's knowledge, information and delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are subject to\a review of the Work for general conformance with the Contract Documents upon +rr Article 9-Payments and Completion Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by Architect.\However, 9.1 Contract Sum. The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Aw and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by Work is without defects or that Architect has (1) made exhaustive or Owner Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, Documents. (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, schedules, sequences or procedures or other items set forth in Subparagraph 4.2.3, 9.2 Schedule Of Values. If a Schedule of Values is not appended (3)reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and to Owner Contractor Agreement, then before the first Application for material suppliers and other data requested by Owner to substantiate do Payment, Contractor shall submit to Architect and Owner a schedule of Contractor's right to payment or(4)ascertained how or for what purpose values allocated to various portions of the Work,prepared in such form and Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as Architect may require. Further, Architect shall not be obligated to issue any Certificate for This schedule,unless objected to by Architect or Owner,shall be used as a payment coverin b Desi nBuild contractors or subcontractors, basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. g work y g Gensler GO-063000f Page I I of 18 do work by Owner's separate contractors,or other work for which Architect is 9.7 Failure Of Payment. If Architect does not issue a Certificate for not providing full services. Payment,through no fault of Contractor,within seven days after receipt of Contractor's Application for Payment,or if Owner does not pay Contractor 9.5 Decisions To Withhold Certification within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by Architect or awarded by\a court or forum of competent 9.5.1 Architect may\withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in jurisdiction, then Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written part,to the extent reasonably necessary to protect Owner, if in Architect's notice to Owner and Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount opinion the representations to Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended cannot be made.If Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Application,Architect will notify Contractor and Owner as provided in Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and startup,which shall Subparagraph 9.4.1.If Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised be accomplished as provided in Article 7. amount, Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which Architect is able to make such representations to Owner. 9.8 Substantial Completion on Architect \ because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in Architect's opinion when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in to protect Owner from loss because of accordance with the Contract Documents and all required final inspections and permits, including the certificate o occu r1i1 .1 defective Work not remedied; p g f panty,if required,have been obtained so Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use, .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating subject only to completion ofminor items('Punch list'). probable filing of such claims; 9.8.2 When Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof .3 failure of Contractor to make payments properly to which Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, Subcontractors or for labor,materials or equipment; Contractor shall prepare and submit to Architect a comprehensive list .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for (punch list)of items to be completed or corrected. Contractor shall proceed the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; promptly to complete and correct items on the list.Failure to include an item 1wl on such list does not alter the responsibility of Contractor to complete all .5 damage to Owner or another contractor; Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Upon receipt of Contractor's list,Architect will make afield review to determine whether the .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete.If Architect's within the Contract Time, and that-the unpaid balance would not be field review discloses any item,whether or not included on Contractor's list, adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract .7 \failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, before Architect \ issues the Certificate of Documents;or Substantial Completion,complete or correct such item upon notification by Architect. Contractor shall then submit a request for another field review by .8 rejection or non-acceptance of any Work by anv Architect to determine Substantial Completion. If upon this subsequent governmental agencv having jurisdiction. review, Contractor has not yet completed the Work, and further field reviews by Architect are required, Contractor shall be responsible to 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, Owner for any additional cost to Owner of further reviews by Architect. certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall 9.6 Progress Payments establish the date of Substantial Completion,shall establish responsibilities of Owner and Contractor for security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage Irr 9.6.1 After Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, Owner shall to the Work and insurance,and shall fix the time within which Contractor make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties Documents,and shall so notify Architect.Pavments may be made by check required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of jointly payable to Contractor, its Subcontractor or supplier and any Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless applicable labor union trust fund. otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to Owner and 9.6.2 Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor,upon receipt of Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them payment from Owner,out of the amount paid to Contractor on account of in such Certificate. In the absence of such certificate, the date of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to which said Substantial Completion shall be in accordance with Subparagraph 9.8.1. Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the 9.8.3 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion Work. Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, thereof and upon application by Contractor and issuance of a certificate by require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in Architect,Owner shall make payment,reflecting adjustment in retainage,if ttre similar manner. any, for such Work or portion thereof as provided in the Contract Documents. 9.6.3 Architect or Owner may,on request,furnish to a Subcontractor,if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts 9.9 Partial Occupancy Or Use applied for by Contractor and action taken thereon by Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.9.1 Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by 9.6.4 Neither Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to separate agreement with Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is rrrr see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be consented to by the insurer as required under Subparagraph 11.3.11 and required by law. authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar substantially complete, provided Owner and Contractor have accepted in to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4. writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments,retainage if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire insurance,and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction use or occupancy of Project by Owner shall not constitute acceptance of of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. Documents. When Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, ti b Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to Architect as provided under Page 12 of 18 Gensler GO-063000f M �+ Subparagraph 9.8.2.Consent of Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall Article 10-Protection of Persons and Property not be unreasonably withheld.The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between Owner and Contractor\. 10.1 Safety Precautions And Programs 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, Owner, 10.1.1 Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and J} Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the performance of the Contract. condition of the Work. wtr 10.1.2 Unless the Agreement specfcally provides otherwise, in the event 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion Contractor at anv time encounters on the site material reasonably believed to or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not be asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), lead-based paints or anv complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents,nor shall it other potentially toxic or hazardous contaminants, materials, pollutants start the guarantee or warranty period which.for the purpose of this Article 10 means solid liquid, gaseous, or thermal irritant or contaminant,including smoke,vapor,soot,fumes,acids, 9.10 Final Completion And Final Payment alkalis,chemicals and waster("Hazardous Substance'),\: 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final field .1 If the Hazardous Substance is not incident to Work on the wr review and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, site,Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report Architect will promptly make such field review and,when Architect finds the condition to Owner in writing.The Work in the affected area shall not the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of Owner and Contractor performed, Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB)or other M, stating that to the best of Architect's knowledge,information and belief,and Hazardous Substance and has not been rendered harmless. The Work in the on the basis of Architect's observations and field reviews, the Work has affected area shall be resumed in the absence of\Hazardous Substance, or been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract when it has been rendered harmless.\ Documents and that the entire balance found to be due Contractor and noted .2 If the Hazardous Substance is introduced incident to the wlr in said final Certificate is due and payable.\ Work, Contractor shall immediately notes Owner in writing and reach an understanding with Owner as to how Contractor will, at its expense, take 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until Contractor submits to Architect and Owner (1) action as required to contain and remove or render harmless the Hazardous Substance. Contractor shall promptly report the progress and affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other er all actions taken to Owner in writing. w� indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's all property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by 10.1.3 Prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor shall require Owner)have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2)a certificate evidencing manufacturers of all materials and equipment for the Work to provide that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after certifications, warranties or statements that such materials or equipment air final payment,is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days'prior written notice has been given to Owner, pare free of injurious amounts of Hazardous Substances or(1)contains specific amounts of Hazardous Substances and recommendations (3)a written statement that Contractor knows of no substantial reason that regarding handling of such. Such certifications, warranties or statements the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the shall be in writing in a form acceptable to Owner,and shall be forwarded aw Contract Documents,(4)consent of surety,if any,to final payment and(5), by Contractor to Owner. If the manufacturer states that a material or if required by Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of equipment contains injurious amounts of Hazardous Substances, Owner obligations,such as receipts,releases and waivers of liens,claims,security shall be afforded adequate and timely opportunity interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in q y lay to rj to order that other materials be substituted without causing delay to Project. such form as may be designated by Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to wr furnish a release or waiver required by Owner, Contractor may furnish a Contractor agrees to indemn f,, defend and hold Owner, Architect, their bond satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against such lien. If such officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, and consultants (for lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made,Contractor shall refund to the purpose of this Subparagraph 10.1.3, individually and collectively Owner all money that Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such "Indemnitee(s)" respectively) harmless from and against anv and all wtr lien,including all costs and reasonable attorneys'fees. claims, liabilities, suits, demands, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys'fees and all legal 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion expenses and fees incurred through appeal, and all interest thereon, thereof is materially delayed through no fault of Contractor or by issuance of accruing to or resulting from any and all persons,firms or any other legal VW Change Orders affecting final completion,\Owner shall,upon application entities on account of any damages or losses to property or persons,, but by Contractor and certification by Architect, and without terminating the not limited to,injuries or death or economic losses arising out of portions Contract,make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work of the Work which contain, utilize,generate, or emit injurious amounts of fully completed and accepted.If the remaining balance for Work not fully Hazardous Substances or Hazardous Substances not rendered harmless, air completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract whenever occurring, except that Contractor shall have no duty to Documents,and if bonds have been furnished,the written consent of surety indemnify an Indemnitee that is found to be solely liable as between the to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed parties hereto as well as between any other persons,firms or any other and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Architect prior to legal entities for such damages or losses by a court or forum of competent certification of such payment.Such payment shall be made under terms and jurisdiction. " conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of 10.1.4 \Owner shall indemnify defend and hold\Contractor,Architect,t claims by Owner as provided in Subparagraph 4.3.5.Notwithstanding the their officers,directors,shareholders,employees,agents,and consultants\ foregoing, in no event shall the retainage attributable to any unfinished (for the purpose of this Subparagraph 10.1.4, individually and collectively wo Work be less than 150%of the cost to complete the Work as estimated by "Indemnitee(s)"respectively)harmless from and against any and all claims, Architect. \liabilities,suits,demands,losses,damages,costs and expenses,including but not limited to,reasonable attorneys' fees, and all legal expenses and 9.10.4 Acceptance of final payment by Contractor, a Subcontractor or fees incurred through appeal, and all interest thereon, accruing to or to material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except resulting from anv and all persons,firms or any other legal entities on those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at account of any damages or losses to property or persons,including,but not the time of final Application for Payment.Such waivers shall be in addition limited to,injuries or death or economic losses arising out of\performance to the waiver described in Subparagraph 4.3.5. of the Work in the affected area if in fact\there exists asbestos,lead-based wr paint or polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB)or other Hazardous Substances\ that have not been rendered harmless,except where the Indemnitee is found Gensler GO-063000f Page 13 of 18 wit to be solely liable as between the parties hereto as well as between any 11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance other persons,firms or any other legal entities for such damages or losses by a court or forum of competent jurisdiction. Such obligation shall not be 11.1.1 Unless otherwise provided for in the Bidding Requirements or construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of Contract Documents or otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in Contractor, Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or this Subparagraph 10.1.4. companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which Project is located such insurance as will protect Contractor from claims set 10.2 Safety Of Persons And Property forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which Contractor may be legally liable,whether IiY1s 10.2.1 Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of and shall such operations be by Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone provide reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to: directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such policies, except worker's compensation, 1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be shall be endorsed to name Owner and Architect as additional insureds. affected thereby; tr 1 claims under workers'or workmen's compensation,disability off the Work and materials and equipment to b incorporated benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the therein,whether in storage on or o the site,under care,custody or control of Contractor or Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors; Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, sickness or disease,or death of Contractor's employees; shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, strictures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or construction;and disease,or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; tl�r .4 the completed Work within or adjacent to existing facilities .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability including,furnishings,equipment and personal property. coverage which are sustained (1)by a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by Contractor,or 10.2.2 Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, (2)by another person; trr ordinances,rules,regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage,injury or •5 claims for damages,other than to the Work itself,because of loss. injury to or destruction of tangible property,including loss of use resulting therefrom; 10.2.3 Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury,death of a person conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for or property damage arising out of ownership,maintenance or use of a motor safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings vehicle;and against hazards,promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and trtr users of adjacent sites and utilities. .7 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other Hazardous Substances or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under not less than limits of liability specified in the Bidding Requirements, supervision of properly qualified personnel. Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages,whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis,shall be 10.2.5 Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be Documents) to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2, 10.2.1.3 and maintained after final payment. 10.2.1.4 caused in whole or in part by Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub- subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or 11.1.3 Copies ofpolicies or Certificates of Insurance acceptable to Owner by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which Contractor is shall be filed with Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These rflt responsible, \except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of Certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not modified, canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days'prior written attributable to the fault or negligence of Contractor. The foregoing notice has been given to Owner.If any of the foregoing insurance coverages obligations of Contractor are in addition to Contractor's obligations under are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably Paragraph 3.18. available,an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by 10.2.6 Contractor shall designate a responsible member of Contractor's Subparagraph 9.10.2.Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.This furnished by Contractor with reasonable promptness.\ person shall be Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by Contractor in writing to Owner.\ 11.1.4 If Contractor fails to secure and maintain the required insurance, Owner-shall have the right(but not the obligation)to secure same in the 10.2.7 Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or name and for the account of Contractor, in which event Contractor shall ' site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. pay the cost thereof and shall furnish upon demand all information that may be required in connection therewith. 10.3 Emergencies 11.2 Owner's Liability Insurance. Owner shall be responsible for lrrr 10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property,Contractor purchasing and maintaining Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, shall act,at Contractor's discretion,to prevent threatened damage,injury or Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for self protection loss.Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by Contractor against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining this 4.3 and Article 7. optional Owner's liability insurance unless specifically required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. Article I 1 -Insurance and Bonds 11.3 Property Insurance + Page 14 of 18 Gensler 60-063000f fault wr 11.3.1 Unless otherwise \required in the Bidding Requirements, or in under policies separate from those insuring Project,or if after final payment Owner/Contractor Agreement, Supplementary Conditions, or Special property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a Conditions,Owner shall purchase and maintain,in a company or companies policy or policies other than those insuring Project during the construction lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which Project is period, if permitted by insurer, and to the extent covered for any losses, located,property insurance in the amount of the initial Contract Sum as well Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this separate replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles. Such property property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. fir Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, Owner shall file with provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than Owner Contractor a certificate of insurance or copy of each policy that includes has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.3 to insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.3. Each policy or atr be covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of certificate shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, Owner,Contractor,Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work. exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all-risk policy form and shall until at least 30 days'prior written notice has been given to Contractor. insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or r damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. Owner and Contractor waive all malicious mischief, collapse, falsework, temporary buildings and debris rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub- removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable subcontractors,agents and employees,each of the other,and(2)Architect, legal requirements,and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's Architect's consultants,separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, arr services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss.Coverage for and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees, other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property Documents or Bidding Requirements. Such policies shall be endorsed to insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or other property name Owner and Architect as additional insureds. insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by Owner as fiduciary. Owner or 11.3.1.2 If Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of Architect, Architect's required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the described above, Owner shall so inform Contractor in writing prior to subcontractors, sub-subcontractors,agents and employees of any of them, commencement of the Work. Contractor may then effect insurance which by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, +fir will protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub- similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or thereof shall be charged to Owner.If Contractor is damaged by the failure or otherwise.A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity neglect of Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of as without so notifying Contractor,then Owner shall bear all reasonable costs indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance properly attributable thereto. premium directly or indirectly,and whether or not the person or entity had 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deductibles and such an insurable interest in the property damaged. deductibles are identified in the Bidding Requirements or Contract 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted -. Documents, Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of such by Owner as fiduciary and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the deductibles. If Owner or insurer increases the required minimum insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any deductibles above the amounts so identified or if Owner elects to purchase applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.10. Contractor shall this insurance with voluntary deductible amounts, Owner shall be pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by do responsible for payment of the additional costs not covered because of such Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required increased or voluntary deductibles. If deductibles are not identified in the for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Contract Documents, Owner shall pay costs not covered because of Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. deductibles. 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, Owner as fiduciary Ali 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Requirements or shall,upon occurrence of an insured loss,give bond for proper performance Contract Documents, this property insurance shall cover portions of the of Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against Work stored off the site after written approval of Owner at the value proceeds received as fiduciary. Owner shall deposit in a separate account established in the approval,and also portions of the Work in transit.It shall proceeds so received,which Owner shall distribute in accordance with such firs not,however,cover Contractor's equipment,machinery or tools. agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with \a 11.3.2 legal judgment or award\.If after such loss no other special agreement is maintain Boiler and Machinery Insurance. Owner shall purchase and made, replacement of damaged property shall be covered b appropriate maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Bidding y Requirements or Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically Change Order or Change Directive. cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by 11.3.10 Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss Owner; this insurance shall include interests of Owner, Contractor, with insurers\. Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall ■r not commence until the insurance company or companies providing 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. Owner, at Owner's option, may property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure Owner against loss of endorsement or otherwise. Owner and Contractor shall take reasonable use of Owners property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, Owner waives all rights of action against Contractor for loss of use of without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial Owner's property,including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of however caused,to the extent Owner's insurance covers such losses. insurance. 11.3.4 If Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than 11.4 Performance Bond And Payment Bond those described herein or for other special hazards be included in the property insurance policy,Owner shall,if possible,include such insurance, 11.4.1 Owner shall have the right to require Contractor to furnish bonds and the cost thereof shall be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations Order. arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the 11.3.5 If during Project construction period Owner insures properties,real Contract. or personal or both,adjoining or adjacent to the site by property insurance Gensler GO-063000f Page 15 of 18 +rN ■ri 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential separate contractors caused by Contractor's correction or removal of Work beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Contract, Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall Documents. permit a copy to be made. 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which Contractor might have under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the Article 12-Uncovering and Correction of Work time period of one year as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct the Work, and has no tirl 12.1 Uncovering Of Work relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to Architect's request or Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, or to which proceedings may be commenced to establish Contractor's liability requirements oJ'any public authority having.jurisdiction over the Work,it with respect to Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the must, if required in writing by Architect or Owner, be uncovered for Work. Architect's or Owner's or public authority's observation and be replaced at 12,3 Acceptance Of Nonconforming Work. If Owner prefers to Contractor's expense and without change in the Contract Time. accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which Architect or its Contract Documents,Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and Consultants have not specifically requested to observe prior to its being correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate covered, or which any public authorih, requires being observed or and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final inspected prior to covering, Architect or Owner may request to see such payment has been made. Work and it shall be uncovered by Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Change Order,be charged to Owner. If Article 13-Miscellaneous Provisions such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,Contractor shall pay such costs unless the condition was caused by Owner or a separate 13.1 Governing Law. The Contract shall be governed by the law of contractor in which event Owner shall be responsible for payment of such the place where Project is located. costs. 13.2 Successors And Assigns. Owner and Contractor respectively 12.2 Correction Of Work bind themselves,their partners,successors,assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal 12.2.1 Contractor shall promptly correct defective Work\or Work failing representatives of such other party in respect to covenants,agreements and to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the fabricated,installed or completed. Contractor shall bear costs of correcting other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such such\Work,including additional testing and inspections and compensation consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all for Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. obligations under the Contract. Notwithstanding the above, Owner may 12.2.2 If,within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the assign its rights and obligations hereunder to its lender, if any, and Work or f,within portion thereof, d after the date for commencement of Contractor agrees, if requested, to enter into agreement with such lender warranties established under Subparagraph 9date or by terms en an pursuant to which Contractor will complete the Work in accordance with applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents,any of the changes thereto. Contractor Agreement and any agreed-upon upon modiTcation or Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract chang Documents, Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written 13.3 Written Notice. Written notice shall be deemed to have been notice from Owner to do so unless Owner has previously given Contractor a duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm written acceptance of such condition. This period of one year shall be or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended,or if extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the known to the party giving notice. actual performance of the Work. This obligation under this Subparagraph 12.2.2 shall survive acceptance of the Work under the Contract and 13.4 Rights And Remedies termination of the Contract. Owner shall give such notice promptly after 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and discovery of the condition. rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a 12.2.3 Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which limitation of duties,obligations,rights and remedies otherwise imposed or are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and available by law. are neither corrected by Contractor nor accepted by Owner. 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by Owner,Architect or Contractor shall 1rl 12.2.4 If Contractor fails to proceed with the correction of nonconforming constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the contract,nor Work within\seven days of notice by Owner or Architect,and thereafter shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a fails to diligently continue such correction until completed, Owner may breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed in writing. correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4.If Contractor does not proceed with correction of such nonconforming Work within\the time period set 13.5 Tests And Inspections forth herein, Owner may remove it and store the salvable materials or 13.5.1 Tests,inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required equipment at Contractor's expense.If Contractor does not pay costs of such by the Contract Documents or by, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or removal and storage within ten days after written notice,Owner may upon orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an t�ti ten additional days' written notice sell such materials and equipment at appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, Contractor shall make auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof,after arrangements for such tests,inspections and approvals with an independent deducting costs and damages that should have been bome by Contractor, testing laboratory or entity acceptable to Owner, or with the appropriate including compensation for Architect's and Owner's services and expenses public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and made necessary thereby.If such proceeds of sale do not cover costs which approvals. Contractor shall give Architect and all other appropriate Contractor should have borne, the Contract Sum shall be reduced by the persons or agencies timely notice of when and where tests and inspections deficiency. If payments then or thereafter due Contractor are not sufficient are to be made so\they may observe such procedures. Owner shall bear to cover such amount,Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. costs of tests,inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded.Contractor shall av 12.2.5 Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged g p construction, whether completed or partially completed, of Owner or for all retesting required under applicable laws and regulations. Page 16 of 18 Gensler GO-063000f rrt 13.5.2 If Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction .2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency,making material unavailable; determine that portions of the Work require additional testing,inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, Architect will, upon .3 because Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and ar., written authorization from Owner,instruct Contractor to make arrangements has not notified Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as for such additional testing,inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1,or because Owner has not made payment Owner, and Contractor shall give timely notice to Architect and other on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract appropriate persons or agencies of when and where tests and inspections Documents;or are to be made so\thev may observe such procedures. Owner shall bear such costs except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3. .4 if repeated suspensions,delays or interruptions by Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days in Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work any 365-day period,whichever is less. to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including \ those of repeated procedures and compensation for Architect's services and 14,1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, Contractor may, upon seven expenses. additional days' written notice to Owner and Architect, terminate the 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection or approval shall,unless Contract and recover from Owner payment for Work executed and for otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by Contractor proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction and promptly delivered to Architect. equipment and machinery,including reasonable overhead and profit\. 13.5.5 If Architect is to observe tests,inspections or approvals required by 14.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 days through no act or the Contract Documents, Architect will do so promptly and, where fault of Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any practicable,at the normal place of testing. other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with Contractor because Owner has persistently failed to fulfill Owner's 13.5.6 Tests or inspections\shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important Sri delay in the Work. to the progress of the Work,Contractor may,upon seven additional days' written notice to Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover 13.6 Interest. Payments due and unpaid under the Contract from Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2. Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as tW the parties may agree upon in writing or,in the absence thereof,at the legal 14.2 Termination By Owner For Cause rate prevailing from time to time at the place where Project is located. 14.2.1 Owner may terminate the Contract if Contractor: 13.7 Commencement Of Statutory Limitation Period .1 unreasonably \ refuses or fails to supply enough properly �r 13.7.1 As between Owner and Contractor. skilled workers or proper materials; .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any in accordance with the respective agreements between Contractor and the applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged Subcontractors; �r cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not .3 \disregards laws,ordinances,or rules,regulations or orders of later than such date of Substantial Completion; a public authority having jurisdiction;or .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment.As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant 4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,Owner,\without prejudice to and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and any other rights or remedies of Owner and after giving Contractor and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, may terminate Payment;and Ym employment of Contractor and may,subject to any prior rights of the surety: .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to .1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by it Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and Contractor; any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by Contractor •2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4; pursuant to any warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5, the date of any and correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by Contractor under .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method Owner may Paragraph 12.2,or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure deem expedient. to perform any duty or obligation by Contractor or Owner,whichever occurs 14.2.3 When Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated last. in Subparagraph 14.2.1, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further MW payment until the Work is finished. Article 14-Ternunation or Suspension of the Contract 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds all costs to Owner of finishing the Work,including, without limitation, compensation for Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, other 14.1 Termination By Contractor consultants,and attornevs and other legal costs, such excess shall be paid 14.1.1 Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a to Contractor.If such costs exceed the unpaid balance,Contractor shall pay period of 30 days after actual commencement of construction through no the difference to Owner \ . This obligation for payment shall survive act or fault of Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their termination of the Contract. r� agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with Contractor,for any of the following reasons: 14.3 Suspension By Owner For Convenience .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having 14.3.1 Owner may,without cause,order Contractor in writing to suspend, jurisdiction; delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as Aw Owner may determine. Gensler GCi-063000E Page 17 of 18 so 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for anv reasonable increases in the cost to Contractor of performance of the Contract,including a reasonable profit on the increased cost of performance,\resulting from suspension, delay or interruption in excess of thirty days.Such increase in Contractor's profit or fee shall be calculated by multiplying the profit or fee which Contractor would otherwise earn upon completion of the Work by a ,fraction, the numerator of which is the increased cost of performance and the denominator of which is the Contract Sum prior to such suspension, delay or interruption.No adjustment shall be made to the extent: .1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which Contractor is responsible; or 2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of this Contract. 14.4 Termination By Owner for Convenience 14.4.1 Owner may at any time, without notice to the sureties, terminate the employment of Contractor for the convenience of Owner,for any reason and without respect to whether Contractor is then in default under the Contract Documents. In the event of such termination for convenience, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Contract Documents to the contrary, Contractor shall receive, as its entire and sole compensation under this Agreement, its actual, necessary and 'rp reasonable Cost of the Work through the date of termination, as determined by audit of Contractor's records,plus a reasonable profit or fee calculated by multiplying the profit or fee which Contractor would have otherwise earned upon completing the Work by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Cost of the Work performed through the date of termination and the denominator of which is the Contract Sum, together with reasonable actual costs of termination. Provided, however, that such fee or profit shall not exceed the fee or profit Contractor would have earned had Contractor completed the Work. Upon such termination, Contractor shall assign to Owner and Owner shall assume responsibility for obligations accruing after the date of such assignment under agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers entered into by Contractor in order to perform the Work. Contractor shall make its records available at reasonable time and places for Owner's audit. In the event any termination of Contractor for default under the Contract is later determined to have been improper, the termination shall be automatically converted to a termination for Y convenience and the Contract shall be limited in its recovery strictly to the compensation provided for above. itlit iY llY tlo Page 18 of 18 Gensler GO-063000f Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 01 10 00- SUMMARY rrr PART 1 -GENERAL r 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section addresses: 1. Work covered by Contract Documents. 2. Special insurance. 3. Codes and Standards. +� 4. Work by others under other contracts. 5. Owner furnished products. B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to all Sections. The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by �r all. C. Conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents shall be resolved in the following order of priority: rr 1. Amendments and revisions (such as Change Orders) of later date take precedence over those of earlier date; 2. the Agreement; 3. the Supplementary Conditions; 4. The General Conditions; rr 5. Drawings and Specifications; Drawings govern Specifications for quantity and location. Specifications govern Drawings for quality and performance. In the event of ambiguity or conflicts,the greater quantity and the better quality shall govern. �r 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS s A. The complete construction of activity building for City of Renton. 1. Project Location: 1902 Lake Young Way SE Renton,WA 98058-3817 r 2. Owner: City of Renton Renton City Hall +r. 1055 South Grady Way Renton,WA 98055 1.3 SPECIAL INSURANCE A. Contractor's Commercial General Liability insurance shall contain no exclusion that would deny coverage for any claim arising out of or contributed to by any fungus, mildew, mold, or resulting allergens. If such exclusion exists and cannot be removed by endorsement, Contractor ar SUMMARY 01 1000 - 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler air Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building ar 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA shall submit proof of coverage for fungus, mildew, mold, or resulting allergens under a Pollution Legal Liability or Contractor's Pollution Liability policy. 1.4 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS .r A. Separate Contract: Owner will award separate contracts for performance of certain construction operations at Project site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract. These contracts will include the following: 1. Concrete Flatwork: Owner will perform landscape concrete flatwork. 2. Landscaping: Owner will perform landscaping. 3. Owner may provide the following: a. Utility connections. b. Fire hydrants. ar C. Painting. B. Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, and without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. 1.5 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish office and kitchen equipment and other fixtures, furniture and equipment to the extent not identified in the Contract Documents. The Work includes providing support systems to receive Owner's equipment and making plumbing, mechanical, and electrical connections. 1. Owner will arrange for and deliver Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples to wr Contractor. 2. Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner-furnished items according to Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. After delivery, Owner will inspect delivered items for damage. Contractor shall be present for and assist in Owner's inspection. 4. If Owner-furnished items are damaged, defective, or missing, Owner will arrange for .r replacement. 5. Owner will arrange for manufacturer's field services and for delivery of manufacturer's warranties to Contractor. 6. Owner will furnish Contractor the earliest possible delivery date for Owner-furnished ` products. Using Owner-furnished earliest possible delivery dates, Contractor shall designate delivery dates of Owner-furnished items in Contractor's Construction Schedule. 7. Contractor shall review Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples and return them noting discrepancies or anticipated problems in use of product. Examples of discrepancies or problems include,but are not limited to, coordination issues. 8. Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Owner-fumished items at Project site. 9. Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner-furnished items from damage during storage and handling, including damage from exposure to the elements. 10. If Owner-furnished items are damaged as a result of Contractor's operations, Contractor shall repair or replace them. nr SUMMARY 01 1000-2 Copyright 2005 Gensler Ys Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA 1.6 PERMITS A. Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections ++re necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required. B. If required by governmental authority, Owner will make application for permits and licenses using forms obtained and prepared by the Contractor and with all costs paid by the Contractor. 1.7 TAXES A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor, that are legally enacted at the time Bids are received, whether or not yet effective. ar PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) do PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 10 00 +r 0 1 1 00/9-98/ttt r rr rrr rr rr SUMMARY 01 1000-3 Copyright 2005 Gensler Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA dw SECTION 01 23 00-ALTERNATES +r PART 1 - GENERAL .r 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. .r 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed for certain work that may be added to or deducted from the rr Base Bid amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. r 1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the 4W Contract Sum. 1.3 PROCEDURES Am A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. Amount of alternate prices shall include cost of coordination, cost of overhead and profit, and cost of modifications or adjustments to adjacent work due to +wr - integration of alternate. 1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar WW items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate. do B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included in Part 3 below. Specification Sections contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. r PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) err PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES aar A. Alternate No. 1: In lieu of window where indicated in Drawings, provide new door as indicated. r ALTERNATES 01 23 00 - 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building to 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA END OF SECTION O1 23 00 01230/9-98/ttt 1. . 1IYn irr r brit ir6 ar ALTERNATES 012300 -2 Copyright 2005 Gensler A` Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA SECTION 0126 00-CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL s 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. +rr 1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect may issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on form included at end of Part 3. 1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary,the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 5 days unless otherwise provided in the General Conditions after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. arr a. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. b. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. +� B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals (Change Order Requests): If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the ■r proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 3. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, vrr CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600- 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 4. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. C. Proposal Request Form: Use Gensler"Bulletin,"selecting,Architect's Request for Contractor's ■ Proposal". 1.4 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on Gensler"Change Order"form included at end of Part 3. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) trrt PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 0126 00 01250/9-98/ttt u1r Wo Iflt go CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 -2 Copyright 2005 Gensler ■r ar Bulletin Number Gensler Project Date Prat Location Archillears Project Member owner/CINM File Tbls Is psi+ 6BL 1 of To Attention sae Address CRY State Zip call Code Delivered vial ❑ Messenger ❑ HOW carried ❑ Faesleaft ❑ owe" ❑ Piok'ap ❑ 15-mall Addnsa ❑ no ❑ up* ❑ Webaite Addnas arts Me Believe S!Tt*M to Contractor(Check one of the following five choices.): ❑ Arch1tect's Aul wtutlon for Minor Changss Architect recommends modifications to the Work as described below. ❑ ArdnHect's Clarification/Supplemental Instructions (Use this Bulletin form in place of Arcbirat s Suppfimenta!Instructions form.) aw Contractor shall carry out the Work in accordance with the following supplemental instructions. ❑ AftMteet's Confirmation of s F%M order (Use this Bulletin form in place of a Field Order form.) This confirms Architects verbal instructions to(individual's name) on(dare) ,as described below. Note:The above three choices are each subject to the following terms:The change(s),clarification(s)and/or confirmation(s)described below istare issued in rot. accordance with the Contract Documents,without change in Contract Sum andtor Time. ❑ ArcMtsat's Request for Conbaotor's Proposal (Use this Bulletin form in place of an Esrimare Request form.) Please submit an itemized proposal for changes in the Contract Sum and/or Time for proposed modifications to the Contract Documents described herein. Submit proposal within dip or notify the Architect in writing ofthe dace an which you anticipate submitting your proposal.This is not a Change Order or rsa a Construction Change Directive or a direction to proceed with the Work described in the proposed modifications. ❑_otiose: As described below. Attachments Requested by al/ ❑ Architect ❑ Owner ❑ Contractor ❑ Other(specify): htsued by Genstar by Date SlRned %"ad by owner by Date Sidaod os ❑ Required:Please return signed copy to Gensler ❑ Not Required Accepted by Contrast-by Data SWood ❑ Required;Please return signed copy to Gensler ❑ Not Required as Distribution Prepared by Oosaler by Date sigh" aw instructions/Description J noterencoo/Dates Begin text here. . . NO we do 40 tit..-or4ttom,strpees5�bulli,in.Jot BL 06079) so win Change Order Number Gensler holed Da" Project Location Project Number ,r, Ownar/Client Me This is page 6CO 1 of Contractor Contractor's Repnest/ Quotatlos Number/Dab dar Change to Contract Sean: Change to Contract $ Thus. original Contract Amount Revlsod Contract Amossnt: drr ❑ See Change Order Summary for Revised TOW Contract Amount and Time Ronson for Change Requested by SD Roco smooddd for Approval By Date signed by Goes#-by Approved for Ow ear/Client By oats Signed WON Approved for Contractor By Data signed Approved for Tesu nt By Hats Signed MIS ton Applicable) The above Change Order to the contract shall be effective upon signature by all applicable parties,in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract.The Contract Amount refers to the Contract Sum or guaranteed Maximum Cost in the Contract. Distribution ems' Description/Reference/Costs/Data Begin text here.. . r . dr dirt er ere err a* c:iworktformiuperrku_changcorfer.Jor ere CO 080703 010 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA l SECTION 0126 13 - REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION(RFI'S) w PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REQUEST(S)FOR INTERPRETATION(RFI'S) A. General: A Request for Interpretation(RFI)is a Contractor initiated written instrument related to the execution of the Work that is addressed to the Architect. The RFI shall be used by the Contractor as the means to ask questions related to the Work; subject to the conditions contained within this article. .r 1. An RFI which fails to conform to the requirements stated herein,(for example,is incomplete or contains numerous errors) shall be returned to the Contractor for its .. completion/rectification without benefit of the Architect's response, in addition, no adjustments for Contract Time or Contract Sum shall be granted for an RFI failing to conform to the requirements stated herein. 2. The Owner reserves the right to assess the Contractor for the cost (based on time and materials)of an RFI response performed by the Architect,and any of it's consultants,which is deemed by the Owner and the Architect as being frivolous or unnecessary(for example, the subject of the RFI is addressed in the Contract Documents). Such RFI's shall be .w removed from the RFI log. 3. Each RFI shall be submitted with such promptness as to cause no delay in the Contractor's own work and in that of any subcontractor. No adjustments of Contract Time or Contract Sum will be granted because of failure to have an RFI submitted with sufficient time to allow for the orderly processing of a response by the Architect. .r B. Authorship: 1. Prior to the commencement of the RFI process, the Contractor shall designate a "RFI 00 Manager" whose duties shall include the responsibility for enforcing the Request for Interpretation provisions of this article,to maintain an up-to-date log of all RFI's,advise the Architect,in writing,of the status and disposition of all RFI's at the progress meetings,and ,W be a member of the Contractor's staff. The RFI Manager shall be experienced in administration and supervision of building construction of the type indicated on the contract documents including mechanical and electrical work. 2. Each RFI shall originate solely from the Contractor's RFI Manager. An RFI submitted to the rr Architect by an entity, or individual, other than the RFI Manager shall be returned to the Contractor. we C. Prohibitions: RFI's shall not be used for the following: 1. To solicit consideration by the Architect of a "substitution". go 2. To request an adjustment of the Contract time. If the Contractor believes that the response received from the Architect to any RFI warrants adjustment to the Contract time it shall immediately advise the Architect, in writing,upon receipt of the Architect's response. air 3. To request an adjustment of the Contract sum. If the Contractor believes that the response received from the Architect to any RFI warrants adjustment of the Contract sum it shall immediately advise the Architect, in writing,upon receipt of the Architect's response. aw REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION(RFI'S) 012613-1 Copyright 2005 Gensler r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 4. To solicit comment clarification(s) of any required submittal or shop drawing review that was transmitted by the Architect to the Contractor. 5. RFI's shall not be used to transfer coordination responsibility from the Contractor to the Owner or the Architect. D. Procedure: ■r 1. The Contractor shall submit all RFI's on a form approved by the Architect. 2. Each blank on the RFI form shall be filled in. 3. Each RFI shall be typewritten and shall be forwarded to the Architect in triplicate. Each RFI shall address one subject. 4. Each RFI shall contain specific reference to the drawing number(s), detail number(s), schedule type(s), bulletin number(s), specification section(s) and paragraph number(s), or other related document(s)which is(are)pertinent to the Contractor's question. The date of each referenced drawing number,bulletin, specification section or other related document shall be identified. In preparing each RFI verify the applicable dimension(s), field conditions, drawing requirements (small through large scale details), and/or specification section requirements pertaining thereto. Prior to submission of the RFI coordinate the nature of the inquiry with the requirements of other sections or trades as related thereto and responses to previous RFI's. Where supplementary sketches are required to clarify an inquiry the Contractor shall attach supplementary sketches,at large scale,illustrative of the inquiry. Sketches shall include sufficient detail, materials, dimensions, thicknesses, assembly, attachments, relation to adjoining work, structural grid references, and all other r�rr pertinent data and information for the Architect to make an informed response. a. The Contractor is encouraged to suggest solution(s) to its inquiries, if applicable. Should the Contractor's solution(s)have an impact on Contract Sum or Contract time it shall be so stated within the RFI. 5. Each RFI shall be dated and sequentially numbered. 6. Each RFI shall be reviewed, and signed, by the RFI Manager prior to transmitting to the Architect. 7. Duration of RFI Response Upon Receipt: 5 business days. PART 2 -PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -PART 3 EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 101 01 1 00/9-9A/ttt Iilt i1M REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI'S) 012613-2 Copyright 2005 Gensler as "' Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA 1, SECTION 01 29 00-PAYMENT PROCEDURES 4W PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY go A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. err 1.2 DEFINITIONS ar A. (Field)Review: Architect's visits to the site at intervals necessary in the judgment of Architect to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the Work completed and to determine in general if the Work completed is in accordance with the Contract Documents. AN Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES rr A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. arr 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: 4W _ a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittals Schedule. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values at earliest possible date but before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. .r B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: VW a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. C. Architect's project number. ,v d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the rr following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. C. Name of subcontractor. rr PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900- 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler {rr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building g" 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park ,Renton, WA d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers)that affect value. g. Dollar value. I) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. .r 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. a. Break down principal subcontract amounts into separate labor and materials items. Breakdown of subcontractor's schedule of values must be true and accurate. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored,but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. Include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing if required. 6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 7. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. "'a Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual rre work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense,at Contractor's option. .rr 8. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion,and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. lrr B. Payment Application Review: 1. Prior to the 25`h day of each month, furnish the Architect with a draft (pencil) copy of the Application for Payment. 2. On the 25th day of each month,the Owner, the Architect and the Contractor shall meet to review the draft (P encil) copy of the application and Certificate for payment. Questions resulting from this review shall be answered by the Contractor and clarified prior to s PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-2 Copyright 2005 Gensler do dw Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton, WA 4W receipt of the final copy of the Application and Certificate for Payment that is to be submitted to the Architect on the 1"day of the following month. 3. Upon receipt of the final Application and Certificate for Payment and other ■tr documentation as required by the Architect including the updated Schedule of Values and the updated Construction Schedule, the Architect shall review the documents received to determine if they correspond to the agreements reached during the draft (pencil) copy dw review. Upon completion of the Architect's review, the Architect shall revise and execute the Applications and Certificate for Payment to correspond to the agreements reached and forward the executed copies to the Owner. go 4. In taking action on the contractor's Application and Certificate for Payment, the Architect will rely on the accuracy and completeness of the information furnished by the contractor and will not be deemed to represent that he has made audits of the supporting data. Im 5. Payment will not be made for materials and equipment stored off the site, except at the Owner's discretion and prior approval. When the Application and Certificate for Payment includes material or equipment stored off-site, the Application shall be accompanied by a statement certifying: a. Description of the item(s) being stored. tr b. Location of the bonded warehouse(s)where materials or equipment is being stored. C. Affidavit of Storage. d. Certificate of Insurance. e. Bill of sale made to Owner stating there will be no additional cost for transportation and delivery of the item(s)being stored. £ Statement certifying that item or any part thereof will not be installed in any construction other than work under this Contract. C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Incomplete applications will be returned without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction ow Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders issued before last day of construction period covered by application. rrr E. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. err 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit notarized waivers of mechanic's lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of .r� the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. +rr PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-3 Copyright 2005 Gensler wr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA I. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for retainage, on each item. ) 2. When an application shows completion of an item,submit final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of mechanic's lien for construction period covered by the application. a. Submit final Application for Payment with or proceeded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, executed in a manner acceptable to Owner. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors,principal suppliers and fabricators. 2. Schedule of Values. .. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule(preliminary if not final). 4. Products list. 5. Submittals Schedule(preliminary if not final). 6. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 7. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 8. Copies of building permits. rrr 9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 10. Report of preconstruction conference. 11. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 12. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance coverage(s). 13. Performance and payment bonds. 14. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. 1. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements, including,but not limited to: a. Transmittal of required Project Record Documents to Owner. b. Evidence of completion of demonstration and training. +r PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-4 Copyright 2005 Gensler no ""' Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park ,Renton, WA 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. ai 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims" and AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 5. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 6. Evidence that claims have been settled. 7. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed .r responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 8. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement. 9. Occupancy permits and similar approvals or certifications by governing authorities and franchised services, assuring Owner's full access and use of completed work. ow PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) No PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) wn END OF SECTION 01 29 00 01290/9-98/ttt ari 40 arr ar aar 4W ao wa PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900- 5 Copyright 2005 Gensler ar Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 01 31 00-PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL rr 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project. 1.2 COORDINATION Ar A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. wr 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL s A. General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work. 1.4 PROJECT MEETINGS ar A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Record minutes in writing. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone wr concerned, including Owner and Architect,within 3 days of the meeting. 4. Notification: Inform participants 3 days prior to meetings not regularly scheduled. B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction,at a time convenient to Owner and Architect. Hold the conference at a convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. C. Preinstallation Conferences and Meetings: Conduct a preinstallation conferences and meetings at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. wr D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. .r PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100- 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler +rr m Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) "aw PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used) dw END OF SECTION 01 3100 013 1 0/9-98/ttt ow tllr to 40 4 Ow ow fm PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 -2 Copyright 2005 Gensler Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park ,Renton, WA SECTION 01 32 00-CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION • PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work. +r 1.2 SUBMITTALS .r A. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit, for the Owner's and Architect's information, copies of the Contractor's Construction Schedule, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period. B. Field Condition Reports: Submit copies at time of discovery of differing conditions. rrr 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART) �r A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Immediately after being awarded the Contract, prepare and submit, for the Owners and Architect's information, a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt- chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule. The schedule shall be related to the entire �r Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for the expeditious and practical execution of the Work. 1. Allow a minimum of 10 working days for processing (from date Architect receives submittal until date he sends it back) and sufficient time for proper handling, review, fabrication and delivery. do B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. do PART 3 - EXECUTION do 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00- 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler err Gensler Jul 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Buildin g am 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA END OF SECTION 0132 00 01320/9-98/ttt C7 �1 1111 IIIi 4W 1111 1111 11111 f11i rt 11r1 1 11111 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-2 Copyright 2005 Gensler 11t1i rr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA SECTION 0133 00-SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES �.r PART 1 - GENERAL rrr 1.1 SUMMARY �r A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action. arr B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. �r 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so do processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. B. Processing Time: Promptly submit Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples, as to cause no delay in the Work. Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. Aw 1. Initial Review: Allow 10 working days for initial submittal review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for Aw coordination. Delaying submittals to facilitate coordination between submittals shall not constitute a delay of the Work nor shall it be the basis for an extension of time. 2. Concurrent Review: Concurrent review is a submittal that requires review by more than 40 one design discipline. Where concurrent review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is required, submittal review shall reflect concurrent review. 3. Direct Transmittal to Consultant: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted directly to Architect's consultants, provide duplicate copy of transmittal to Architect. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor. rr SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-1 Copyright 2005 Gensler rlr rrP Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 4. If intermediate submittal is necessary,process it in same manner as initial submittal. 5. Number of days for processing each resubmittal shall be the same as the initial review 1 submittal. 6. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. C. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 5 inches by 6 inches on label or beside title block to trr record Architect's review markings. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Unique identifier, including revision number. Submittals shall be numbered consecutively and the numbering system shall be retained throughout all revisions. i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate. k. Other necessary identification. D. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. E. Resubmission: Unless corrected copies are required for final submittal due to Architect's observance of noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. 1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect. 2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with action taken and will be returned. F. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and .. handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor. I. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal. 2. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. G. Transmittal Form: Execute the attached form with each sumittal. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-2 Copyright 2005 Gensler M1► Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton, WA "! H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, \ . fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. I. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect in connection with construction. ar, J. Substitution requests are not allowed in the form of submittals. Substitution requests must be made in accordance with Division 01 Section, "Product Requirements." dw PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. rr Architect will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings,not as Product Data. 2. Clearly mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. r C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. airy 1. Number of Copies: a. Submit three blue- or black-line prints. Architect will retain two prints; remainder '" will be returned. D. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: arr 1. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures,and patterns available. r 2. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-3 Copyright 2005 Gensler art Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 3. Preparation: Mount,display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated. .4 Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following: err a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name or name of manufacturer. C. Sample source. •r 4. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between ■r final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. a. If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of samples that show the range of variations. b. Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation,and similar construction characteristics. 5. Number of Samples for Initial Selection: Submit one full set of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. 6. Number of Samples for Verification: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets;remainder will be returned. a. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 7. Systems Submittals: Identify submittals for systems such as fire alarms, on the transmittal and act upon the system singularly as a combined submittal. If resubmission is required,resubmit entire system submittal. 8. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- .r control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property,are the property of Contractor. E. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." F. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS r A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-4 Copyright 2005 Gensler fir " Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA " 1. Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of r entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." C. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements. D. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements. �. E. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: ,r 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers'names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. F. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." .r G. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. H. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. ar I. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. air J. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles,if any, and term of the coverage. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-5 Copyright 2005 Gensler mir trr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA PART 3 -EXECUTION t 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, coordinated, checked,and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and .r will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each properly executed submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will reject and return submittals not complying with requirements. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows: ■r 1. No exception Taken. No further review of Submittal required. 2. Make Corrections as Noted. Incorporate corrections in Work;resubmittal is not required. If Contractor cannot comply with corrections as noted, revise to respond to exceptions and resubmit. 3. Revise and Resubmit. Revise as noted& resubmit for further review. 4. Resubmit Properly. Submittal not reviewed because it does not contain Contractor's signature indicating its review and approval, and/or is not in proper condition for review. Resubmit. 5. Not Reviewed. Submittal is not required by Contract Documents. C. Informational Submittals: Architect may review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded sib or returned marked"Not Reviewed." END OF SECTION 01 33 00 0 1 330/9-98/ttt trta ■r SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-6 Copyright 2005 Gensler t� Data Waiver Gensler Raft s Data VT111h «.y ~ c hat prOled Moloot Number cu"t Data are Fos Tills is psjs IC I of I Transferee has asked"Gensler"to provide copies of certain Documents andlor CAD data files("Data")prepared by Gensler for the Project.Gensler agrees to provide Transferee with the requested Data,under the terms of this CAD Agreement("Agreement"). air I. The transfer of the Data is not and shall not be deemed a sale.The Data are instruments of service.Gensler shall be deemed the Data's author and shall retain all proprietary rights,including any copyrights,embodied therein. 2. Transferee may transfer the Data to its Contractors, Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Consultants (collectively "Others"), provided Transferee requires the Others to be bound by this Agreement as if they were the Transferee in this Agreement. Transferee and Others may use the Data only for purposes related to the Project. altr 3. The Data are furnished "as is'. Gensler makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, of the Data's merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose,with respect to the Data's quality,adequacy,completeness,or sufficiency,or as to any results to be achieved by the Data's use or the Data's conformance with as-built conditions. 4. Transferee acknowledges that anomalies and errors may occur when the Data is transferred electronically or used in an incompatible computer environment.Transferee solely accepts the risks associated with,and the responsibility for,any damages to hardware,software,computer systems,or networks related to the Data's transfer or use.Gensler shall have no responsibility to provide software or training to allow Transferee to use the Data. 40 S. Gensler shall have no duty to modify or update the Data. Gensler may retain an archival copy of the Data, which shall be conclusive proof and govern in any dispute over the Data's form or content. 6. Transferee agrees to indemnify,defend and hold Gensler,its officers,directors,shareholders,employees,agents,and consultants harmless from and against any and all claims,liabilities,suits,demands,losses,damages,costs,and expenses,including,but not limited to,reasonable attorneys'fees and all legal expenses and fees incurred through appeal,and all interest thereon,accruing to or resulting from any and all persons, firms or any other legal entities on account of any damages or losses to property or persons, including, but not limited to, injuries, death or economic losses, arising out of Transferee's or Others' use, reuse, transfer,or modification of the Data,except where a court or forum of competent jurisdiction determines that Gensler is solely liable for such damages or losses. do T If Transferee fails to perform or observe any of the terms of this Agreement,Gensler may demand,and Transferee immediately shall return,the Data and any copies thereof. 8. This Agreement shall be governed by California law. air 9. In any legal proceeding to enforce this Agreement,the prevailing parry shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys'fees and costs of defense. xrr 10. Unless otherwise explicitly agreed to in writing by the parties, this Agreement shall govern any and all future data transfers to Transferee by Gensler. iioasiw An"Wizatbm by DoW shin" air Input Principal or Managing Principal's name here TrarWeroo Autboflaattm Data showd by rrr ow c:5wo,ktfomui�ecsltlw dxawaicr.do� ari DW 0119(4 AYE 40 Advancement AD of constructiont S 'q 1"ecMwb$Y SUBMITTAL 410 TRANSMITTAL Project: Date: rr A/E Project Number: TRANSMITTAL To(Contractor): Date: Submittal No. do A From(Subcontractor): By: ❑Resubmission ar Qty, Reference! Title!Description 1 Spec.Section Title and Paragraph/ Number Manufacturer Drawing,Detail Reference aril ❑Submitted for review and approval ❑Substitution involved-Substitution request attached ❑Resubmitted for review and approval ❑If substitution involved,submission includes point-by-point 40 ❑Complies with contract requirements comparative data or preliminary details ❑Will be available to meet construction schedule ❑Items included in submission will be ordered ❑A/E review time included in construction schedule immediately upon receipt of approval Other remarks on above submission: ❑One copy retained by sender TRANSMITTAL To(A/E): Attn: Date Recd by Contractor: D From(Contractor): By: Date Tmsmt'd by Contractor: ❑Approved ❑Revise/Resubmit ❑Approved as noted ❑Rejected/Resubmit Other remarks on above submission: ❑One copy retained by sender ata TRANSMITTAL To(Contractor): Attn: Date Rec'd by A/E: L From(A/E): ❑Other By: Date Tmsmt'd by A/E: aaa ❑Approved ❑Provide file copy with corrections identified ❑Approved as noted C3 Sepia copies only returned E]Not subject to review do ❑No action required ❑Point-by-point comparative data required ❑Revise/Resubmit to complete approval process ❑Rejected/Resubmit ❑Approved as noted/Resubmit ❑Submission Incomplete/Resubmit OWN Other remarks on above submission: ❑One copy retained by sender TRANSMITTAL To(Subcontractor); Attn: Date Rec'd by Contractor: to D From(Contractor): By: Date Trnsrnt"d by Contractor: err Copies: ❑Owner ❑Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑One copy retained by sender Copyright 1946,Construction Specifications Institute, Page of September 1946 106 Madison Street.Alexandria,.VA 22314-1741 CSI Form 12.96 INS ao k4 ow do c Z W � v Z CL. go im. do go 4w V 0. do do c tn pq AW 0 u > co 0 t4 cn —u E 4) Ca. :71 Z:5- SUBMITTAL REVIEW SUBMITTAL REVIEW A ❑NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN,No further review of Submittal required A ❑ NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN.No further review of Submittal required, B ❑MAKE CORRECTIONS AS NOTED. incorporate corrections in B ❑ MAKE CORRECTIONS AS NOTED. Incorporate corrections in work resubmittal is not regtnred, If Contractor cannot comply with work; resubmittal is not required. If Contractor cannot comply with corrections as noted,revise to respond to exceptions and resubmit. corrections as noted,revise to respond to exceptions and resubmit. w C ❑REVISE & RESUBMIT. Revise as noted & resubmit for further C ❑REVISE & RESUBMIT. Revise as noted & resubmit for further review, review. D ❑ RESUBMIT PROPERLY. Submittal not reviewed because it(hoes D ❑ RESUBMIT PROPERLY. Submittal not reviewed because it does not contain Conlracfor's signature indicating its review and approval, not contain Contractors signature indicating its review and approval, and/or is not in proper condition for review.Resubmit and/or is not in proper condition for review.Resubmit. E ❑ NOT REVIEWED.Submittal is not required by Contract Documents. E ❑ NOT REVIEWED.Submittal is not required by Contract Documents. Gensler ("Architect°) has reviewed this Submittal, but only for the limited Gensler ("Architect") has reviewed this Submittal, but only for the limited Purpose of checking for general conformance with the visual and aesthetic design purpose of checking for general conformance with the visual and aesthetic design concept as expressed in the Contract Documents.Architect's action on a specific concept as expressed in the Contract Documents.Architect's action on a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component, item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component, AV nor of an item as delivered and installed if it does not conform to the Contract nor of an item as delivered and installed if it does not conform to the Contract Documents Documents Contractor.not Architect,is responsible tor.checking for any deviations between Contractor,not Architect,is responsible for checking to any deviations between this Submittal and differing information or conditions in the Contract Documents and this Submittal and differing information or conditions in the Contract Documents and field condirons;for determining of substantiating the accuracy and completeness of field conditions:for determining or substantiating the accuracy and completeness of other details such as confirming dimensions and quantities. for substantiating other details such as confirming dimensions and quantities: for substantiating still instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems designed by instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems designed by Contractor for construction means, methods, techniques, schedules, sequences Contractor, for construction means,methods, techniques, schedules,sequences procedures and fabrication processes;for errors and omissions in Submittals,for procedures and fabrication processes;for errors and omissions in Submittals;for coordination of the Work of the trades and for safety precautions and performing the coordination of the Work of the trades and for safety precautions and performing the work in a sate and satisfactory manner and in conformance with all requirements of work in a safe and satisfactory manner and in conformance with all requirements of the Contract Documents. the Contract Documents. ?� Notwiehstani ing any claim of authorship andia ownership by Contractor of others In NO11willmia0ding any Gain of authorship anchor ownership by Contractor or others in this Submittal.Contractor's preparation Of this Submittal and/or Architect's action on this Submittal,Contractor's preparation of this Submittal and/or Architect's action on this Submittal in no way divests Architect or others of any rights,including but not this Subraltai in no way divests Aichited or others of any rights,including but not limited to.Ownership and copyrights embodied in the Submittal. limited to.ownership and copyrights embodied in the Submittal No Subrmittal shaft be used as a substitute for requests or approvals of changes or No Submittal shalt be used as a substitute for requests or approvals of changes of iris substitutions, or of Other procedures required by the Contract Documents. substitutions, or of other procedures required by the Contract Documents. Contracor shall notify Architect immediately of any intent In make any claim based Contractor shalt notify Architecl ithimedialely of any intent to make any claim teased on this Submittal or notations thereon on this Submittal or notations thereon. It more than one submittal review stamp appears on the Submittal. the most If more than one submittal review stamp appears on the Submittal, the most stringent action and notations thereon shall apply.Signature on a submittal review stringent action and notations thereon stall apply.Signature on a submittal review stamp by the Architect or a consultant does not imply that of has reviewed wok not stamp by the Architect or a consultant rapes not imply that t has reviewed wok not ill�l within its professional discipline or scope of services within its professional discipline w scope of services. By Date By Date Project No. Submittal No. Project No. Submittal No. sas 0930" sws os9avi SUBMITTAL REVIEW SUBMITTAL REVIEW A ❑ NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN.No further review of Submittal required. A ❑NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN.No further review of Submittal required. B ❑MAKE CORRECTIONS AS NOTED. Incorporate corrections in B ❑MAKE CORRECTIONS AS NOTED. Incorporate corrections in work; resubmittal is not required, It Contractor cannot comply with work; resubmittal is not required. If Contractor cannot comply with ar corrections as noted,revise to respond to exceptions and resubmit. corrections as noted,revise to respond to exceptions and resubmit, C ❑REVISE & RESUBMIT. Revise as noted & resubmit for further C ❑REVISE & RESUBMIT. Revise as noted & resubmit for further review. review, D ❑RESUBMIT PROPERLY. Submittal not reviewed because it does D ❑ RESUBMIT PROPERLY. Submittal not reviewed because it does not Contain Contractor's signature indicating its review and approval, not contain Contractor's signature indicating its review and approval, =ire and/or is not in proper condition for review,Resubmit, and/or is not in proper condition for review,Resubmit. E ❑NOT REVIEWED.Submittal is not required by Contract Documents, E ❑ NOT REVIEWED,Submittal is not required by Contract Documents, Gensler ("Architect") teas reviewed this Submittal, but only for the limited Gensler ("Architect") has reviewed this Submittal. but only for the limited purpose of Checking for general conformance with the visual and austhelic design purpose of checking for general conformance with the visual and aesthetic design concept as expressed in the Contract Documents,Architect's action on a specific concept as expressed in the Contract Documents.Architect's action on a specific item shall not indicate approval Of an assembly of which the item is a component. item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component., nor of an item as delivered and installed if it does not conform to the Contract nor of an item as delivered and installed a it does not conform to the Contract Documents. Documents. Contractor,not Architect,is responsible for.checking for any deviations between Contractor,not Architect,is responsible for:checking for any deviations between this Submittal and differing information or conditions in the Contract Documents and this Submttal and differing information of conditions in the Contract Documents and do field conditions,for determining Or substantiating the accuracy and completeness of field conditions,for determining or substantiating the accuracy and completeness of Other depots such as confirming dimensions and quanilies; for substantiating other details such as Confirming dimensions and quantities, for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems designed by instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems designed by Contractor: for construction means, methods, techniques, schedules, sequences Contractar for construction means. methods,techniques.schedules, sequences procedures and fabrication processes:for errors and omissions in Submittals:for procedures and fabrication processes.to errors and omissions in Submittals:for coordination of the Work of the trades and for safety precautions and performing the coordination of the Work of the trades and for safety precautions and performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner and in conformance with all requirements of work in a safe and satisfactory manner amt in conformance with all requirements of 40 the Contract Documents. the Contract Documents Notwithstanding any claim of authorship andron ownership by Contractor or others in Notwithstanding any claim of authorship and/or Ownership by Contractor or others in this Submittal,Contractor's preparation of this Submittal and,'or Architects action on this Submittal,Contractors preparation of this Submittal and/or Architecrs action on this Submittal in no way divests Architect or Others of any rights,including but not this Submittal in no way divests Architect or others of any rights.including but not limited to,ownership and copyrights embodied in the Submittal limited lo,ownership and copyrights embodied in the Submittal. to No Submittal shall be used as a substitute for requests or approvals of changes or No Submittal ahati be used as a substitute for requests or approvals of changes or substitutions, of Of other procedures required by the Contract Documents. substitutions, Or of Other procedures required by the Contract Documents Contractor shall notify Architect immediately of any intent to make any claim based Contractor shall notify Architect immediately of any intent to make any claim based on this Submittal or notations thereon.. on than Submittal or notations thereon. If more than one submittal review Stamp appears On the Submtltal, the most it more than one submittal review stamp appears on the Submittal, the mCSj stringent action and notations thereon shall apply.Signature on a submittal review stringent action and notations thereon shall apply Signature on a submittal review 40 stamp by the Architect or a consultant does tat imply that it has reviewed work not stamp by the Architect or a consultant does not imply that it has reviewed work not within its professional discipline or scope Of services within its professional discipline or scope of services. By Date BY Date Project No. Submittal No. Project No_! Submittal No SH5 i?59Q:N_ SRS 063094 M ow r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park ,Renton,WA SECTION 0140 00-QUALITY REQUIREMENTS �+ PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. ar 1. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also +++� cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. err 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for developing a schedule of ? required tests and inspections. 2. Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by testing and inspecting activities. 3. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements. err B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements. s Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Mockups: Full-size assemblies erected on-site and used to demonstrate qualities of materials and execution; to review construction, coordination, testing or operation; to illustrate finishes and materials; to verify selections make under Sample submittals; and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Mockups are not Samples. Mockups establish the standard by which Work will be judged. 1. Benchmark Samples: A type of mockup used to illustrate the application and aesthetic effect of finishes and coatings. Benchmark Samples establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000- 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA D. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. 1.3 DELEGATED DESIGN ' A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit 46 a written request for additional information to Architect. 1.4 SUBMITTALS ft A. Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with perfonnance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. C. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Description of test and inspection. 3. Identification of applicable standards. " 4. Identification of test and inspection methods. 5. Number of tests and inspections required. 6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining.samples. D. Testing Agency and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. " 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. �r QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 -2 Copyright 2005 Gensler to 40 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. t. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. �. E. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for r.+ compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced and expert in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of �. manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. �. C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. wr D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material,design, and extent. r F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional settlements and rrr similar conventions. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed. H. Preconstruction Testing: Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing for compliance +++� with specified requirements for performance and test methods. 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: �r. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 -3 Copyright 2005 Gensler stir Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA a. Provide test specimens and assemblies representative of proposed materials and construction. Provide sizes and configurations of assemblies to adequately demonstrate capability of product to comply with performance requirements. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. C. Fabricate and install test assemblies using installers who will perform the same tasks for Project. M d. When testing is complete,remove assemblies;do not reuse materials on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, , inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. I. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. wr 4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work,fabrication, or construction. 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed,unless otherwise indicated. 1.6 QUALITY CONTROL .n A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner,unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-4 Copyright 2005 Gensler Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a I certified written report,in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. .�r 6. Provide quality assurance and control services required due to changes in the Work proposed by or made by the Contractor. 7. Provide quality control services for Work done contrary to the Contract Documents, without prior notice, when so specified, or without proper supervision. 8. Overtime expenses and schedule delays accruing as a result of executing quality control services shall be the Contactor's responsibility and shall not be charged to the Owner. C. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner. 1. Testing agency will notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Testing agency will submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar +� quality-control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Testing agency will submit a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial ,r Completion,which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 4. Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 5. Testing agency will retest and reinspect corrected work. D. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing. E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents. Architect retains the right to require the use of a different testing we agency for retesting ad reinspecting. F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. +� 5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. 6. Attend Project progress meetings as requested by Architect. rr QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-5 Copyright 2005 Gensler ar wr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field-curing of test samples. ,rr 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies or arranging for pick-up of test samples after normal business hours.. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing.construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests,inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. 10 I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality- control services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule with Contractor's Construction Schedule as specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. PART 2 -PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION .r A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. �r rrr QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-6 Copyright 2005 Gensler Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA END OF SECTION 0140 00 0 1 400/9-98/bac arr +Yr r�r err wr r wr ■r rrl rr +rr Ar QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000- 7 Copyright 2005 Gensler wr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park ,Renton,WA SECTION 0150 00-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS +r PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY r A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. as B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: aw 1. Sewers and drainage. 2. Water service and distribution. 3. Sanitary facilities,including toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water facilities. do 4. Heating and cooling facilities. 5. Ventilation. 6. Electric power service. 7. Lighting. .r 8. Telephone service. C. Support facilities include,but are not limited to,the following: irr 1. Temporary roads and paving. 2. Dewatering facilities and drains. 40 3. Project identification and temporary signs. 4. Waste disposal facilities. 5. Field offices. 6. Storage and fabrication sheds. 7. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. w D. Security and protection facilities include,but are not limited to, the following: 1. Environmental protection. 2. Stormwater control. 3. Tree and plant protection. 4. Pest control. 5. Site enclosure fence. 6. Security enclosure and lockup. 7. Barricades,warning signs, and lights. 8. Covered walkways. .r 9. Temporary enclosures. 10. Temporary partitions. 11. Fire protection. arr E. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting copies of .r implementation and termination schedule and utility reports. 2. Division 01 Section "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements. �r. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler irr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building ft 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 3. Divisions 02 through 49 for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity requirements for products in those Sections. 1.2 DEFINITIONS ft A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, permanent or temporary roofing is complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost,including,but not limited to, the following: 1. Owner's construction forces. 2. Occupants of Project. so 3. Architect. 4. Testing agencies. 5. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage, by all parties engaged in construction,at Project site. C. Water Service: Pay water service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for water used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site. D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for electricity used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Temporary Utility Reports: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities. B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule, submit a schedule indicating implementation and termination of each temporary utility. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241. as 1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. try 2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. atr B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. art TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 -2 Copyright 2005 Gensler rrr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use ,rr of temporary service to use of permanent service. 1. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. B. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work: 1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat. 2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use intended. B. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 0.148-inch- (3.76-mm-) thick, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- (73-mm-) OD corner and pull posts,with 1-5/8-inch-(42-mm-)OD top rails. .rr C. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm) 9-gage, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8- inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- (73-mm-) OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8- ,,, inch- (42-mm-) OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete or galvanized steel bases for supporting posts. �r D. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry." E. Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of 15 or less. F. Water: Potable. 2.2 EQUIPMENT w A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended. .r. B. Field Offices: Mobile units with lockable entrances, operable windows, and serviceable finishes; heated and air conditioned; on foundations adequate for normal loading. C. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as .� indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. ;rr TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-3 Copyright 2005 Gensler w Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size ` required by location and class of fire exposure. D. Self-Contained Toilet Units: Single-occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. arr E. Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water drinking-water units, including paper cup supply. 1. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F(7.2 to 12.7 deg Q. F. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having ■r jurisdiction,and marked for intended use for type of fuel being consumed. G. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured,NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110-to 120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light. H. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac,20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable. PART 3 -EXECUTION rr 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION ■" A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted,if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000-4 Copyright 2005 Gensler so Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA . µ 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is available,provide trucked-in services. 3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to Project site where Owner's easements cannot be used for that purpose. B. Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If sewers are not available or cannot be used, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, stabilization ponds, and similar facilities. If neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off-site in a lawful manner. 1. Filter out excessive soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils, and similar contaminants that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge. tl 1f 2. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by sewer department officials. 3. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. After heavy use, restore normal conditions promptly. 4. Provide temporary filter beds, settlement tanks, separators, and similar devices to purify effluent to levels acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. +rr C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before use. r 1. Provide rubber hoses as necessary to serve Project site. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. rw Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1. Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste containers for disposal of used material. ■+ 2. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. 3. Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient locations for personnel who handle materials that require wash up. Dispose of drainage ,. properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each type of material handled. a. Provide safety showers, eyewash fountains, and similar facilities for convenience, safety, and sanitation of personnel. 4. Drinking-Water Facilities: Provide bottled-water, drinking-water units. a. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F(7.2 to 12.7 deg Q. E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities �+ for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. wr do TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000- 5 Copyright 2005 Gensler ur Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 1. Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 deg F (10 deg C) in permanently enclosed ` portions of building for normal construction activities, and 65 deg F (18.3 deg C) for finishing activities and areas where finished Work has been installed. F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a +rr harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. G. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload-protected disconnecting means, automatic ground-fault interrupters, and main distribution switchgear. 1. Install electric power service underground,unless overhead service must be used. 2. Install power distribution wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. H. Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and as equipment. 1. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio. I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. 2. Install exterior-yard site lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations,traffic conditions, and signage visibility when the Work is being performed. 3. Install lighting for Project identification sign. J. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for .. common-use facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities. Install separate telephone line for each field office and first-aid station. err 1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. In field office with more than two occupants, install a telephone for each additional occupant or pair of occupants. b. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer with modem in each field office. r 2. At each telephone,post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. „rr b. Ambulance service. C. Contractor's home office. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-6 Copyright 2005 Gensler irr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA r d. Architect's office. e. Engineers'offices. f. Owner's office. g. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices. 3. Provide an answering machine, voice-mail service, or messaging service on superintendent's telephone. 4. Furnish superintendent with portable two-way radio for use when away from field office. 5. Provide a portable cellular telephone for superintendent's use in making and receiving telephone calls when away from field office. 6. Install a coin-operated telephone station at a convenient grade-level location for convenience of personnel. ,r 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: do 1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access. 2. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet(9 m)of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241. 3. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate to support loads and to withstand exposure to traffic during construction period. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings. 1. Provide a reasonably level, graded,-well-drained subgrade of satisfactory soil material, compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density in the top 6 inches (150 mm). 2. Provide gravel paving course of subbase material not less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick; roller compacted to a level, smooth,dense surface. 3. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust. .w C. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 31 Sections for temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated with construction activities included in individual Sections. Where feasible, use same facilities. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. .,t 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining property nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Before connection and operation of permanent drainage piping system, provide temporary drainage where roofing or similar waterproof deck construction is completed. 3. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. D. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification and other signs in r. sizes indicated. Install signs where indicated to inform public and persons seeking entrance to Project. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. r TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000- 7 Copyright 2005 Gensler ar Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 1. Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics for Project identification signs. '~ Comply with details indicated. 2. Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors. �r 3. Construct signs of exterior-type Grade B-B high-density concrete form overlay plywood in sizes and thicknesses indicated. Support on posts or framing of preservative-treated wood or steel. 4. Paint sign panel and applied graphics with exterior-grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior primer. E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle No waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Comply with Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning requirements. 'L 1. If required by authorities having jurisdiction,provide separate containers, clearly labeled, for each type of waste material to be deposited. ,rr 2. Develop a construction waste management plan for Work performed on Project. See Division 01 Section "Construction Waste Management". .r F. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within building or elsewhere on-site. 1. Construct framing, sheathing, and siding using fire-retardant-treated lumber and plywood. 2. Paint exposed lumber and plywood with exterior-grade acrylic-latex emulsion over exterior primer. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION w. A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near Project site. B. Stormwater Control: Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. C. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from construction damage. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. .r D. Pest Control: Before deep foundation work has been completed, retain a local exterminator or pest-control company to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests. Engage this pest-control service to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial .r TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 8 Copyright 2005 Gensler a.r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA Completion. Obtain extended warranty for Owner. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials. E. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, install chain-link enclosure fence with lockable entrance gates. Locate where indicated, or enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. Install in a manner that will low prevent people, dogs,and other animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Set fence posts in compacted mixture of gravel and earth. .■ 2. Provide gates in sizes and at locations necessary to accommodate delivery vehicles and other construction operations. 3. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized go personnel. Provide Owner with one set of keys. F. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, rr vandalism,theft,and similar violations of security. G. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for lo, erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. wrr H. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects. 2. Vertical Openings: Close openings of 25 sq. ft. (2.3 sq. m) or less with plywood or similar materials. + 3. Horizontal Openings: Close openings in floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load-bearing,wood-framed construction. 4. Install tarpaulins securely using fire-retardant-treated wood framing and other materials. .ir I. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. ,r 1. Construct dustproof partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) studs, 5/8-inch (16-mm) gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and 1/2-inch (13-mm) fire-retardant plywood on construction side. J. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against r reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible from space being served,with sign mounted above. a. Field Offices: Class A stored-pressure water-type extinguishers. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 -9 Copyright 2005 Gensler rrr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA b. Other Locations: Class ABC dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. C. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose;provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. 2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. rr► 3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire- protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire-exposure areas. 4. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition. 5. Permanent Fire Protection: At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete rrr installation of permanent fire-protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. 6. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 7. Provide hoses for fire protection of sufficient length to reach construction areas. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. . wr 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements. " 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations. 1.r C. Operate Project-identification-sign lighting daily from dusk until 12:00 midnight. rir D. Temporary Facility Changeover: Except for using permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. so E. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces,and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. r 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 10 Copyright 2005 Gensler fm Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA 2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent y paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials Aw contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 0150 00 01500/9-98/bac awr art Yrr rr wrr .r rr rrr s +r r TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000- 11 Copyright 2005 Gensler rr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA arr ` SECTION 0160 00-PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS a. PART I -GENERAL low 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements for the selection of products for use in the Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties;and product substitutions. r 1.2 DEFINITIONS arr A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents as proposed by Contractor. C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service w - performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. D. Manufacturer's Warranty: A written warranty authored by the manufacturer of its furnished product whose provisions are conveyed by manufacturer directly to Owner. E. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, aa, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner. art 1.3 SUBMITTALS aar A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. wr 1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided at end of Section. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, r as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors,that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. r PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-1 Copyright 2005 Gensler aw Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building ft 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA C. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as �. performance, product material content, product manufacture, weight, size, durability, service life, maintenance, visual effect, and specific features and r requirements indicated. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. rrr e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. go g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having so jurisdiction. i. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. j. Time value to be added to,or subtracted from, the Contract time of Completion. k. Benefit(s) to the Owner. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution. Substitution requests, if any, shall be submitted so as to allow a reasonable time for their consideration and shall not be justification for delay of the Work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: All bids shall be based on the products required in the Contract Documents. so B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. +• 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING t,r, A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration,and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. rr I. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original ► sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing,unpacking,protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ■r, ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. irr PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-2 Copyright 2005 Gensler Ub aw Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park ,Renton, WA 6. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 7. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. +i 8. Protect stored products from damage. B. Storage: Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. wr 1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. +• B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: Forms are included with the Specifications. Prepare a written document rrr using appropriate form properly executed. 3. Refer to Divisions 03 through 49 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged,and unless otherwise indicated,that are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: Unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide products of both quality and type that have been used successfully in similar situations on equal quality projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make &W selection. 5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect's. 6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products. dw PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-3 Copyright 2005 Gensler ow Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following: } 1. Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Product" name a single product and manufacturer,provide the product named. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturer" or "Source" name single manufacturers or sources, provide a product by the manufacturer or from the source named that complies with requirements. ft 3. Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. 4. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. 5. Basis of Design Products: Where paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis of Design Product(s)" are included. Provide either the specified product or a comparable product. Drawings and specifications indicate sizes,profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics No that are based on the product named. 6. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. a. If no product available within specified category matches satisfactorily and qtr complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract Documents on "substitutions" for selection of a matching product. 7. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product (and manufacturer)that complies with other specified requirements. err C. Substitutions: Substitutions will be considered only under one of the following conditions: 1. That the specified product is not available due to lockout, strike, bankruptcy, product discontinuance, Acts of God, and that the proposed product will match or exceed the quality of the specified product while either providing the Owner with a cost savings or expediting the Work. No 2. When a warranty of performance is specified and, in the judgment of the Contractor, the specified product will not provide the desired performance. to PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used) to END OF SECTION 0160 00 01600/9-98/ttt fir err PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-4 Copyright 2005 Gensler err Substitution Request Gensler Data k- > ftaiod IAmtbsr err Gen"Contractor ilk* 6S Pr"Wod by We Is page I of AID We certify at the followin product is qua]or superior to the specified product in appearance,durability,performance,and in every other respect,and we hereby f}' g P eq tx � P PPe ty submit it for your consideration as a substitute for the specified item for the above-mentioned project: L SpecMbd Nan election OW 2. Prog"oel Substitution X Reason for Suballtution al• 4. Costs(provide a complete breakdown of costs,including the cost amount to be DEDUCTED from the Contract Sum if the proposed substitution is accepted.Include documentation for both materials and labor.) ONE L Sck*duto(Describe substitution's affect on construction schedule) S. Supportialf Deft • Cutehoolm Attach complete teadmical date,Including laboratory torts,R opplioabie. 0110 • lastalbtlosa bsolado complete kdormallon oa o baft"to Dr*wtngs andJor Specifications deserlMng dw stops that the proporad sabolthAloa will nm*k*for Its prepay hsstallsttion. • �Ws #apu ad�request all novel my samples and substantiating data clearly marked to pnsva 04UW quality and�e to tkat rr 7. List ways In which"w substitution affects d1monaloaa ssown on Drawings. S Ust offocts of proposed ses"tRutiea on*thor trades err S. Ust ways In whew proposed substitution will be affecUW by applicable soft requirements and agency approval 18 Ust different"between proposal substitution anal specified Ron ter IL Manufartarses warranties of the proposal and specified Rams are: ❑ same ❑ Dworent Explain err 12. List IMorenation on avall"Ity of maintenance sonic*and cameo of ropiaeamsnt matorlals I& Cat"llostion aft and Assumption of UaMllty for,Isioly lard Performers" OW The undersigned certifies that the function,appearance and quality of the proposed substitution is equivalent or superior to the specified item and is in full compliance with the Contract Documents and applicable regulatory requirements. to 11"011or Signature Taitepheae Me. Data Signature must be by person authorized to legally bind his/her firm to the above terms.Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of tat approval. General Contractor Signature Telephone kle. oat* go err ciwork5kutnal+gecdst„adxnitutmntrgsxst,dut ar SR OagTq} Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA .rr-Y SECTION 01 73 00-EXECUTION .r PART 1 - GENERAL dw 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work. 4r PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) err PART 3 - EXECUTION .r 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of utilities, and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and �. location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction,verify the location and points of connection of utility services. r 3.2 PREPARATION r A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before go fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. B. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown �r diagrammatically on Drawings. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT �r A. General: The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents shall be laid out solely by the Contractor. Provide and pay for all construction layout work required for the Project. ++� Under no circumstances will the Architect assume any responsibilities for laying out the Work. 1. Verify all dimensions shown on the drawings. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. Notify the Architect in writing of any discrepancies found before proceeding or continuing with the Work. B. Construction Layout: During the progress of the Work establish additional bench marks, reference lines and reference points and levels at each floor and as otherwise necessary for the guidance and information of each trade and for the field verification of specified construction IJW tolerances. Calculate and measure required dimensions within indicated or recognized tolerances. �r EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler +r 40 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. ` 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Conceal pipes, ducts,and wiring in finished areas,unless otherwise indicated. +�+► B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. w„ C. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. D. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 3.5 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate , progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. " C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 10 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the ■ entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written so instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. +rr+ Completely remove paint, mortar, oils,putty, and similar materials. 1. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other ,n finishing materials. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 017300-2 Copyright 2005 Gensler 4W Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton, WA H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. r 3.6 STARTING AND ADJUSTING a„ A. Start and test equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units,replace with new units, and retest. ' B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION VW A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. to B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. r 3.8 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching." .r I. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. ■tr B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. +r C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and or broken glass or reflective surfaces. wr END OF SECTION 01 73 00 01 7 00/9-9 8/ttt 4W 40 my EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 3 Copyright 2005 Gensler aw go Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA SECTION 01 73 29-CUTTING AND PATCHING ar PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 4W A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. +� 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of AW other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after g.r installation of other Work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE `w A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. .r B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. ON C. Visual Requirements: Do not alter, cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not alter, cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the `� aesthetic qualities of the site. Remove and replace construction that has been altered, cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. No 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of the site immediately adjacent to area where cutting, and patching r work is to be prosecuted. Conduct cutting,and patching work so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. an PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS go A. Patching Materials: Use patching materials identical to existing materials and which visually match existing adjacent surfaces. do 40 low CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329- 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler ow Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building r1°` 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA PART 3 -EXECUTION 'S 3.1 PREPARATION A. Temporary Partitions: Erect dustproof partitions to limit spread of dust and dirt during cutting work. Mop hard surfaced floors, and vacuum carpeted areas, to eliminate tracked dust, cutting, and demolition debris. Dust off ceiling and wall surfaces indicated to remain in areas where cutting operations have occurred. B. Cover and protect fixtures, furnishings, and equipment that are not to be removed in areas where cutting operations are to be prosecuted. C. Do not close or obstruct walkways and passageways. Do not store or place materials in passageways or other means of egress. Conduct cutting operations with minimum traffic ' interference. D. Provide adequate fire protection in accordance with local fire department requirements. ar, E. Drilling and Cutting: Before starting work relating to drilling and the cutting of structural members, notify the Architect. Prior to drilling and cutting of existing structural concrete members locate reinforcing using non-destructive methods, notify the Architect where drilling and cutting operations will sever or cut into a portion of the existing reinforcing. 1. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to Architect, and obtain the Owner's approval in writing before proceeding with this aspect of the Work. 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching work. Proceed with cutting and patching work at the earliest feasible time,and complete without delay. .r 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. 2. Remove all debris as the cutting work progresses in a manner that will prevent spillage or damage to adjacent surfaces. Do not allow debris to accumulate on-site. Transport debris off Owner's property and legally dispose of it. 3. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, removed materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. B. Cutting Work: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. ■s 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329-2 Copyright 2005 Gensler to +rr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut off projecting anchorage and attachment items as required to properly provide for aw patching and repair of the respective finishes. 4. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services and Utilities: Cut off ducts, pipe or conduit in walls '" or partitions to be removed. Cap, or plug and seal remaining portion of ducts, pipe or conduit to provide a watertight closure after cutting. 6. Removed and Salvaged Items: Remove and transport items to storage area designated by im Owner unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 7. Removed and Reinstalled Items: Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation ,rr requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. 8. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. r C. Patching: Patch construction by filling,repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 1. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish +W restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 2. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area aw into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color,texture, and appearance 4. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. +r 3. Ceilings: Patch, and repair, existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. D. Workmanship: If a wall, or ceiling that has been patched is to be painted, the final 2 coats of paint shall be applied to the entire wall, corner to corner, or the entire ceiling wall to wall. �r END OF SECTION 01 73 29 0 1 731/9-98/ttt 4W ow to air CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329-3 Copyright 2005 Gensler ar Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA a1r 1, SECTION 01 74 19—CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL +�+ GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ar A. This Section includes requirements for waste reduction and for the recycling of non-hazardous, recyclable, construction and demolition debris. 1. Reduce waste by minimizing factors that contribute to waste. 2. Use reasonable and legal means to divert construction and demolition debris from landfills and incinerators by facilitating their recycling or reuse through a Contractor .r developed, construction waste management program. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Waste Reduction: Construction practices that achieve the most efficient use of resources and materials; uses water efficiently; avoids practices such as over-packaging, improper storage, +■ ordering errors,poor planning,breakage,mishandling and contamination. B. Construction and Demolition Debris: Solid wastes arising from demolition or removal, excess �,. or unusable construction materials, packing materials for construction products, and other materials generated on site during the construction process but not incorporated into the Work. __i C. Recyclable Materials: Construction and demolition debris that can be recovered and processed into new products or materials. Recyclable materials include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Metals: Ferrous (iron, steel, stainless steel, galvanized steel) and non-ferrous (copper, brass, bronze, aluminum) types and containers made from metals such as pails, buckets and beverage cans. 2. Concrete. 3. Gypsum wallboard. 4. Paper products such as generated from field office activities and clean corrugated r packaging cardboard. 5. Wood products, including untreated dimensional lumber,plywood, oriented strand board, hardboard,particleboard and crates and pallets made from wood products. 6. Carpet and padding. 7. Plastics and containers made from plastics such as pails,buckets, and beverage bottles. 8. Copper wiring. �r 9. Glass: Glass beverage containers, window and mirror glass. D. Non-Recyclable Materials: Construction and demolition debris not capable of being reused or reprocessed, exclusive of the recyclable materials listed above. .rr E. Hazardous Materials: Construction and demolition debris that are regulated for disposal by local, city, county, state,or Federal authorities. arr r CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419- 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler +ir Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park ,Renton,WA 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Construction Waste Management Program: Submit the waste management program. The program shall include the following: rr 1. Identification of Contractor's staff responsible for enforcing construction waste management. 2. Actions that will be taken to reduce solid waste generation. 3. Description of the specific methods to be used in recycling/reuse of the various construction and demolition debris generated, including the areas and equipment, to be used for processing, sorting,and temporary storage of debris. 4. Characterization, including estimated types and quantities of the construction and demolition debris to be generated. Include percentages of recyclable and non-recyclable debris. 5. List of specific construction and demolition debris materials that will be salvaged for resale, salvaged and reused, or recycled. 6. Name(s) of landfill and incinerator to be used and the estimated costs for use, for 40 construction and demolition debris that is unable to be recycled or reused. 7. Identification of local and regional reuse programs, including non-profit organizations such as schools, local housing agencies, and organizations that accept used and excess `r construction materials such as materials exchange networks and Habitat for Humanity. 8. Identification of local recycling facilities that will accept construction and demolition debris. �r 9. Identification of construction and demolition debris that cannot be recycled/reused with an explanation or justification. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Waste Management Program: Prepare a program that minimizes waste and diverts construction and demolition debris from landfills and incinerators by facilitating their reuse or recycling. Name the waste material processors who will accept the construction and demolition debris, the condition of the construction and demolition debris required by the waste material processors, the method proposed to provide the construction and demolition debris in suitable condition and +w in a quantity acceptable to the disposal sites and waste material processors who will receive them, and the impact on the project schedule. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation of any special programs involving rebates or similar incentives related to the „rt recycling of waste. Revenues or other savings obtained from sale, reuse, and recycling operations shall accrue to the Contractor. rr B. Disposal Sites and Waste Material Processors: Use only facilities with valid legal permits for disposal,recycling and waste processing issued by the jurisdictions in which they are located. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419-2 Copyright 2005 Gensler " Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton, WA i PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION A. Distribution: The Contractor shall distribute copies of the Waste Management Program to the Job Site Foreman, each Subcontractor, the Owner and the Architect. B. General: For the duration of the project implement and maintain waste management program. During the prosecution of the Work encourage the practice of efficient waste reduction when sizing,cutting, and installing products and materials. C. Transportation: Arrange for the regular collection, transport from the site, and delivery of the construction wastes and debris to the designated recyclers, and waste material processors and r, disposal sites. D. Separation Facilities:The Contractor shall provide on-site instruction of appropriate handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the Project. Provide and designate an on-site area for the separation of construction and demolition debris for reuse and recycling. Provide containers and bins in the designated area to facilitate separation, storage and handling which are clearly and appropriately marked. Cut all items to lengths and sizes to fit within the containers or bins provided. Where there is sufficient quantity of a specific recyclable debris item (for example; salvaged metal doors and frames or duct work), make arrangements for items to be bundled,banded or tied, and stack in a designated location for a special pick-up. Maintain the separation facilities in an orderly condition. Separate construction and demolition debris at the project site by one of the following methods: 1. Co-Mingled Method: All construction and demolition debris is placed into containers or bins and then transported to a recycling facility where recyclable and salvageable materials are removed, sorted, and processed and the remaining waste is transported to a landfill or incinerator. 2. Source Separated Method. Construction and demolition debris, that is reusable and recyclable, are separated from non-recyclable debris and sorted into appropriately marked �r separated containers or bins and then transported to the designated recycling facility for further processing. Non-recyclable debris is transported to a landfill or incinerator. END OF SECTION 01 74 19 01150 custom/08-01ittt w .r I ,w CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 3 Copyright 2005 Gensler r "" Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA I `�. SECTION 0177 00 -CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES do PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 40 A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout. a' 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial .■ Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, final certifications, and similar documents. 3. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, and similar final record information. 5. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 6. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. +++ 7. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect,that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as ow incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. do 1.3 FINAL COMPLETION arr A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: AW 1. Submit a final Application for Payment. 2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. ar CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-1 Copyright 2005 Gensler Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building It 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. wrw 1.4 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary,areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and .r maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows: 1. Operation Data: a. Emergency instructions and procedures. b. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions, including operating standards. C. Operating procedures, including startup, shutdown, seasonal, and weekend operations. d. Description of controls and sequence of operations. e. Piping diagrams. f. Noise and vibration adjustments. g. Effective energy utilization. 2. Maintenance Data: a. Manufacturer's information, including list of spare parts. b. Name, address,and telephone number of Installer or supplier. C. Maintenance procedures. d. Maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance. e. Maintenance record forms. f. Sources of spare parts and maintenance materials. g. Copies of maintenance service agreements. .r h. Copies of warranties and bonds. i. Cleaning. j. Control sequence. ` k. Fuels, lubricants,tool,and other related items. 1. Identification systems. B. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and index data in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, with pocket inside the covers to receive folded oversized sheets. as Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subject matter of contents. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-2 Copyright 2005 Gensler Ili ar Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA ow PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS (Not Used) a■ PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply a■ with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. ar B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. ar I. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: a. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. b. Clean exposed hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. C. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including plenums, ++ shafts, and similar spaces. d. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. e. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. f. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. g. Remove labels that are not meant to be permanent. h. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. "r Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. do 1) Do not paint over or remove "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. am i. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. j. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. k. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. 1. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers,registers,and grills. ar CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-3 Copyright 2005 Gensler r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA m. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters duringu construction. n. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and rrr+ defective and noisy starters in lighting fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. o. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 0177 00 ft 01170/9-98/ttt rrr r rrr rWr t Irr t� CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-4 Copyright 2005 Gensler M Certificate of Substantial Completion Gensler etri Pmt Project Number f t,—) Project Location Date Issued MIS owner/Client l% 6SC Contractor This Is page 1 of Contract Dote Date of Substaatlal �+ Cow*etion Date of Substantial Completka Is apt *to ❑ ft are Projoct ❑ Do*40 ttted Portion of Project,as described below VIA Punch ust ❑ Attached ❑ Transmitted Separately ❑ None The Work performed under the Contract for Construction has been reviewed and found,to Architect's best knowledge.information and belief,to be substantially complete a of the Date of Substantial Completion entered above.The Date of Substantial Completion is the date when the Work,or designated portion thereof,is MIN sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents(including any approved change Orden)and all required final inspections and permits have been obtained so Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use,subject only to completion of minor items(punch List). The Work,or designated portion thereof shall include: A list of items to be completed or corrected and the date(s)when such items are to be completed(Punch List)may be attached hereto or transmitted separately.This Certificate of Substantial Completion,or omission of any item from the punch List shall not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.The Architect shall not be responsible for any omission from,or other discrepancy on,the punch List.Contractor agrees to complete or correct the items listed on the punch List within days of the above date of Substantial Completion. Warranties required under the Contract Documents shall commence on the Date ofSubstantial Completion,except for punch List items and other incomplete work,warranties for which shall commence on the date such work is satisfactorily completed,unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor. AN The Owner and Contractor shall fulfill and transfer responsibilities with regard to insurance,utilities,maintenance.damage,security,surety,and the like,in accordance with the Contract Documents or other written agreement between them. The Architect has conducted no tests for,and made no determination of the presence or lack of asbestos or other hazardous or toxic substances or pollutants, rrr The Basic Services of the Architect shall end 30 days after the Date of Substantial Completion,unless otherwise stated in the Owner/Architect Agreement or agreed in writing. Begin text here. . . .tn .r ett. do AMMUct By Data SWnad Gensler owner/Client By Date Slptted do Contractor By Date$10ed er c`.wu,►1Eorm.�tspea4<_aer,nfauAuao,iikwnh.cl,x AM Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton, WA SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE rrr PART I - GENERAL SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete • materials, mixture design,placement procedures, and finishes. B. See Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade. r 1.2 SUBMITTALS two A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. r C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: For steel reinforcement. +r• D. Material Test Reports and Certificates. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete � r products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." B. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract .r Documents: 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5. so 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in so Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." PART 2 -PRODUCTS AW 2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS .r A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. wr CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park ,Renton,WA B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. '4 Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. it 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 60 (Grade 420),deformed. B. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. C. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source,throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or with alkali content of 0.60 percent, calculated as NA,O+0.658 K2O. Supplement with the following: r a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F,20 percent minimum,25 percent maximum. rr B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, graded. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch(19 nun)nominal. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Water: ASTM C 94 and potable. 2.4 ADMIXTURES A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with +rr other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted-in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. so 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High-Range,Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type F. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M,Type II. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-2 " Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA •! �, 2.5 VAPOR RETARDERS 1 A. Plastic Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or „o pressure-sensitive tape. ON 2.6 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. to B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately.9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m)when dry. �r C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. wr D. Water: Potable. 2.7 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber or ASTM D 1752,cork or self-expanding cork. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXTURES,GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of �. laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. B. Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture according to Structural notes in Drawings. 2.9 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT .r A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.10 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F(32 deg C),reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. .ri CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-3 r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 46 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA PART 3 -EXECUTION r"jam 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated,within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions,and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 3.3 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Plastic Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Lap joints 6 inches(150 mm) and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. w 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. ar 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at .. locations indicated or as approved by Architect. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- ` fourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. a�. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 -4 "' Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA .r 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3.2-mm-) wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before .. concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab r junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new r concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. C. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1. D. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301. ■rr 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. r 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in 4M B. orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent r unformed surfaces,unless otherwise indicated. .rr CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 3.8 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. ar B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull- floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch(6 mm) in 1 direction. 1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated. rrr C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated. D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces scheduled to receive stained concrete finish and to surfaces indicated. E. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. err 3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot , temperatures. Comply with ACI306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI301 for hot- weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq.in x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing,screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete,but before float finishing. C. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1,by one or a combination of the following methods: I. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm),and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. rr CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 6 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA +� 3.10 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove err and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports according to ACI 301. eri END OF SECTION 03 30 00 err per rw +r err err err go ON CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 7 err do Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA ., SECTION 04 20 00-UNIT MASONRY rr PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: ar 1. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 2. Decorative concrete masonry units. B. See Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for furnishing steel lintels for unit masonry. C. See Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for furnishing manufactured reglets installed in masonry joints for metal flashing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. r B. Shop Drawings: For reinforcing steel. Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." d C. Samples for each type and color of exposed masonry units and colored mortars. 4W D. Material Certificates: For each type of product indicated. Include statements of material properties indicating compliance with requirements including compliance with standards and type designations within standards. ' 1. For masonry units include material test reports substantiating compliance with requirements. E. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing indicated below. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. 40 1. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit required,per ASTM C 140. 2. Mortar Test(Property Specification): For each mix required,per ASTM C 780. 3. Grout Test(Compressive Strength): For each mix required,per ASTM C 1019. B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies with fire-resistance ratings determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and rr UNIT MASONRY 042000- 1 w so Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton, WA inspecting agency, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. , .. C. Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. 1. Build sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry construction in sizes rr, approximately 48 inches(1200 mm)long by high. rr 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. B. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. .r PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products +rr specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. .r 2.2 COLORS,TEXTURES,AND PATTERNS A. Exposed Masonry Units: As selected from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMUs) A. Shapes: Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, rr bonding, and other special conditions. 2.4 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207,Type S. UNIT MASONRY 042000-2 .r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA C. Mortar Pigments: Iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar. D. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. For joints less than 1/4 inch (6.5 nun) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16(1.18-mm) sieve. 2. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. E. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. F. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with +r ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. ow G. Water-Repellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with concrete masonry units,containing integral water repellent by same manufacturer. �r H. Water: Potable. 2.5 REINFORCEMENT orr A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 60 (Grade 420). B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A 951; mill galvanized, carbon-steel wire for interior walls and hot-dip galvanized,carbon-steel wire for exterior walls. .r 1. Wire Size for Side Rods: W 1.7 or 0.148-inch(3.8-mm) diameter. 2. Wire Size for Cross Rods: W 1.7 or 0.148-inch(3.8-mm)diameter. +rr 3. Spacing of Cross Rods,Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches(407 mm) o.c. 2.6 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing, where flashing is exposed or partly exposed and where indicated, complying with Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." iwr 1. Metal Drip Edges: Fabricate from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and 1/2 inch (13 mm)out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees. 2. Metal Flashing Terminations: Fabricate from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 3/4 inch (19 mm) and down into joint 3/8 inch (10 m) to form a stop for retai m ning sealant backer rod. 3. Metal Expansion-Joint Strips: Fabricate from stainless steel to shapes indicated. B. Flexible Flashing: For flashing not exposed to the exterior, use the following, unless otherwise indicated: .r UNIT MASONRY 042000- 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 1. Copper-Laminated Flashing: 7-oz./sq. ft. (2-kg/sq. m) copper sheet bonded with asphalt between 2 layers of glass-fiber cloth. C. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." D. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products „ or products recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; formulated from neoprene,urethane,or PVC. B. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). 2.8 MASONRY CLEANERS . ■r A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains from new masonry without damaging masonry. Use product approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 1. Manufacturers: a. Diedrich Technologies,Inc. b. EaCo Chem,Inc. C. ProSoCo, Inc. .. 2.9 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar for exterior and reinforced masonry to portland cement and lime. 3. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view,regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270,Property Specification. wry 1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth,use Type S. 2. For reinforced masonry,use Type S. 3. For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load-bearing walls; for interior non-load-bearing partitions; and for other applications where another type is not indicated,use Type N. 4. For interior non-load-bearing partitions, Type O may be used instead of Type N. wr` wry UNIT MASONRY 042000-4 .r °"' Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA .wrt C. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product or select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. Do not add pigments to colored cement products. 1. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. 2. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight. D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 1.15.1 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (200 to 280 mm) as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required, cut units with motor-driven saws;provide clean, sharp,unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and,where possible, cut edges concealed. rr B. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. dw C. Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 and with the following: 1. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet(3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet(6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm)maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary �r from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet(6 mm in 6 m),or 1/2 inch(12 mm)maximum. ar 3.2 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in ar running bond; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. UNIT MASONRY 042000- 5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA D. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. E. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches(600 mm)under bearing plates, beams,lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows: 1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers,columns,and pilasters. 3. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 4. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted. rr B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness,unless otherwise indicated. wir C. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint),unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch(16 mm) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch(13 mm)elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches(150 mm). B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints,unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units. D. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units. 3.5 FLASHING A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. B. Install flashing as follows,unless otherwise indicated: ar 1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal penetrations in flashing as recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 6 inches (150 mm) at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches(50 mm) to form end dams. UNIT MASONRY 042000- 6 •■ Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 3. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections indicated below and prepare test reports: 1. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. B. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. (465 sq. m) of wall area or portion thereof. C. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided,per ASTM C 140. D. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, per ASTM C 780. Test mortar for compressive strength. E. Grout Test(Compressive Strength): For each mix provided,per ASTM C 1019. �. 3.7 CLEANING A. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. B. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured,clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. 2. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner. do 3. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 4. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's Aw written instructions. 5. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. r■ 3.8 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL .r A. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soil- contaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. Am 1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches (450 mm)of finished grade. 2. Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. rr UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 7 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA END OF SECTION 04 20 00 rya rrr .r .r .r . err wr UNIT MASONRY 042000- 8 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA wr _ SECTION 05 50 00-METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY rrr A. This Section includes metal fabrications, including the following: 1. Sunshades. 2. Lintels. 3. Concealed metal supports of other work. r 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: 1. Sunshades: Sunshades shall be capable of withstanding the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials involved, including anchors and connections, or of exhibiting excessive deflections in any of the components making up the sunshades: ++� a. All deadloads and wind loads. b. 500 pound live load placed on the sunshade. C. Deflection at Midspan: L/360 times span or 1/4", whichever is less. 2. Lintel shall be sized and anchored to carry the imposed loads such that total deflection is limited to the lesser of 1/600 or 0.3 inch and rotations are less than 1/16". arr B. Exterior Metal Fabrications: All exterior metal fabrications shall be fabricated and installed to prevent buckling, opening up of joints and overstressing of welds and fasteners under the following temperature conditions: 1. Base fabrication on a temperature of+70 degrees F. at time of installation with allowance made for an exposed metal surface temperature range of+20 degrees F. to +180 degrees F.Make all necessary adjustments and provisions for concealed expansion. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data for the following: �r 1. Paint products. 2. Grout. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings detailing the fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. .�r err METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler +r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 1. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data, for information only, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. D. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. ■r 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator/Installer Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project for a minimum of 5 years, with a record of successful in- service performance, with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the work. .r B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of metal fabrications that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design,and extent. C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 2. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 3. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent,has undergone recertification. .rr 1.5 STORAGE, DELIVERY AND HANDLING wr A. Store metal fabrications in a dry, well-ventilated, weathertight place. Deliver and handle so as to prevent any type of damage to the fabricated work. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where metal fabrications are indicated to fit walls and other construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. Allow for trimming and fitting. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-2 Copyright 2005 Gensler �1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton, WA .. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. rrr PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, .rr provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks,roller marks, rolled trade names,or roughness. 2.2 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Cold Finished Steel Bars: ASTM A 108, grade as selected by fabricator. C. Steel Tubing: Cold-formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500, or hot formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 501. D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40) minimum, unless otherwise indicated .r or required to satisfy the performance requirements; finish as follows: 1. Black finish,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Galvanized finish for exterior installations and where indicated. 2.3 PAINT A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Organic zinc-rich primer, complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with topcoat. �s 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: a. Carboline 621; Carboline Company. as b. Aquapon Zinc-Rich Primer 97-670; PPG Industries, Inc. C. Tneme-Zinc 90-97; Tnemec Company, Inc. B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20. C. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12, except �r containing no asbestos fibers, or cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. +r �r METAL FABRICATIONS 055000- 3 Copyright 2005 Gensler rr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 2.4 FASTENERS f A. General: Provide Type 304 or 316 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, where built into exterior +rrr walls. Select fasteners for type,grade,and class required. 2.5 GROUT A. Nonshrink,Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged,nonstaining, noncorrosive,nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for so interior and exterior applications. 2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL r~r A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units to for reassembly and coordinated installation. 1. Welded connections may be used where bolted connections are shown. B. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. C. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. .r Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. ■r D. Weld corners and seams continuously along entire line of contact to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion W resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. E. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices and fasteners to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. ` F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. "' G. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. err H. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. ON METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-4 Copyright 2005 Gensler Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA + q I. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners f where possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. Make up threaded .. connections tight so that threads are entirely concealed. J. Hot dip galvanize all exterior ferrous metal fabrications except sunshade. Hot dip galvanize all r other items where specified or indicated in Drawings. 1. Exterior ferrous metal fabrications are defined as those items which are indicated to be installed in areas exposed to conditions which are not controlled by the building heating and cooling systems. 2. Interior ferrous metal fabrications are defined as those items which are indicated to be installed in areas exposed to conditions which are controlled by the building heating and cooling systems. 2.7 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES r. A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. ire B. Galvanize exterior plates after fabrication;prime paint interior plates after fabrication. 2.8 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS r A. Fabricate loose structural-steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. g B. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. C. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to one-twelfth of clear span, but not less than 8 inches(200 mm),unless otherwise indicated. D. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls. Prime paint loose steel lintels located in interior walls. r 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports indicated and as necessary to complete the Work and which are not a part of the structural framework, including but not limited to framing and supports for countertop and vanities, tube framing for partial height walls, CMU partition head supports,mechanical and electrical equipment. B. Fabricate units from structural-steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to ow receive hardware,hangers, and similar items. C. Countertop and Vanity Framing: Custom fabricate countertop and vanity framing, using steel �r shapes and plates, and cold finished mild steel bars at exposed conditions, for support framing and plywood, to the thicknesses, sizes and shapes shown, and as required to produce work of adequate strength and durability, without objectionable deflections. Use proven details of rs METAL FABRICATIONS 055000- 5 Copyright 2005 Gensler ar► Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA fabrication, as required, to achieve proper assembly and alignment of the various components of the work. D. CMU Partition Head Supports: Fabricate supports from 4" x 4" x 1/4" x 36" long structural steel +rr angles. Drill supports a maximum of 12" o.c. to receive expansion bolts. E. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports at exterior locations; prime paint miscellaneous framing and supports at interior locations. 2.10 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. 2.11 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below: 1. ASTM A 123, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces by removing oil,grease, and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC -SP 1 "Solvent Cleaning,"followed with the SSPC surface-preparation specifications listed below and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications. Surface preparation shall be done after fabrication and immediately prior to shop painting. Apply shop coat of paint within 4 hours after cleaning and before rust bloom occurs. 1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 113)and Items Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC- SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." .n 2. Interiors(SSPC Zone IA): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Apply a minimum of one coat of shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be field welded, and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry,unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC- PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting. �r 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices,bolts,welds,and sharp edges. 2. Dry Film Thickness of Primer: 2.5 to 3.0 mils, dry film thickness. Apply paint thoroughly and evenly to dry surfaces, free from holidays and pinholes, in accordance with manufacturers directions. tr. am METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 -6 Copyright 2005 Gensler No Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA iPART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing metal fabrications to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. Drill holes for bolts to the exact diameter of the bolt. Provide screws threaded full length to the screw head. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, dw masonry, or similar construction. D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are +r not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. E. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion "'•' resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. *W 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. to 3.2 SETTING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES AND LINTELS r A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates and lintels. B. Set bearing and leveling plates and lintels on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate or lintel before packing with grout. rr 1. Use nonshrink grout, either metallic or nonmetallic, in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use nonshrink, nonmetallic grout in exposed locations, unless am otherwise indicated. 2. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. am .n METAL FABRICATIONS 055000- 7 Copyright 2005 Gensler r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building W 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 3.3 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings, if any. B. Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building structure. , C. CMU Partition Head Supports: Unless otherwise indicated place partition head supports on alternate faces of CMU partitions every 6'-0" o.c. and expansion bolt to underside of structure. Do not bolt to CMU partitions. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. + 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil(0.05-mm) dry film thickness. rr B. Touchup _Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Division 09 Section "Painting." C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05 50 00 05500/2-0 t/ttt �r ■r METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 8 Copyright 2005 Gensler Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park ,Renton,WA ....? SECTION 05 75 00—DECORATIVE FORMED METAL do PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following items made from formed metal: +rr 1. Formed sheet metal wall base. B. See Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for items made primarily from plate, bars, extrusions, tubes, castings, and other forms of metal, but which may include sheet metal components. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For materials and components of formed-metal fabrications. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details of installation, and attachments to ■r other Work. Show coordination for formed-metal fabrications housing items specified in other Sections. C. Samples: For each exposed finish required. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Ll SHEET METAL 11W A. General: Provide sheet metal without pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, or other imperfections where exposed to view on finished units. o I 13. _Uncoated, Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M, matte finish, stretcher-leveledr standard of flatness. Am n_MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS , Fasteners: Same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal; concealed, unless otherwise indicated; Phillips flat-head screws where exposed. +w I --PRIMER dw A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead-and chromate-free,universal modified-alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664 and compatible with finish paint systems indicated. ar 2.4 POLYURETHANE COATINGS +rr A. Polyurethane, Acrylic Aliphatic, Satin. DECORATIVE FORMED METAL 057500- 1 �r Copyright 2005 Gensler rrr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building so 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park ,Renton,WA 1. Basis of Design Product: Provide the named product or a product with comparable performance and appearance characteristics by another manufacturer. a. Tnemec;Endura-Clear 76-763. w 2.5 FABRICATION A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble formed-metal fabrications in shop to greatest extent possible. Form metal in maximum lengths to minimize joints. B. Fold back exposed edges to form a 1/2-inch- (12-mm-) wide hem, or ease edges and support r with concealed stiffeners. C. Support joints with concealed stiffeners to hold exposed faces of adjoining sheets in flush , alignment. 1, .Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. f Wall Base: Form from metal indicated below. Fabricate to fit tightly to adjoining construction. 1. Interior Installations: Steel sheet,0.0428 inch(1.09 mm). 2.6 FINISHES so A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for steel sheet finishes. B. Steel Sheet Finishes: 1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1. Remove mill scale and up rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1 or SSPC- SP 8. 2. Pretreatment: Immediately after cleaning, apply a conversion coating of type suited to organic coating applied over it. 3. Factory Priming for Concealed Surfaces: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply shop primer. 4. Polyurethane Clear Coating System: a. Shop apply to all surfaces of steel that will be exposed in finished construction. b. Spray apply in multiple thin coats until manufacturer's recommended dry film thickness is achieved. 5. ab DECORATIVE FORMED METAL 057500-2 Copyright 2005 Gensler t1 AW Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park ,Renton,WA PART 3 -EXECUTION - 3.1 INSTALLATION �* A. Locate and place formed-metal fabrications level, plumb, and in alignment with adjacent construction. 1 Restore finishes damaged during construction. Return items to the shop; refinish or provide new units, as required. END OF SECTION 05 75 00 05580/11-99/dub +wr +ww err wr rwr wrr ' • .o ww�► arw arw� DECORATIVE FORMED METAL 057500-3 Copyright 2005 Gensler ar Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA .. SECTION 06 10 00-ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: ww 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Framing with engineered wood products. wr 3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 4. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 5. Wood furring. dw 6. Wood sleepers. 7. Plywood backing panels. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. 1. Include data for wood-preservative and fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with +r requirements. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL �.r A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency °w certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. .r 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. aw B. Engineered Wood Products: Provide engineered wood products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that w, show compliance with building code in effect for Project. 1. Allowable Design Stresses: Provide engineered wood products with allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. *W stresses, published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. wr ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000- 1 .r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER A. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. B. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. C. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing,vapor barriers, and waterproofing. �' 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches (460 mm) above the ground in crawlspaces or unexcavated areas. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade. �r 2.3 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING A. Maximum Moisture Content: 19 percent. B. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: See Structural Notes in Drawings. C. Framing Other Than Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: See Structural Notes in Drawings. _ 'rr 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other rr construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Furring. B. For items of dimension lumber size, see Structural Notes in Drawings. 2.5 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS so A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged,fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2-inch arr (13-mm)nominal thickness. ■r 2.6 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified. ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000-2 rr "" Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA •r 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. .� C. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307,Grade A(ASTM F 568M,Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M)hex nuts and,where indicated, flat washers. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Glass-fiber-resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill sealer; 1-inch (25-mm) nominal thickness, compressible to 1/32 inch (0.8 mm); selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. dw PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction,"unless otherwise indicated. .r C. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Do not splice structural members between supports,unless otherwise indicated. E. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber. F. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, ..r complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. ow 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code. END OF SECTION 06 10 00 .r r aw ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000-3 am aw Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 06 18 00-GLUED-LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes framing using structural glued-laminated timbers. .r 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For structural glued-laminated timber and connectors. �.r B. Shop Drawings: Show layout of structural glued-laminated timber system and full dimensions of each member. Indicate laminating combination. C. Certificates of Conformance: Issued by a qualified testing and inspecting agency indicating that structural glued-laminated timber complies with requirements in AITC A 190.1. +�+ 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Provide factory-glued structural units produced by an AITC- or aw APA-licensed firm. 1. Factory mark each piece of structural glued-laminated timber with AITC Quality Mark or APA trademark. Place mark on surfaces that will not be exposed in the completed Work. B. Quality Standard: Comply with AITC A190.1, "Structural Glued Laminated Timber." 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING +•+ A. General: Comply with provisions in AITC 111, "Recommended Practice for Protection of Structural Glued Laminated Timber during Transit, Storage, and Erection." B. Individually wrap members using plastic-coated paper covering with water-resistant seams. Aw PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER .r A. Species and Grades for Structural Glued-Laminated Timber: Provide structural glued-laminated timber made from Douglas fir-larch that complies with indicated. r ,rr GLUED-LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION 06 1800- 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park ,Renton, WA B. Species and Grades for Beams: Provide structural glued-laminated timber that complies with AITC 117--MANUFACTURING or research/evaluation reports acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and the following: 1. Species and Beam Stress Classification: Douglas fir-larch,24F-1.8E. 2. Lay-up: Balanced. C. Appearance Grade: Architectural appearance grade, complying with AITC 110. D. Adhesive: Wet-use type complying with ASTM D 2559 that contains no urea-formaldehyde ft resins. E. End Sealer: Manufacturer's standard, transparent, colorless wood sealer that is effective in retarding the transmission of moisture at cross-grain cuts and is compatible with indicated finish. F. Penetrating Sealer: Manufacturer's standard, transparent, penetrating wood sealer that is compatible with indicated finish. G. Connectors, Anchors, and Accessories: Fabricate from structural-steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M; round steel bars complying with ASTM A 575, Grade M 1020; and hot-rolled steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Structural Steel, Type SS,Grade 33. 1. Hot-dip galvanize steel assemblies and fasteners after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate for connections to greatest extent possible, including cutting to length and drilling bolt holes. r. B. Camber: Fabricate horizontal and inclined members of less than 1:1 slope with either circular or parabolic camber equal to 11500 of span. .r C. End-Cut Sealing: Immediately after end-cutting each member to final length, apply a saturation coat of end sealer to ends and other cross-cut surfaces, keeping surfaces flood-coated for not less than 10 minutes. so D. Seal Coat: After fabricating, sanding, and end-coat sealing, apply a heavy saturation coat of penetrating sealer on surfaces of each unit. ur ar +err GLUED-LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION 061800-2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Erect structural glued-laminated timber true and plumb, with uniform, close-fitting .wr joints. Provide temporary bracing to maintain lines and levels until permanent supporting members are in place. 1. Lift with padded slings and protect corners with wood blocking. wr B. Fit structural glued-laminated timber by cutting and restoring exposed surfaces to match specified surfacing. r 1. Predrill for fasteners using timber connectors as templates. 2. Dress exposed surfaces to remove planing or surfacing marks and to provide a finish 4W equivalent to that produced by machine sanding with No. 120 grit sandpaper. 3. Coat crosscuts with end sealer. .r C. Cutting: Avoid extra cutting after fabrication. Where field fitting is unavoidable, comply with requirements for shop fabrication. D. Repair damaged surfaces after completing erection. Replace damaged structural glued- "" laminated timber if repairs are not approved by Architect. E. Do not remove wrappings on individually wrapped members until they no longer serve a useful �++ purpose including protection from weather, sunlight, soiling, and damage from work of other trades. END OF SECTION 06 18 00 rrr �r 4W .. «r GLUED-LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION 06 1800 - 3 r1r 40 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA SECTION 06 20 23 -INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY r PART 1 -GENERAL " 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior standing and running trim. 2. Stained strawboard paneling. aMr 3. Shelving and clothes rods. B. See Division 06 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for cabinets and countertops associated with paneling in this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. B. Samples: For each type of paneling indicated. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet Ar work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 40 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review. B. Softwood-Plywood: DOC PS 1. 'W C. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. D. MDF: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130,made with binder containing no urea-formaldehyde resin. AW E. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2, made with binder containing no urea-formaldehyde resin. 4W F. Strawboard: ANSI A208.1 Grade M-3. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023 - 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 1. Dow Chemical;Woodstalk Gold MR Fiberboard. a. Available Supplier: As indicated in Finish Schedule. b. Additional Suppliers: See www.dow.com/bioprod/buy.htm. 2. Meadowood Industries, Inc.; MeadowBoard. 3. Primeboard, Inc., a division of Masonite; PrimeBoard Premium Wheat or PrimeBoard Supreme Wheat. 2.2 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Interior Standing and Running Trim, General: 1. For transparent-finished trim items wider than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not glue for width. 2. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work. B. Hardwood Lumber Trim: 1. Species and Grade: Aspen, cottonwood, sap gum, sycamore, white maple, or yellow poplar; Clear;NHLA. 2. Maximum Moisture Content: 13 percent. 2.3 PANELING A. Strawboard Paneling: Interior shop-finished strawboard panels. �wr 1. Thickness: 1/2 inch(12 mm). 2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Class C. wr 2.4 SHELVING AND CLOTHES RODS A. Shelving: Made from one of the following materials, 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick. Do not use particleboard or MDF that contains urea formaldehyde. 1. Particleboard with solid-wood front edge. 2. MDF with solid-wood front edge. 3. Strawboard with solid-wood front edge. B. Shelf Cleats: 3/4-by-5-1/2-inch (19-by-140-mm) boards with hole and notch to receive clothes rods, as specified above for shelving. C. Shelf Brackets with Rod Support: BHMA A156.16,B04051;prime-painted formed steel. D. Clothes Rods: 1-1/2-inch-(38-mm-) diameter, clear, kiln-dried hardwood. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Paneling Adhesive: Comply with paneling manufacturer's written recommendations. INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023 -2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 1. 1. Use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D(EPA Method 24). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before installing interior finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours. .. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install interior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use 40 concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 1. Scribe and cut interior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. 40 2. Countersink nailing and screw fasteners, fill surface at nailing scars flush, and sand where face nail fastening is unavoidable. 3. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2438 mm) for level and plumb. am Install adjoining interior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch (0.8-mm)maximum offset. 3.3 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION A. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Cope at returns and miter at corners to produce tight-fitting joints. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. 3.4 PANELING INSTALLATION .r A. Strawboard Paneling: Select and arrange panels on each wall to minimize noticeable variations in grain character and color between adjacent panels. Leave 1/4-inch (6-mm) reveal at top, "" bottom, and openings. Install with uniform tight joints with edge kerfs between panels. 1. Attach panels to supports with manufacturer's recommended panel adhesive and ..r fasteners. Space fasteners as recommended by panel manufacturer. 2. Conceal fasteners to greatest practical extent. +�r 3.5 SHELVING AND CLOTHES ROD INSTALLATION A. Cut shelf cleats at ends of shelves about 1/2 inch (13 mm) less than width of shelves and sand exposed ends smooth. B. Install shelf cleats by fastening to framing or backing with finish nails or trim screws, set below face and filled. Space fasteners not more than 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023 -3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA C. Install shelf brackets according to manufacturer's written instructions, spaced not more than 36 inches (900 mm) o.c. Fasten to framing members, blocking, or metal backing, or use toggle bolts or hollow wall anchors. so D. Cut shelves to neatly fit openings with only enough gap to allow shelves to be removed and reinstalled. Install shelves, fully seated on cleats,brackets,and supports. END OF SECTION 06 20 23 .rr �r .r rrr INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023 -4 66 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA SECTION 06 40 23 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Plastic-laminate cabinets. 2. Plastic-laminate countertops. B. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS +w A. Product Data: For cabinet hardware and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. C. Samples: aw 1. Plastic-laminates, for each type, color,pattern, and surface finish. Include edge treatment. 2. Thermoset decorative panels,for each type, color,pattern, and surface finish. as D. Woodwork Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program certificates. rr 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of woodwork. B. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards." 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. rr INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 1 ,.w Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Wood Products: 1. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. 2. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD, made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde. trr 3. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1,Grade M-2-Exterior Glue. 4. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, Medium Density Overlay. 5. Strawboard: ANSI A208.1 Grade M-3. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Chemical; Woodstalk Gold MR Fiberboard. 1) Available Supplier: As indicated in Finish Schedule. 2) Additional Suppliers: See www.dow.com/bioprod/buy.htm. b. Meadowood Industries, Inc.; MeadowBoard. C. Primeboard, Inc., a division of Masonite; PrimeBoard Premium Wheat or PrimeBoard Supreme Wheat. B. Thermoset Decorative Panels: Particleboard or medium-density fiberboard finished with thermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper complying with LMA SAT-1. C. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated or, if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard. D. Adhesives,General: Do not use adhesives that contain urea formaldehyde. E. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives and Glues: Use installation adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Wood Glues: 30 g/L. 2. Contact Adhesive: 250 g/L. 2.2 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural woodwork, except for items specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware (Scheduled by Describing Products)." B. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMA A156.9, B01602, 100 degrees of opening, self-closing. C. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal, 5 inches (127 mm) long, 2-1/2 inches (63.5 mm) deep, and 5/16 inch(8 mm)in diameter. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 -2 -. br Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA D. Shelf Rests: BHMA A156.9, B04013. E. Drawer Slides: BHMA A156.9, B05091. wr 1. Heavy Duty (Grade 1 HD-100 and Grade I HD-200): Side mounted; full-extension type; zinc-plated steel ball-bearing slides. F. Door Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07121. G. Drawer Locks: BHMA A156.1 1, E07041. H. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated. 1. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel base. 2. Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630. wir 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS wr A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, fire-retardant- treated,kiln-dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. aw 2.4 FABRICATION a. A. General: Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. ,,W 1. Interior Woodwork Grade: Economy. 2. Shop cut openings to maximum extent possible. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. +rr B. Plastic-Laminate Cabinets: 1. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay. 40 2. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate as follows: a. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: Grade HGS. +� b. Vertical Surfaces: Grade VGS. C. Edges: Grade VGS edge banding, 0.12 inch (3 mm) thick, matching laminate in color,pattern and finish. rr 1) Where face laminate is textured,provide smooth edge banding. +rr 3. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: As scheduled in the drawings. a. Where face laminate is textured,run grain vertical unless otherwise noted. C. Plastic-Laminate Countertops: 1. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate Grade: HGS. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 3 w.. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA 2. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 3. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. 4. Core Material at Sinks: Strawboard, particleboard made with exterior glue, medium- density fiberboard made with exterior glue, or exterior-grade plywood. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION ow A. Before installation, condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. Examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming. B. Grade: Install woodwork to comply with requirements for the same grade specified in Part 2 for fabrication of type of woodwork involved. C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm). Shim as required with concealed shims. D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. F. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. 1. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head screws sized for 1-inch (25-mm) penetration into wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips. G. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. Calk space between backsplash and wall with sealant specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." END OF SECTION 06 40 23 a r rw INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 -4 w. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 07 19 00-WATER REPELLENTS ww PART l - GENERAL wr 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes penetrating graffiti-resistant water-repellent coatings for the following vertical and horizontal surfaces: I. Concrete unit masonry (unpainted and unglazed). 1.2 SUBMITTALS +�r A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Product test reports. C. Warranty: Special warranty specified in the Section. wr 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE err A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer and Applicator agree(s) to repair or replace materials that fail to maintain water repellency specified in Part 1 " "Performance Requirements" Article within Two years from date of Substantial Completion. 100 PART 2 -PRODUCTS f., 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be w incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2 articles. 2.2 PENETRATING WATER-REPELLENT ANTI-GRAFFITI COATINGS A. Proprietary Blends: Formulations of one or several different resins (silanes, siloxanes, or w acrylics), polymers, stearates, or oils plus other compounds or products of components. I. VOC Requirements: With 3.3 lb/gal. (400 g/L)VOCs or less. rr WATER REPELLENTS 071900- 1 ww Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 2. Durability: Coatings may be sacrificial to facilitate graffiti removal. 3. Graffiti Removal: With water or proprietary cleaner. 4. Pentrating coatings only. Film-forming coatings are not acceptable. 5. Available products for two coats: " ` a. Chemical Products Industries,Inc.; CP-Graffiti &Water Repellent. b. Dayton-Superior; Graffiti Protector. C. Okon; Graffiti Solutions Seal Coat. 6. Available product for one coat: a. Degussa;TagGuard. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of substances that might interfere with penetration or performance of water repellents. Test for moisture content, according to water-repellent manufacturer's written instructions,to ensure that surface is dry enough. B. Test for pH level, according to water-repellent manufacturer's written instructions, to ensure chemical bond to silicate minerals. C. Weather and Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with application of water repellent under ` any of the following conditions, except with written instruction of manufacturer: I. Ambient temperature is less than 40 deg F(4.4 deg Q. 2. Concrete surfaces and mortar have cured for less than 28 days. 3. Rain or temperatures below 40 deg F(4.4 deg C) are predicted within 24 hours. 4. Application is earlier than 24 hours after surfaces have been wet. rr 5. Substrate is frozen or surface temperature is less than 40 deg F(4.4 deg Q. D. Protect adjoining work, including sealant bond surfaces, from spillage or blow-over of water repellent. Cover adjoining and nearby surfaces of aluminum and glass if there is the possibility of water repellent being deposited on surfaces. Cover live plants and grass. E. Coordination with Sealants: Do not apply water repellent until sealants for joints adjacent to surfaces receiving water-repellent treatment have been installed and cured. 1. Water-repellent work may precede sealant application only if sealant adhesion and compatibility have been tested and verified using substrate, water repellent, and sealant materials identical to those used in the work. F. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. WATER REPELLENTS 07 1900-2 4W am Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA so 3.2 APPLICATION A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect the err substrate before application of water repellent and to instruct Applicator on the product and application method to be used. ;,i,,,, B. Apply a heavy-saturation spray coating of water repellent on surfaces indicated for treatment using low-pressure spray equipment. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for using airless spraying procedure, unless otherwise indicated. C. For two-coat products, apply a second saturation spray coating, repeating first application. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for limitations on drying time between coats and after rainstorm wetting of surfaces between coats. Consult manufacturer's technical representative if written instructions are not applicable to Project conditions. 3.3 CLEANING A. Immediately clean water repellent from adjoining surfaces and surfaces soiled or damaged by 4W water-repellent application as work progresses. Repair damage caused by water-repellent application. Comply with manufacturer's written cleaning instructions. END OF SECTION 07 19 00 ar rrr W ow No +rr w.r WATER REPELLENTS 071900- 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 07 21 00-THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Perimeter insulation under slabs-on-grade. 2. Concealed building insulation. 3. Exposed building insulation. 4. Vapor retarders. 5. Sound attenuation insulation. +r„ 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Plenum Rating: Provide glass and slag-wool-fiber/rock-wool-fiber insulation where exposed to view in finished Work whose test performance is rated as follows for use in plenums as determined by testing identical products per "Erosion Test" and "Mold Growth and Humidity Test" described in UL 181, or on comparable tests from another standard acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Erosion Test Results: Insulation shows no visible evidence of cracking, flaking,peeling, or delamination of interior surface of duct assembly, after testing for 4 hours at 2500-fpm (13-m/s) air velocity. 2. Mold Growth and Humidity Test Results: Insulation shows no evidence of mold growth, delamination, or other deterioration due to the effects of high humidity, after inoculation with Chaetomium globosium on all surfaces and storing for 60 days at 100 percent s„ relative humidity in the dark. 1.3 SUBMITTALS rrr A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. so B. Samples for Verification: Full-size units for each type of exposed insulation indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Retain ASTM test method below based on product and kind of fire-resistance characteristic specified for each product in Part 2. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 for surface-burning characteristics and other methods indicated with product, by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. rr THERMAL INSULATION 072100- 1 ,r. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 FOAM-PLASTIC BOARD INSULATION A. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, Type VI, 1.80 lb/cu. ft. (29 kg/cu. m), with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450,respectively. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. DiversiFoam Products. b. Dow Chemical Company. C. Owens Corning. d. Pactiv Building Products Division. w1w 2.3 GLASS-FIBER BOARD INSULATION A. Available Manufacturers: 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Johns Manville. 3. Knauf Fiber Glass. 4. Owens Corning. B. Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Board Insulation: ASTM C 612, Type IA or Types IA and IB; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively;passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics; and with a nominal density and thermal resistivity, respectively, of 2.25 lb/cu. ft. (36 kg/cu. m) and 4.3 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F (29.8 K x m/W at 24 deg Q. 2.4 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Available Manufacturers: THERMAL INSULATION 072100-2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Guardian Fiberglass, Inc. 3. Johns Manville. .. 4. Knauf Fiber Glass. 5. Owens Corning. B. Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50,respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. ow C. Faced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type III (blankets with reflective membrane facing), Class A (membrane-faced surface with a flame-spread index of 25 or less); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier), faced with white polypropylene-scrim-kraft vapor- retarder membrane on 1 face. D. Where glass-fiber blanket insulation is indicated by the following thicknesses, provide blankets .. in batt or roll form with thermal resistances indicated: 1. 3-1/2 inches (89 mm) thick with a thermal resistance of 13 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 ,. deg F(2.3 K x sq. m/W at 24 deg Q. 2. 6-1/2 inches (165 mm) thick with a thermal resistance of 19 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F(3.3 K x sq. m/W at 24 deg Q. 9W 3. 9-1/2 inches (241 mm) or 10 inches (254 mm) thick with a thermal resistance of 30 deg F x h x sq.ft./Btu at 75 deg F(5.2 K x sq. m/W at 24 deg C). 2.5 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Reinforced-Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: 2 outer layers of polyethylene film laminated to an inner reinforcing layer consisting of either nylon cord or polyester scrim and weighing not less than 25 lb/1000 sq. ft. (12 kg/100 sq. m), with maximum permeance rating of 0.0507 perm (2.9 ng/Pa x s x sq. m). 1. Available Products: a. Raven Industries Inc.; DURA-SKRIM 6WW. b. Reef Industries, Inc.; Griffolyn T-65. B. Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. •• 2.6 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS A. Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by insulation „r manufacturers for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor-retarder facings. B. Eave Ventilation Troughs: Preformed, rigid fiberboard or plastic sheets designed and sized to fit between roof framing members and to provide cross ventilation between insulated attic spaces and vented eaves. rr THERMAL INSULATION 072100-3 r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 46 2.7 INSULATION FASTENERS A. Adhesively Attached, Spindle-Type Anchors: Plate or angle formed from perforated galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.762 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square, welded to + projecting copper-coated steel spindle 0.105 inch (2.67 mm) in diameter and of length capable of holding insulation of thickness indicated securely in position with 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) square or diameter self-locking washers complying with the following requirements: ] 1. Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- (0.41-mm-)thick galvanized steel sheet, with beveled edge for increased stiffness. 2. Where anchors are located in ceiling areas with exposed insulation and vapor barrier, protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap. B. Insulation Standoff: Spacer fabricated from galvanized mild-steel sheet for fitting over spindle of insulation anchor to maintain air space of 1 inch (25 mm) between face of insulation and substrate to which anchor is attached. ' C. Anchor Adhesive: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation anchors securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation,fasteners, and substrates. PART 3 -EXECUTION r 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to ice, rain, and snow. C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Water-Piping Coordination: If water piping is located within insulated exterior walls, coordinate location of piping to ensure that it is placed on warm side of insulation and insulation encapsulates piping. E. For preformed insulating units, provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units yY to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF UNDER-SLAB INSULATION A. On horizontal surfaces, loosely lay insulation units according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger end joints and tightly abut insulation units. THERMAL INSULATION 072100-4 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA aw 3.3 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written Ate+ instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Seal joints between foam-plastic insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer. : r C. Set vapor-retarder-faced units with vapor retarder in location indicated in Drawings. 1. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation. D. Install mineral-fiber insulation in cavities formed by framing members according to the �. following requirements: 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between r. edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch (76-mm) clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures, except where fixtures are labeled as rated for insulation contact. 4. Install eave ventilation troughs between roof framing members in insulated attic spaces at vented eaves. 5. For wood-framed construction, install mineral-fiber blankets according to ASTM C 1320. rr E. Install glass-fiber board insulation on concrete masonry substrates by friction-fitting between furring strips as follows: 1. Fasten wood furring strips to concrete masonry substrates according to Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry." Size furring strips at least 1/2 inch deeper than thickness of board insulation. .0 2. Friction-fit board insulation between furring strips. F. Stuff glass-fiber loose-fill insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where shown. Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m). r.. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS A. General: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. .. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose-fiber insulation. rr THERMAL INSULATION 072100-5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA B. Exposed laminated wood beams: Where exposed laminated wood beams are indicated, tuck vapor barrier such that 6" of the beam is exposed on either of its sides. Install free of tears, punctures or patches. C. Where exposed framing is not indicated, seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than two wall studs. Fasten vapor retarders to wood framing at top, end, and bottom edges; at perimeter of wall openings; and at lap joints. Space fasteners 16 inches (400 mm)O.C. D. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor-retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder. E. Repair tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. at Cover with vapor-retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder. 40 END OF SECTION 07 21 00 .rt e THERMAL INSULATION 072100-6 «. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 07 27 26 - FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS PART 1 - GENERAL aw 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: "�'" 1. Fluid-applied membrane air barrier, vapor permeable. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Air barrier shall be capable of performing as a continuous vapor- permeable air ,., barrier and as a liquid-water drainage plane flashed to discharge to the exterior incidental condensation or water penetration. Air barrier assemblies shall be capable of accommodating substrate movement and of sealing substrate expansion and control joints, construction material changes, and transitions at perimeter conditions without deterioration and air leakage exceeding specified limits. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated .r B. Shop Drawings: Show locations and extent of air barrier. Include details for substrate joints and cracks, counterflashing strip, penetrations, inside and outside corners, terminations, and tie- ins with adjoining construction. 1. Include details of interfaces with other materials that form part of air barrier. C. Product certificates. D. Qualification data. E. Product test reports. r. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE r. A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm experienced in applying air barrier materials similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. rr FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 072726- 1 so Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4 2.1 FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIER A. Fluid-Applied, Vapor-Permeable Membrane Air Barrier: Elastomeric, modified bituminous or synthetic polymer membrane. alb 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Synthetic Polymer Membrane: 1) Henry Company; Air-Bloc 31. 2. Physical and Performance Properties: a. Membrane Air Permeance: Not to exceed 0.004 cfm/ sq. ft. of surface area at 1.57-lbf/sq. ft. (0.02 L/s x sq. m of surface area at 75-Pa) pressure difference; ASTM E 2178. twi b. Membrane Vapor Permeance: Not less than 10 perms (580 ng/Pa x s x sq. m); ASTM E 96. wr► 2.2 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by air barrier manufacturer for intended use and compatible with air barrier membrane. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Primer: Liquid waterborne primer recommended for substrate by manufacturer of air barrier material. 40 C. Joint Reinforcing Strip: Air barrier manufacturer's glass-fiber-mesh tape. D. Substrate Patching Membrane: Manufacturer's standard trowel-grade substrate filler. E. Sprayed Polyurethane Foam Sealant: 1- or 2-component, foamed-in-place, polyurethane foam sealant, 1.5 to 2.0 lb/cu. ft (24 to 32 kg/cu. m) density; flame spread index of 25 or less according to ASTM E 162; with primer and noncorrosive substrate cleaner recommended by foam sealant manufacturer. F. Adhesive-Coated Transition Strip: Vapor-permeable, 17-mil- (0.43-mm-) thick, self-adhering strip consisting of an adhesive coating over a permeable laminate with a permeance of 37 perms (2145 ng/Pa x s x sq. m). G. Elastomeric Flashing Sheet: ASTM D 2000, 2BC415 to 3BC620, minimum 50-to 65-mil-(1.3- to 1.6-mm-) thick, cured sheet neoprene with manufacturer's recommended contact adhesives and lap sealant with galvanized steel termination bars and fasteners. FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 072726-2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA H. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, single-component, neutral-curing silicone; Class 100 150 (low- modulus), Grade NS, Use NT related to exposure, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, Use O. Comply with Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." PART 3 - EXECUTION r 3.1 JOINT TREATMENT r A. Concrete and Masonry: Prepare, treat, rout, and fill joints and cracks in substrate according to ASTM C 1193 and air barrier manufacturer's written instructions. B. Gypsum Sheathing: Fill joints greater than 1/4 inch (6 mm) with sealant according to ASTM C 1193 and with air barrier manufacturer's written instructions. Apply first layer of fluid air barrier membrane at joints. Tape joints with joint reinforcing strip after first layer is dry. ■+�► Apply a second layer of fluid air barrier membrane over joint reinforcing strip. wr 3.2 TRANSITION STRIP INSTALLATION A. Install strips, transition strips, and auxiliary materials according to air barrier manufacturer's written instructions to form a seal with adjacent construction and maintain a continuous air barrier. 1. Coordinate the installation of air barrier with installation of roofing membrane and base flashing to ensure continuity of air barrier with roofing membrane. 2. Install transition strip on roofing membrane or base flashing so that a minimum of 3 inches (75 mm) of coverage is achieved over both substrates. rw B. Apply primer to substrates at required rate and allow to dry. Limit priming to areas that will be covered by air barrier sheet in same day. Reprime areas exposed for more than 24 hours. 1. Prime glass-fiber-surfaced gypsum sheathing with number of prime coats needed to achieve required bond, with adequate drying time between coats. " C. Connect and seal exterior wall air barrier membrane continuously to roofing membrane air barrier, concrete below-grade structures, floor-to floor construction, exterior glazing and window systems, glazed curtain-wall systems, storefront systems, exterior louvers, exterior door 11W framing, and other construction used in exterior wall openings, using accessory materials according to air barrier manufacturer's instructions. As D. At end of each working day, seal top edge of strips and transition strips to substrate with termination mastic. E. Apply joint sealants forming part of air barrier assembly within manufacturer's recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. rr F. Wall Openings: Prime concealed perimeter frame surfaces of windows, curtain walls, storefronts, and doors. Apply adhesive-coated transition strip so that a minimum of 3 inches FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 072726- 3 +r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA (75 mm) of coverage is achieved over both substrates. Maintain 3 inches (75 mm) of full contact over firm bearing to perimeter frames with not less than 1 inch (25 mm)of full contact. G. Fill gaps in perimeter frame surfaces of windows, curtain walls, storefronts, and doors, and miscellaneous penetrations of air barrier membrane with foam sealant. H. Seal strips and transition strips around masonry reinforcing or ties and penetrations with termination mastic. I. Seal exposed edges of strips at seams, cuts, penetrations, and terminations not concealed by metal counterflashings or ending in reglets with termination mastic. J. Repair punctures, voids, and deficient lapped seams in strips and transition strips. Slit and flatten fishmouths and blisters. Patch with transition strips extending 6 inches (150 mm) beyond repaired areas in strip direction. M( 3.3 AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Clean, prepare, treat, and seal substrate according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean, dust-free, and dry substrate for air barrier application. B. Apply air barrier membrane to form a seal with strips and transition strips and to achieve a continuous air barrier according to air barrier manufacturer's written instructions. C. Apply air barrier membrane within manufacturer's recommended application temperature rrt ranges. D. Apply primer to substrates at required rate and allow to dry. Limit priming to areas that will be covered by air barrier sheet in same day. Reprime areas exposed for more than 24 hours. 1. Prime glass-fiber-surfaced gypsum sheathing with number of prime coats needed to achieve required bond, with adequate drying time between coats. rrifl E. Apply a continuous unbroken air barrier to substrates according to the following minimum thickness. Apply membrane in full contact around protrusions. 1. Vapor-Permeable Membrane Air Barrier: Apply to wet film thickness as indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. F. Apply strip and transition strip over cured air membrane overlapping 3 inches (75 mm) onto each surface according to air barrier manufacturer's written instructions. G. Do not cover air barrier until it has been tested and inspected by Owner's testing agency. H. Correct deficiencies in or remove air barrier that does not comply with requirements; repair substrates and reapply air barrier components. FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 072726-4 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections +�+ and prepare test reports. B. Inspections: Air barrier materials and installation are subject to inspection for compliance with requirements. C. Tests: Testing to be performed will be determined by Owner's testing agency as follows: rr 1. Qualitative Testing: Air barrier assemblies will be tested for evidence of air leakage according to ASTM E 1186, smoke pencil with pressurization or depressurization. AW D. Remove and replace deficient air barrier components and retest as specified above. 1W 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect air barrier system from damage during application and remainder of construction period, No according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Protect air barrier from exposure to UV light and harmful weather exposure as required wr by manufacturer. Remove and replace air barrier exposed for more than 30 days. END OF SECTION 07 27 26 40 aw wr 00 aw aw Wr No ,r. FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 072726- 5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA w SECTION 07 41 13 - METAL ROOF PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL r 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Standing-seam metal roof panels. 2. Metal soffit panels. 3. Mock-ups. B. Related Sections: w I. Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Roofing" for custom-fabricated and on-site, roll- formed sheet metal roofing. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind-uplift-resistance class indicated. err 1. Uplift Rating: UL 90. 2. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on minimum design wind pressures indicated in Drawings. 3. Deflection Limits: Metal roof panel assemblies shall withstand wind loads with vertical deflections no greater than 1/240 of the span. .w 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. w B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of metal roof panels; details of edge conditions, side-seam and endlap joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, trim, flashings, VW closures, and accessories; and special details. Distinguish between factory- and field-assembled work. „w, C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required, full product width by F-0" long. D. Product test reports. 4W E. Maintenance data. F. Warranties: Samples of special warranties. low METAL ROOF PANELS 0741 13 - 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Provide full-scale mockup as directed by Architect. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace metal roof panel assemblies that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal roof panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Finish Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PANEL MATERIALS A. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Restricted flatness steel sheet metallic coated by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 40 (Class AZM150 coating designation, Grade 275); structural quality. 2. Surface: Smooth,flat finish. 3. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: Acrylic clear-coat standard for product indicated in Drawings. 4. Concealed Finish: White or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish. B. Panel Sealants: 1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing; 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick. it 2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; as recommended in writing by metal roof panel manufacturer. 3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C 1311. X11 METAL ROOF PANELS 0741 13 -2 w. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 2.2 FIELD-INSTALLED THERMAL INSULATION A. Refer to Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation." 2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS "W A. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: 30 to 40 mils (0.76 to 1.0 mm) thick minimum, consisting of slip-resisting, polyethylene-film top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS- .. modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 1. Thermal Stability: Stable after testing at 240 deg F(116 deg C); ASTM D 1970. ow 1. Low-Temperature Flexibility: Passes after testing at minus 20 deg F (29 deg C); ASTM D 1970. 3. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be ++� incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Inc., Div. of Carlisle Companies Inc.; *W CCW WIP 300HT. b. Grace Construction Products; a unit of Grace, W. R. & Co.; Ultra. C. Henry Company; Blueskin PE200 HT. MW d. Metal-Fab Manufacturing, LLC; MetShield. e. Owens Corning;WeatherLock Metal High Temperature Underlayment. B. Felts: ASTM D 226, Type II(No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felts. C. Slip Sheet: Manufacturer's recommended slip sheet, of type required for application. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of metal roof panels by means of plastic caps or factory- applied coating. Provide EPDM, PVC, or neoprene sealing washers. B. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. ow 2.5 STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS A. General: Provide factory-formed metal roof panels designed to be installed by lapping and interconnecting raised side edges of adjacent panels with joint type indicated and mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips in side laps. Include clips, cleats, pressure plates, and accessories required for weathertight installation. Aw 1. Steel Panel Systems: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with ASTM E 1514. METAL ROOF PANELS 0741 13 - 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA 2. Basis of Design Product: Design is based on product indicated in Drawings. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by another manufacturer. 3. Profile: Vertical-rib, snap-joint,as indicated on Drawings. 4. Material: Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, 0.022-inch (0.56-mm) (24 gauge) nominal thickness. 5. Clips: Floating to accommodate thermal movement. a. Material: Metallic coated steel. 6. Joint Type: As standard with manufacturer. 7. Panel Coverage: 11". 8. Panel Height: 3". 2.6 METAL SOFFIT PANELS A. General: Provide factory-formed metal soffit panels designed to be installed by lapping and interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through panel to supports using concealed fasteners and factory-applied sealant in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight installation. B. Metal Soffit Panels: Match material of metal roof panels. 1. Finish: Match finish and color of metal roof panels. 2. Profile: Flush. 3. Sealant: Factory applied within interlocking joint. 2.7 ACCESSORIES A. Roof Panel Accessories: Provide components approved by roof panel manufacturer and as required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips,flashings, sealants, gaskets,fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal roof panels unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same metal as metal roof panels. 2. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular,rubber or crosslinked,polyolefin-foam or closed-cell Iaminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- (25-mm-) thick, flexible closure ' strips; cut or premolded to match metal roof panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. 3. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. B. Flashing and Trim: Formed from same material as roof panels, prefinished with coil coating, 40 minimum 0.018 inch (0.45 mm) thick. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners,bases,framed openings,ridges,fasciae, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal roof panels. METAL ROOF PANELS 0741 13 -4 w.i Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA C. Gutters: Formed from same material as roof panels. Match profile of gable trim, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other special pieces as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long sections, of size and metal thickness according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Furnish gutter supports spaced a maximum of 36 inches (900 mm) o.c., fabricated from same metal as gutters. Provide wire ball strainers of compatible metal at outlets. Finish gutters to match roof fascia and rake trim. ,r. D. Downspouts: Formed from same material as roof panels. Fabricate in 10-foot- (3-m-) long sections, complete with formed elbows and offsets, of size and metal thickness according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Finish downspouts to match gutters. 2.8 FABRICATION r A. Fabricate and finish metal roof panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes and as necessary to fulfill indicated ■. performance requirements. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel. r C. Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. ..r PART 3 - EXECUTION 1W 3.1 PREPARATION A. Miscellaneous Framing: Install subpurlins, eave angles, furring, and other miscellaneous roof panel support members and anchorage according to metal roof panel manufacturer's written instructions. .. 3.2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION ' A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Apply primer if required by manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation. Apply at locations indicated on Drawings, wrinkle free, in shingle fashion to shed water, and with end laps of not less than 6 inches (150 mm) staggered 24 inches (600 mm) between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches (90 mm). Extend underlayment into gutter trough. Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. wW B. Felt Underlayment: Apply at locations indicated on Drawings, in shingle fashion to shed water, and with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches (50 mm). MW C. Apply slip sheet over underlayment before installing metal roof panels. METAL ROOF PANELS 0741 13 -5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA D. Install flashings to cover underlayment to comply with requirements specified in Division 07 so Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 3.3 THERMAL INSULATION INSTALLATION A. See Division 07 Section "Building Insulation". 3.4 METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION iw A. Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with concealed clips at each standing-seam joint at location, spacing, and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer. 1. Install clips to supports with self-tapping fasteners. 2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in manufacturer's written installation iili instructions. 3. Snap Joint: Nest standing seams and fasten together by interlocking. B. Metal Soffit Panels: Provide metal soffit panels full width of soffits and walls as indicated in drawings. Install panels perpendicular to support framing. 1. Flash and seal panels with weather closures where metal soffit panels meet walls and at perimeter of all openings. fa 3.5 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and 10 provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including trim, copings, ridge closures, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. 2. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. 3. Provide elbows at base of downspouts to direct water away from building. 3.6 CLEANING A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal roof panels are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal roof panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. METAL ROOF PANELS 0741 13 -6 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA END OF SECTION 07 41 13 r w. A• .w ww r. no METAL ROOF PANELS 0741 13 -7 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA rr► SECTION 07 42 13 - METAL WALL PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL aw 1.1 SUMMARY .. A. Section Includes: 1. Concealed-fastener, lap-seam metal wall panels. 2. Metal soffit panels. ,r 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design metal wall panel assembly, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance: Provide metal wall panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, based on testing according to ASTM E 1592: 1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on the design wind pressures indicated in Drawings. ■r 2. Deflection Limits: Metal wall panel assemblies shall withstand wind loads with horizontal deflections no greater than 1/240 of the span. 1.3 SUBMITTALS r A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of metal wall panels; details of edge " conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. Distinguish between factory-, shop- and field- assembled work. C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required. Minimum full panel width by F-0" long. aw D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For metal wall panel assembly indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. E. Coordination Drawings: Exterior elevations drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and wall-mounted items. F. Product test reports. G. Maintenance data. op METAL WALL PANELS 074213 - 1 .. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA H. Warranties: Samples of special warranties. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site,Tiffany Park, Renton,WA. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal wall panel assemblies that fail in materials or workmanship within " specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal wall panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Finish Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PANEL MATERIALS A. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Restricted flatness steel sheet metallic coated by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation; structural quality. 2. Surface: Smooth,flat finish. am 3. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: a. 3-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. e)1 4. Concealed Finish: Manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish. 40 B. Panel Sealants: 1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing; 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick. 2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920 as recommended in writing by metal wall panel manufacturer. 3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C 1311. METAL WALL PANELS 074213 - 2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 2.2 FIELD-INSTALLED THERMAL INSULATION A. Refer to Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation." 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS rw. A. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of metal wall panels by means of plastic caps or factory- applied coating. Provide EPDM,PVC, or neoprene sealing washers. 2.4 CONCEALED-FASTENER, LAP-SEAM METAL WALL PANELS A. Provide factory-formed metal wall panels designed to be field assembled by lapping and interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through panel to supports using concealed fasteners and factory-applied sealant in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight installation. wrr 1. Basis of Design Product: Design is based on product indicated in Drawings. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by another manufacturer. 2. Profile: Flush. 3. Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet, 0.022-inch (0.56-mm) (24 gauge) nominal thickness. a. Color: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. rr. 4. Panel Coverage: 12". 5. Panel Height: 1-1/2". 2.5 METAL SOFFIT PANELS A. See Division 07 Section "Metal Roof Panels." 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal wall panel assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets,fillers,closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal wall panels, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and rakes, fabricated of same metal as metal wall panels. 2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. 3. Closure Strips: Closed-cell,expanded, cellular,rubber or crosslinked,polyolefin-foam or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- (25-mm-) thick, flexible closure METAL WALL PANELS 0742 13 - 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA strips; cut or premolded to match metal wall panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. B. Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.018-inch (0.46-mm) minimum thickness, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, bases, drips, sills, jambs, corners, endwalls, framed openings, rakes, fasciae, parapet caps, soffits, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal wall panels. �r 2.7 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate and finish metal wall panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. Fabricate metal wall panels in a manner that eliminates condensation on interior side of panel and with joints between panels designed to form weathertight seals. C. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel. D. Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design,-dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION e0 A. Miscellaneous Framing: Install subgirts, base angles, sills, furring, and other miscellaneous wall panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal wall panel o manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.2 THERMAL INSULATION INSTALLATION if A. Blanket Insulation: See Division 07 Section "Building Insulation." 3.3 METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION A. Lap-Seam Metal Wall Panels: Fasten metal wall panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at location and spacing recommended by manufacturer. 1. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib corrugation. Apply panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "panel creep" or application not true to line. METAL WALL PANELS 074213 -4 tr�l Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 2. Provide metal-backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal wall panels. 3. Locate and space exposed fasteners in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Use �+ proper tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of washer. 4. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. 5. Provide sealant tape at lapped joints of metal wall panels and between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. 6. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant tape to weather-side surface of fastenings on end laps; on side laps of nesting-type panels; on side laps of corrugated nesting-type, ribbed, or fluted panels; and elsewhere as needed to make panels weathertight. 7. At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6-inch (152-mm) end lap, sealed with butyl- rubber sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates. B. Zee Clips: Provide Zee clips of size indicated or, if not indicated, as required to act as standoff from wood sheathing for depth indicated in drawings. Attach to wood sheathing with stainless steel fasteners. C. Metal Soffit Panels: See Division 07 Section "Metal Roof Panels." rrr 3.4 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and Ow provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete metal wall panel assembly including trim, am copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal wall panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On +�+ completion of metal wall panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. After metal wall panel installation, clear weep holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and sealant. END OF SECTION 07 42 13 w METAL WALL PANELS 074213 -5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 07 62 00- SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM MW PART 1 -GENERAL r■ 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: "M 1. Formed steep-slope roof sheet metal fabrications. 2. Formed wall sheet metal fabrications. r. 1.2 SUBMITTALS No A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show installation layouts of sheet metal flashing and trim, including plans, err elevations, expansion joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop- and field- assembled work. ME 1. Include details for forming, joining, supporting, and securing sheet metal flashing and trim, including pattern of seams, termination points, fixed points, expansion joints, expansion joint covers, edge conditions, special conditions, and connections to adjoining to work. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each finish specified. rr D. Maintenance data. ow E. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" unless more stringent requirements are specified or shown on Drawings. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. r. 1. Build full-scale mockup as directed by Architect. See Division 07 Section "Metal Roof Panels". C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. w. .r. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200- 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METALS A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective film before shipping. B. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304, dead soft, fully annealed; 2B (bright, cold rolled)finish. C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Restricted flatness steel sheet, metallic coated by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation; structural quality. 2. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 40 (Class AZM 150 coating designation, Grade 275); structural quality. 3. Surface: Manufacturer's standard clear acrylic coating on both sides, except as otherwise noted. 4. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: a. Three-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not +rri less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. 5. Color: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 2.2 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS ctrl A. Polyethylene Sheet: 6-mil- (0.15-mm-) thick polyethylene sheet complying with ASTM D 4397. B. Felt: ASTM D 226,Type II(No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felt, nonperforated. C. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 to 40 mils (0.76 to 1.0 mm) thick, trrrr consisting of slip-resisting polyethylene-film top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS- modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 1. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F(116 deg Q. 2. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F (29 Ali deg Q. Wj SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200- 2 00 MW Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton, WA D. Slip Sheet: Building paper, 3-lb/100 sq.ft. (0.16-kg/sq. m) minimum,rosin sized. rw 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, �. separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal. r 1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws,gasketed, with hex-washer head. �+ a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using factory-applied coating. b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. 2. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) and Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: Hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329 or Series 300 stainless steel. C. Solder: 1. For Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead or Grade Sn60, 60 percent tin and 40 percent lead. .r. D. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch(13 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick. E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polymer sealant; low modulus; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement. G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. r. 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL +rr A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item indicated. Fabricate items at the shop to greatest extent possible. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200- 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 1. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 2. Form sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. + ► 3. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces exposed to view. e B. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant. C. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I inch (25 mm) deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. D. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. E. Seams in Stainless Steel: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. wr F. Seams in Metallic-Coated Sheet Steel: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength. 2.5 ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS r A. See Division 07 Section "Metal Roof Panels." VW 2.6 STEEP-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Drip Edges: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm)thick. B. Eave and Rake Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.022 inch(0.56 mm) thick. 2.7 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Through-Wall Flashing: Fabricate continuous flashings in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long, but not exceeding 12-foot- (3.6-m-) long, sections, under copings, at shelf angles, and + where indicated. Fabricate discontinuous lintel, sill, and similar flashings to extend 6 inches (150 mm) beyond each side of wall openings. Form with 2-inch- (50-mm-) high, end dams where flashing is discontinuous. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.016 inch(0.40 mm)thick. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200-4 W. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA aw B. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Fabricate head, sill,jamb, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches (100 mm) beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2-inch- (50- mm-)high, end dams. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.016 inch(0.40 mm) thick. 2. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm)thick. 3. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm)thick. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Polyethylene Sheet: Install polyethylene sheet with adhesive for anchorage. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped and taped joints of not less than 2 inches (50 mm). •�+ B. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment with adhesive for temporary anchorage. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches (50 mm). C. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer rather than nails for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches (150 mm) staggered 24 inches (600 mm) between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches (90 mm). Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. wr 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL +�. A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement so that completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, rr neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks. 5. Install sealant tape where indicated. rw 6. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by SMACNA. r SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200-5 low A Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 1. Coat back side of stainless-steel sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim will contact wood,ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or install a course of polyethylene sheet. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (600 mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight,form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. D. Fastener Sizes: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate wood sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches (32 mm)for nails and not less than 3/4 inch(19 mm)for wood screws. E. Seal joints as shown and as required for watertight construction. F. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre-tin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), except reduce pre-tinning where pre-tinned surface would show in completed Work. 1. Do not solder metallic-coated steel sheet. 2. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 3. Stainless-Steel Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated sheets using solder recommended for stainless steel and acid flux. Promptly remove acid flux residue from metal after tinning and soldering. Comply with solder manufacturer's recommended methods for cleaning and neutralization. G. Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where indicated and where necessary for strength. 16 3.3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION 0 A. General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof 96 perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system. B. See Division 07 Section "Metal Roof Panels" for components. go C. Built-in Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered or lapped joints sealed with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Slope to downspouts. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. 1. Install felt underlayment layer in built-in gutter trough and extend to drip edge at eaves and under felt underlayment on roof sheathing. Lap sides a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) over underlying course. Lap ends a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm). Stagger end laps between succeeding courses at least 72 inches (1830 mm). Fasten with roofing nails. Install slip sheet over felt underlayment. i 2. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated, but not exceeding 50 feet (15.24 m) apart. Install expansion joint caps. w SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200-6 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA D. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) telescoping joints. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. Locate hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches (1500 mm) o.c. in between. E. Conductor Heads: Anchor securely to wall with elevation of conductor head rim 1 inch (25 mm) below gutter discharge. 3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION �. A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints, and seams that will be " permanently watertight and weather resistant. B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations ++� in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and as indicated. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at staggered 3-inch (75-mm) centers. 3.5 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers. rw B. Through-Wall Flashing: Installation of through-wall flashing is specified in Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry." rrr C. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill,jamb, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches (100 mm)beyond wall openings. rr 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants. C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim rrr are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. w END OF SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200-7 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA SECTION 07 92 00-JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL rr 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following applications, including those specified by *W reference to this Section: 1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. ' 2. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 3. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 4. Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. B. Single Subcontract Responsibilities: Refer to Division 08 Section "Aluminum Windows" for requirements applicable to single subcontract responsibility. VW 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS go A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. me 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated. B. Samples: For each type and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants r in 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide joints formed between two 6-inch- (150-mm-) long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. C. Preconstruction field test reports. D. Compatibility and adhesion test reports. �.. E. Product certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit samples of materials that will contact or affect exterior non-traffic joint sealants to joint-sealant manufacturers for testing " according to ASTM C 1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. B. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastomeric sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates according to the method in ASTM C 1193 that is appropriate for the types of Project joints. JOINT SEALANTS 079200- 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building to 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA C. Mockups: Build mockups incorporating sealant joints, as follows, to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution: 1. Joints in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive elastomeric joint sealants,which are specified by reference to this Section. r a. See Division 7 Section "Metal Roof Panels." 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace exterior elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranties: Written warranties (weatherseal and stain resistance), signed by elastomeric sealant manufacturer agreeing to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that fail to provide airtight and watertight joints, or fail in adhesion, cohesion, abrasion-resistance, stain-resistance, weather resistance, or general durability or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly specified in the manufacturer's data as an inherent quality of the material within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants,backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as stated by sealant manufacturer's published data, and as substantiated by the manufacturer for each application through testing. B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide interior sealants and sealant primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Manufacturer's Representative: Do not use elastomeric sealant produced by any manufacturer who will not agree to send a qualified technical representative to the project site when JOINT SEALANTS 079200- 2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA requested, for the purpose of rendering advice concerning the proper installation of manufacturer's materials. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Use self leveling compounds for horizontal joints in pavements and non-sag compounds for all other areas except as shown or specified. B. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. C. Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for Use I for joints that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247 and qualify for the length of exposure indicated by reference err to ASTM C 920 for Class 1 or 2. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water, unless otherwise indicated. D. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food,provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. E. Two Part Polyurethane Sealants (Non-Sag): 1. Typical Exterior Wall Joints (Two-part Polyurethane Sealants): a. Properties: 1) Standards: Comply with ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25; use r NT,M,A and O. 2) Performance: Non-stain, non-bleed, non-streaking to sealed and adjacent substrates. The minimum pli value after 7 day immersion shall not be less than 13 when tested in strict accordance with ASTM C794 Adhesion in Peel. b. Products and Manufacturers: One of the following: 1) Pecora Corporation;Dynatrol I1. 2) Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc.; Sonolastic NP-2 TM 3) Tremco, an RPM Co.; Dymeric 240. F. Two-Part Polyurethane Sealant (Self Leveling): ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25; r use T; one of the following: 1. Pecora Corporation; Urexpan NR-200. r. 2. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc.; Sonolastic SL 2 TM 3. Tremco, an RPM Co.;THC 900. G. Sealants for Contact with Food: Comply with 21 CFR 177.2600, NSF Standard 51, and ASTM C920. JOINT SEALANTS 079200- 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 1. Dow Corning; 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant. H. Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant (use for joints at toilet fixtures, public toilet room countertops and vanities, and at janitor closet mop receptor to wall transition): Complying with ASTM C920, Type S (single component), Grade NS (non-sag), class 25, Use NT (non-traffic), Substrate uses G, A, and O; and containing a fungicide for mildew resistance. 1. Products: Provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning; 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant. ter b. GE Silicones; Sanitary SCS 1700. C. Pecora Corporation; 898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant. viii 2.3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant: Non-elastomeric, one part, non-sag, paintable latex sealant that is recommended for exposed applications on the interior. Complying with ASTM C 834: 1. Products: Provide one of the following: ro a. Pecora Corporation; AC-20+ Silicone b. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc.; Sonolastic Sonolac. 10 C. Tremco, an RPM Co.; Tremflex 834. 2.4 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING so A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications NO indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: One of the following preformed, compressible, resilient, No nonstaining, nonwaxing, nonextruding backings of flexible plastic foam complying with ASTM C 1330, and of type indicated below. Select shape and density of cylindrical sealant backings in consultation with the manufacturer for proper performance in specific condition of 10 use in each case. 1. Type C: Closed-cell polyethylene foam material with a surface skin, which is nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, non-outgassing in unruptured state; one of the "o following: a. HBR Closed Cell Backer Rod; Nomaco, Inc.. rr b. Sonneborn Sonolastic Closed-Cell Backer-Rod; ChemRex, Inc. 2. Type B: Bi-cellular reticulated, polymeric foam material with a surface skin, ad nonoutgassing, with a density of between 24-48 kg/cubic meter per ASTM D1622 and minimum tensile strength of greater than 200 kPa per ASTM D1623, and with water absorption less than 0.10 gm/cc per ASTM C1016; one of the following: a. SofRod; Nomaco, Inc. 1W JOINT SEALANTS 079200-4 to am Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA b. Sonolastic Soft Backer-Rod; ChemRex,Inc. C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene, TFE fluorocarbon, or other plastic tape recommended by ++. sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. +.r D. Weep and Vent Tubes: Clear plastic (PVC) tubing, minimum 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) inside diameter, and of length as required to extend between exterior face of sealant and open cavity .r behind. 1. At window and curtain wall systems, where required by system designer, provide gutter termination of tube with preformed nipples suitable for sealing to gutter. E. Cork Joint Filler: Resilient and nonextruding, ASTM D 1752, Type 11. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS r. A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces r�. adjacent to joints. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint- +� sealant performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. wr 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants. 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant. rrr a. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound JOINT SEALANTS 079200-5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose to particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. 2. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. a. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, 1 harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates,where recommended in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1 l93 for use of joint rrr sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. B. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. flil 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture,or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. ? 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. r JOINT SEALANTS 079200-6 rr �. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA l. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. F. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. ar. END OF SECTION 07 92 00 wr •r rr JOINT SEALANTS 079200-7 .. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA SECTION 08 11 13 -HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Standard hollow metal doors and frames. 1.2 SUBMITTALS ,,■ A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include elevations, door edge details, frame profiles, metal thicknesses, preparations for hardware, and other details. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required. D. Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. rw PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS irr A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, CS, Type B; suitable for exposed applications. B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M,CS, Type B. C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 (Z180)or A60(ZF180) metallic coating. D. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), 40Z (12G) coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 101 IM, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. r.r E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. '■' F. Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches (102 mm), as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 - 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA G. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665,Type I. H. Glazing: Division 08 Section "Glazing." iii I. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil (0.4-mm)dry film thickness per coat. 2.2 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. 1. Design: Flush panel. 2. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard kraft-paper honeycomb, polystyrene, polyurethane, polyisocyanurate,mineral-board, or vertical steel-stiffener core. 3. Vertical Edges for Single-Acting Doors: Beveled edge, 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3 mm in 50 mm). ■6 4. Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-) thick, end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. 5. Tolerances: SDI 117, "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." go B. Exterior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. Comply with ANSUSDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSUSDI A250.4 for physical performance level: 1. Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model I (Full Flush). C. Interior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet. Provide doors complying so with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSUSDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSUSDI A250.4 for physical performance level: 1. Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Model 1 (Full Flush). D. Hardware Reinforcement: ANSUSDI A250.6. 2.3 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. General: Comply with ANSUSDI A250.8. B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. "n 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. 2. Fabricate frames as full profile welded unless otherwise indicated. 3. Frames for Level 3 Steel Doors and Borrowed Lights: 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-) thick steel sheet. C. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. 2. Fabricate frames as full profile welded unless otherwise indicated. 3. Frames for Level 2 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch-(1.3-mm-)thick steel sheet. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 -2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA D. Hardware Reinforcement: ANSI/SDI A250.6. .■ 2.4 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches (50 mm) wide by 10 inches (250 mm) long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch (4.5 mm) thick. 2. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch(1.0 mm) thick. 3. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8-inch- (9.5-mm-) diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location. B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick, and as follows: +w. 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners. 2.5 STOPS AND MOLDINGS A. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with hollow metal frames, a minimum of 5/8 inch (16 mm) high unless otherwise indicated. B. Loose Stops for Glazed Lites in Frames: Minimum 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) thick, same material as W. frames. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Ceiling Struts: Minimum 1/4-inch-thick by 1-inch- (6.4-mm-thick by 25.4-mm-) wide steel. �. B. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch (0.4 mm)thick. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in SDI 117. B. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doors. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 2. Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors. C. Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint,fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. r,. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 -3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind,fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible. 2. Sidelight Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. 3. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 4. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted. 5. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot 16 welds per anchor. 6. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c. and as follows: 1) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm)high. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches (2286 to 3048 mm) high. b. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c. and as follows: 1) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm)high. 2) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches (2286 to 2438 mm) high. 3) Five anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches (6 10 mm) or fraction thereof above 96 inches (2438 mm)high. C. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches (152 mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches (660 mm) O.C. 7. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to receive door silencers. a. Single-Door Frames: Three door silencers. D. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated mortised hardware according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Id Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." 1. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSUSDI A250.8. +'lid 2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised and surface-mounted door hardware. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSUSDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A115 Series specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware. 10s 4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with Division 26 electrical Sections. E. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed liter where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 -4 err Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow metal work. 2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each V glazed lite is capable of being removed independently. 3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. wo 4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow metal work. 5. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glazing and type of installation indicated. 2.8 STEEL FINISHES �r A. Prime Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating. 1. Shop Primer: ANSI/SDI A250.10. PART 3 -EXECUTION :r. 3.1 INSTALLATION �r A. Hollow Metal Frames: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11. 1. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind,fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush,and invisible on exposed faces. b. Install frames with removable glazing stops located on secure side of opening. C. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. d. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured. e. Check plumbness, squareness, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. f. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that are filled with grout containing antifreezing agents. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with powder-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout. 4. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled rr expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 - 5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 5. Ceiling Struts: Extend struts vertically from top of frame at each jamb to overhead structural supports or substrates above frame unless frame is anchored to masonry or to other structural support at each jamb. Bend top of struts to provide flush contact for securing to supporting construction. Provide adjustable wedged or bolted anchorage to frame jamb members. 6. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. , b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. C. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at opposite face corners of Jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs at floor. B. Hollow Metal Doors: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. 1. Non-Fire-Rated Standard Steel Doors: a. Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch(3 mm)plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch (3 mm) plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 rr mm). C. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum 3/8 inch (9.5 mm). d. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold): Maximum 3/4 inch(19 mm). C. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing" and with hollow metal manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Secure stops with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches (230 mm) o.c. and not more than 2 inches (50 mm) o.c. from each " corner. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work,including hollow metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. B. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying,rust-inhibitive primer. C. Metallic-Coated Surfaces: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 -6 .r� Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA SECTION 08 3113 -ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL ,rr 1.1 SUMMARY �w A. This Section includes access doors and frames for walls and ceilings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of access door and frame indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples: For each door face material in specified finish. rr D. Schedule: Types, locations, sizes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Verification: Determine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed to gain access to concealed plumbing, mechanical, or other concealed work, and indicate in the schedule specified in "Submittals" Article. PART 2-PRODUCTS rr 2.1 STEEL MATERIALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes,and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. ASTM A 123/A 123M,for galvanizing steel and iron products. w+ 2. ASTM A 153/A 153M,for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS) with A60(ZF180) zinc-iron-alloy (galvannealed) coating or G60(Z180)mill-phosphatized zinc coating. C. Steel Finishes: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Factory-Primed Finish: Manufacturer's standard shop primer. D. Drywall Beads: 0.0299-inch (0.76-mm)zinc-coated steel sheet to receive joint compound. ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 0831 13 - 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 2.2 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS A. Flush Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Trim: Fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. 1. Locations: Walls with ceramic tile finish. 2. Door: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-)thick sheet metal. 3. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with 1-1/4-inch- (32-mm-) wide, surface-mounted trim. 4. Hinges: Spring-loaded, concealed-pin type. 5. Lock: Cylinder. B. Flush Access Doors and Trimless Frames: Fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. 1. Locations: Wall and ceiling surfaces. 2. Door: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-)thick sheet metal. 3. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with drywall bead flange. ' 4. Hinges: Spring-loaded, concealed-pin type. 5. Lock: Cylinder. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for installation. rt B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of supports indicated. D. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when closed. 1. For cylinder lock, furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike. E. Extruded Aluminum: After fabrication, apply manufacturer's standard protective coating on aluminum that will come in contact with concrete. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames. B. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligned with adjacent finish surfaces. ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 0831 13 - 2 to Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA w C. Install doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust doors and hardware after installation for proper operation. B. Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION 08 31 13 w.r w err `s ■r ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 0831 13 - 3 wr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA w■ SECTION 08 5113 -ALUMINUM WINDOWS i.. PARTI -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fixed and operable aluminum-framed windows. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS �r A. General: Provide aluminum windows capable of complying with performance requirements indicated, based on testing manufacturer's windows that are representative of those specified, and that are of minimum test size required by AAMA/WDMA 101/LS.2/NAFS. B. Thermal Movements: Provide aluminum windows, including anchorage, that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. I. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C) r material surfaces. awr 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of aluminum window indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, hardware, attachments to other work, operational clearances, and installation details .�r C. Samples: For each exposed finish. D. Product Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings. .w E. Field quality-control test reports. r. F. Product test reports. G. Maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: A qualified installer,approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 0851 13 - 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA B. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass manufacturers and with GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace aluminum windows that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 10 a. Failure to meet performance requirements. b. Structural failures including excessive deflection, water leakage, air infiltration, or condensation. r C. Faulty operation of movable sash and hardware. d. Deterioration of metals, other materials, and metal finishes beyond normal weathering. e. Failure of insulating glass. 2. Warranty Period: a. Window: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Glazing: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Metal Finish: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Milgard; 920/921 Series thermally improved extruded aluminum windows, or comparable products by one of the following: 1. EFCO Corporation. 2. Fleetwood Aluminum Products,Inc. 3. Kawneer; an Alcoa Company. 4. TRACO. 5. Wausau Window and Wall Systems. 6. YKK AP America Inc. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 0851 13 -2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park,Renton, WA 2.2 WINDOWS 1 - 10 A. Window Type: As indicated on Drawings. .r B. Comply with AAMA/WDMA ]01/I.S.2/NAFS. r 1. Performance Class and Grade: a. Awning Units: C30. b. Fixed Units: HC40. C. Thermal Transmittance: Provide aluminum windows with a whole-window, U-factor maximum indicated at 15-mph (24-km/h) exterior wind velocity and winter condition temperatures when tested according to NFRC 100. 1. U-Factor: 0.50 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F or less. D. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient (SHGC): Provide aluminum windows with a whole-window SHGC maximum of 0.40, determined according to NFRC 200 procedures. 2.3 GLAZING A. Glass: Clear,insulating-glass units complying with Division 08 Section "Glazing." B. Glazing System: Manufacturer's standard factory-glazing system that produces weathertight rir seal. +� 2.4 INSECT SCREENS A. General: Design windows and hardware to accommodate screens in a tight-fitting, removable arrangement, with a minimum of exposed fasteners and latches. Fabricate insect screens to fully integrate with window frame. Locate screens on inside of window and provide for each operable exterior sash or ventilator. aw 1. Aluminum Tubular Frame Screens: Comply with SMA 1004, "Specifications for Aluminum Tubular Frame Screens for Windows," Architectural C-24 class. 40 B. Aluminum Insect Screen Frames: Manufacturer's standard aluminum alloy complying with SMA 1004. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped joints or corner extrusions, concealed fasteners, and removable PVC spline/anchor concealing edge of frame. JW 1. Aluminum Tubular Framing Sections and Cross Braces: Roll formed from aluminum sheet with minimum wall thickness as required for class indicated. 2. Finish: Match aluminum window members. C. Glass-Fiber Mesh Fabric: 18-by-14 (1.1-by-1.4-mm) or 18-by-16 (1.0-by-1.1-mm) mesh of w. PVC-coated, glass-fiber threads; woven and fused to form a fabric mesh resistant to corrosion, shrinkage, stretch, impact damage, and weather deterioration; in the following color. Comply with ASTM D 3656. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 0851 13 - 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 1. Mesh Color: Charcoal gray. D. Wickets: Provide sliding or hinged wickets, framed and trimmed for a tight fit and for durability during handling. 2.5 FABRICATION rrii A. Fabricate aluminum windows that are reglazable without dismantling sash or ventilator framing. B. Weather Stripping: Provide full-perimeter weather stripping for each operable sash and ventilator. C. Weep Holes: Provide weep holes and internal passages to conduct infiltrating water to exterior. r D. Provide water-shed members above side-hinged ventilators and similar lines of natural water penetration. ► E. Mullions: Provide mullions and cover plates as shown, matching window units, complete with anchors for support to structure and installation of window units. Allow for erection tolerances of and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections, as indicated. Provide mullions and cover plates capable of withstanding design loads of window units. F. Subframes: Provide subframes with anchors for window units as shown, of profile and dimensions indicated but not less than 0.062-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick extruded aluminum. Miter or cope corners, and weld and dress smooth with concealed mechanical joint fasteners. Finish to match window units. Provide subframes capable of withstanding design loads of window units. 40 G. Glazing Stops: Provide snap-on glazing stops coordinated with Division 08 Section "Glazing" and glazing system indicated. Provide glazing stops to match sash and ventilator frames. as 2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES go A. Aluminum Anodic Finish: Class 11, clear anodic coating complying with AAMA 611. PART 3 -EXECUTION r 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with Drawings, Shop Drawings, and manufacturer's written instructions for installing windows, hardware, accessories, and other components. B. Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or impeding thermal movement, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction. C. Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated,for weathertight construction. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 0851 13 -4 ar Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA a.. D. Install windows and components to drain condensation, water penetrating joints, and moisture migrating within windows to the exterior. E. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. F. Adjust operating sashes and ventilators, screens, hardware, and accessories for a tight fit at contact points and weather stripping for smooth operation and weathertight closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. G. Clean aluminum surfaces immediately after installing windows. Avoid damaging protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances. H. Clean factory-glazed glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. I. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during construction period. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Testing and inspecting agency will interpret tests and state in each report whether tested work complies with or deviates from requirements. B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of installed windows shall take place as follows: 1. Testing Methodology: Testing of windows for air infiltration and water resistance shall ow be performed according to AAMA 502, Test Method [A] [B], by applying same test pressures required to determine compliance with AAMA/WDMA 101/LS.2/NAFS in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. 2. Testing Extent: Three windows as selected by Architect and a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. Windows shall be tested immediately after installation. 3. Test Reports: Shall be prepared according to AAMA 502. �r C. Remove and replace noncomplying aluminum window and retest as specified above. D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. END OF SECTION 08 51 13 wr ow ALUMINUM WINDOWS 0851 13 -5 «w Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA aw SECTION 08 7100-DOOR HARDWARE WO PART 1 -GENERAL sw 1.1 SUMMARY so A. This Section includes the following: 1. Commercial door hardware. 2. Cylinders for doors specified in other Sections. w 1.2 SUBMITTALS W A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1W B. Samples: For each exposed finish. C. Product certificates and test reports. D. Other Action Submittals: 1. Door Hardware Sets: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. a. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format as in the Contract Documents. +. b. Content: Include the following information: 1) Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, and material of each door and frame. 2) Type, style, function, size, quantity, and finish of each door hardware item. Include description and function of each lockset and exit device. err 3) Complete designations of every item required for each door or opening including name and manufacturer. 4) Description of each electrified door hardware function, including location, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems. 2. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. we 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by lock manufacturer. 1. Installer's responsibilities include supplying and installing door hardware and providing a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor,Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. r DOOR HARDWARE 087100- 1 .tr mi Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA �Ik B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by DHI as an Architectural Hardware Consultant and who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. C. Source Limitations: Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that perform electrical modifications and that are listed by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction are acceptable. D. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. 1. Test Pressure: After 5 minutes into the test, neutral pressure level in furnace shall be established at 40 inches (10 16 mm)or less above the sill. E. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system. F. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver keys and permanent cores to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Templates: Distribute door hardware templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to 04 confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. ;4 j 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion,except as follows: a. Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. e w1i DOOR HARDWARE 087100-2 +r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section and ww door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule. 1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and manufacturers' products, where named, or products complying with BHMA standard referenced. B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: e" 1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Where manufacturer and product designation are listed for each door hardware type, those products are required. 2. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards and no requirements for description, quality, and function. ON 2.2 HINGES, GENERAL A. Template Requirements: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into ftV wood doors and frames,provide only template-produced units. B. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated,provide the following: wo 1. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. 2. Interior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. so C. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin,prevents removal of pin while door is closed;for outswinging exterior doors. wo D. Fasteners: Comply with the following: 1. Machine Screws: For metal doors and frames. Install into drilled and tapped holes. 2. Wood Screws: For wood doors and frames. 'mow 3. Threaded-to-the-Head Wood Screws: For fire-rated wood doors. 4. Screws: Phillips flat-head; machine screws (drilled and tapped holes) for metal doors. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges. wr 2.3 HINGES to A. Butts and Hinges: BHMA A156.1. on B. Template Hinge Dimensions: BHMA A156.7. r DOOR HARDWARE 087100- 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 2.4 LOCKS AND LATCHES, GENERAL A. Accessibility Requirements: Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf(22 N). B. Latches and Locks for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Latches shall not require more than 15 lbf(67 N) to release the latch. Locks shall not require use of a key, too], or special knowledge for operation. C. Lock Trim: rl 1. Levers: Best Access Systems; 9K Heavy Duty Lever Series, Style 15D. D. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors. E. Backset: 2-3/4 inches (70 mm), unless otherwise indicated. F. Strikes: Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latchbolt or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame,finished to match door hardware set. 4i 2.5 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Lock Functions: Function numbers and descriptions indicated in door hardware sets comply with the following: 1. Bored Locks: BHMA A156.2. B. Bored Locks: BHMA A156.2, Grade 1; Series 4000. 1. Manufacturers: a. Best Access Systems; Div. of The Stanley Works (BAS). 2.6 LOCK CYLINDERS A. Standard Lock Cylinders: BHMA Al 56.5, Grade 1. B. Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver, and complying with the following: 1. Number of Pins: Seven. C. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; with interchangeable cores. D. Construction Keying: Comply with the following: 1. Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of construction keys without cylinder removal. Provide 10 construction master keys. DOOR HARDWARE 087100-4 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA E. Manufacturer: Same manufacturer as for locks and latches. 2.7 KEYING A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, r Appendix A. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference into grand master key system. 1. Existing System: Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system. B. Keys: Nickel silver. 1. Quantity: In addition to one extra key blank for each lock,provide three cylinder change ' keys and five master keys. or 2.8 CLOSERS A. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements: rr. 1. Interior, Non-Fire-Rated Hinged Doors: 5 lbf(22.2 N)applied perpendicular to door. ..� B. Door Closers for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Door closers shall not require more than 30 lbf(133 N) to set door in motion and not more than 15 lbf(67 N) to open door to minimum required width. "10 C. Size of Units: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions .. and requirements for opening force. D. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1. Provide type of arm required for closer to be located on non-public side of door, unless otherwise indicated. 2.9 PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS A. Size: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) less than door width on push side and 1/2 inch (13 mm) less than door width on pull side, by height specified in door hardware sets. B. Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA Al 56.6; beveled top and 2 sides; fabricated from the following material: wr 1. Material: 0.050-inch- (1.3-mm-)thick stainless steel. it 2.10 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Stops and Bumpers: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. r DOOR HARDWARE 087100- 5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 1. Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall stops are not appropriate,provide overhead holders. 2.11 DOOR GASKETING A. Standard: BHMA A 156.22. B. General: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or scheduled. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. 2. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. C. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. D. Gasketing Materials: ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 701/702. 2.12 THRESHOLDS A. Standard: BHMA A156.21. +ti B. Accessibility Requirements: Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not more than 1/2 inch(13 mm) high. C. Thresholds for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Maximum 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. to 2.13 FABRICATION A. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard materials or forming methods if different from specified standard. B. Fasteners: Provide screws according to commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Comply with NFPA 80 for fasteners of door hardware in fire-rated applications. C. Finishes: BHMA A156.18, as indicated in door hardware sets. , DOOR HARDWARE 087100-6 w. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA .w PART 3 -EXECUTION am 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI Al 15 Series. Drill and tap doors and frames for .r surface-applied door hardware according to ANSI A250.6. B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated as follows unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." C. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 09 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. rr D. Key Control System: Tag keys as determined by final keying schedule; deliver to Owner. E. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." F. Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure ,rr proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. so 1. Door Closers: Unless otherwise required by authorities having jurisdiction, adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the r■ door. so 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant: Owner will engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports. END OF SECTION 08 71 00 ■ r.. wr DOOR HARDWARE 087100-7 aw ow Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 0. SECTION 08 80 00- GLAZING MO PART I - GENERAL Aw 1.1 SUMMARY wo A. This Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: o` 1. Windows and sidelights. ..� 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating-glass unit that contains dehydrated air or a VW specified gas. B. Deterioration of Coated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in metallic coating. C. Deterioration of Insulating Glass: Failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Aw Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS w A. General: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. B. Glass Design: Glass thickness designations indicated are minimums and are for detailing only. Confirm glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass liter in the thickness designations indicated for various size openings, but not less than thicknesses and in strengths (annealed or heat treated) required to meet or exceed the following ,�. criteria: 1. Glass Thicknesses: Select minimum glass thicknesses to comply with ASTM E 1300, according to the following requirements: ow GLAZING 088000- 1 aw Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 40 a. Specified Design Wind Loads: As indicated, but not less than wind loads applicable to Project as required by ASCE 7 "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures": Section 6.0 "Wind Loads." b. Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: Not less than 6.0 mm. C. Thermal Movements: Provide glazing that allows for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass ot framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. to 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. A6 D. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified based on manufacturer's published test data, as determined according to procedures indicated below: e 1. For monolithic-glass liter,properties are based on units with lites of thickness indicated. 2. For insulating-glass units, properties are based on units of thickness indicated for overall unit and for each lite 6.0 mm thick and a nominal 1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) wide interspace. 3. Center-of-Glass Values: Based on using LBL-44789 WINDOW 5.0 computer program for the following methodologies: a. U-Factors: NFRC 100 expressed as Btu/sq.ft. x h x deg F(W/sq. in x K). b. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: NFRC 200. C. Solar Optical Properties: NFRC 300. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated. B. Samples: 12-inch- (300-mm-) square, for each type of glass product indicated, other than 40 monolithic clear float glass. C. Glazing Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings. iii D. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Test Report: From glazing sealant manufacturer. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Submit to elastomeric glazing sealant manufacturers, for testing according to ASTM'C 1087, samples of each glazing material type, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass-framing member that will contact or affect elastomeric glazing sealants: B. Safety Glazing Products: Comply with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201. GLAZING 088000-2 ..r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA .r C. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications: GANA's "Glazing Manual." 2. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units." D. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockups as directed by Architect. 2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. aw 1.6 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated-Glass Products: Manufacturer's standard form, aw made out to Owner and signed by coated-glass manufacturer agreeing to replace coated-glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" Article, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. am 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. �r B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to Owner and signed by insulating-glass manufacturer agreeing to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" Article, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2 -PRODUCTS w 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. Aw 3. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide product specified. 4. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 5. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. GLAZING 088000-3 w Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 2.2 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I (transparent flat glass), Quality-Q3; of class indicated. B. Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type I (transparent flat glass); Quality-Q3; of class, kind, and condition indicated. 1. Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller-hearth) process with roll-wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated. rllril 2. Provide Kind HS (heat-strengthened) float glass in place of annealed float glass where needed to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading of individual glass lites and to comply with glass design requirements specified in Part l "Performance Requirements" Article. 3. For uncoated glass, comply with requirements for Condition A. 4. For coated vision glass, comply with requirements for Condition C (other uncoated glass). 5. Provide Kind FT (fully tempered) float glass in place of annealed or Kind HS (heat- strengthened)float glass where safety glass is indicated. C. Pyrolytic-Coated Float Glass: ASTM C 1376,float glass with metallic-oxide coating applied by pyrolytic deposition process during initial manufacture, and complying with other requirements specified. D. Sputter-Coated Float Glass: ASTM C 1376, float glass with metallic-oxide or -nitride coating deposited by vacuum deposition process after manufacture and heat treatment (if any), and complying with other requirements specified. E. Insulating-Glass Units, General: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, and complying with ASTM E 774 for Class CBA units and with requirements specified in this Article and in Part 2 "Insulating-Glass Units" Article. 1. Provide Kind HS (heat-strengthened) float glass in place of annealed glass where needed to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading of individual glass lites and to comply with glass design requirements specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. 2. Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: Dimensions indicated for insulating- glass units are nominal and the overall thicknesses of units are measured perpendicularly from outer surfaces of glass lites at unit's edge. 3. Sealing System: Dual seal. 4. Spacer Specifications: Manufacturer's standard spacer material and construction. 2.3 GLAZING GASKETS A. Provide window or hollow metal frame manufacturer's standard glazing system, subject to compliance with requirements. Provide molded or extruded gaskets of any material indicated below, complying with standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: 1. Neoprene,ASTM C 864. GLAZING 088000-4 VW Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA aw 2. EPDM, ASTM C 864. 3. Silicone, ASTM C 1115. ow 4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber, ASTM C 1115. 2.4 GLAZING SEALANTS r A. General: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements: aw 1. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as go demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 9` 3. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. ■+' B. Elastomeric Glazing Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint .. substrates. 1. Single-Component Neutral-Curing Silicone Glazing Sealants: r a. Type and Grade: S (single component)and NS (nonsag). b. Class: 100/50. am C. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). d. Uses Related to Glazing Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to glazing substrates indicated, O. e. Applications: At side lights at hollow metal door frames, where manufacturer's "" standard system requires glazing sealant. ow 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing a, standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. r C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. rr E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). ,.r GLAZING 088000- 5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 2.6 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS A. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. 2.7 MONOLITHIC FLOAT-GLASS UNITS A. Uncoated Clear Float-Glass Units MG-: Class 1 (clear) Kind HS (heat-strengthened) float glass,except where Kind FT (fully tempered)float glass is indicated in Drawings. jai 2.8 INSULATING-GLASS UNITS A. Passive Solar Low-E Insulating-Glass Units GL-1: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide window manufacturer's standard glazing units. 1. Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: 25 and 6.0 mm. 2. Interspace Content: Air. 3. Outdoor Lite: Class I (clear)float glass. a. Kind HS (heat strengthened), except where Kind FT (fully tempered) is indicated in Drawings. 4. Indoor Lite: Class I (clear)float glass. a. Kind HS (heat strengthened), except where Kind FT (fully tempered) is indicated in Drawings. 5. Low-E Coating: Pyrolytic or sputtered on second or third surface. 6. Performance: As indicated in Drawings and Division 08 Section "Aluminum Windows." PART 3 -EXECUTION it 3.1 GLAZING as A. General: Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. eo 1. Glazing channel dimensions, as indicated on Drawings, provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. 2. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. GLAZING 088000-6 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA 3. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction sealant-substrate testing. 4. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. 5. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. 6. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches (1270 mm). 7. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving ■. sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. B. Gasket Glazing (Dry): Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. 1. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. 2. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket �• manufacturer. 3. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. AW C. Sealant Glazing (Wet): Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. r Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. 1. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. 2. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations, including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. A B. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, or abraded or that is damaged from natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. go END OF SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING 088000-7 w Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA SECTION 09 29 00-GYPSUM BOARD aw PART 1 -GENERAL 00 1.1 SUMMARY r. A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Exterior gypsum board for ceilings and soffits. �" 3. Exterior glass-mat gypsum sheathing. 4. Tile backing panels. law 1.2 SUBMITTALS AV A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For the following products: 1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in 12-inch- (300-mm-) long length for each trim accessory indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE �. A. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies,provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. .�r B. Mockups: Before beginning gypsum board installation, install mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m)in surface area to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and r.. execution. 1. Install mockups for the following: "W a. Each level of gypsum board finish indicated for use in exposed locations. 2. Apply or install final decoration indicated, including painting and wallcoverings, on ON exposed surfaces for review of mockups. 3. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups. 4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. rr an GYPSUM BOARD 092900- 1 No rl Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent. B. Regular Type: 1. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). 2. Long Edges: Tapered. C. Ceiling Type: Manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular-type gypsum board. 1. Thickness: 1/2 inch(12.7 mm). 2. Long Edges: Tapered. D. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: With moisture- and mold-resistant core and surfaces. 1. Core: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), Type X. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 2.2 EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD FOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITS A. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C 931/C 931M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, with VA manufacturer's standard edges. 1. Core: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm),regular type. B. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M. till 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens-Glass Gold" by G-P Gypsum. 2. Core: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm),regular type. 2.3 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass-Mat,Water-Resistant Backing Board: 1. Complying with ASTM C 1178/C 1178M. ► a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "DensShield Tile Guard" by G-P Gypsum. 2. Complying with ASTM C1177/C 1177M. a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "DensArmor Plus Interior Guard" by G-P Gypsum. GYPSUM BOARD 092900-2 w Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA w 3. Core: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm), regular type. 2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. r 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced galvanized steel sheet. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. w b. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. C. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. e. Expansion (control)joint. B. Exterior Trim: ASTM C 1047. �.r 1. Material: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet,plastic, or rolled zinc. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. C. Expansion (Control) Joint: One-piece, rolled zinc with V-shaped slot and removable strip covering slot opening. C. Aluminum Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fry Reglet Corp. b. Gordon, Inc. C. Pittcon Industries. 2. Aluminum: Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), Alloy 6063-T5. .r 3. Finish: Corrosion-resistant primer compatible with joint compound and finish materials specified. w 2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS r A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. B. Joint Tape: w 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. 2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Paper. GYPSUM BOARD 092900- 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 3. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh. 4. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, flanges of trim accessories, and fasteners, use setting-type taping compound. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. D. Joint Compound for Exterior Applications: 1. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Use setting-type taping compound and setting-type, sandable topping compound. 2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: As recommended by sheathing board manufacturer. E. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting-type taping compound and setting- type, sandable topping compound. 2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by backing panel manufacturer. *A 2.6 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and so manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct-hung system composed of main beams and cross-furring members that interlock. 1. Available Products: 1I a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Furring Systems/Drywall. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Drywall Furring 640 System. C. USG Corp.; Drywall Suspension System(Curved and Flat). 2. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch (4.12-mm) diameter. C. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. 1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). w GYPSUM BOARD 092900-4 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA D. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex sealant, with a VOC content of 250 g/L or legs when calculated according to 40 CFN 5 . `subpart D (EPA Method 24), complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. 1. Products: a. OSI Sealants, Inc.; Pro-Series, SC 175 Acoustical Sound Sealant Non-Flammable - rr Latex. b. Pecora Corporation; AC-20+ Silicone. C. Tremco, Incorporated;Tremflex 834. d. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. E. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: " 1. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, in width to suit steel stud size. .r F. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. .. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.1 12 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick. wrr G. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly. .w H. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation." 1. Vapor Retarder: As specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation." PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 NON-LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING INSTALLATION ■" A. General: Comply with ASTM C 754, and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. w. B. Suspended Ceiling Framing: 1. Suspend ceiling hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. GYPSUM BOARD 092900-5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. 3. Attach hangers to structural members. Do not support ceilings from or attach hangers to permanent metal forms, steel deck tabs, steel roof decks, ducts,pipes, or conduit. 4. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track. 3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. eY C. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints it between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. D. Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members, or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. 3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Regular Type: Vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Ceiling Type: Ceiling surfaces. 3. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: In toilet rooms at surfaces not scheduled to receive tile. 3.4 APPLYING EXTERIOR GYPSUM PANELS FOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITS A. Apply panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered and located over supports. 1. Install with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) open space where panels abut other construction or structural penetrations. 2. Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws. to GYPSUM BOARD 092900-6 Ni Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 3.5 APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and install at locations indicated to receive tile. Install with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. + B. Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces. 3.6 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES rr A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings. C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: r 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. 2. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. ,,. 3. L-Bead: Use where indicated. 4. U-Bead: Use where indicated. �r D. Exterior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners. 2. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. .rr E. Aluminum Trim: Install in locations indicated on Drawings. ar 3.7 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile. rr 3. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 09 Sections. GYPSUM BOARD 092900-7 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA E. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions for use as exposed soffit board. F. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. I. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging,or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 09 29 00 i wr ko GYPSUM BOARD 092900- 8 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA SECTION 09 30 00-TILING PART 1 - GENERAL r 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Ceramic mosaic tile. 2. Waterproof membrane for thin-set tile installations. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion,contraction, control, and isolation joints. C. Samples: 1. Each type,composition, color, and finish of tile. 2. Assembled samples with grouted joints for each type, composition, color, and finish of r tile. �.. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. I. Build mockup of floor tile installation. 2. Build mockup of wall tile installation. 3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. wr PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS r A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products `� specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. VM TILING 093000- 1 Im 16 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA i» 2.2 TILE PRODUCTS A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide Standard grade tile that complies with ANSI A137.1, "Specifications for Ceramic Tile," for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. B. Ceramic Mosaic Tile CT-1 and CT-2: Factory-mounted flat tile as indicated in Drawings. to 2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS al A. Waterproofing and Crack-Suppression Membranes for Thin-Set Tile Installations: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A 118.10. 1. Corrugated-Polyethylene Product: Polyethylene with dovetail-shaped corrugations and with anchoring webbing on the underside, 3/16-inch(4-mm) non-final thickness. a. Product: Schluter Systems L.P.; DITRA. B. Flexible Corner Joint: As indicated in Drawings. 2.4 SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: I. Custom Building Products. B. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar(Thin Set): ANSI Al 18.4. 1. For wall applications,provide nonsagging mortar. C. Polymer-Modified Tile Grout: ANSI Al 18.7, color as indicated. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Elastomeric Sealants: Elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that comply with applicable requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." 1. Use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. One-Part, Mildew-Resistant Silicone: ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated •ri with fungicide, intended for in-service exposures of high humidity and extreme temperatures. a. Products: I) Dow Corning Corporation;Dow Corning 786. 2) GE Silicones; Sanitary 1700. 3) Pecora Corporation; Pecora 898 Sanitary Silicone Sealant. 4) Tremco,Inc.; Tremsil 600 White. TILING 093000-2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 3. Multipart, Pourable Urethane Sealant for Use T: ASTM C 920; Type M; Grade P; Class 25; Uses T,M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Products: 1) Bostik; Chem-Calk 550. 2) Mameco International, Inc.; Vulkem 245. 3) Pecora Corporation; NR-200 Urexpan. 4) Tremco, Inc.; THC-900. B. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials. C. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard silicone product for sealing grout joints that does not change color or appearance of grout. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION ..r A. Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, that are incompatible with tile-setting materials. B. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according ow to tile-setting material manufacturer's written instructions. C. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding. .r. D. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, use factory blended tile or blend tiles at Project site before installing. arr 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. +rr B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. C. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. D. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring r visible surfaces. Grind cut edges of tile abutting trim,finish, or built-in items. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. V. TUANG 093000-3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA E. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated. F. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 07 Section ad "Joint Sealants." G. Grout tile to comply with requirements of ANSI A108.10, unless otherwise indicated. H. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to ad substrate. 1. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight. I. At floors, follow procedures in ANSI A108 Series tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage. J. Install tile on floors with the following joint widths: 1. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1/16 inch(1.6 mm). K. Install tile on walls with the following joint widths: M 1. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1/16 inch(1.6 mm). L. Apply grout sealer to grout joints in tile floors according to grout-sealer manufacturer's written Oil instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer that has gotten on tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. i 3.3 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE - A. Interior floor installation on waterproof crack-suppression membrane over concrete; thin-set mortar;TCA F122. 1. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar. 2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout. 3.4 WALL TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Interior wall installation over glass-mat, water-resistant backer board; thin-set mortar; TCA W245. 1. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar. TILING 093000-4 .. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout. END OF SECTION 09 30 00 rrr rr r r r.r r r� TILING 093000 - 5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA SECTION 09 61 23 -CONCRETE FLOORING TREATMENT PART ] GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Penetrating reactive concrete stain for concrete floors. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 03 Section "Cast in Place Concrete" for curing and finishing of concrete slabs to receive stain. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. r B. Shop Drawings: Show extent of work for each day of application. Show masked areas and finish transitions. C. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of stain indicated, on minimum 4 by 4 inch concrete sample. .. D. Qualification Data: For Installer. E. Source quality-control test reports. F. Maintenance Data: For finished concrete, to include in maintenance manuals. G. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Experienced installer of penetrating reactive concrete stains. .. B. Source Limitations: Obtain concrete finishing products through one source from a single manufacturer. .. C. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample for each type of stain and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. Duplicate finish of approved sample Submittals. 1. Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of coating and substrate. CONCRETE FLOORING TREATMENT 096123 - 1 Copyright 2005 Gensler irr Illf Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA a. Floor Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq.ft. (9 sq. m). 2. Apply benchmark samples, according to requirements for the completed Work, after permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated. 3. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit concrete finishing work to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair concrete surfaces treated with concrete finishing materials that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. rW 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fading or discoloring of stain beyond normal wear. b. Deterioration of concrete,finishes and other materials beyond normal wear. B. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE STAIN A. Penetrating Reactive Concrete Stain: Acidic solution of metallic salts that penetrate and react with chemicals in cured concrete to produce insoluble color deposits in the concrete and lightly etch the concrete surface. rW► 1. Product: As indicated in Drawings, 3 colors to be mixed as laid. 2.2 CONCRETE SEALER A. Clear Concrete Sealer: Clear floor sealer as recommended by stain manufacturer for application indicated. 2.3 COLORS A. Colors: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. CONCRETE FLOORING TREATMENT 096123 -2 Copyright 2005 Gensler aw Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA r. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Elastomeric Sealants: Elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that comply with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 1. Multipart, Pourable Urethane Sealant for Use T: ASTM C 920; Type M; Grade P; Class 25; Uses T, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O; formulated for compatibility with chemically stained concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION AW 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for minimum cure of concrete, curing method, and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. For the record,prepare written report, endorsed by Installer,listing conditions detrimental +� to performance of work. 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates. 3. Begin stain application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 4. Application of stain indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. rr 3.2 PREPARATION A. Cleaning: Sweep and wash concrete according to manufacturer's written instructions for staining new concrete. r. 3.3 APPLICATION, GENERAL A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for products and applications indicated. 3.4 STAIN APPLICATION A. Treat scheduled concrete with two applications of stain according to manufacturer's instructions. irr I. Work in small sections and maintain a wet edge. 2. Allow reaction time of at least 4 hours or as directed by manufacturer. Prevent any contact with treated surfaces. 3. Protect adjacent work from splashes and runoff. r B. Neutralize stain and rinse according to manufacturer's instructions. 1. Protect adjacent work from splashes and runoff. wr 2. Test pH and cleanliness. r. CONCRETE FLOORING TREATMENT 096123 - 3 Copyright 2005 Gensler r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA 3.5 SEALER APPLICATION A. Test moisture emission rate. Do not proceed with sealer application until moisture emission is within manufacturer's acceptable range. B. Mix and apply two coats of sealer according to manufacturer's instructions. rllli 1. Protect adjacent work from overspray. C. Protect sealed surfaces from excessive humidity or moisture and temperatures outside 10 manufacturer's acceptable range. rA 3.6 JOINT SEALANT APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and the requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 3.7 PROTECTION 19 A. Inspect and protect treated surfaces according to manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 09 61 23 Custom/05-02/dub 1d Oil CONCRETE FLOORING TREATMENT 096123 -4 Copyright 2005 Gensler r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 09 68 13 -TILE CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY „r A. This Section includes modular entrance carpet tile used as walk-off mat. r 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. r B. Shop Drawings: Show the following: 1. Carpet tile type,color, and dye lot. 2. Pattern of installation. 3. Edge, transition, and other accessory strips. 4. Transition details to other flooring materials. rrr C. Samples: For each color and texture required. 1. Carpet Tile: Full-size Sample. ow 2. Exposed Edge, Transition, and other Accessory Stripping: 12-inch- (300-mm-) long Samples. D. Product Schedule: For carpet tile. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. E. Maintenance data. .r 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified by the Floor Covering Installation Board or who can demonstrate compliance with its certification program requirements. .r. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling." aw 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 7.2, "Site Conditions; Temperature and Humidity" and Section 7.12, "Ventilation." rr TILE CARPETING 0968 13 - 1 r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA B. Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet tiles until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. C. Do not install carpet tiles over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Carpet Tiles: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of carpet tile installation that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent loss of face fiber, edge raveling, snags, runs, loss of tuft bind strength, dimensional instability, excess static discharge, and delamination. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Carpet Tile: Full-size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but not less than 5 tiles. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET TILE A. Products: Provide product indicated in Finish Schedule. 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew-resistant, nonstaining, pressure-sensitive type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated, that complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet tile and is recommended by carpet tile manufacturer for releasable installation. rl 1. VOC Limits: Provide adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when tested according to ASTM D 5116: a. Total VOCs: 10.00 mg/sq. m x h. b. Formaldehyde: 0.05 mg/sq. in x h. pit TILE CARPETING 0968 13 - 2 No Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA Aw C. 2-Ethyl-l-Hexanol: 3.00 mg/sq. m x h. C. Reducer Strip: No 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: UK a. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; Division of Burke Industries, Inc. b. Roppe Corporation, USA. C. VPI, LLC; Floor Products Division. 2. Description: Nosing for carpet. 3. Material: Rubber. 4. Profile and Dimensions: Not more than 1 1/4 inch wide by height of carpet. 5. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors. 6. Adhesive: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. a. Use adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when ow calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): Not more than 60 g/L. rrr PART 3 -EXECUTION �w 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 14, "Carpet Modules," and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Installation Method: As recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. C. Extend carpet tile into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. D. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders. END OF SECTION 09 68 13 r. TILE CARPETING 0968 13 - 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA SECTION 09 91 13 -EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ... A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following exterior substrates: 1. Concrete masonry units(CMU). 2. Galvanized metal. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For each finish and for each color and texture required. C. Product List: For each product indicated,include the following: 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. �r 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MPI Standards: 1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated. 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated. B. Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system specified in Part 3. r a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m). b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on benchmark samples. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark samples of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. +iw EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13 - 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F(7 deg C). 1. Maintain containers in clean condition,free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS Sri A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F(10 and 35 deg C). B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F(3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. r 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents. irk 1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L)of each material and color applied. tl PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS rr A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Benjamin Moore &Co. (Benjamin Moore). 2. Coronado Paint Company(Coronado). 3. Frazee Paint Company, a Professional Paint Inc. (P.P.I.) Company (Frazee) 4. ICI Paint Stores, Inc. (ICI). 5. Kelly-Moore Paint Co. (Kelly-Moore); 6. PPG Industries,Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints). 7. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams). 2.2 PAINT, GENERALq A. Material Compatibility: EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13 -2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. Colors: As indicated in a color schedule. 2.3 BLOCK FILLERS A. Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: High-performance latex block filler of finish coat manufacturer, complying with requirements for MPI#4, and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated. 2.4 METAL PRIMERS A. Exterior Primer: Exterior alkyd or latex-based primer of finish coat manufacturer and +� recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated. 1. Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer complying with MPI#134. 2. Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate indicated, use paint specified for finish coat. 2.5 EXTERIOR LATEX PAINTS A. Exterior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Paint: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec 100% Acrylic Exterior Satin No. 0184. 2. ICI Paint; 2406-XXXX Dulux Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic Semi-Gloss .r Finish. 3. Frazee; Mirro-Glide Semi-Gloss Latex No. 124. 4. Kelly-Moore; 1250 Acry-Shield Exterior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel. 5. PPG; Speed-Hide Ext. House and Trim Semi-Gloss Acrylic Latex 6-900 Series. 6. Rodda Paint; Horizon Semi Gloss Exterior Latex Enamel 541501. 7. Sherwin-Williams; A-100 Exterior Gloss Latex A8 Series. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION r. A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Masonry (CMU): 12 percent. EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13 - 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION AND APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated. C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. D. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. E. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.3 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. CMU Substrates: 1. Latex System: MPI EXT 4.2A. a. Prime Coat: Interior/exterior latex block filler. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Exterior latex(semigloss). ■l B. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: 1. Latex Over Water-Based Primer System: MPI EXT 5.3H. rI a. Prime Coat: Waterborne galvanized-metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Exterior latex(semigloss). EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13 -4 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA END OF SECTION 09 91 13 ri. wr wr EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13 -5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA SECTION 09 91 23 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: ,rr L Concrete masonry units (CMU). 2. Galvanized metal. 3. Wood. 4. Gypsum board. ap B. Related Sections include the following: w. 1. Division 5 Sections for shop priming of metal substrates with primers specified in this Section. 2. Division 9 Section "Exterior Painting" for surface preparation and the application of paint systems on exterior substrates. ,r. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. +■ B. Samples: For each finish and for each color and texture required. C. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. rr 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MPI Standards: 1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated. +� 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated. B. Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. rrw 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system specified in Part 3. INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 - 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA a. Wall and Ceiling Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq.ft. (9 sq. m). b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Apply benchmark samples after permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated. 3. Final approval of color selections will be based on benchmark samples. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark samples of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING rr A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F(7 deg C). 1. Maintain containers in clean condition,free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F(10 and 35 deg C). B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F(3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents. I. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent,but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L)of each material and color applied. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers'names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Benjamin Moore &Co. (BM). 2. Devoe Paint(Devoe). Id 3. Frazee Paint Company, a Professional Paint Inc. (P.P.I.) Company(Frazee) 4. ICI Paint Stores,Inc. (ICI). 5. Kelly-Moore Paint Co. (KM). INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 -2 or Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA No 6. Dunn Edwards Corp. (DE). 7. Sherwin-Williams Co. (SW). 8. Fuller-O'Brien Paints (FOB). �"" 9. Rodda Paint(Rodda). 10. Vista Paint(Vista). .r 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL s, A. Material Compatibility: I. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another Wr and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application r. indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. C. Colors: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 1. Some colors indicated in Finish Schedule may not be available in the low-VOC formulas indicated in this Section's article "Interior Finish Coats." Where required to match indicated colors, compatible colorants from other paint product lines may be added to the specified paint base. The VOC content of the resulting paint shall comply with requirements below. r D. Chemical Components of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) and the following chemical restrictions; these requirements do not apply to primers or finishes that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. 3. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 4. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following: a. Acrolein. b. Acrylonitrile. C. Antimony. INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 - 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA d. Benzene. e. Butyl benzyl phthalate. f. Cadmium. g. Di (2-ethylhexyl)phthalate. h. Di-n-butyl phthalate. i. Di-n-octyl phthalate. j. 1,2-dichlorobenzene. k. Diethyl phthalate. 1. Dimethyl phthalate. M. Ethylbenzene. n. Formaldehyde. o. Hexavalent chromium. p. Isophorone. q. Lead. r. Mercury. S. Methyl ethyl ketone. t. Methyl isobutyl ketone. U. Methylene chloride. V. Naphthalene. W. Toluene (methylbenzene). X. 1,1,1-trichloroethane. y. Vinyl chloride. E. Colors: As indicated in a color schedule. 2.3 BLOCK FILLERS A. Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: High-performance latex block filler of finish coat manufacturer, complying with MPI #4, and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated. Id 2.4 PRIMERS/SEALERS A. Primer for Gypsum Board Substrates: Low-VOC PVA sealer. 2.5 METAL PRIMERS rA A. Primer for Ferrous-Metal Substrates: Quick drying,rust-inhibitive metal primer. MPI#107 B. Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Acrylic metal primer. MPI#134. 2.6 WOOD PRIMERS A. Interior Latex-Based Wood Primer: Latex enamel undercoat. MPI#39. INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 -4 "W Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA a, 2.7 LATEX PAINTS A. Interior Flat Finish: Low-VOC flat latex paint. w 1. BM; Pristine EcoSpec Interior Latex Flat 221. 2. Frazee; 018 Envirokote Flat. 3. ICI; LM9100 Lifemaster. 4. Devoe; DR31 XX. 5. FOB; DR31 XX. qr 6. KM; 1500 Enviro-Cote Interior Acrylic Flat Wall Paint. 7. DE; W501 Sierra Flat. 8. Rodda; Horizon Flat Interior Wall Paint 513501. 9. SW; B5 Series Harmony Interior Latex Flat. 10. Vista; 6100 Earth Coat Flat. B. Interior Low-Luster Finish: Low-VOC eggshell latex enamel. 1. BM; Pristine EcoSpec Interior Latex Eggshell Enamel 223. 2. Frazee; 029 Envirokote Eggshell. 3. ICI; LM9300 Lifemaster.. 4. Devoe; DR32XX. 5. FOB; DR32XX. w 6. KM; 1510 Enviro-Cote Interior Acrylic Eggshell Enamel. 7. DE; W540 Sierra Eggshell. 8. Rodda; Horizon Satin Interior Wall Paint 523501. rw 9. SW; B9 Series Harmony Interior Latex Eg-Shel. 10. Vista; 6300 Earth Coat. .w C. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Finish: Low-VOC semigloss latex enamel. 1. BM; Pristine EcoSpec Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel 224. 2. Frazee; 032 Envirokote Semi-Gloss. 3. ICI; LM 9200 Lifemaster. 4. Devoe; DR33XX. 5. FOB; DR33XX. 6. KM; 1520 Enviro-Cote Interior Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel. 7. DE; W550 Sierra Semi-Gloss. 8. Rodda; Horizon Semi Gloss Interior Wall Paint 543501. .r 9. SW; B 10 Series Harmony Interior Latex Semi-Gloss. 10. Vista; 6400 Earth Coat S/G. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements wr for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. .w INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 -5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Masonry (CMU): 12 percent. 2. Wood: 15 percent. 3. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION AND APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural ttii Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated. C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. D. Painting Mechanical and Electrical Work: Paint items exposed in equipment rooms and vi occupied spaces including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Mechanical Work: a. Uninsulated metal piping. b. Uninsulated plastic piping. C. Pipe hangers and supports. d. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes. e. Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets. f. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. g. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting. 2. Electrical Work: a. Switchgear. INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 -6 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA b. Panelboards. C. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting. E. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. F. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.3 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. CMU Substrates: 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Interior/exterior latex block filler. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior latex (eggshell). B. Steel Substrates: 1. Low-Odor/VOC Latex System: 9. a. Prime Coat: Rust-inhibitive primer(water based). b. Intermediate Coat: low-odorNOC interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: low-odorNOC interior latex (semigloss). 4W C. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: No I. Latex Over Waterborne Primer System: a. Prime Coat: Waterborne galvanized-metal primer. „m b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior latex (semigloss). rw D. Dressed Lumber Substrates: Including architectural woodwork scheduled for field finish. 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Interior latex-based wood primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior latex(semigloss). r. E. Wood Panel Substrates: Including medium-density fiberboard scheduled for field finish. 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Interior latex-based wood primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 - 7 r Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA C. Topcoat: Interior latex (semigloss). F. Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer. M b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior latex. 1) Flat at soffits. 2) Eggshell at vertical surfaces. END OF SECTION 09 91 23 9 40 tirr r INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 - 8 W Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA «. SECTION 09 93 00- STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING W PARTI - GENERAL r 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of wood finishes on the following substrates: 1. Exterior Substrates: a. Exposed glue-laminated beams. r+. 2. Interior Substrates: a. Exposed glue-laminated beams. b. Dressed lumber(finish carpentry). r 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. ""' B. Samples: For each finish and for each color and texture required. C. Product List: For each product indicated,include the following: we 1. Cross-reference to finish system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. so 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MPI Standards: 1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated. w 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and finish systems indicated. aw B. Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each finish system indicated and each color selected to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. rr 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of finish system and substrate. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m). b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300- 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 2. Final approval of stain color selections will be based on benchmark samples. a. If preliminary stain color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark samples of additional stain colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. 1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L)of each material and color applied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS .rI A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Samuel Cabot Incorporated. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each finish system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer,based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a finish system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in finish system and on substrate indicated. e>I B. Stain Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 STAINS A. Exterior Semitransparent Stain (Water-Based or Low-VOC Solvent-Based). 1. Not to exceed 250 g/L VOC. ,g B. Interior Semitransparent Stain(Water-Based or Low-VOC Solvent-Based). 1. Not to exceed 250 g/L VOC. STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300- 2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 2.4 POLYURETHANE FINISHES A. Two-Component Aliphatic Polyurethane (Clear): MPI#78. 1. Not to exceed 275 g/L VOC. ,r 2.5 WATERBORNE ACRYLIC FINISHES A. Waterborne Clear Acrylic (Semigloss): MPI#129, Gloss Level 5. 1. Not to exceed 275 g/L VOC. ■ PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Maximum Moisture Content of Wood Substrates: 15 percent when measured with an electronic moisture meter. 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes. " 3. Begin finish application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 4. Beginning application of finish system constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrate and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION AND APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural w Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Apply wood filler paste to open-grain woods, as defined in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual," to produce smooth, glasslike finish. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from finish application. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an +W undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or AM defaced finished wood surfaces. aw 3.3 EXTERIOR WOOD-FINISH-SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Exposed Glue-Laminated Beam Substrates: Am STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300-3 wr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 1. Clear,Two-Component Polyurethane Over Stain System: a. Stain Coat: Exterior semitransparent stain. b. Three Finish Coats: Two-component aliphatic polyurethane (clear). 3.4 INTERIOR WOOD-FINISH-SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Exposed Glue-Laminated Beam and Column Substrates: 10 1. Waterborne Clear Acrylic Over Stain System: MPI INT 6.1R. a. Stain Coat: Interior semitransparent stain. b. Three Finish Coats: Waterborne clear acrylic (semigloss). B. Finish Carpentry Substrates: 1. Waterborne Clear Acrylic Over Stain System: a. Stain Coat: Interior wood semitransparent stain. b. Three Finish Coats: Waterborne clear acrylic(semigloss). END OF SECTION 09 93 00 +rir airy STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300-4 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA so PART 3 -EXECUTION so 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, +� straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. e; 1. Maximum Clearances: a. Pilasters and Panels: 1/2 inch (13 mm). b. Panels and Walls: l inch (25 mm). 2. Stirrup Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with not less than three brackets attached at midpoint and near top and bottom of panel. a. Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position. END OF SECTION 10 21 13 aw MW 00 aw TOILET COMPARTMENTS 1021 13 - 3 wr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA SECTION 10 2113 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS .r PART I - GENERAL w 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes stainless-steel units as follows: 1. Toilet Enclosures: Floor anchored. 2. Urinal Screens: Floor anchored. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples: For each exposed finish. wr PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL UNITS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products indicated in Drawings. B. Stainless-Steel Units: Facing sheets and closures fabricated from ASTM A 666, Type 302 or �r 304, stainless-steel sheet,leveled to stretcher-leveled flatness. 1. Finish: No.4 bright, directional polish on exposed faces. Exposed surfaces are protected from damage by application of strippable, temporary protective covering before •r shipment. C. Door, Panel, and Pilaster Construction: Seamless, metal facing sheets are pressure laminated to r core material. Units have continuous, interlocking molding strip or lapped and formed edge closures. Exposed surfaces are free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, telegraphing of core material, or other imperfections. Corners are sealed by welding or clips. ,�. Exposed welds are ground smooth. 1. Core Material: Manufacturer's standard sound-deadening honeycomb of resin- impregnated kraft paper in thickness required to provide finished thickness of 1 inch (25 mm)for doors and panels and 1-1/4 inches (32 mm)for pilasters. 2. Grab-Bar Reinforcement: Provide concealed internal reinforcement for grab bars mounted on units. 3. Tapping einforcement: Provide concealed reinforcement for tapping (threading) at g locations where machine screws are used for attaching items to units. 4. Urinal-Screen Construction: Matching panels. TOILET COMPARTMENTS 1021 13 - 1 r. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA D. Pilaster Shoes: Stainless steel, ASTM A 666,Type 302 or 304. E. Brackets (Fittings): 1. Stirrup Type: Ear or U-brackets, stainless steel. Sri 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy-duty operating hardware and accessories. 1. Material: Chrome-plated, nonferrous, cast zinc alloy (zamac), clear anodized aluminum, stainless steel , or chrome-plated brass. B. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel or chrome-plated steel or brass, finished to match hardware, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use hot-dip galvanized or other rust-resistant,protective-coated steel. 2.3 FABRICATION ■rr A. Floor-Anchored Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoring assemblies complete with threaded rods, lock washers, and leveling adjustment nuts at pilasters for structural connection to floor. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal anchorage. s B. Doors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch- (610-mm-) wide in-swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch- (914-mm-) wide out-swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch- (813-mm-) wide clear opening for compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. 1. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard self-closing type that can be adjusted to hold doors Ali open at any angle up to 90 degrees. 2. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's standard recessed latch unit designed for emergency access and with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper. Provide units that comply with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. 3. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard combination hook and rubber-tipped bumper, sized to prevent door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. 4. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber-tipped bumper at out-swinging doors. 5. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit at out-swinging doors that complies with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. irl ok TOILET COMPARTMENTS 1021 13 -2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA �r. SECTION 10 28 00-TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: vr�r 1. Public-use washroom accessories. 2. Childcare accessories. 3. Underlavatory guards. +wr 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. �.r B. Product Schedule: 1. Identify locations using room designations indicated on Drawings. r 2. Identify products using designations indicated on Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A, 2.1 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering wr products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to, the following: B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products indicated in Drawings. 2.2 WARM-AIR DRYERS •wr A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products indicated in Drawings. 2.3 CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products indicated in Drawings. 2.4 UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS *0 A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to, the following: No TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800- 1 am Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 1. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc. 2. TCI Products. 3. Truebro, Inc. B. Underlavatory Guard: 1. Description: Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies, that prevent direct contact with and burns from piping, and allow service access without removing coverings. 2. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial,molded-plastic, white. wliY+ 2.5 FABRICATION A. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 -EXECUTION 40 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. END OF SECTION 10 28 00 +Iw 40 all TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800-2 all Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 10 44 13 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS ww PART 1 - GENERAL wr 1.1 SUMMARY sir A. This Section includes portable fire extinguishers and fire-protection cabinets. B. See Division 09 Section "Painting" for field-painting fire-protection cabinets. 1.2 SUBMITTALS r. A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire-protection specialties. ow 1. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification. 2. Cabinets: Include door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, panel style, and details of installation. r 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers." .,�. B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. wr 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of fire-protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated. +rr PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M carbon steel, commercial quality, stretcher leveled,temper rolled. 2.2 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS v,r A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ow FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413 - 1 «. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA 1. Fire-End &Croker Corporation. 2. J. L. Industries,Inc. 3. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 4. Potter-Roemer; Div. of Smith Industries, Inc. B. General: Provide fire extinguishers for each cabinet and other locations indicated. 1. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure extinguisher indicated and with plated or baked-enamel finish. a. Provide brackets for extinguishers not located in cabinets. C. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type: UL-rated 4-A:60-B:C, 10-]b (4.5-kg) nominal capacity, in enameled-steel container. 2.3 FIRE-PROTECTION CABINETS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Fire-End&Croker Corporation. 2. J. L. Industries,Inc. M► 3. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 4. Potter-Roemer; Div. of Smith Industries, Inc. B. Recessed Fire Protection Cabinet FPC-1: 1. Location: Gypsum board partitions. 2. Cabinet Construction: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub), with trim,frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld joints and grind smooth. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. a. Fire-Rated Cabinets: Listed and labeled to meet requirements in ASTM E 814 for fire-resistance rating of wall where it is installed. 1) Construct fire-rated cabinets with double walls fabricated from 0.0478-inch- (1.2-mm-) thick, cold-rolled steel sheet lined with minimum 5/8-inch- (16- mm-)thick,fire-barrier material. b. Cabinet Metal: Enameled-steel sheet. 3. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher. All 4. Cabinet Mounting: Recessed. 5. Cabinet Trim Style: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. a. Trimless with hidden flange of same metal and finish as box that overlaps surrounding wall finish and that is concealed from view by an overlapping door. 6. Cabinet Trim Material: Manufacturer's standard steel sheet. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413 -2 w. Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA ... 7. Door Material: Manufacturer's standard steel sheet. 8. Door Glazing: Manufacturer's standard, as follows: a. Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Quality q3, Class t (clear). i.. 9. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard designvertical duo panel with frame. 10. Door Construction: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, of materials indicated, and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. it a. Provide minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) thick door frames, fabricated with tubular stiles and rails, and hollow-metal design. .rr b. Provide inside latch. 11. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide either lever handle with cam-action latch, or exposed or concealed door pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous-type hinge permitting door to open 180 degrees. wr C. Surface-Mounted Fire Protection Cabinet FPC-2: I. Location: Use surface-mounted cabinets at CMU walls and where accepted by Architect. do 2. Cabinet Construction: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub), with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld joints and grind smooth. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. rrr a. Cabinet Metal: Enameled-steel sheet. 3. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher. *0 4. Cabinet Mounting: Surface-mounted. 5. Door Material: Manufacturer's standard steel sheet. 6. Door Glazing: Manufacturer's standard, as follows: Aw a. Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type 1, Quality q3, Class 1 (clear). .. 7. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard designvertical duo panel with frame. 8. Door Construction: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, of materials ..r indicated, and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. a. Provide minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) thick door frames, fabricated with tubular stiles and rails, and hollow-metal design. b. Provide inside latch. 9. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type +�r► for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide either lever handle with cam-action latch, or exposed or concealed door pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous-type hinge permitting door to open 180 degrees. +Mr irr FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413 - 3 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 2.4 FINISHES A. Steel Cabinet and Door Finishes: Provide manufacturer's standard baked-enamel paint for the following: K @; 1. Exterior of cabinets,except for those surfaces indicated to receive another finish. 2. Interior of cabinets and doors. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, grease, mill scale, rust, and other contaminants - that could impair paint bond using manufacturer's standard methods. C. Steel, Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Apply manufacturer's or fabricator's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal primer shop primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. 1. Apply to exposed surfaces of doors and cabinets for FPC-l. `. D. Steel Baked-Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-enamel finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm). > 1. Color and Gloss: As selected from manufacturer's standard. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed cabinets are to be installed. B. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged units. C. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. 2. Fasten mounting brackets to structure and cabinets, square and plumb. 3. Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. D. Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely. E. Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation. w END OF SECTION 10 44 13 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413 -4 wr Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA SECTION 10 56 13 -METAL STORAGE SHELVING PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY w A. This Section includes the following: 1. Post-and-shelf metal storage shelving. rr 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS �,. A. Structural Performance for Post-and-Shelf Metal Storage Shelving: Provide metal storage shelving capable of withstanding the loads indicated when tested according to MH 28.1, "Specification for the Design, Testing, Utilization and Application of Industrial Grade Steel Shelving." B. Seismic Performance: Provide metal storage shelving capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures" : Section 9, "Earthquake Loads." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for metal storage shelving. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal storage shelving, including upright-to-shelf/arm connections, lateral bracing, and attachments to other work. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and relationship to other work. 1. Calculations: Include structural analysis data for shelving units, including capacities of shelving sections, compression members (posts), and shelf connectors; signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: r 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Structural members to which metal storage shelving will be attached. 3. Items penetrating finished ceiling,including the following: • a. Lighting fixtures. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection. E. Samples for Verification: For the following components, of size indicated below. wr METAL STORAGE SHELVING 105613 - 1 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 1. Posts: 12 inches(305 mm)long. 2. Shelves: Full size, but not more than 24 inches (610 mm) wide by 12 inches (305 mm) deep. 3. Shelf-to-Post Connectors: Full size. 4. Shelf Labels: Full size. F. Product Schedule: For metal storage shelving. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. G. Qualification Data: For Installer and professional engineer. H. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency,for each type of metal storage shelving. 1. Maintenance Data: For metal storage shelving to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. C. Source Limitations: Obtain metal storage shelving through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of metal storage shelving and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." 1. Do not modify intended structural performance and aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. E. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." F. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver metal storage shelving palleted, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage. w METAL STORAGE SHELVING 105613 - 2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install metal storage shelving until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces is completed and dry, and ambient temperature is being maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1.7 COORDINATION rr A. Coordinate sizes and locations of blocking and backing required for installation of metal storage shelving attached to partition, wall, and ceiling assemblies. B. Coordinate locations and installation of metal storage shelving that may interfere with ceiling systems including lighting, HVAC, and sprinklers. +� 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. .. 1. Shelves: Full-size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but no fewer than 5 shelves. 2. Shelf-to-Post Connectors: Full-size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated,but no fewer than 10 connectors. 3. Shelf Labels: Full-size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated,but no fewer than 5 labels. PART 2 - PRODUCTS wr 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to «. product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the r+ manufacturers specified. 3. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each type of metal storage shelving is based on the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named .r. product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified. 1W METAL STORAGE SHELVING 1056 13 - 3 ow Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 2.2 MATERIALS mi A. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale,pitting, or surface defects;pickled and oiled. B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS),Type B. w C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with G60(Z180) zinc (galvanized)or A60(ZF180) zinc-iron-alloy (galvannealed)coating. D. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 513, Type 2. E. Stainless-Steel Tubing: ASTM A 554, Grade MT-304. F. Steel Wire: ASTM A 899. G. Stainless-Steel Wire: ASTM A 580/A 580M,Type 304. H. Postinstalled Expansion Anchors in Concrete: With capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 4 times the load imposed, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Corrosion Protection: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5 (0.005 mm)for Class SC 1 service condition (mild). 2. Corrosion Protection: Stainless-steel components complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F 738M and ASTM F 836M, Alloy Group 1 or 4)for nuts and bolts; ASTM A 666 or ASTM A 276,Type 304 or 316,for anchors. 3. Corrosion Protection: Components fabricated from nickel-copper-alloy rods complying with ASTM B 164 for UNS No. N04400 alloy. 1. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated,fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching foot plates for shelving units, and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by shelving systems, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. 2.3 POST-AND-SHELF METAL STORAGE SHELVING A. Open Post-and-Shelf Metal Storage Shelving: Factory-formed, field-assembled, freestanding, post-and-shelf metal storage shelving system; designed for shelves to span between and be supported by corner posts, with shelves adjustable over the entire height of shelving unit. Fabricate initial shelving unit with a post at each corner. Fabricate additional shelving units as add-on units, designed to share two corner posts with initial shelving unit. Provide fixed top and bottom shelves, adjustable intermediate shelves, and accessories indicated. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Kardex Systems,Inc. b. Penco Products, Inc. C. Richards-Wilcox, Inc. METAL STORAGE SHELVING 105613 -4 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA d. Spacesaver Corporation. 2. Posts: Fabricated from 0.0677-inch- (1.70-mm-) thick, cold-rolled steel; in aw manufacturer's standard shape; with perforations at 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) o.c. to receive shelf-to-post connectors. No a. Add-On Shelf Posts: 0.0677-inch- (1.70-mm-) thick, cold-rolled steel, T-shaped; perforated to match main posts. b. Post Base: Steel foot plate, adjustable, and drilled for mechanical attachment to am floor. 3. Bracing: Manufacturer's standard single or double diagonal cross bracing at back and No ends, as required for stability and load-carrying capacity. 4. Solid Shelves: Fabricated from 0.0329-inch- (0.85-mm-) thick, metallic-coated steel sheet, with slots or holes at 2 inches(50 mm) o.c.for shelf dividers. am a. Fabricate fronts and backs of shelves with vertical edges that are flanged and returned, with edges reinforced with steel bars, angles, or channels. o' 5. Shelf Quantity: Eight shelves per shelving unit in addition to top and bottom shelf. 6. Shelf-to-Post Connectors: Manufacturer's standard connectors. 7. Base: Closed, with sheet metal closure fabricated from same material and with same .w finish as shelving. 8. Overall Unit Dimensions: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 9. Accessories: ow a. Shelf Dividers: Fabricated from same material and with same finish as shelves, extending from top of shelf halfway up to shelf above. No b. Label Holders: Clear plastic, designed to clip onto front edge of shelf. 10. Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked enamel or color coated. or 2.4 FABRICATION r, A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. MW B. Fabricate metal storage shelving square and rigid with posts plumb and true, and shelves flat and free of dents or distortion. Fabricate connections to form a rigid structure, free of buckling and warping. No C. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. ++• D. Form edges and corners free of sharp edges or rough areas. Fold back and crimp exposed edges of unsupported sheet metal to form a 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide hem on the concealed side; ease edges of metal plate to radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1.0 mm). E. Form metal in maximum lengths to minimize joints. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. METAL STORAGE SHELVING 105613 -5 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA F. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with referenced AWS standard and the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. 5. Weld before finishing components to greatest extent possible. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. G. Build in straps,plates, brackets, and other reinforcements as needed to support shelf loading. H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications to receive hardware,fasteners, and similar items. L Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. J. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous. 2.5 FINISHES,GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish all steel surfaces, components, and accessories except prefinished stainless-steel and chrome-plated surfaces. 2.6 GALVANIZED STEEL FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so surfaces are free of oil and other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating suited to the organic coating to be applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 780. 40 1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20. A B. Baked-Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard 2-coat, baked-enamel finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat, with a minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil (0.025 mm) for topcoat. Comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions for applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm). 1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. METAL STORAGE SHELVING 1056 13 - 6 w Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton, WA JW C. Color-Coated Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard baked finish complying with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation including pretreatment, application, baking, and minimum dry film thickness. 1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. an PART 3 - EXECUTION an 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation 09 tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Examine floors for suitable conditions where metal storage shelving will be installed. aw C. Examine walls and ceilings to which metal storage shelving will be attached for properly located blocking, grounds, or other solid backing for attachment of support fasteners. wry D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Im 3.2 PREPARATION A. Vacuum finished floor over which metal storage shelving is to be installed. 1W 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install metal storage shelving level,plumb, square,rigid, and true. 1. Adjust post base bolt leveler as required to achieve level and plumb installation. 2. Anchor shelving units to floor with postinstalled expansion anchors or power-actuated fasteners through foot plate. Shim foot plate as required to achieve level and plumb installation. .r. 3. Install ribbed metal deck shelving spanning from front to back of shelving units. 4. Install seismic supports and bracing as recommended by manufacturer and authorities having jurisdiction, and as required for stability. Extend and fasten members to supporting structure. 5. Connect side-to-side and back-to-back shelving units together at corner posts with support ties. 6. Install shelves in each shelving unit at spacing indicated on Drawings or, if not indicated, at equal spacing. w a. Post-and-Shelf Metal Storage Shelving: Install four clips, one at each post, for support of each shelf; with clips fully engaged in post perforations. B. Accessories: I. Shelf Dividers: Install 2 dividers per shelf. 2. Shelf Labels: Install one shelf label at each shelf,centered within each shelving unit. METAL STORAGE SHELVING 1056 13 -7 It Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA C. Erection Tolerances: Erect metal storage shelving with a maximum tolerance from vertical of 1/2 inch (13 mm) from 0 to 10 feet (0 to 3 m) of height and remaining constant at a maximum of 1 inch(25 mm)for all heights taller than 10 feet(3 m). 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Verify that shelves and shelf-to-post connectors adjust easily and properly. B. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. C. Touch up marred finishes or replace metal storage shelving that cannot be restored to factory- finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by metal storage shelving manufacturer. 1. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. D. Replace metal storage shelving that has been damaged or has deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. + END OF SECTION 10 56 13 METAL STORAGE SHELVING 105613 - 8 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park , Renton,WA 4W SECTION 12 2113 -HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Horizontal louver blinds with aluminum slats. 1.2 SUBMITTALS ... A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for horizontal louver blinds. w C. Samples: For each exposed finish. D. Product certificates. E. Maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide horizontal louver blinds with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having �r jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Flame-Resistance Ratings: Passes NFPA 701. B. Product Standard: Provide horizontal louver blinds complying with WCSC A 100.1. .. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. I. Mock up one window with level head and one with sloping head. 2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. aw No Im HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 1221 13 - 1 MW Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton,WA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS, ALUMINUM SLATS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products of one of the following: wll 1. Hunter Douglas. 2. Levolor, a Newell Rubbermaid Company. 3. Springs Window Fashions Division,Inc. All B. Slats: Aluminum; alloy and temper recommended by producer for type of use and finish indicated; with crowned profile. 1. Width: 1 inch (25 mm). 2. Finish: One color. a. Ionized Coating: Antistatic, dust-repellent,baked polyester finish. C. Headrail: Formed steel or extruded aluminum; long edges returned or rolled; fully enclosing operating mechanisms on three sides and end plugs. D. Bottom Rail: Formed-steel or extruded-aluminum tube, with plastic or metal capped ends. E. Ladders: Evenly spaced to prevent long-term slat sag. I. For Blinds with Nominal Slat Width 1 Inch(25 mm) or Less: Braided string. F. Lift Cords: Manufacturer's standard. G. Tilt Control: Enclosed worm-gear mechanism, slip clutch or detachable wand preventing overrotation, and linkage rod. H. Lift Operation: Manual. I. Mounting: End mounting. J. Hold-Down Brackets and Hooks or Pins: Manufacturer's standard. K. Colors,Textures, Patterns, and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.2 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLIND FABRICATION A. Concealed Components: Noncorrodible or corrosion-resistant-coated materials. 1. Lift-and-Tilt Mechanisms: With permanently lubricated moving parts. B. Unit Sizes: Obtain units fabricated in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows: to 1. Blind Units Installed between (inside)Jambs: Width equal to 1/4 inch(6 mm) per side or 1/2 inch (13 mm) total, plus or minus 1/8 inch (3.1 mm), less than jamb-to-jamb 1� HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 1221 13 - 2 Gensler July 7,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Bid Tiffany Park, Renton, WA aw dimension of opening in which each blind is installed. Length equal to 1/4 inch (6 mm), plus or minus 1/8 inch (3.1 mm), less than head-to-sill dimension of opening in which No each blind is installed. C. Installation Brackets: Designed for easy removal and reinstallation of blind, for supporting headrail and operating hardware, and for hardware position and blind mounting method am indicated. D. Installation Fasteners: No fewer than two fasteners per bracket, fabricated from metal AM noncorrosive to blind hardware and adjoining construction; type designed for securing to supporting substrate; and supporting blinds and accessories under conditions of normal use. am E. Color-Coated Finish: 1. Metal: For components exposed to view, apply manufacturer's standard baked finish. OW F. Component Color: Provide rails, cords, ladders, and exposed-to-view metal and plastic matching or coordinating with slat color, unless otherwise indicated. ,r. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, operational clearances, and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. r. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install horizontal louver blinds level and plumb and aligned with adjacent units according to aw manufacturer's written instructions, and located so exterior slat edges in any position are not closer than 2 inches (51 mm)to interior face of glass. Install intermediate support as required to prevent deflection in headrail. Allow clearances between adjacent blinds and for operating •.w glazed opening's operation hardware if any. B. Jamb Mounted: Install headrail flush with face of opening jamb and head. C. Connections: Connect motorized operators to building electrical system. D. Adjust horizontal louver blinds to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free of binding or .. malfunction throughout entire operational range. E. Clean horizontal louver blind surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 12 21 13 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 1221 13 - 3 aw Gensler April 14.2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086M0 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park. Renton,WA SECTION 15010-MECHANICAL WORK-GENERAL LART I - CE-NIERAL Li RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawitios and General Provisions of tile Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary Condition.,; and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section applies to all Division 15 Work. 1.3 1NTENT A. Intent: 1. The intention of the Contract Documents is to include all labor and materials. tools'. hoisting, scaffolding, supervision, equipment, and transportation necessary, or reasonably inferable as being necessary, for the execution of the work. 2. The Contractor is responsible for providing the finished mechanical work, tested and ready for operation. 3, By subi-nitting a proposal, the Contractor represents that it has made a thorough examination of the site, Of the work, and all existing conditions and limitations, and that it has examined the Contract Documents in complete detail, and has determined beyond MM doubt that the drawings, specifications, and existing conditions are sufficient, adequate, and satisfactory for the construction of the work under the Contract. 4- Where minor adjustrtients of the work are necessary for purposes of fabrication or installation of items. or resolution of' conflicts between items within the intent of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall make such adjustments with no added compensation. Where such adjustments affect functional or aesthetic design of the work, they shall first be submitted to the Architect for review and approval, B. Site Conditions: The mechanical documents indicate certain site conditions to assist tile Contractor. These drawings are not intended to indicate all Conditions. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine all site conditions prior to purchase and fabrication of new materials. 1.4 COORDINATION rrr A- Contractor shall be thoroughly acquainted with the work involved and shall determine at the site those measurements necessary for proper installation of the work. B. Contractor shall refer to architectural and electrical drawin-S for building construction and aw M other details which affect the mechanical installation and shall confer with all other trades for finish adjacent to its work and arrange to have visible portions of this work (such as access ON MECI-LAMCAL WORK -GENERAL 15010- 1 ON Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Ruilding 32.5086,000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park.Renton,WA doors. grilles, sprinkler heads, escutcheons, ctc.) fit in and harmonize with the finish in a grilles, to the Architect. C. Contractor shall identify all serviceable items, (valves. dampers, coils, etc.) so that the ceiling subcontractor may know where to furnish and install access-type panels should as lift-up type ceiling not IV installed. Locations of access panels shall be approved by Architect prior to installation. D. Ceiling Heights: Architectural drawings shall be checked for ceiling heights, walls, and cabinets that are intended to conceal work of this Section, Where conflicts occur, the Architect shall be notified prior to installation of the work. Location of exposed work such as lights, diffusers, speakers, sprinkler heads take precedence over concealed work. E. Building Corritnissioning: I Col-tinlissioning of the tne.chanical systems and equipmentihall be provided for this project to the extent required by the energy code, 1.5 SPACE COORDINATION A. The contractor shall understand that the contract drawings (for the various trades) were. prepared simultaneously and that while reasonable effort was made for coordination as the drawings were prepared, space conflicts, particularly with Division 15 work, are anticipated. For this reason, the contractor shall provide a final and complete coordination of the work of all trades in each and every area of the building and shall complete this effort not less those six week's prior to fabrication of any work within 30 feet of any given area. The contractor shall determine the extensiveness of this coordination process with the understanding that the contractor shall incur all costs associated with replacing or relocating work to accommodate space conflicts that were not documented in a written request for information to the architect during the time allotted above for the coordination process. 1.6 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. Provide: The word "provide," as used in these Specifications, means furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. B. Contractor: The word "Contractor," as used in these Specifications, means the General Contractor and his subcontractors, including the mechanical subcontractor(s). No attempt is being made in these Specifications to direct how responsibilities will be, assigned to subcontractors. C. AIE: The abbreviation "A/E" means "Architect" or "Engineer" who is a party to an owner agreement. D. Architect: The word "Architect" means the architect and his engineering consultants. E. Approved: The word "accepted" or "approved," as used in conjunction with the (A/E's) action of the Contractor's submittals, applications. and requests, is limited to the ,A/E's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. MECHANICAL WORK -GENERAL 15010 2 Gensler April I4, 2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086D00 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA qtr E Indicated: The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or seliedules Lill the Drawings, or other paragraphs or Schedules in the Specifications. and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terrns such as "shown,*' "noted." "scheduled." and "specified" are used to help the reader locate the reference. Location Is not limited, G. Directed: Terms Such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted," mean directed by the A/E requested by the A/E, and similar phrases. H. Specialist: Certain Sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by specialists who arc recognized experts In the operations to be, performed. The specialists must be engaged for those activities, and assigntrients, a re require aw which the Contractor has no choice or, option. Nevertheless. the ultimate responsibility for Fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor. 1. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcement of building codes "W and similar regulations governing the Work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settIct-nents and similar conventions_ I. Abbreviations: MW AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. AFBMA Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association. AGA American Gas Association, AISI American Institute of Steel Construction. AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association. ANSI American National Standards Institute. API Arrierican Petroleum Institute. APWA American Public Works Association. ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute. ASHRAE American Society of Heating. Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers. ASME American Society of Mechanical,Engineers. ASTM American Society of Testing Materials- AWWA American Water Works Association- AWS American Welding Society. CAGI Compressed Air and Gas Institute. CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute, CSA Canadian Standards Institute, FM Factory Mutual Research Corporation. IBC International Building Code IFC International Fire Code IFGC International Fuel and Gas Code I.Mc International Mechanical Code MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry,Inc. NEC National Electric Code. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association. NFPA National Fire Protection Association. ow NSF National Sanitation Foundation. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration. PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute. PS Product Standard of NBS(U.S. Department of Commerce). SIVIACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor.,,;National Association, Inc, STI Steel Tank Institute, MECHANICAL WORK -GENERAL 15010-3 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building ;?.50 6,000 issued for Construction Tiffany Park.Renton.WA UL Underwriters Laboratories. Inc. L7 CODES, PERMWI-S, INSPECTIONS.AND FEES A. Obtain permits and inspections and pay fees required by National. Stateand Local authorities. MIS B, All work and rnatefials ,,hall be in accordance with referenced standards, and requiren-lents of all applicable local ordinances and state statutes, including. but not limited to, the following, Date of codes shall be as adopted by local authorities unless indicated otherwise. The most recent revision of standards shall be utilized. I International Building Code. 2- International Mechanical Code. 3. Uniforin Plumbing Code. 4. International Fire Code. 5. International Fuel Gas Code 6. National Electrical Code. T Washington State Energy Code. 8. Washington State Boiler and Unfired Pressure Vessel Code its published by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries,Division of Boiler Inspection. C. The foregoing codes shall be construed as establishing a Minimum or base level of requirements. Where provisions of the various codes or standards conflict with each other, the more stringent provisions shall govern. D. Drawings and specifications shall not be construed to permit work not in conformance with these rules and regulations. E. Where drawings or specifications call for material or construction of a better quality or higher capacity than required by the above-mentioned codes and standards, the provisions of the drawings or specifications shut] take precedence over the requirements of the codes and standards. F. Comply with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations. and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the work. If the Contractor observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any respect, he shall promptly notify the A/E in writing and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate design modification. If the Contractor performs any, work knowing it to be contrary tea such laws, ordinances. rules and re4,ulations, and without notice to the AIE, he shall assume full responsibility, and shall bear all costs associated with bringing work into compliance, G. Material and equipment within the scope of the UL Testing Laboratory Service shalt be listed by the Underwriters Laboratories for the put-pose for which they are used and shall bear their listing mark. ETD.,or CSA will be allowed if acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction. H. Contractor shall call for all inspections by the local code authorities when they become. due and 44 shall not cover any work until approved by these authorities. 1,*MC14ANICAL WORK -GENERAL 15010 -4 GensIer April 14,2006 Tiffarty Activity Building 32-5080M Issued for Constructif-m Tilfany Park, Renton, WA 1.8 QUALITY ASSIJRANCE A, Unless otherwise indicated or specified. all materials shall be new. C.ontractor shall properly store all mate 1� materials and equipment for protection from physical darnage or damage due t(') corrosion. B. Standardization of Manufacturer: This Contractor shall make every effort tta furnish all equipment of any equipment type (such as fans, motors, motor controls, pumps, valves, etc.) from ono manufacturer. Confirm before ordering, requirements of standardization with existing Owner's equipinei-it. C. Manufacturer's Directions: Each material for which the manufacturer issues directions shall be used according to its manufacturer's directions, as approved and il' not at variance with these specifications. Obtain A/E clarification when directions conflict with specifications. D. Equipment Furnished by Others: For installation of equipment and casework furnished by others and installed by this Contractor, rough-In dimensions shall be obtained from approved shop drawings, by measurements from the actual equipment, or as directed by A/E. Install all equipment to be easily accessible for operation, maintenance. or repair. Equipment deemed inaccessible by the Architect shall be relocated as directed. E. Drawings and specifications shall he taken together. Provide work specified and not indicated or work indicated and not specified as though mentioned in both. 1.9 LEVEL OF.DE-TAU-PRO"WDED IN CONTRAC-17 DRAWINGS A. GenCTal: Drawings are diagrammatic, indicating the general arrangement of systems and work, and do riot attempt to show exact details or location of equipment, fixtures. piping, arid ductwork. Offsets and transitions required to install all work are often not shown. B. Examine the architectural drawings for exact location of fixtures and equipment, Where they are not dimensioned or otherwise definitely located, obtain this information from the A/E C. Examination of Site: Submittal of bid shall indicate the Contractor has carefully examined the site and has requested (and received) additional clarification of scope where needed, Bid shall include costs tbr all required coordination and reasonable allowances for additional rnaterials and labor to meet space requirements and code requirements. D. Clarifications.- Any information described or shown that is not clear to the mechanical subcontractor shall be referred to the -VE for clarification before bids are submitted. E. Confirmation and Documentation of Adjustments. Upon start(if construction, remove ceilMOS and walls as required (in remodel areas)to review existing conditions and coordinate with other trades to determine the total amount of transitions and offsets required. Prepare coordination low drawings or mark Lip a copy of the contract drawings, indicating required transitions and offsets and, if the changes are significant, submit these drawings to the A/E for review and approval prior to fabrication, aw F. NIECHANWAL WORK-GENERAL 15010-5 Gensler April 14,2006 'riffany Activity Building 32.50W000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 1.10 SUBIN,11TTALS,AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. Provide submittals and shop drawings for all products and systems described in Division 15 and shown oil the drawings to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the prqj'ecL Furnish equipment Submittals it, the trianner described below. Include data for review, and organize data as noted below. B. The AfE's review of submittals and shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for quantities, dimensions and/or error., that may be contained therein, or deviations from the Contract Documents' requirements, It shall be clearly understood that the noting of some errors but overlooking others does not grant the Contractor permission to proceed in error. Regardless of any information contained in the Submittals and Shop Drawings, the requirements of the Contract Documents shall govern and are not waived or superseded in any way by the review of the Submittals and Shop Drawings. C. Submittals- Mark submittal literature and show drawings clearly, bind x 11" literature in three-hole, hard backed. toose-leaf binders by individual sets, and include all equipment and material shown Lin drawings and specified. Indicate the following: 1. Index, followed by specification. reference and/or drawing reference for which literature is submitted for review. Item by item identification. 1 Manufacturer's name and address,and suppliers name, address, and phone number. 3. Catalog designation or model number. 4. Rough-in data and dimensions. 5. Performance•curves and rated capacities. 6. Motor characteristics and wiring diagrams. 7. Operation characteristics. S. Complete customized listing of characteristics, equipment, accessories etc., specified. Indicate whether item is "As Specified" or "Proposed Substitution" Indicate any deviations on subrn�ittal. Mark out all non-applicable iterns or "highlight" applicable iterns. The terminology "As Specified" used without marked up listing is not acceptable.. (Show exactly what will be provided to include options or deletions.) 9. Wiring diagrams for the specific system operation. 10. Working construction drawings(shop drawings). D. Partial Submittals are permitted only after prior approval and only if long lead items require special attention. Piecemeal submittals, and submittals not organized and tabbed by specification section, will be returned without review. 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS,DATA A. The Contractor shall, during the progress of the work, keep a current and careful record of all changes where tile actual installation differs from that shown on the Contract Drawings.. including changes resulting frairt addenda and change orders. "As-built drawings" shall be maintained in the project office for inspection by the AIE at any time. Accurately locate and show all isolating and operating valves complete with valve tag numbers. B. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor shall fumish one complete set of as-built drawings on reproducible transparencies to the Architect. Outside utilities must be accurately located by dimension-to-permanent construction. 40 MECHANICAL WORK-GENERAL 15010-6 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32-5086-000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 1.12 SAFETY AND PROTECTION A. Safety Measures To Be Taken: The AVE has not been retained or compensated to provide design and construction review services relating i0 the ("Ontractor's safety precautions or to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures required for the Contractor to perform its work. The Contractor will be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the Jobsite, including safety of all persons and property during perfortnance of the work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. The A/E's observations of the Contractor's performance are not intended to include review of thr, adequacy of the Contractoes safety measures in, on, or near the construction site, Contract - or shall be responsible for providing all safety rneasures,and shall consult with the state or federal safety inspector whenever in doubt as to whether safe conditions do or do not exist or whether it is or is not in compliance with state or federal regulations. B, Drive Guards: Provide OSHA-approved drive and shaft guards for all exposed, rotating drive shafts and drive connections between motors and driven equipment including fans, pumps, compressors, etc. Guards shall include heavy-duty steel fra mes securely fastened for easy removal to the equipment frame. Guards, in general,shall be solid sheet me tal with tachometer cutout at shafts where applicable. Guards may he provided by the equipmen,( manufacturer or aw fabricated by this Contractor to the manufacturer's clearances,configurations,etc.. 1.13 SUBST1TUTIONS A. Brand Names: The use of brand names is for the purpose of description and establishina-, *W quality and does not eliminate-the requirements of meeting specifications. Other brands will be considered except where an item or class of material is specified exclusively by trade name and followed by word "only." aw B. Requests for Substitutions: In order for other brands to be considered, requests for substitutions, complete with catalog data and proposed reduction in cost, shall be furnished not later than ten working days prior to bid date or request may not be considered. All substitutions r. approved shall be described in an addendum issued prior to bid date. C. Procedures for Review of Proposed Substitutions: A rneeting, to review substitutions proposed by the contractor shall he scheduled, during which time samples of the specified product, and the product proposed for substitution will be evaluated and a decision made based upon the comparison. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor or sales representative for the product proposed for substitution to provide the samples. In addition to the sales rep, the contractor must also be present at the meeting. Since it is the contractor that is proposing the substitution, the contractor must be present and compare the products. not the sales representative. D. Changes Due to Substitutions: Design is based on equipment as listed in the equipment schedule and/or specified with a specific "model" or "series" number. Provide redesign to any "W part of the wort, as needed to acconnnodate the use of equipment and material other than specified or shown on the drawings. Obtain approval of redesign from the A/E. Redesign cost and additional construction cost resulting from the redesign shall be at the Contractor's ow expense. MECHANICAL WORK-GENERAL 15010-7 im Gensler April 14 20 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.0(XJ Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 1.14 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide Operation and Maintenance Manuals for training of Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of' systems and related equipment, Organize rnanual and include data and narrative as required in Section 01700 and noted below. B. Provide a separate chapter for each section of the Division 15 specifications with subchapters for each class of equipment or system. Provide a table of contents for each chapter, list major item items in each chapter,and indicate the page number of each. C. operating Sequence and Procedures: I Contents- In each chapter,describe the procedures necessary for personnel to operate the s system and equipment covered in that chapter. Operating Procedures: Write procedures for start-up, operation, einerg ncy operation.. and shutdown. energizing a. Start-Lip: Give complete step-by-step instructions for en equipment, making initial setting-,and adjustments whenever applicable. b. Shutdown Procedure: Include instructions for stopping and securing the equipment after operation. If a particular sequence is required, give step-by-step instructions in that order. C. Emergency Operation.- Give detailed instructions for emergency procedures required to prevent damage, to equipment and property, freeze-up, human discomfort.etc. D. Maintenance Instructions: 1, Provide a. schedule of preventive maintenance for each product. Recommend frequency of performance for each preventive maintenance task; i.e., cleaning, inspection, etc.. Provide instructions and schedules for all routine cleaning, lubrication and inspection with recommended lubricants for all equipment and systems, Recommend times of the year that inspection and maintenance should be performed. 2, Provide instructions for minor repair or adjustments, limited to repairs and adjustments which may be performed without special tools or test equipment, and which require no extensive special training or skills. 3. Special Maintenance: Provide all information of a maintenance nature covering warranty items,etc., which have not been discussed elsewhere. E. Manufacturer's Literature: Include manufacturers' descriptive literature covering all I appurtenances used in each system, together with illustrations, exploded views, and listing of all replacement parts. Include name, address,and phone number of supplier. F Shop Drawings- Provide a copy of all corrected. approved shop drawings covering equipment for the project either with the manu fact urers' catalog cuts or properly identified in a separate subsection. fA G. Testing,Adjusting.and Balancing Report: Include a copy of the approved report. H. Other Requirements; 1. Valve Directory: Indicate valve number, size, location, function, and normal position for each nurnbu.-red valve. Obtain approval of directory before installation of valve tags. Install tags prior to substantial completion of project. Name Plate Directory: Provide list of fans, pumps, air handling units, heating coils, concealed automatic dampers, and all other major equipment nameplates, giving MECHANICAL WORK -GENERAL 15010-8 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32-5086,(X)O Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton,NVA rnarlUfaCtUrees nameplate data, nameplate designation, location of equiptnent. area served, SWitCh location, normal position of switch, and equipment label designations specified. Submit directory for review and obtain approval prior to substantial completion of,project. 3. Label all pages to assure correct placelyient in manual, 4. Mark out all non-applicable items, or "flighlight"all applicable items. rr I. Number of Copies: Submit one preliminary copy for approvaL Deliver three final bound copies to the A/E for final approval and delivery to the Owner. 1.1.5 OPERATING PERSONNEL INSTRUCTION A. General: Provide instruction of all pertinent mechanical systems to facility operating personnel prior to facility acceptance, upon mutually satisfactory arrangement with A/E. B. Instruction: Instruction shall not begin until the component. assembly, or system has been tested and is in acceptable operating conditiow. otherwise.. instruction shall IV deemed incomplete. Instruction shall encompass normal operation.emergency operation, fire and other hazards. safety provisions, pollution prevention provisions, and maintenance procedures, for all work provided. C. Instructors:i Instructors shall include the Contractor's staff supplemented by authorized representatives of the component, assembly, or system manufacturer. D. Aids-- Instruction process shall utilize specified 0 & M manuals that, if deerned unsatisfactory in any content, shall be supplemented in a manner to achieve specified instruction. E. Time: Provide all necessary instruction to the complete understanding of the operating personnel. Minimuni instruction periods shall be as follows: Plumbing: I hour Heating, ventilating and air conditioning: 3 hours R The entire instruction training session shall be videotaped on aDVD, Provide two copies of the DV D to the Owner. 1.16 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. General: Comply with all Division I requirements. B. Cleaning: Promptly remove all waste material and rubbish. At completion of the work, clean all dirt and construction debris such as paint, plaster, glue, cement, mastic, tar, paper, tape, and dirt from the mechanical Installation including equipment piping C1. ductwork. and plumbing fixtures. In finished areas to be occupied, keep equipment I covered during course of construction. Where this is not practical,clean and/or refinish item to new condition. C. Requirements for Final Inspection: All of the following items shall he completed prior to final inspections. No exceptions will be made and no approval for final payment will be made until all iterns are completed. L Cleaning equipment and premises. rr MECHANICAL WORK -GENERAL 15010-9 Gens I.e-r April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 2. Operating instructions and maintenance manuals. 1 Testing.adjusting. and balancing- 4. Record drat,Nings ("as-built"). ad 5, Guarantee, 1), Guarantee: 1. Cornpiv with Section 01700. Unless indicated otherwise in Section 01700, all work to performed under this Contract shall be guaranteed against faulty and improper materials and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance by the Owner. except that where guarantees or warranties for longer terms are specified herein for specific equipment. such longer term shall apply, and this Contractor,at no additional cost to the Owner. shall promptly correct any deficiencies which occur during the guarantee period, all to the satisfaction of the Owner and A/E This Contractor shall require similar guarantees from its subcontractors. - i compliance All equipment and installation shall be guaranteed by the Contractor t o be n with OSHA regulations, PART 2 -...PRQDJ.Y,CTS Not used. PART 3 -EXEC17ION MIA Not used. 110 END OF SECTION ad MECHANICAL WORK-GENERAL 15010- 110 40W Gensler April I4.'1006 Tiffany Activity Building 302,5086f)(K) Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 15050 -BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS E-ART I - Q�NEKI,.kL 1-1 RELATED DOCLNENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including Gencral and the Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Section 15010 applies to this and all other Division 15 sections. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A, This Section includes basic mechanical materials, and methods directly related to, and required for, work specified in all other Division 15 Sections, rYrr 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Pipe pipe fittings,and piping include tube, tube. fittings. and tubing, B. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts.spaces above ceilings,crawl spaces.and tunnels. C. Exposed Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. D. Exposed Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors, or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures, and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. E, Concealed Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts. F. Concealed Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants, but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. r. Examples include installations within unheated attics and shelters. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Subty:iit each item specif ted in this Section the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections. B, Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings detailing fabrication and installation for metal and wood supports and anchoragge for mechanical materials and equipment. aw BASIC MATERIALS &METHODS 15050- I *MW Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building Park, R enton, WA Issued for Constructik)n Tiffriv Pa L5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A, Products Criteria: 1. Standard Products: Nilatcrial and equipment shall be the standard products, of a manufacturer regidarly engaged in the manufacture of the products for at least 3 years. See,other specification sections for any exceptions. ON Equipment Service: Products shall be supported by a service organization which maintains a complete inventory of repair parts and is located reasonably close to the site. 3 Multiple tjriits. When two or more units of materials or equipment of the same type or class are required, these units shall be products of one manufacturer. 4, Assembled Units. Manufacturers of equipment assemblies, which use components made by others, assume complete responsibility for the final assembled product.. 5 Narneplates: Narneplate bearing manufacturer's name. or identifiable trademark shall be securely affixed in a conspicuous place on equipment, or name or trademark cast integrally with equipritent, stamped or otherwise permanently marked on each item of equipment. Id 6. Asbestos products or equipment or materials containing asbestos shall riot be used. B. Welding: Before any welding is performed, contractor shall submit a certificate certifying that welders comply with the following requirements: I. Qualify welding processes and operators for piping according to ASME "Boiler and. Pressure.Vessel Code", Section LX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications", 1 Comply with provisions of ASME B31.9 "Building Services Piping Code". 3. Certify that each welder has passed American Welding Society(AWS)qualification tests for the welding processes involved, and that certification is current. C. Manufacturer's Recommendations- Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the material being installed, printed copies of these reconimeridations shall be furnished to the A/E prior to installation. Installation of the item will riot be allowed to proceed until the recommendations are received. Failure to furnish these recomrrknidations can be cause for rejection of the material. D. Sequencing and Scheduling: 1. Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building components. 2. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction to allow for mechanical installations. 3. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices. 4. Coordinate connection of electrical services. 5. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors where mechanical items requiring access are concealed behind finished surfaces. When access panels and doors are provided under Division 8,they are not required where specified in Division 1.5, G. Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting where devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices prior to installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. 1.6 IJELTVERY, STORAGE. AND HANDLING A. Protect stored pipes and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. I)o not exceed structural capacity of floor,if stored inside. BASIC MATERIALS & METHOT)S 15050- Gensler April 14, 2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32-5086.000 Issued for Cowtruction Tiffiany Park, Renton, WA B. Protect flanges, 11(fings, and pipinp specia Ities from rnoisture and dirt. C. Protect mechanical equipment from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. When stored inside,do not exceed structural capacity of the floor. PAR.T. PRODi JOTS I JI)EN-rIFYING DEVICES AND LABELS A. General-. 1. Equipment and Pipe Identification.- Provide for all equipment and pipe. Conform to ANSI/ASME A 111. latest edition, for lettering size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices. Use syrnhols, nomenclature and equipment nurntvrs specified, shown on the drawings, and shown in the maintenance manuals. B. Pressure-Sensitive Pipe Markers, 1. Manufacturer's standard preprinted. per manent adhesive, color-coded, pressure-sensitive vinyl pipe markers. a. . Manufacturer: Seton Name Plate Corporation, Marking, Services Incorporated, Brady, Craffinark or Kolbi Industries, Coordinate selection of piping labels with selection of insulation jackets. 3. Piping markers shall have lettering, large enough to be read from the floor(unless the pipe, is too st-nall to accOITIMOdate that size of lettering. in which case the size of the lettering will be the largest feasible for the pipe, size). 4. Adhesive arrow bands shall have a background color that is coded in accordance with the following table.. If the stated background is not commercially available, incorporate arrows into the label and provide color-coded bands without arrows. 5. Backaround Color: r. Service Background Color Hot Water Heating Tan Potable Cold Water Dark Blue Gas Green .Fire Service Waste, Soil Vent,Rain U ader Brown 6. For liquid piping systems, indicate n the labels _s'u_pp_1yor— o return pipes. C. Paint: 1. Industrial Enarnel: Alkyd Base. a. Manufacturer: Quigley AAA, Sherwin Willian-ts, "Kem Industrial", Glidden "Daylite"Enamel orlapproved Cowman Campbell. 2. Primer For Steel Surfaces: Zinc-chromate, primer. a. Manufacturer: Cowman & Campbell No. 1134 or approved Quigley, Sherwin Williams.or Glidden, aw 3, Primer For. Zinc-Coated Surfaces: Metallic zinc--zinc oxide primer. BASIC MATERIALS& METHODS 15050- 3 aw Gen-sler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.50S6.000 Issued for Construction 'I'iftany Park, Renton. WA a Manufacturer: W.P. Fuller No. 7747, Glidden "Rustmaster", Dupont "DLIIUX" Or approved Quigle y,Sherwin Williams or Cowman & Campbell. 4, Primer-Sealer For lw.,ulated Surfaces: Resin-type printer sealer. WA 5. Acrylic Latex for Finish Painting of hisulated Surfaces: a, Nlanufacturer: Cowman &Campbc1l. 6. Piping, Ductwork and Equipment in Mechanical Spaces: Heat Resistant Paint: High ternj�rature paint. a. Manufacturer: Quigley AAA or approved. 2.2 HANGERS, SUPPORTS. AND ATTACHMENTS A. General: Anchors and attachments shall K-provided under this Section. B. Anchor Bolts: L Fquipment anchor bolts in solid concrete shall be carbon steel machine bolt -anchors. Anchors shall be plated in accordance with ASTM B633-85, SC 1,Type. Ill. 1 Anchor bolts shall be self-drilling type, internal thread an+ hor. with a pre-assembled integral expander plug. 3. Approvals and Listings: a. lCB0 ES Research Report. b. Factory Mutual 3.1. 0K4A9.A11. C, Underwriters Laboratories File No. EX 1289(N). d. Federal Specification: Meets the descriptive requirements of FF-S-325C, Group `III.Type I. 4. Pull-out and shear values shall conlon-n to the standard test methods as outlined in latest edition of ASTM E488. 5. Manufacturer: Powers Fasteners. Inc. -Steel Drop-In", Hilti. Inc, "11DI", ITW Ramset/Red Head"Multi-Set IF*or CS "Drop-In Anchors." C. Expansion Shell Anchors: I Expansion shell anchors shall be used to anchor attachments to lightweight, low-density concrete or concrete block structure. Anchors shall be plated in accordance with ASTM B633-85, SC2.Type TH. 2. Approvals and Listings: a. lCB0 ES Research Report. b. Factory Mutual J.1. OJ8ALA14. C. Underwriters Laboratories File No. EX 1289(N). d. Federal Specification: Meets the descriptive requirements of FF-S-325, Group 11, Type 3, Class 3. 3. Manufacturer: Powers Fasteners. "Lok/Bolt" Inc., ITW RamsetlRed Head "Dynabolt Sleeve,"or Hilti "Sleeve Anchor." 4. For attachments to Wood Construction: WOW screws or lag bolts. a. Manufacturer B-Line DS J6x`_) Drive Screw or Fig. B3228 Hex Head Lag Bolt. i. Hanger Rods: 6. Continuous threaded rod. 7. Maximum Threaded Hanger Rod Loading- Rod Size Maximum Load Diameter in Inches Pounds 610 W BASIC MATERIALS&METHODS 15050-4 Gensler April lei,2006 Tiffany Activity 32.5086.0(9,) Issued for Constructiic)n Tiffany Park, Renton, WA D. Trapeze Pipe Racks: I Fabricate froze structural angles or hot-dipped galvanized steel channels to Suit WCight of piping to b,-. supported. Size for a minimum safety factor of'5. E. Flingers for Horizontal Piping: I. Hangers shall be UL listed and FM approved for 3/4 through 8" pipe. Hangers shall comply With MSS SP40' 2. Steel Pipe.and Cast Iron Soil Pipe Adjustable clevis, a, Manufacturer. Anvil Fig. 260, PHD Fig. 450. B-Line No. B31 0 or Erico Hanger NoA00. 3, Copper Pipe 2-inch and Smaller Adjustable ring. a. Manufacturer: Anvil Fig. CT-69, PHD Fig. 152, B-Line No- B3170 CT or Erico Hanger No. 101. 4. Copper Pipe 2-1/2-inch and Larger: Adjustable ring. a. Manufacturer: Anvil Fig. CT-()5,Fig. 442, B-Line No. 133104- CT or Erico Hanger No. 402, S. Finish: Black steel for black steel pipe and cast iron pipe. Galvanized for galvanized steel Pipe. Copper plated for copper pipe. ?3 HANGERS FOR DI.J(.,7rS A. Hangers for ducts are specified in Section 15070 and Section 15800. 2.4 PIPE SLEEVES A. Material: I Steel Sheet Metal: 18,gauge galvanized sheet metal, round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Schedule 40,galvanized plain ends. 3. Cast-iron: Cast or factory-fabricated pipe;equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe having plain ends and integral water stop,except where other features are specified. 4 Below-Grade Wall Penetration Assembly: Wall opening shall be steel sleeve, thermoplastic HDPE sleeve. cored hole or formed hole with modular, irlechatrical type, inter-locking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space, between the pipe and the wall opening, a. Manufacturer ThUnderline/Link-Seal. b. Furnish sufficient quantity and type of link required to effectively provide a hydrostatic and/or fire-rated sea[. C. Each individual link shall be conspicuously and permanently identified with the name of the manufacturer and model number. d. The elastorneric element shall be sized and selected per manufacturer's recommendations and have the folloNving properties as designated by AST 1: 1) For standard service applications(40T to 250'F): EPDN1 to ASTNI D2000 M3 BA5 10. 2) For hydrocarbon service applications (40'F to 210'F): Nitrile to ASTNI D200 M I BF5 10. BASIC MATERIALS&METHODS 15050- Gensler April 14,2006 Till'any Activity Building 32,5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA Y) For high temperature of fire seat applications (-67"F to 4001,F): Silicone to ASTM D2000 Ml GE505. 5. Waterti-Rhi Sleeves in Concrete Floors-. Sleeve shall have integral cast flashing clamp for ZZ tt-.,e in flcxkrs with membrane. Corrosion resistant cast-iron construction. a. Nlanufacturer Jay R. Smith Fig, 1720. 2,5 G.R0lJT A. Nonshrink, Metallic Grout: ASTM C 1107. Grade B. I Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cerflent grout, nonstaining. noncorrosive, nongaseotm. and reconunended for interior and exterior applications. 1 Design Mix: 50(X)psi, 28-day compressive strength. 3, Packaging: Premixed and factory-packaged, ad B. Epoxy Adhesives: Use epoxy adhesives for grouted bolts. Bolts shall be ASTM A-107 material or better. Coordinate with Structural Engineer and notes on structural drawings. 2.6 FIRESTOPPlNG A. Refer to Section 07840. Coordinate with the firestopping installers and review with them all typical penetration conditions that will be encountered. Address issues such as insulated pipe, non-insulated pipe, ducts and pipe, subject to movement, etc. Obtain complete agreement that the firestopping can be property installed prior to installing mechanical work.. Z.� - B. Perform all work required,and furnish all materials necessary to complue proper installation of firestops in fire rated walls. floors and partitions,around penetrations of pipe, tubing, and ducts. V., as indicated by the Contract Documents and/or required by LJBC Sections 7 10 and 714. 1 Fire-stops shall conform to ASTM E-814, Standard Method of Fire Tests of Through- Penetration Fire Stops; UL 1479, Fire Tests of luough-Penetration Firestops. 2, Firestop classification shall be listed in UL Fire Resistance Directory for the application, and shall be Factory Mutual approved. 1 Firestop material shall be a ready to use,permanently intumescent putty. 4. Manufacturer: Specified Technologies, Inc. "Spec Seat." Series 100 Sealant, Johns Manville Super Fire Temp Cl,FSP, "Flameseal". as manufactured by Hevi-Duty/Nelson, a Unit of General Signal, 3M Fire Barrier 25WB Caulk or approved Hilti. 2.7 ACCESS PANELS A. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall provide the General Contractor the exact locations of access panels for each concealed valve, control device, terininal unit, control damper, fire/smoke damper. or other device requiring service. Access panels will be provided and installed by the General Contractor and as specified in other Divisions of the Specifications. Submit locations of these,panels in sufficient time to be installed in the normal course of work. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 15050-6 a_ens April 14,2006 'riffany Activity Building 34_5080.00O Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, R'enton, WA I'S'- ELECTRICAL FREMM PROTECTION HEAT TRACING FOR PIPING A� General. Furnish and install a complete UI, listed system of heaters, components, and controls to prevent pipelines from freezing B, Electric Heat Tracing.: WA 1. The self-regulating heater shall consist of two (21) 16 AWG tinned-copper bus wires ernbe,dded in parallel in a self-regulating polymer core that varies its power output to respond to temperature all along Its length, allowing the beater to be crossed over itself without overheating, to be used directly on metallic or plastic pipe, and to he cut to length in the Held. 2. The heater shall be covered by a radiation cross-linked modified polyolefin dielectric jacket. The heater shall have ain outer braid of tinned-topper and an Outer jacket of modified polyolefin (-CR). 3. System shall meet requirements of current National Electric Code (NEC), Section 427, C, In order to provided energy conservation and prevent overheating, the heater shall have a self- regulating factor of at least 90 percent. The self-regulation factor is defined as the percenta- t_ &e -reduction, without thermostatic control, of the heater output going from 40'F. pipe temperature operation to I 50'F. pipe temperature operation. I). The heater shall operate with the voltage indicated on the drawings, or as directed by the A/E, without the use of transformers. Coordinate voltage requirernents—and points of connection for electrical service with Division 16 work, w. E. Provide sufficient heater cable,as sized in accordance with table below to keep the pipe surface at 40'F. with 0' F.outdoor ambient temperature, The required heater output rating is in watts per foot at 50'F. (Heater selection shall be based on .1" fiberglass insulation on metal piping). Minimum Ambient Tem eruture Yee Sire 0 Deg.F. -20 Ike M...F. 1/2-3-inch 1 5 Watt 5 Wait F. Manufacturer- Raychem Corporation "CR" polyolefirt jacketed XL•Trace or approved Thermon. Indeeco.or Nelson, G. Power connection, end sea], splice and tee kit components shall be furnished by manufacturer and applied in the field. Wire at the ends of circuits shall not be tied together, H. Controls: 1. The system shall be controlled by an ambient sensing thermostat, set at 40' F. either directly or through an appropriate contactor. Thermostat shall include a NEMA 4X enclosure. a. Thermostat shall include a stainless steel probe sensor and SP-DT switch. b. Manufacturer. Raychem AMC or approved. C, Thermostat shall include a SP-ST switch and a three foot capillary and bulb. Ow d. Munufactumr Raychem AMC-F5 or approved. I. Supply circuits Will be as shown on electrical drawings, to disconnect switches at the locations shown. Provide all wiring from this point to thermostats,and to heating strip; 6M volt insulated BASIC MATERIALS& METHODS I-SO50-7 Gensler, April 14,2(XJ6 Tiffany Activity Building Ion Tiffany Park,Renton, WA Issued for Construct' wire, installed in conduit or EMT racevvays, with short sections of flexible conduit adjacent to the thermostat.. go 19 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Requirements: Electrical components of mechanical equipment and systems shall be do provided under this division and shall be as specified herein and as necessary for complete and operable systems. Interconnecting wiring and conduit for components o1'packaged equipment shall be provided by the contractor furnishing the equipment unless otherwise required in Section 15900. B. Control Wiring: L Provide wiring as required by functions as specified and as recommended by equipment manufacturers.to serve specified control functions. 2. Raceways: All control wiring shall be installed in separate zinc-coated steel conduit or raceways, with conduit fittings at all junction points, connections and outlets. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION—COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to provide the iriaximurn possible headroom where mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb. parallel and perpendicular to other building systems, and components in exposed interior spaces,except where otherwise indicated. C. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. Connect equipirient for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location. D. Install equipment so as to give the right-of-way to piping systerns installed at a required slope, 3.2 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Identification of Piping'. All piping which is accessible for maintenance operations, including t_ piping concealed above Suspended ceilings, shall be identified with color coded identification bands, B. Pipes: 1. Throughout the project, indicate, direction of flown and service at least once in each space, at least once every 20 feet,and at all wall penetrations for all piping 2. Anchor piping labels at each end with adhesive arrow bands around the full circumference of the pipe and overlapping at the ends. 3. Orient adhesive labels parallel to the pipe, and locate labe-Is where they can be read from the floor or the most. likely approach for access. BASIC MATERIALS &METHODS 15050 -8 Gensler April 14, 2006 Tiffany Activity Building 315086SX,X) Issued for("Onstruction Tiffany Park, Renton. WA wo 4, Where exposed pipes, in occupied areas are to be painted, the color shall be s7,,%ecified by the A/E- for aesthetic purposes. The terns "exposed" in this context means unhidden by architectural cletriencs, not uninsulated. 5. On all piping, apply labels stating "asbestos free" at least once in each space, at least once every 20 feet, and within 6" of each point of connection witl) the existing piping insulation. Mark the circumference of the new insulation with a black (narking pen at each Point of connection with the existing insulation and draw an arrow from the nearest "asbestos free" to the black line. On the arrow- -write with the black marker. "terminates here." 3.3 PAINTING rr A. Paint all work specified in mechanical sections, which is installed in boiler rtX)ms, mechanical rooms. aw B. Paint exterior exposed mechanical work. C. Provide paint finishes for supports and braces for, grilles and diffusers, boiler stack, supports and frarnes in mechanical spaces,and other mechanical equipment not having a factory finish. D. Paint till un-insulated piping and valves in all mechanical spaces. E. All work shall be done by skilled painters. Paint shall he well tiaixed. Alkyd paints shall be mixed at least 24 hours before using, shall be covered during this period-, shall be thoroughly stirred before application- Each coat of paint shall have slight variation of color from the preceding coat so as to permit ready identification, In cases where procedures are not definitely specified, it shall be in accordance with the best practices of the trade and as approved by the Architect. F. Cleaning: All surfaces to be painted shall first be thoroughly cleaned of grease and scale. I" G. Caution: Use caution with inflammable materials. Keep only small amounts of paint on hand, remove rubbing cloths and oil rags from building each day. r. H. Equipment Painted at Factory: When painted with finish coat of lacquer or enamel.shall not be repainted, I. Metal Surfaces: 1. In General: Three mils minimum dry film thickness; apply one priming coat and one finish coat of acrylic base paint and additional coats as required to obtain minimum dry film thickness. 1 Metal Surfaces Exposed to Weather: Provide, painting ol'all structural steel supports for mechanical piping, ductwork, and equipment, Four mils minintum dry film thickness; apply one prime coat and two finish coats of acrylic base paint and additional coats as required to obtain minimum dry film thickness. 3. Galvanized Sheet Metal Work., Three inils mini m dry film thickness.- apply one coat ol'zinc dust-zinc oxide prit-ner and one finish coat of acrylic-base industrial enamel, w. J. Grilles: Three mils minimum thickness. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 15050-9 aw (,ensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.(XX) Issued for Construction Tiffany Park. Renton, WA K, Hanger Rods. Paint wherever piping or ductwork is painted. L Factory-Finished Surfaces: Factory-finished surfaces shall not be repainted unless the original finish has beet) darnaged. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS, Sl.11P.P(.)RTS,AND ATTACHMENTS A. General: The following applies to all locations. n 13. Provide bracings at pipe bends to prevent movement frorn inertia and water hammer. C. Support Placement: Place supports as near as possible to concentrated loads, and when twl practicable, immediately adjacent to changes in direction. Support horizontal piping go as to maintain alignment, prevent grade reversals and prevent sagging in excess of 0.l inch. 1). Provide piping supports and hangers with a means of adjustment for leveling, grading- of piping and cold spring movernents- E, Support all piping where axial movement frorn thermal expansion is greater than 112-inch with adjustable steel yoke pipe roll. F. Provide stifficient hanuer rod lengths to limit rod displacement from thermal expansion to 4' from vertical. G. Do not hang pipe from other pipe. H. Attachments to Wood Joists: Provide angle clips secured to side of joist with threaded lag Screws. 1. Miscellaneous Metal Supports: Where supports are needed where adequate building structural members are not present, secondary support framing shall be provided tinder this Section to span loads to the nearest adequate building structural members, I Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metat supports accurately in location, alignment. and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. 1 Welding-, Comply with AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code-Steel". This does not apply to attachments to building structural members. J The Followin.(,; Are Not Acceptable or Permitted. 46 I. Wire hangers. 2. Perforated strap. 3. Hanging from cellukir roof deck. 4. Wood plugs, 5, Soft insulation at point of support on cold lines_ to K. Manufactured Roof Mounted Pipe Supports.- 1. Installation shall comply with manufacturer's recoinniendations. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 15050- 10 April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086SM Issued for Constructic Park, Re'riton. A Tiffany W 3.5 HANGER SPACING R-)R PIPTNG A. Maximum Horizontal Pipe Hanger and Support Spacing: Norninal Standard L Copper Tube Pipe or W e i g h t Tutv. Steel P i pc Diameter - Water Vapor Water Vapor, Service Service Service Service FL Ft. Ft. Ft. 7 3/8" 7 8 5 7 8 5 err F, 7 9 6 1-1/4 7 9 7 9 1_112111 9 12 8 10 T, 10 i 13 8 +11 -2_ f2= 11 14 9 11 3 B, Fire Protection Piping Support. Follow requirements of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)Pamphlets 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 1.6. 1T C. Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Pipe Support: 1. Cast Iron Drainage Pipe: a. 10 feet maxi.murn spacing with a minimum of one (1)hanger per pipe section close to the joint on the barrel. Also at all change,,; of direction and branch connections, 2. No Hub Drainage Pipe: a. Horizontal piping shall he hung at every other joint except when the developed length between the hangers exceeds four (4) feet, the pipe shall be hung at each Joint. Hangers shall be provided at each horizontal branch connection, on each water close( bend or elbow and at each trap. Where piping and fittings are suspended on hangers more than 18 inches long and on each water closet bend or elbow, rigid hangers or sway bracing shall be provided at every other banger and hung piping and closet bends shall not have any horizontal movement in any direction. Hangers shall be placed within one inch of the coupling at each joint requiring a hanger. Vertical piping shall be supported at each floor level including slabs on grade with riser clamps, D. Support of Concentrated Loads: I- In general, a hanger shall be used within one foot of each change of direction and at each valve or equipment connection. ire E Piping penetrating walls shall have hanger on both sides of wall, w. F. Special Situations: 'I- Where soil conditions will not support underground piping installed under slabs on grade, use 5-trail minimum thickness corrosion resistant polymer coated wrought steel clevis r. IM BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 15050- 11 Genszl.er April 14,2006 Tirfany Activity Building I ffan Park, Renion. WA h in Issued for Ti y ,e m- with hot clipped galvanized hex nuts. All piping shall be, supported as specified 1 under maximum pipe hanger and support spacing. In corrosive environment-,, use 5-rail minimum thickness corrosion resistant polymer coated wrought steel clevis hangers with suitable protected rc.Ki and structural attachment. All piping shall I-&, supported as specified under niaximurn pipe hainger and support spacing. 3,6 INSTALLATION OF PIPE SLEEVES A. General: All pipes passing through floons, walls or partitions, hung or furred ceilings shall t-#,- provided with sleeves of sufficierit diameter to provide 1/2" annular clear space between the sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, Sleeves for concrete floors, walls and other masonry work rit shall be so located and secured in place that space all around the pipe, after the pipes are installed in place, shall be about equal. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. Provide 1-1/2" angle ring set in silicone adhesive around penetration. B. Projecting Sleeves: Floor sleeves shall be caulked watertight and shall prqject approximately 1-inch above the finished floor so that the escutcheon plate,will property fit over same, Sleeves shall finish flush with the bottom of slab. C. Brass Pipe Sleeves: Provide brass pipe sleeves for pipe passing through quarry tile,terrazzo or ceramic tile floors, Connect sleeve with noor plate. D. Escutcheon Plates: Install pipe escutcheons at pipe penetrations of concrete and masonry walls.wall board partitions, and suspended ceilings according to the following: rW I Chrorne-Plated Piping.: Cast-brass, one-piece, with set-screw, polished chronic-plated finish. 2. Uninsulated Piping Wall Escutcheons. Cast-brass or stamped steel,with set-screw. 3, Insulated Piping: Cast-brass or stamped steel, with concealed hinge, spring clips, and chrome-plated finish. 4. Piping in Mechanical Rootns and Utility Areas: Cast-brass or stamped steel. with set- screw or spring clips. 5. Use split-casting escutcheons, where required,for existing piping. E_ Counterflashing: Piping that penetrates waterproof roof construction shall be provided with counterflashing. F. Sealing of Sleeves: Where pipe sleeves are used, the annular space around pipes shall be 1/2". Pack the annular space with approved UL listed packing, leaving 1-112" depth for caulking compound. Apply sealing compound filling this remaining annular space out to a point flush to the wall line. G. Sealant: Silicone acoustical sealant or non-hardening butyl, suitable to withstand moderate joint Movement. H. Exterior Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seat penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Size the sleeve for I" annular clear space between pipe and slee-ve for installation of mechanical seals. 1. Install Schedule 40 steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches. 2. Install cast-iron wall pipes for sleeves 6 inches and larger. BASIC MATERIALS& MFTHODS 15050- 12 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.50WOtX) Issued for Construction Tit'iany Park, Renton, WA in 3. Assemble and install mechanical seats acco)rdi g to manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.7 PROTE(71-10N OF EQUIPMENT A. At all times, take such precautions as may be necessary to properly protect all material and equipment from damage. Failure., to provide such protection will be Sufficient C3USe for rejection of material or equipment. B. Cap, plug. or otherwise protect all temporary openings in piping and ducts to prevent any dirt from entering. Take care to see that all pipe fittings are installed free froth panit or LTrease. Deliver all finished Nvork and equipment to Owner,clean. C. Keep covered with plastic sheeting, arranged to provide adequate ventilation and prevent trapping of moisture, Piping. equipment. etc.. which rusts or is damaged by elements may be aw rejected by Architect or Owner. Replace rejected piping, equipment, etc, with new materials, 3,8 INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPLNG A. Examination: Verify that all penetrating elements and supporting devices have been installed and all temporary lines have been removed. B. Preparation. 1, Provide drop cloths, or other satisfactory covering for protection of adjacent areas in accordance with good work.practices. ? Surfaces that will be in contact with penetration seat materials shall be clean and free of dust,dirt,grease, oil, loose material&rust or other substances. C. Installation: 1. Install penetration seal materials in accordance with design requirements. IBC and manufacturer's instructions. 2. Follow manufacturer's recommendations to obtain a smooth.professional finish. 1 If forms or danunim, materials are in;tailed, they shall be removed after the designated - cure time unless the support materials used are of a fire resistant or noncombustible nature. D. Repairs and Modifications: I. Identify damaged or re-entered seals requiring repair or modification. 2. Remove loose, or damaged materials, 1 If pipes or other penetrating elements are to be added, remove enough material to insert new elements being careful not to cause damage to the balance of the seal, 4. Insure that surfaces to be scaled are clean and dry. 5. Install materials in accordance with Paragraph C. above. Use only materials approved by manufacturer as suitable for repair or original sal. E. Field Quality Control: 1. Examine penetration seals for proper installation, adhesion and curing as may be appropriate for the respective seat materials. 1 Keep areas of work accessible and notify code authorities or designated inspectors of work released for inspection, BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 15050- 13 C,enc,1er April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 321.508609) Issued For Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 1 Document completion and inspection as required. F Clean-Up: Remove equipment, rnaterials, and debris, leaving area In a clean. undamaged condition. 3.9 INSTALLATION—ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACING A. General. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Installation: Apply the strip only after the piping has been completely pressure tested. Clean sur faces of the pipe before applying;apply strip to conform closely to pipe and fittings- Heating strip shall be applied to exterior of pipe hangers to prevent cutting the tape- Attach the heating it� strip to the pipe with cable ties or fiberglass tape supplied by the heating Strip Manufacturer at 24" interviLIS and at each change in direction of pipe. Application to Valves: Apply to surfaces to be insulated (exterior of water-containing parts); 1,0' oftape per valve, in addition to tape on the pipe-, concealed under the insulation. D. Apply "electric traced" signs to the outside of the thermal insulation at ten foot interval-, along the pipe on alternating sides. E, Tests: I. After installation, and before and after installing the thermal insulation, subject heater to testing using a 2500 VDC niegger. Minimurn insulation resistance should be 20 to 1000 megaohnis regardless of length. 2. The installer shall provide resistance test for both heating cable wires to verify the connection of any splices or tees. F. Coordinatiow. 1. It shall be the mechanical subcontractor's responsibility to coordinate installation of heat tracing with electrical subcontractor and insulation subcontractor. 2. The tnechanical subcontractor shall verify that circuit breakers supplying to the heat trace are equipped with 30-mA ground-fault circuit protection. 5-inA GFCI devices are not acceptable. a tw tile Coordinate power connection and wiring with electrical subcontractor. It shall responsibility of electrical contractor to furnish and install Nviring frorn the breaker panel to the freeze protection trace point of connection. Coordinate location of beat trace power connection J-boxes and point of connection with electrical contractor. Ali 3,10 EARTHWORK A, General: Provide all earthwork as necessary for the installation of all mechanical work. B. Work in City Street Areas: Comply with city regulations pertaining to cutting and patching of paving,excavating and backfilling. C. Breaking of Existing Pavement Other than City Street Areas: Break paving on substantially straight lines, along the lines of the trench or tunnel entry. BASIC MATERIALS &METHODS 15050 - 14 Gensler :sprit ,1.4,2006 Tiffany ActiAty Building 32,5086.(X)0 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA' D Temporary Facilities, Barricades, Protective NfCaWres: See Division I of these specifications. E. Locating Existing Utilities: Prior to machine trenching, furnish and use an electronic pipeline finder instrument over the entire length of trench to locate existing pipe, conduit, etc. Before using machine excavation. locate by hand shovel digging all intersecting utilities and connections shown, and those located by the pipeline finder; protect during trenching, F Repair of Darnages to Underground Utilities: The exact location of' existing under ground utilities is not definitely known. Should any underground utilities be damaged in excavations, Contractor shall restore any such. utilities, both temporarily and permanently as required, without any additional cost to the Owner. Correct any damage resulting thereof, Excavation method shall be open trench type. Width of trench for pipe shall be sufficient to permit the pipe to be laid and jointed properly, with 6" minimum clear space each side of the pipe'. bottom true to grade. Side walls of excavations shall be as nearly vertical as possible-, V horizontal to Iff vertical, as a maximuni wherever possible. H. Excavations for manholes shall leave approximately 18" to 24" clearance between the side of the i excavation and the manhole walls. Do not excavate belo-w the, depth specified; if accidentally over.-excavated, fill any excess below the level sl-xccified. with 22000 psi concrete, 1. Pipe Bedding; 1. Bedding material shall be sand backfill for pipe bedding. Sand backfill shall Conform to Section 9-03,13 of WSDOT Standard Spec i I icatic)ns, J, Select Backfill Materials. Use for filling of all backfilled areas, throughout. all areas where work under this contract installed under paving at grade., extending to a distance outside such lin-lits to a one-to-one slope away from such pa-ving, and to a height which will serve as sUbgrade for the paving and for all backfill around manholes up to a point 8*' below grade. Select backfill shall be purchased from a source approved by Architect- K, Backfill Material Other Than Select Backfill.- Backfill material may be the originally excavated rruiterial, front which all debris, broken concrete or other waste material has been removed; except where such material cannot be stockpiled as specified above, provide new select backfill material. L Compacting- Compact each layer of backfill individually, and place backfill at a moisture condition which will produce max- imum,density;compact thoroughly and completely to not less than 95% maximum density using roller or tamping equipment, M. Surplus Earth: Clay materials and other excavated materials not suitable for backfill- Remove from site and dispose of as directed; new backfill materials shall be provided as specified in the fore-oii ng. N. Bracing and Shoring: Where the depth of excavation or character of the ground require it for sat fety-. made of timber;conform with local and state safety laws and regulations; remove before backfilling; where necessary to ensure against caving, withdrawn while backfilling is being done. BASIC MATERIALS&METHODS 15050- 15 aw Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 3-1,5086000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park. Renton. WA 3,11 CONNECT]NCj E(IMMENT Fl.JRNISI-MD UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR BY OWNER A. Obtain all rough-in data from approved shop drawings on all equipment. B. Ulnless otherwise, specified. rnakcall final piping connections to equipment and install fittings, strainers, pressure reducing valves. flow control valves, relief"valves. and grease traps provided with or as an integrAt part of equipment. END OF SECTION 15050 irk BASIC MATERIALS&METHODS 15050- 16 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 y 1; Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA r SECTION 15100- DOMESTIC WATER&DRAINAGE PIPING PART I -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ,,. A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Sections 15010 and 15050 are directly related to work included in this Section. Other sections are indirectly related and shall be reviewed. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Work under this section shall include furnishing and installing domestic water piping and drainage piping systems, including piping, fittings, piping specialties, drains, interceptors, valves, strainers,circulators,and other associated components, as specified or indicated. err 1.3 STANDARDS A. Referenced Standards: Current publications of the Standards referred to by basic designation in Part_2 and Part 3 shall form a part of this specification to time extent indicated by references thereto. B. Primary Standards: The following Standards, in their entirety, shall form a part of the Contract Documents and shall be considered minimum requirements for materials and installation. The codes, drawings, and specifications shall be considered additional requirements and may require work that exceeds that required by the Standards. Under no circumstances shall the drawings and specifications be considered authorization to provide work that is not allowed by the Standards Systems. 1. PDI Standard PDI-WkI 201 "Water Hammer Arresters": This Standard includes requirements for sizing and location of water hammer arrestors that are typically not addressed on the drawings. rr 1.4 SUBMITTALS r. A. Submit each item specified in this Section according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections and Section 15010, "Mechanical Work—General." B. Submit product information for each itern of equipment, component, or specialties required for the domestic water piping system and building drainage piping system. Include construction .material description, pressure and temperaturee classification, pipe connection details, ■ dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions. DOMESTIC WATER& DRAINAGE PIPING 15100- 1 Gensler April Id,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086-000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA g 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Comply with the requirements specified in Division I Section, IN "Materials and Equipment". B. Piping specialties, including valves, shall have the manufacturer's trademark, name and/or IN model number and pressure rating, where applicable, affixed to permanently identify the manufacturer of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS (POTABLE WATER) A. Pipe General 1. Pipe Above Ground: Seamless copper water tube, ASTM B88,Type "L," hard-drawn. 2. Pipe Below Ground (3" Size and Smaller): Seamless copper water tube, ASTM B88, Type "K," annealed, ANSI/ASME B16.22 wrought copper fittings, ,joints made by soldering. 3. Manufacturer: Cerro Copper Tube Co., Mueller Industries, Inc or Cambridge Lee Industries, Inc. r B. Fittings for Copper Tubing: 1. Wrought copper or bronze solder,joint pressure fittings confonning to ANSI/ASME B 16.18 and ANSI/ASNIE B 16.22. 2. Adapters may be used for connecting tubing to flanges and to threaded ends of valves and equipment. 3. Solder: Lead-free, silver bearing, NSF approved, for all joints in copper water tubing. Apply flux carefully and remove all excess. a. Manufacture: Englehard,J. W. Harris, J. C. Whitlam or approved. C. Insulating Fittings and Unions: 1. Piping 2" Size and Smaller: Provide at each point of connection between copper and galvanized steel pipe, dielectric waterway design, threaded, lined with inert, non- corrosive thermoplastic. 2. Piping 2-1/2" Size and Larger: At points of connection between copper and galvanized steel piping, provide flanged type with insulator spacers and washers 3. Unions, Copper Piping: 125-1b, wrought copper or cast bronze, solder joint type, ANSI/ASME B 16-22 or ANSI/ASME B 16.18. 4. Flanges in Copper Piping: Bronze or wrought-copper companion flange with tubing shoulder, 125-1b, wsp rating with 1/16-inch thick red rubber gasket per ANSI/ASME BI 6.2 1. 5. Manufacturer: Capitol,Clearflow,Epco,Watts. D. Throw-h-Wall Supply Pipes: Through-wall supply pipes that connect to exposed stops at wall faucets shall be Type L copper hard drawn. Where exposed to view, surfaces shall be polished chrome-plated finish. DOMESTIC WATER &DRAINAGE PIPING 15100 -2 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086,0Q.) Issued for Construction Tiffuny' Park,Renton, WA 2.2 WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS (NON-POTABLE WATER) A. Pipe and fittings shall be the same as specified for"Water Pipe and Fittings (Potable Water)." ML CHANICALLY C01-TPLED PIP[N(; SYSTEMS A. Sys 1cms.- Mechanically coupled piping products are approved for use on the following systems only: 1. Domestic Potable and Non-Potable Water Systems, B. Mechanically grooved pipe couplings. fittings, valves and other grooved component-, may be used as an option to soldering, threading or flanged methods. All grooved components shall be of one manufacturer and shall conform to local codes and ordinances and ANSUASME B-31.1, B-31.9, UUFM and 1APMO. 1"he 9 r(x.)ved end product manufacturer shall be ISO-9001 certified. 1. Manufacturer. Victaulic Company of America, C. Pipe and Fittings. 1-1 I. Copper tubing Type L, hard drawn, conforming to ASTINI B88. The pipe shall be roll- grooved in accordance with the manufacturer's recorn-rr&ndations. 2. Copper Piping Fittings: Fittings shall be constructed of copper. per ASTM 1375. alloy C 12200 or 13152 alloy CI 1000 or bronze sand cast per ASTM B-'584, copper alloy CD� 8X 3. Fittings shall be grooved end fittings as designed in the manufacturer's catalog literature, Fittings shall be manufactured to copper tubing sizes, with grooves designed to accept grooved end couplings of the sarne manufacturei, Flaring of tube and fitting ends to IPS dimensions is not allowed. D. Couplings and Components: 1. Coupling housings shall be ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395 and A536;cast with offsetting angle pattern bolt pads,and finished with copper alkyd enamel paint. 2. Bolts and nuts shall be carbon steel track type conforming to ASTM A183, tuirlim.urn tensile 1101.000 psi. 3. Gaskets in water piping system shall be Grade "E" EPDM. "FlushSeaND" style, with temperature range from -30'F to +230'F, (Gaskets UL classified in accord3`nCe with ANS]INSF 61 for hot (+18(1°F} and cold (+80'F) potable water service.) Gasket selection for cacti system shall be in accordance witli manulacturer's current recommendations to suit systern pressure and temperature. 4. Couplings in copper tubing systems shall have angular bolt pads for a rigid joint connection. S. Adapters shall be used at flanged connections,engaging directly into roll grooved Copper tube and fittings and boiling directly to ANSUASME-Class 125 and Class 150 flanged components, cornplete with standard flange bolts, E. Dielectric Fittings: Dielectric fittings shall be used at piping connections between dissimilar metals and equipment to protect from local cell corrosion. 1. Manufacturer: Victaulic Style 47 "Clearflow," Dielectric Waterway. DOMESTIC WATER &DRAINAGE PIPING 15100-3 Gensler April 14,12006 Tiffany Activity Building 315086.000 Issued for C011StrUCtion Tiffany Park.Renton, WA 2.4 MECHANICALLY FORMED TEE CONNECTIONS FOR COPPER TUBING: A. "'r-Drill" method, brazed Joints in accordance with Copper Development Association "Copper Tubing,Handbook" using BCuP Classification filler metal. /3 VALVES A General: Provide valves on all water piping systeins and pumped drainage piping systems, 125- psi system working pressure and below, where, shown or specified. Provide valve in water or drain connection to each rernovable or replaceable item of equiplTlent. .B. Shut-Off Valves 2" and Smaller: Ball type- bronze. Bronze, shall be ASTIVI B584 Alloy C844(M. 2-piece body style. threaded ends, full port, 316 stainless steel ball, teflon seats. adjustable packing,lever handle.blowout proof stem. 150 wsp, 600 woo.. 1. Manufacturer: Apollo No. 77, N113CO No, T-585-70. Watts No. 136080 or Red-White No. 5044F. C. Globe Valves '-)" and Smaller. Bronze body, teflon disc, integral seat. union bonnet, malleable iron handwheel, I io wsp, Y)wosi. I Manufacturer: Milwaukee No. 590T.NT13CO No. T-235-Y, Slockharn No. B-22, D. Swing Check Valves 2" and Smaller: Bronze body, swing check, teflon disc and seat, 125 wsp, 200 wog, I. Manufacturer Milwaul<ee No, 509-T. NIBCO No.T-413-Y. Slockharn No. B-320-T. E. Check Valves, NonslarnType 2-102" and Larger: Wafer style,, cast-iron body, bronze disc and seat,center guided, stainless steel spring and screws, 2100 non-shock wog. I Manufacturer: Metraflex Style 7(11),Miiwaukee No. 1400, NTBCO No.W-91(3-B. F. Check Valves in Copper Tubing: Bronze, body and disc, soldered joint end connections, horizontal swing check, screwed cap, 125 wsp, 200 wog. 1, Manufacturer: Milwaukee.No. 1509, NIBCO No. S-413-B,Stockham No. B-309, G. Drain Valves 1/2" to 3/4" Sizes- Bronze,ball valve, 2-piece body,standard port» chrome plated brass ball, RPTFE seats, lever handle,blow out proof stern, threaded or soldered with hose end, cap and chain, 150 psi wsp, 600 psi wog. L Manufacturer, Milwaukee No. BA-l(X)H or BA-150H. 2.6 PRESS URE REDUCING VALVES A, Pressure Reducing Valves 2-112" and Smaller Bronze body, 300 psi rated inlet high lernperature rated diaphragm for hot or cold water, renewable stainless steel seat, spring I- cage and orifice., threaded pattern. with Y-strainer and steel perforated strainer screen. 1. Manufacturer: Watts Series 2235 or 223BS or Wilkins 500YSBR Series. B Accessory Connections: Install shut off valve on each side of reducing valve and full sized bypass with shut off valve, Install strainer on inlet side of. and the same size as pressure I W reducing valve. Install pressure gauge on low pressure side of line. DOMESTIC WATER& I-)RAINAGE PIPING 15100-4 Gensier April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building Tif'f'any Park. Renton,WA 315086.0(g) Issued for Construction Tiffi 2.7 STRAINERS A. Strainers: Strainers shall be Y-pattern with cast-iron or bronze bodies, 13. Strainers in Copper Tubing 2" and Smaller(Threaded Pattern): MO lb., heavy-duty cast bronze body, Y-type, 20-mesh stainless steel screen. threaded blowdown end. I Manufacturer. Metraflex Style BStmM, Muessco No. 351, Sarco BT, Watts Series S777, Conbraco 59 Series or approved Arrnstr(.*)n1g, EXPANSION TANKS A. Pre-pressurized, diaphragm-type thermal expansion tank with permanent sealed-in air cushion. Tank shall be welded steel and constructed, tested and stamped in accordance with Section VIII of ASTYIE Code for a working , pressure of 125 psi, Tank shall he field-adjustablee pre-charged to rainimurn operating pressure. Tank shall be, specifically designed for potable water s}sterns. sm All internal parts must comply with FDA regulations and approvals. An internal butyl diaphragm shall be used to isolate air charge fro rrjwater. I Manufacturer: Aratrol "THERM-X-TROT.`" Series ST, Watts Series LET, Wessels Series TTA,or approved Bell &Gossett or Armstrong.. 2.9 WATER MAKE-UP ASSEMBLY A. Provide feed water make-up Assembly at heating for system make-up. The feed water assembly shall include, feed water regulator, 30 lb. diaphragm relief valve, and Y-type threaded bronze body strainer. Relief valve shall be ASME Code constructed and labeled with manual test lever. 1. Manufacturer. Watts No. T14513, Taco 3-14T, or approved Bell & Gclssett, Taco or Arntrol. 110 BACKFLOWPREVENTERS A. Backf1mv Preventers in General. 1. Backflow preventers, VAlves, fittings and piping exposed in finished ruxims shall be chrorniurn-plated unless otherwise indicated. u. Back.flow preventers shall conform to the provisions of WAC 246.2911-:190, "Cr s- Connection Control." B. Reduced Pressure Backllow Pr venters: Reduced pressure type, line pressure operated; state and local approved; low-pressure drop with accessories and littings required for testing by water purveyor or authority havingjurisdiction; gate valve on each side, supported on steel wall brackets. I Manufacturer: Danfoss-Flornatic, Conbraco,Zurn/Wilkins,Watts, Febco. or approved, 2,11 THERMOMETERS A. Thermometers. Industrial dial-type, separate brass thermowells, bimetal actuated, 3-inch dial, variable angle stem. Thermometer shall have a hermetic seal and an external adjustment in the rear of the case. Provide thennorneter wells with extension necks of suitable length for DOMESTIC WATER&DRAINAGE PIPING 15 100 -5 ,ql Gensler April 14,1-006 TiffanyALctivity Building 32,5086.(X)O issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Penton,WA insulated piping. Thermometer wells ( separable sockets) ill piping conveying soft water, DI water or RO water shall be Type 316 stainless steel construction). 1. Manufacturer: Ashcroft Series EL, Weiss Model 5VBM "Vari-An.gle," Weksler Type CF "Adjust.-Angle." Winters `BI-Metal" or Marsh "Master Therm Adjustable" or approved Miljoco, B. Thermometers shall conform generally to the folloUill-c-': Service Range-De reel F. Deg,F/Div, Domestic cold Water Non- stable hot water 2 2.12 PRESSURE CTAUGES A. Pressure Gauges: White or aluminum faceplate, with black letters inscribed with units of measurement. ANSI B40.1 Grade IA, 4-1/2" dial, with shutoff cock. Gauge case polished stainless steel or chrorne-plated brass with chrome-plated bayonet ring, rear blowout disc, without flanges. Scale range shall be approximately twice the operating range. Shutoff cock shall be UT' with pipe extension to gauge, 1. Manufacturer Marsh "Mastergauge," Crosby Series 10, Trerice Type 50OX Series, Ametek, US:G "Solfrunt" Series1900, Winters 300 Series or Ashcroft Type 1009 or approved Miljoco. T B. All pressure gauges shall conform to the following scale ranges: t Service, Interval ,an4e Interval Fig Psig graduations P`,.!g__ Non-potable hot Water 0-2(X) 20 2 Nop-potable cold water 1 0-200 20 2 C. Shutoff Cocks for Gauges: 1/4" NPT lever handle ball valve with solid chrome-plated brass ball. 1. Manufacturer Milwaukee Model BA-100,Milioco 1050 or Winters ASOO. rrli D, Pressure Snubbers: Filter type snubbing element. brass,housing. I Manufacturer: Ashcroft No. I I I2-B-E,Winters A516 or A51 2, Miljoco 1200 or Webler Type BW42. 2.13 TRAP PPUMERS A. Mechanical Trap Primers: Adjustable-type automatic trap sea( primer valve, intermittent water now type,cast bronze body. 1/2" copper sweat connections or union connections. I Manufacturer.- Josarn 88250, Wade Fig.W2400,Smith Fig. 2699 or Mifab MT-T SP-2- DOMESTIC WATER & DRAINAGE PIPING 15100-6 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.(X)O Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 2.14 HYDRANTS AND HOSE BIBBS A. Wall Hydrant-Box TypC; 314" concealed hose connection, antisiphon non-frecze type hydrant Nvith integral vacuum breaker bronze caslnlc,, hose connection and working parts. loose-key operatcd, "Water"cast on cover of box, lacking C� I ng cover, I. Finish: Stainless steel box. Manufacturer. Smith Fig. 5509QT-W, Josarn 71000, Wade. Fi � 860-175, or Mifab Series MHY. 9 B, Interior Hose Bibb; Inside sill fitting type with vacuum breaker, 3/4" hose thread outlet with lockshield cap, 1/4"flanged .female inlet,escutcheon, No. 293-6 removable tee handle, polished chrome-plated. 1. Manufacturer: Chicago Faucet No. 952-CP. rr 2.15 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS A. General, Provide water hammer arrester at all solenoid valves, at all groups of two or more flush valves, at all quick opening or closing valves, and at till medical washing equipment, B. Pre-Charged Tube Type: Provide shock absorbing water harnmer arresters in hot and cold water piping to plumbing fixtures, pre-charged and permanently factory "0" ring-sealed, unit rr fabricated of Type K hard-drawn copper, threaded nipple connection, PIN tested and certified. All internals shall meet the requirements of NSF 61 Section 9. Operating pressure, 35 to 150PSIG_ 1. Manufacturer: Precision Plumbing Products Series SC or Sioux Chief"Hydra-Rester." 2.16 SANITARY, WASTE, STORM WATER DRAIN AND VENT PIPING A. Standard of Quality: 1. All sanitary, waste, storm drain and vent piping shall bear the marking of Cast Iron Soil Pipe trademark, and shall be manufactured in the United States. All the above products shall be listed with IAPMO under file numbers; a. No. 2862 Couplings b. No, 3209 Closet Bends C. No. 3270 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings— loo Hub and Service Weight. B, Soil, Waste, Vent, and Roof Drainage Piping Below Ground: Piping and fittings shall be cast iron soil pipe conforming to ASTM A888-04a, ASTM A74, or CISPI 301-04a. I. Manufacturer: AB&L Charlotte Pipe or Tyler Pipe. 2. Hubless Pipe and Fitting Joints Below Grade: Couplings for hubless pipe and fittings shall Conform to the requirements of ANSFAWWA 0-564, ASTM 1277, and Factory Mutual Standard U580 Class I and shall be Type 304 stainless steel full shielded Couplings. a. Manufacturer: Clamp-All Corporation "High Torque", Anaco "Husky Series 4(M" or Mission "Heavyweight". 3. Coupling gaskets shall be a one-piece molded sealing, sleeve made of ANSI/AWWA C564 neoprene (R) and shall interlock with the housing assembly to make a slip-free Joint. DOMESTIC WATER &DRAINAGE PIPING 15RX)-7 rkt Gen s] er April 14,21006 Tiffany Activity Building 32. 096.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA C, interior Soil, Waste, Vent, and Roof Drainage Piping: Piping arid fittings shall be cast iron soil pipe conforming to ASTM A888-04a. AS'nQ A74.or CISPI 301-04a. I. 11A.anufacturer: AB&I.('harlotte Pipe or Tyler Pipe. 1411111CSS Pipe and Fitting Joints Above Ground: Joints for hubless pipe and fittings shall conform to the, requirements of ANSPAWWA C-564 and shall be Type 300 stainless steel full shielded cotiplinIgs having 2 sealing chimps for pipe sizes 1-1/2" through 4",, 4 sealing clamps for pipe sizes 5" thrOw s 7 1 gh 1.0" and 6 sealing clanips for pipe sizes larger than 10". A stainless steel tightening device shall be provided for each hand. a. Manufacturer: Tyler Pipe "No-Hub Coupling Assembly." 2,17 CLEANOUTS A, General: Cleanouts shall be same size as the pipe, up to 4% not less than 4" for larger pipe. Cleanouts shall be. easily accessible. Provide a mininium clearance of 24 inches to facilitate rodding. Cleanouts shall, be secured with vandal-proof screws, 0 S. Cleanouts in Floors: Floor cleanouts shall have cast iron body and frame with square adjustable scoriated secured nickel bronze top. Unit shall be vertically adjustable for a rnininium of 22 inches. When a waterproof membrane is used in the floor system,, provide clamping collars on the cleanouts. Cleanouts, shall consist of "Y" fittings arid 1/8 bends with brass or bronze screw plugs. Cleanouts in resilient the flcmrs,quarry tile and cerarnictue noors shall be provided with square top covers recessed for the insertion. In carpeted areas, provide carpet cleatiout markers. C. Cleanouts in Vertical Piping: Provide cleanouts at or near the base of the vertical stacks with the cleatiout plug located approximately 24 inches above the floor. If there are no Fixtures installed on the lowest floor, the cleanout sliall be installed at the base of the stack. Extend the cleanouts to the wall access cover. Cleanouts shall consist of sanitary tees. Provide nickel- ad bronze square frame and stainless steel cover with minimum opening of 6" x 6" at each wall cleariout. D. Cleanouts in Horizontal Piping: In horizontal rum above grade, cleanouts shall consist of cast brass tapered screw plug in fitting or caulked no-hub cast iron ferrule. Plain end (no-hub) piping in interstitial spaces or above ceiling may use plain end(no-hub)blind plug and clamp. E. Manufacturer: Josam,Mifab, Smith, Wade or Zurn. 2.18 DRMNAGE SPECIALTIES: A. Vent Caps: Provide at each plumbing vent terminating above roof level. Corrosion-resistant coated cast-iron sleeve and durne, secured with recessed "Allen Key" setscrews for vandal- proof installation. approved 1. Manufacturer: Zurn 2-193, Josam 20700, Smith 1748 Series, Mifab 81930 or Wade. B. Dovvnspout Boots: Provide the transition adapter boots for connecting exterior sheet metal downspouts or rain leaders to the underground cast-iron storm sewer piping-, cast-iron construction,end suitable for caulking into sewer pipe hub. 1. Manufacturer: Neenah R-4927 for rectangular downspouts, 8-4926 for 4" round downspouts.or approved Olympic Foundry Series 4550. DOMESTIC,WATER &DRAINAGE PIPING 1.5100-8 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086�000 Issued for('onstruction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA B. Note: Avoid using bl()%V OUt closets in battery installations for above the floor ljorizont2il waste piping in order to avoid back flow. Instead, use siphon jet closets. C. Wall-Hung ('Josef Carriers: Carrier shall be cast iron with adjustable closet connection, adjustable:. pylon Support feet, ABS extension with test cap as required, bowl stabilizer, chronne plated trim, coated accessories and neoprene fixture gasket. Carrier shall be suitable for use with blowout or siphon,jet water closets. I. 'Manufacturer: Zurn,Josam, Wade. Smith or Mifab. D. Nall-Hung Urinal Supports: 111gli-st"en-2.11, steel uprights with block bas.-s for bolting to floor, L Manufacturer Zorn,Josam. Wade, Smith or Mifab. PART 3 -EXEC[.710IN 3.1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING INSTALLATION A. Special )Zequ i rcme tits: L. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling; debris, and moisture, to prevent pipe end darnage and prevent entrance of dirt, 2. Protect stored pipes and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not rr exceed structural capacity of floor. if stored inside. 3. Protect flanges, fittings,and piping specialties from moisture and dirt. ow B. General Requirements- L Pipe Hangers: Hangers for pipe and tubing support are specified in Section t5050, "Basic Materials and Methods." 2. Shutoff Valves: Install ball type shut-off valves at the base of each plumbing riser serving more than one fixture, in each branch line serving more than. one fixture, and elsewhere as shown. Install valves in positions accessible for operation and repair. 3. Grading of Piping: Where possible, grade all lines to facilitate drainage,. Provide drain valves at bottom of risers. All unnecessary traps in circulating lines shall be avoided. Connect branch line-, at bottom of main serving fixtures below and pitch down So that main may be drained through fixture. Connect branch lines to top of main serving only fixtures located on floor above. 4. Concealed Piping: Conceal all piping, in finished areas of the building unless noted otherwise, S. All piping shall be run parallel with building construction and 90' angles to same. 6. Provisions for Piping Covering. Allow sufficient space for the proper installation of the pipe covering. If piping is installed too close to other piping or equipment, the piping e. shall be moved to avoid such interferences. 7. Pipe. inShafts: Piping in vertical shafts which are accessible %hall be arranged to prevent obstruction to the access openings. S. Install no piping of any kind in electrical equipment rooms, telephone equipment rooms, or elevator machine rooms, 9. Unions: Install at connections to all equipment downstream of valves, at all equipment specialties, and wherever else required to permit easy connection and disconnection. Do not conceit] unions in walk,partitions or inaccessible ceilings, a. Where grooved piping systems are utilized, unions are, not required. Couplings shall serve a<. unions, DOMESTIC WATER & DRAINAGE PIPING 15100- 10 Gensler April 114,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086,000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park. Renton, WA b. Dielectric Fittings: Provide dielectric type unions, fittings or flanges where pipe i - are to N�-- joined 10 PreVent metal to metal sections, made of dissimilar metal!, contact. C. Connections to Fixtures: I. General: Anchor supply connections at fixtures to steel straps secured to studs. At flush valves provide fitting with 4gs secured to strap. At lavatories and other fixtures. secure piping directly to strap. Provide copper tubing stubs through wall for connection to compression type stops. Connections to Equipment and Fixtures Not Furnished by Division 15 Contractor: id a. Contractor shall provide, all necessary material and labor to connect to the plumbing - plumbing connections and system all fixtures and equipment having which are 'furnished by the Owner or specified in other sections of' these specifications. b. The supply line to each item of equipment or fixture. except faucets. flush valves or other control valves which are supplied with an integral stop, shall be equipped with a shutoff valve to enable isolation of the item for repair and maintenance without interfering with operation of other equipment or Fixtures. Supply piping to all fixtures shall be anchored to prevent movernent. 1 Partition-Type Stops- Provide on water supply to all fixtures %4lich are not connected through individual exposed stops, integral stops, or stops in pipe space. 4. Electric Water Cooler Connections: Through as stop, 3/8" tubing supply. concealed within cabinet of cooler. 5. Vending Machine Connections. Cold water supply with partition-type stop oil supply line, and through a vacuum breaker mounted 8" atoove the floor, D. Water Harni-ner Arresters-, Install on hot and cold water piping, located close to each faucet, control valve,flush valve, or any other type of quick closing valve. Sizing and placement shall conforili to the requiretnents of PDI-WI1201. Arresters shall be fully accessible. E. Installation of Trap Primers: L Install trap primers in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations %Nherc readily accessible behind access doors or above accessible ceilings. Do not prime shower drain traps. F. Backflow Prevcnters: Ili 1. Provide on service piping and other locations shown. 2. Backflow preventers shall be installed so as to be fully accessible for testing and maintenance by the water purveyor. 3. Provide funnel below each backflow preveriter discharge- Funnel shall include approved air gap and drain line to funnel floor drain or other approved receptor. Drain line shall be sized for maximum backflow preventer discharge. Provide steel wall brackets for support of backflow preventers. In finished areas, -brackets shall be chrome-plated. 1,11 unfinished areas,brackets shall be painted. G. Pressure Piping Regulations: All piping work, except drainage, shall conform to the "ANSUASN%, Building Services Piping Code," B31.9. including latest amendments. DOMESTIC WATER &DRAINAGE PIPING 15100 - 1.1 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 315086,NX) Issued for Consttuctiml Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 3.m MECHANICALLY COUPLED PIPING JOINTS A. Rolled grooved pipe for mechanically coupled joint-, shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications containM in the latest published literature. 33 INSTALLATION, BLIII-DING DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPENG SYSTEMS A. General: Cotriply with all local code and Uniform Building Code requirements for ilie r. installation of building drainage and vent piping unless otherwise indicated. B. Installation of Floor and Roof Drains: 1. Floor drains and rcK)f drains and shall be installed according to manufacturer I S recommendations. 2. Drains with No-Hub outlets may be used. No-Hub couplings are specified in Part 2 of this Section, rr C, cleanouts: I Comply with all local code and Uniform Building Code requirements for the installation of cleanouts unless otherwise indicated. ww 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURE ANI)EQ1_TIPT\4ENT CARRIER SUPPORTS A. General: All fixtures shall be rigidly installed, Carriers shall have adjustable block base feet to permit vertical position of uprights regardless of uneven floor surface, Each carrier base shall be securely bolted to floor. Where 25-gauge steel framing is used for wallboard finish.provide 1 41 - additional structural bracing to ensure rigid installation of fixtures. B. Wall-Hung Closet Supports: Carriers for closets; vertical or horizontal support and drainage fitting with foot and cast iron closet coupling, both of proper leni gth for the wall thickness. Provide: hander rod support feet at each corner. Install in accordunce with manufacturer's ON recomi-nendations, Carrier feet shall be bolted to the floor. Carrier connection to fixture shall be made with manufacturer's standard neoprene seal. 1. Closets shall meet or exceed the strength and deflection requirements of ANSI A I 12.6.IM-1.997, "Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures.for Public Use," 2. Where fixtures are indicated for use by the handicapped, provide carrier assembly with suitable adjustability as required for mounting fixture at proper height. 3, Single closet carriers shall be provided with anchor foot leveling device bolted to floor for a positive securing of fixture, C. Wall Hung Urinal Supports: Supports shall be installed according to manufacturer's instructions. Where, steel uprights are used, block bases shall he SeCUrCly bolted to floor structure. rr D. Wall-Hung Lavatory Supports: For floor mounted concealed area type with flw—r supports, bolt feet to floor structure. For wall-inounted type, provide heavy-duty steel plate welded or bolted to vertical steel studs. Support types shall be compatible with fixture manufacturer and wall ow thickness. DONIESTWWATER&DRAINAGE PIPING 15101- 12 April 1.4,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086,000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA 3.5 PIPING' PENE"I'RATIONS AND FIRESTOPPING A. Pipe sleeves and fire stopping requirements for pipe pciietrations are specified in Section 15050, "Basic Materials and Methods". 3 TESTVNIG AND ADJUSTING A. Water Piping: All domestic cold and hot water and non-potable water piping inside building shall be tested by hydrostatic pressure at 100 psi. for a minit-nurn of 24 hours without any leaks. Provide a pressure gauge with as shutoff and bleeder valve at the highest point of the piping being tested. Only potable water shall be used for testing. B. Backflow Prevention: Back.flow prevention into connected water systems shall be tested for proper functiot-ting under conditions nornial to their application. Testing shall lie-performed in conformance with recooni7ed standards or other standards acceptable to the Adininistrative Authority that are consistent with the intent of the plumbing code. C. Soil,Waste, Storm Water Drain.and Vent Piping: I General. Test systern either in its entirety or in sections. C ixtures connected, 3. Conduct tests before trenches are backfilled or f Soil., waste. storm water drain.and vent piping may be tested with water or air. 4. Water Test. The water test shall be applied to the drainage and vent system either in its Ai entirely or in sections. If applied to the entire system, all openings in the piping shall be tightly closed, except the highest opening, and the system filled with water to pohit of overflow. If the system is tested in sections. each opening shall be tightly plugged Id except the highest opening of the section under test, and each section shall be filled with water, but no section shall be, tested with less than a ten (10) foot head of water. The water shall be kept in the system or the portion under test, for at least thirty (30) minutes before inspection starts. 5, Air Test: The air test shall be made by compressed air forced into the system after closing all inlets and outlets. Maintain a uniform gauge pressure of five (5) pounds I'r square inch or sufficient to balance as column of mercury ten (10) inches in height. The pressure shall be field without introduction of additional air for a period of at least thirty 00) minutes. D. Test of Drains.- All floor drains, garage drains, planter drains, trench or area drains shall be flow tested to demonstrate proper operation. All traps and sumps shall be cleaned out. elf E. Downspout or Rainleader Piping: Test same as for soil,waste.and vent piping. F Domestic Hot Water Temperature: Set water temperature at point of generation not to exceed 115°F. The domestic hot water recirculating system shall be adjusted and balanced to provide proper hot water flow to all applicable fixtures:. G. Thermostatic or pressure equalizing shower valves shall be adjusted to maintain a maximum of rid 110'F outlet to at the shower head, H. Each piece of plumbing equipment and the entire plumbing system shall be adjusted and z:' readjusted as required to ensure,, proper functioning and shall be left in first-class operating ccindition. 4 D01 ESTIC WATER&DRAINAGE PIPING 15100- 13 Gensier April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building -315086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park. Re'nton, N,)e*A 3.7 STERILIZATION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING X Provide disinfection and flushing tat' ail new and altered or repaired potable water systems in accord.-Mce with Section (a(.)9,9. "Disinfection of Potable Water System," Tinifoln, plunjbing Code, 210001 Edition: B. Sterilization and Flushing: All water piping, twenty-four (24) hour sterili7ation contact time, 50 parts per million chlorine, concentration. Open all valves sevend times, following. by flushing with clean �vater until residual chlorine is the same as that(4 potable water. C. Arrange for disposition of all flushing water. 18 CONNIMISSIONING A. Notify the Commissioning Agent one week prior to start tip of equiptnerit. B. Subrnit to the C rni-nissioning Agent a Verification of Completion form with the pre-hinctional check off sheet for each component when it is ready for functional testing. C. Assist the Commissioning Agent as required to perforni the functional testing on the systern components and the system as a whole. END OF SECTION 15 100 awe r. DOMESTIC WATER & DRAINAGE PIPING 15100- 14 Gensler April 14, 2006 Tiffany Activity Building 312-5086.01[K) Issued for Construction Tiffany' Park, Renton, WA MO 2.3 CASING A. AsTM A53, galvanized pipe, Schedule 40, with extruded polyethylene coatingo, 2A COATINOS wo A. Underground ferrous piping shall be protected from corrosion by approved coatings or wrapping ,_s. am I Manufacturer: 311 or Republic or approved. 15 LNSTALl_ATIO`--GENERAL A. General. Consult serving gas supplier prior to instaflation. Install gas piping, appliances and equipment,in accordance with ANSI 2223.1 and N-FPA 54. 2.6 PIPING INS"rALLATION r. A. Cut pipe accurately to actual dimensions and assemble in such a manner as to preclude residual stress. Supply connections shall rise above grade outside of foundation wall and pass through a full swing before entering the building. Within buildings, run piping parallel to structure lines and concealed in finished spaces. Provide drip at any point in gas piping where condensate may collect. Terminate each vertical supply pipe to burner or appliance with tee, nipple and cap to form a dirt trap. To supply multiple items of gas-burning equipment, provide manifold with inlet connections at both ends, B. Thoroughly clean inside of all pipe and fittings before installation. Blow lines clear using 80 to 100 psig clean dry compressed air. Steel lines shall be rapped sharply entire pipe length before blowing clear- Cap or plug ends as necessary to maintain cleanliness throughout installation. C. Above-Ground Steel Piping: L Determine and establish measurements for piping at the job site and accurately cut pipe lengths accordingly. For 2-Inch diameter and stunner, use threaded or socket-welded joints. For 2-1/2 inch diameter and larger, use flanged or butt-welded joints. Threaded Joints- Where. possible, use pipe with factory-cut threads, otherwise cut pipe ends square. remove all fins and burrs, and cut taper pipe threads per ANSI/AWS 13'2.1. Threads shall be smooth, clean, and full-cut. Apply thread tape to male threads only. Work piping into place without springing or forcing. Backing off to permit alignment of threaded joints will not be permitted. Engage threads so that not more than three threads remain exposed. L)'se unions for connections to valves, meters, regulators for which a w. meam,of disconnection is not otherwise provided. 3. Welded Joints: Weld by the shielded metal-arc process, using covered electrodes and in accordance with procedures established and qualified per ANSI/ASME B31,1 and ANSVAIAIS B2.1. Each welder and welding operator shall be qualified for the ANSI procedures as evidenced by a copy of as certified ANSI/ASME B31.1 and ASNI/AWS B1 I qualification test report. Contractor shall conduct the ANSI qualification tests. 4. Flanged Joints: Use flanged joints for connetting welded joi tit e pip and ttingstovalves t ft to provide for disconnection. Install joints so that flange faces beat, uniformly oil. gaskets. Engage bolts so that there is complete threading through the nuts and tighten so that bolts are equally torqued, w. NATURAL GAS PIPING 15193 -3 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32,508600 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 5, Pipe Size Changes [Jse reducing fittings for all changes in pipe size. Size changes made with bushings wil I not be accepted. 6. Painting: Paint all new ferrous metal piping, including supports, in accordance with Section 15050. "Basic Materials and Methods". Do not paint piping until piping tests have been completed. 7. Identification of Pipin, Comply with applicable requirements of Section 15050, "Basic Materials and Methods", ldentity piping above ground in accordance with ANSI A1.31.1, using adhesive-backed or snap-on, plastic labels and arrows. Apply to finished paint at intervals of not 111OTe than 50 feet. Provide two copies of tile piping identification code. framed under glass and install where directed. 1). Hangers and Supports: Instal] hangers and supports for steel piping in accordance with requirements and recommendations of INISS SP-60 and Section 15050, Basic Materials and Methods. I. Seismic Restraints. Piping shall be seise-ically restrained to comply with pro-visions of seismic zone 4. E. Wrapping: Where connections to an existing line is made underground, wrap any new steel transition fittings and any exposed existing pipe having damaged coating. Clean the pipe to bare metal. Initially stretch tape to conform to the surface while spirally half-lapping. Apply a second layer, half-lapped and spiraled as above, but with spirals perpendicular to first wrapping. Use 1t)-nail minimum thickness polyethylene tape. F. pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements of Section 15050. "Basic Materials and Methods". Where piping penetrates concrete wall or masonry wall, floor or firewall, provide pipe sleeve poured or grouted in place. Sleeve shall be section of steel pipe of such size to provide 1/4- inch or more annular clearance around pipe. Sleeve shall extend through wall or slab and terminate flush with both surfaces. Pack annular space with firestopping as specified in Section 15050, "Basic Materials and Methods". G. Final Connections: 1. Make final connections to equiptnent and appliances using rigid.pipe and fittings, except for the following: 2. Domestic Hot Water Heaters: Connect with AGA Approved semi-rigid tubing and fittings. 3. Kitchen Equipment: Install ACA Approved flexible connector (and quick-disconnect coupling). Flexible connector shall be long enough to permit movement of equipment for cleaning,and allow access to coupling. 4. Make final connections gas-tight, using minimal torque. 2.7 PRESSURE TESTS A. Test pressure and duration shall be conducted in compliance with (,TC Chapter 12. Use clean dry air or nitrogen pressure for testing. Systems that may be contaminated by gas shall first tv purged, Make tests on entire system or on sections that can be isolated by valves. After pressurization. isolate entire piping system from all sources of air during test period. B. Leaks in gas piping shall be located by applying soapy water to the exterior of the piping. Defects in gas piping and fittings shall be removed and replaced with sound material. Piping shall be retested. NATURAL GAS PIPING 15193-4 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 15193 -NAT(JRAL GAS PIPING aw PART I - GENERAL, w. 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections,apply to tills Sectiojl. B. Sections 15010 and 15950 are directly related to work included in this section, 01her Sections are indirectly related and shall be reviewed. 1.2 NVORK INCLUDED A. Work under this section shall include furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary for the complete installation of the natural gas piping system, 1.3 STANDARDS A. Referenced Standards: Current publications of the Standards referred to by basic designation in *W Part 2 and Part 3 shall forrn a part of this specification to the extent indicated by references thereto. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit each item specified in this Section according it) the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1. Specification Sections and Section 15010, "Mechanical Work-,-43eneral." B. Submit product information for each item of equipment, component, or specialties required for the natural gas system. Include construction material description. pressure classification, pipe connection details.dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility- Comply with the requirements specified in Division I Section, "Materials and Equipment'*. B. Piping specialties, including valves, shall have the manufacturer's trademark, name -and/or model number and pressure rating, where applicable. affixed to permanently identify the manufacturer of product. C. The installing contractors shall have the necessary knowledge, skills and equipment to enable pro-per and safe natural gas piping installation. wr NATURAL GAS PIPING 15193 - 1 Gens 1---r April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building '2,5086-000 Issued For Construction Tiffany Park, Renton. WA PART_? -_PR0Dt,,K1_S 2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe: Schedule 40 black steel, ASTM A53, seamless pipe. 13. Fittings: 1. 1-1/2 size and smaller, threaded, 125 psi, malleable black iron, 150 pounds rninirnum wsp per ANSI/ASME B 163, 1) and larger, butt-welded fittings,conforming to ANSI/ASME R 1-6.9 3. Flanged fittings-, contbrrn to ANSIIASME B16,5, Forged branch connections, conform to ASTM A 18 1,Grade 1, steel. C. Unions: 1. Use right and left nipple unions, 2. In exposed locations at fixtures, appliances or equipment connections and immediately on discharge of building hutoff valvc. ground-Joint unions may be used. 9 1 3. Heavy duty flanged type unions may be used only when approved by authority having Jurisdiction. D. Joint Sealant: Teflon ribbon tape. 1. Manufacturer: Perniacel No.412 or approved Rector Seal No. 5. 2.2 VALVES A. Valves 3" and Smaller: Valves shall be ball type with two-piece bronze body, conventional port, chrome plated ball, blowout-proof stem, 25% reinforced TFE seats, 125 lb. natural gas, threaded ends, lever handle operated. Valves shall be UL. Listed for YRPV Gas Shut-off and AGA-1316,33 rated. 1. Manufacturer: Nibco No. T-580-7(3,UL or approved Watts. B. Valves 1-112" and Smaller: Valves shall be lubricated plug type, gray-iron body, threaded ends.200 lb. natural gas.two-bolt cover, metal seat, short pattern. 1. Manufacturer: Nordstrom No. 142 or Walworth No. 1700. C, Pressure Regulators: Spring-loaded diaphragm pressure regulation,pressure operating range as required for the. pressure reduction indicated, volume capacity, not less than indicated, and threaded ends for sizes 2 inches and smaller, otherwise flanged. 1. Manufacturer: Equin-veter Model 143-80 or Model I";'I or approved. D. Seismic. Safety Shut-Off Valves- Provide a shock-actuated seismic safety shutoff'valve. in the service line between the meter and the building. Valve shall comply with ANSI 221.70 and shall be LrL listed and lAPM0 listed. Valve shall be rated at(4)psi maximum. I. Manufacturer The California Valve/Koso. Safe--T-Quake or equal. E. Vent Caps: Malleable iron,threaded, screened vent cap fitting. I. Manufacturer: Equimeter Model 137 or approved. NATURAL GAS PIPING 15103-2 Gensler April 14,2006 'fiffany Activity Building 5086.(X)O Issued ficar Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA ow C. All necessaryI apparatus and uses for conduct' ng tests shall be furnished by the Ccintractor. ow COMIMISSIONIING A. Notify the Commissioning Agent one-week prior to start up of equipment, do B. Submit tca tile Commissioning Agent a Verifiwation of Completion form with the pre.--functional check off sheet for each component when it is ready for functional testing. C, Assist the Comtl�issloning Agent as required to perform the functional testing on the systel I Z, components and the system as a whole. END OF SECTION, 15193 r. aw 1W NATURAL GAS PIPING 15193 -5 Gensler April I=1,2006 Tiffauy Activity Building 32-5086.01) Issued for Construction Tiffany Park-, Renton, WA SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING FIXTURES 1.1 RELATED DO(JIMENITS A- Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B, Sections 15010 and 15050 are directly related. Other sections are indirectly related and shall be reviewed. 1.2 WORK TN1CL1J[)E-D A. Work under this section shall include furnishing and installing tn plumbing I-ixtures, including fixture hangers, fittings, fixture specialties, and associated components, as specified or indicated. 13 STANDARDS ow A. Referenced Standards: Current publications of the Standards referred to by basic designation in Part 2 and Part 3 shall form a part of this specification to the extent indicated by references thereto, 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit each item specified in this Section according to the Conditions of the Contract livid Division I Specification Sections and Section 15010, "Mechanical Work—General." wo B. Submit product infon-nation for each plumbing fixture and itern of equipment. component, or specialties required for the installation (if plumbing fixtures. Include construction material description, pressure and temperature classification,, pipe connection details, dimensions and required clearances,and installation instructions. C. Submittal data for all faucets (except metering or electronic type), stops, drinking fountains and refrigerated water coolers shall indicate NSF 61, Section 9 compliance. I.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Plumbing Fixtures: Plumbing fixtures, including trim and fittings, shall be instailed in accordance with the details and notes indicated and the recommendations and printed instructions of the manufacturer for each item. Electrical connections to equipment and controls, shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 16. PLUMBING FLX. TITRES 15410- 1. April 14,20(K) Tiffany Activity Building 32,5086.000 Issued for Conqruction Tiffany Park. Renton,WA B. Protection: All materials shall be covered and stored to prevent damage or weathering prior to installation. C. Quality of Materials: All materials installed shall be new, full weight, of the best quality with the -,,-line brand or manufacturer used for all similar material or equipment. Color 01'all fixtures shall be white., unless otherwise specified. 1. Friarnelware: Acid-resisting throughout the work, marked at factory. D. Water Conservation and Performance Standards: I Plumbing Fixtures and fittings shall comply with the r1equirements of Washington State W Title 19 RCW, Chapter 19.27.170. 2. New fixtures shall be labeled with either a perrilanerit marking or removable label which states the standard the fixture ineets and/or information on the maxilliurn amount of water consumed by the fixture,. Water information shall also be indicated oil the packaging. PART' -_PRODUCTS '.1 FIB TURF mill A Trim: All trim shall be brass. including faucet, strainers.,stops,etc- chrotWuni plate over nickel finish. Faucet handles shall be chronliurn plated forged or cast brass or may be federal specification grade zinc,chrol-niurn plate over nickel finish. B Stops: Provide in each water connection to each fixture unless integral stop is specified; loose- key handle,, lock shield cap, wall flange, polished chrome-plated copper tubing where exposed to view. rough finished where concealed. All stops shall be 1/2" IPS female and 1121" O.D flexible riser,chrome-plated. 1. Stops shall be chrome plated brass body type, slow compression standard operating � cartridge.,renewable seats and washers. a. Manufacturer: Chicago Faucet No. I(X)6, T & S Brass B-1305 or McGuire No. H2167LKC. Partition-Typ✓ Stops: Provide 112" loose-key type stops with escutcheon, chrome plated for ail sinks and other fixtures where angle stops cannot be used and integral stops are not specified. a. Manufacturer: Chicago Faucet No- 1771 or T& S Brass B-1027. C. Pipe Escutcheons: Chrome plated, stamped steel, hinged, split-ring escutcheon. with set screw or snap-on type. Inside diameter shall closely fit pipe outside diameter or outside, of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated. Outside diameter shall completely cover the opening in floors, walls, or ceilings. In exterior. damp, or corrosive environments. use stainless steel escutcheons. I Manufacturer. McGuire No. 127050, Chicago Faucet, Brass Craft CB 7C or approved Dearborn. D. Exposed Supplies: 1/2" OD. tubing; one end to have a brazed or formed end for compression joints, E. Traps: Traps on fixture outlets shall be 17-gauge 1cast brass,polished chroine-plated. ad�iustable, with trap extension and escutcheon,cleariout plug. PLUMBING FIXTURES 1.541(1._ 2 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building ")2.5086 000 Issued for Construction Tiffanv Park, Renton. WA I Manufacturer- Kohler, American Standard,Eder.. Crane. McGuire, Zurn or Dearborn, F, Faucets: I Elbow Ccnitrol: Blade handle with a minitnuin length of 6", Wrist Control: Blade handle With MaXIMUrn length of 4412". 3. Faucet Tips: In general, aerators shall not be provided on faucet spouts installed in health care (patient areas) unless specified otherwise. Spouts shall have female threaded ends with removable threaded plain tips unless specified otherwise. Gooseneck spouts shall be equipped with an intenial flow control assembly and finned stream solidifier to produce a larainar flow of water designed to reduce water splash. G. Barrier-Free Requirlernents: Operating controls for all plumbing fixtures designated for use by the physically handicapped shall comply with International Building Code, Chapter 11, "*Accessibility" and amendatory sections of Washington Administrative Code WAC 51-30. H. Repair Kit'. Provide one appropriate faucet manufacturer's, repair kit to be turned ever to Owner at completion of work. Provide one,complete faucet extra of each manufacturer's type. 2.2 LAVATORY--PUBLIC TOILETS A. Lavatory (PIA). Refer to Plumbing Fixture Schedule, Stainless Steel, drilled for faucet punching as-indicated, straight pattern tailpiece, 1-list" x 1-1/2" cast brass P-trap, 1/2" lavatory supplies with loose key stops,ADA compliant. 1. Manufacturer: Whilloughby Industries. aw 23 WATER CI_OSETS---PUBLI('Toll HrS A. Closet (P21-1): Refer to Plumbing Fixture. Schedule, front mounted on-floor outlet, Stainless Steel, 1.6-gallon flush, siphon jet,elongated bowl with wall spud- Toilet shall be equipped with steel bolts and chrornJurn-plated brass washers and cap nuts. to 1. Manufacturer. Super Secur 2. Flush Valve (Manual): Wall supply, ]ever handle-operated flush, chrollia-plated, 1.6- gallon gush. rr 2.4 URINALS wr A. Urinal (P2-2): Refer to Plumbing Fixture Schedule Wall hung, vitreous China, Waterfree urinal, Chronie-plated brass washers and wall bolts. ■ 1. Manufacturer: Falcon 2.5 SERVICE SINKS iwr A. Service Sink(P3-1): Refer toPlumbing Fixture Schedule,Floor mounted,Terrazzo 1. Manufacturer: Stern Williams wr PLUMBING FLXTLJRES 15410-3 Gensler April 1.4,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.0f)0 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,, Renton, WA DRINKING FOUNTAINS A. Drinking Fountain (Po---)-. Wall hung, vitreous china. semi-recessed drinking fountain with lever operated supply fitting with non-squirting bubbler head, selfciosing, auto rnatic Volunle regulator, screwdriver stops. 1-1/4" trap with strainer. 1. iNelanufactarcr: Kk,)Iil,-r"Gletibroo 'No. K-5'-193-Aor Crane"Coolbi-ook*' (j-570- B. Drinking Fountain (P6-_): Vitreous china. wall-niounted drinking fountain with lever- operated supply fitting with non-squirting bubbler head, self-closing valve, automatic volume regulator. sciewdrivet stops. 14,14" trap with strainer. 1. Manufacturer Kohler "Millbrook" No. K-5264-A, Eijer "Hastings" No. 191-0510 or Crane"Ncti-Waterfall" 0-523, C. Drinking Fountain (P6- Wall hung, 18 gauge stainless steel, Type 304 with No. 4 finish. complete with integral back panel and steel mounting plate with thread studs, nuts and 'washers, vandal-resistant anti-squirt bubbler, push button activation valve, autornatic (low regulator (a4justable),screwdriver stop. inlet water strainer, 1-112" trap. 1. Manufacturer. Haw's Model I 10513P, Elkay EDFP--2 10C or Sunroc Model. SF- 3300 and SF-0159. D� Drinking Fountain (P67—): Wail niounted, dual-height type. ;''FDA barrier free design, 18- gauge stainless steel, Type 304 with No. 4 satin finish complete with polished chrome plated vandal-resistant, anti-squirt bubbler heads and push button activation valves (adjustable). waste strainers; nuitching, back panel, vandal-resistant bottom plates, screwdriver stops, inlet water strainer, 1-1t2" trap, steel mounting plate. I. Manufacturer Haws Model 1119, Elkay, EDFP.-217-C. Sunroc Model SF-37 0_0 or Oasis Model MMRSL, E Drinking Fountain (P6-_): FDA barrier free type, wall hung, 18gauge stainless steel, Type 3(9 with No. 4 finish,complete with integral back panel,vvall mounting plate with thread studs, nuts and washers. Vandal-resistant, anti-squirt bubbler,push button activation valve, adjustable lJow control,automatic pressure regulation.screwdriver Stop, inlet water strainer, 1-112" trap. I Manufacturer: Haws Modei 1109. Elk ay FDFIII-214-C or Sunroc Model SF-3400 and SF-0159. F. Combination Drinking Fountain/Cuspidor (P6--): Full.-recessed, 17-gauge, Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 finish. sound-deadening undercoat. Push button activation of valve mounted on front of unit, bubbler with automatic pressure regulating strearri control valve, in- line -strainer, screwdriver stop, concealed tailpiece. P-trap. Cuspidor with flushing spreader activated by fountain bubbler valve. 1. Manufacturer-. Haws Model 2403 with No. 2404 cuspidor, Sunroc Model SF-5550 or Elkay EDR-212-C. G. Drinking Fountain (P6--)-. ADA barrier free, wall mounted, stainless steel receptor, No. 7 highly polished finish, back panel, bubbler, automatic stream regulator, push button valve, integral strainer,screwdriver stop,P-trap, vandal-resistant bottom plate. I. Manufacturer I-laws Model 1001-13P, Sunroc Model SF- 2600 and SF-0159, or Elkay EL')FP-I 14-C. H. Drinking Fountain (P6--): Pedestal type outdoor. precast stone, barrier free for use by the handicapped. finish selected by Architect, freeze-proof valve system, vandal-resistant design. PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410-4 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.0(11) Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA stainless steel receptor, vandal resistant shleided bubbler with automatic stream regulator, push button operated valve, screwdriver stop. P-trap, w. I Manufacturer: Haws Model 3177FR. Sunroc SF- 8275 or HakeyTavlor 4590-FR. 2.7 STAIN[LESS STEEL COUNTERTOP SINKS A. General: Unless othcrwisz specified, all sinks shall be 18-gauge. Type, 302 (18-) nickel bearing stainless steel. All exposed surfaces shall be hand blended to highlighted satin finish. Sinks shall be self-rimming type, ledge back, with underside coated with sound- and condensation protective coating at factory. Sinks shall have faucet holes to match specified faucet: each sink bowl shall have 3-1/2" drain opening in center of bowl. Each sink shall be furnished with rnanufacturer*s mounting fastener for installation in it conventional top surface. Drains shall have heavy-gauge stainless steel body and stainless strainer basket with movable lift-up knob with neoprene stopper, 17-gauge rninimurn chrome-plated. brass 1-112" tailpiece. For dimensions of all sinks, length means left-to-right nieasuret'nent, width means front-to-back measurement. I. Manufacturer ot'Strainer Baskets: Elkay,Just. Crane or Dearborn Brass.. ■W B. Sink •Single Compartment (P7-1): Refer to Plumbing Fixture Schedule, Self-rimming ledge back, 18-gauge.,Type 302 stainless steel-, with removable,stainless strainer basket, 1/2" Supplies with louse key stops, 1-112"tailpiece. aw 1. Manufacturer. Just 2,8 FIXTURE CAULKING COMPOUND A. White plastic sealant.non-hardening ��type. 1. Manufacturer: General Electric Type SCS1202 Series.. Products Research Corporation 5000 Sealant,Thiokol Rubber Caulk,or approved Dow Chernical. 2.9 UNDERSINK PROTECTIVE PIPE COVERS A. Protection at Handicapped Lavatories: Provide. in compliance with WAG -146-320-525(4) (f), ANSI A117.1-2003 and ADA Article 4.19.4. Wheelchair accessible lavatory P-trap and angle valve assemblies shall he covered with a molded,antimicrobial undersink Protective pipe cover. Cover shall be white in color. Cover shall be secured with flush reusable fasteners; angle stop shall have locking access cover, A replaceable cleanout cover shall be provided to allow seniicing at trap. I Manufacturer. Truebro "Lav Guard"or Pluiriberex "Pro-2000 Series, 2.10 TEMPERED WATER HEATER A. Tepid Flot Water Heater (WH-X): Refer to Point of use Hot water Schedule, The point-of-use water heater shall be a microprocessor temperature controlled electric tankless water heater. Unit capacity shall be 0.5 GPM flow rate at 25 PSIG rrunlinum water pressure. The hot water rr output shall be 84'F at 0.5 GPM. The unit coil shall be 3500 waits, 29 amps and shall be hard wired to 120 VAC service. The unit shall Ix- flow switch activated. Heating coils activate at 0.4 GPM and Shut-off at 0.3 GPM. PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410-5 Gensler April T4,2006 TiffanyNctivity Building 32-5080M Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton. WA L Manufacturer: Eemax Series SP03511 I FIXTURE SUPPORTS Fixture supports are specified in Section 15 10O. "Dornestic Water and Drainage Piping." PART - -_EX E__C U_ T�10 N 3.1 INSTALLATION--GENTE R iU- , A. Ali materials and equipment shall be: installed by specialists in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. The installation of any materials and equipment not meeting those standards may be condemned by the Architect and shall be removed and reinstalled at no additional cost to the 0,%vner. Contractor is responsible for the safety and food!ood condition of the materials and eqttipm.nl installed until final acceptance by the Owner. 3.2 INSTALLATION—l"LUMBrNG FIXTURES A. Fixture Connections: Provide in accordance with the roughing-in details of the trianu fact urer. Include water, soil, waste, and vent connections for each fixture as required. Batteries of fixtures -shall have rough outlets set in straight lines at equal spacing. B. Countertop Lavatories: The self-rimming lavatori-es shall be installed with an adhesive sealant under the rim during installation to countertop. t. Rimless lavatories for installation under tie or marble countertop shall be installed using Fixture manufacturer's clarnp assembly, in accordance with manufacturer"-, instructions. VA Provide continuous inastic seal between firn of fixture and bottom of counter. C. Sealing of Fixtures: Seal the back edge of all fixtures. which mount against walls, at the back Iii edge of the fixture at the top and sides with a narrow, uniform width, fillet bead of plastic sealant, which will prevent accumulation of dirt in this crevice. Apply sealant only after surfaces have been completely cleaned and dry. Bond to fixture and to wall. 1. Exact Location and Height of Fixtures: Install as shown on the architectural drawings. Where heights are not indicated, install in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended height. 2. Height of Fixture,-,- In For Handi- Fixture General capped Lavatories.rim 33" 34" Lavatories, wrist action 3,4 Closets,top of rim 15" 1.6" Urinal, to lip 22" 191, Service sink, mechanical _16 room PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410-6 Gensler April 14,2006 1 ifTariv Activity.Building I 32.5086,0(X) Issued for Construction Tiffiany, Park, Renton, WA INSTALL ATJON—FITTINGS A. Faucets: In.stall on sinks at the drillings provided for fiaucets. Install clamping accessories and adficsives. B. Protection at Handicapped Lavatories: Install according 10 manufa •turer's recommendations. ow Cover shall he secured with flush reusable fasteners. angle stop shall have locking access cover Vacuum Breakers: Provide on the water supply to each fixture that has a water connection located below the rim. Install in the water line beyond the flush valve or other shutoff vilive, 3-4 COMMISSIONING A. Notify the Comrrussioning Agent one week prior to start up of equipment. B. Submit to the Commissioning Agent a Verification of Completion form with the pre-functional check off sheet for each component when it is ready for functional testing. C. Assist the Commissioning Agent as required to perform the functional testing on the system aw components and the system as a whole. MW END OF SECTION 15410 ww MW PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410-7 Gensler April 14.2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5080M Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 4M SECI(ON 15550-GAS VENT PART I -GENERAL aw L RELATED DOURvIENTS A Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections. apply to this Section. B. Sections 15010 and 15050 are directly related. Other sections are indirectly related and shall be reviewed. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Work under this Section shall include furnishing and installing the breechings, Chimneys, and aw stacks associated with the fuel burning systems, and similar stacks for other uses, including specialties and associated components.,as specified or indicated MW 13 STANDARDS aw A. Referenced Standards: Current publications of the Standards referred to by basic designation in and shall f0rin a part of this specification to the extent indicated by references thereto. IM 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit each itern specified in this Section according to the Conditions of the Contract and wo Division I Specification Sections and Section 15010, "Mechanical Work—General," B. Submit product information for each breeching, chininey or stack., including connections, terminations,draft control devices,and components or specialties required for the installation of the breeching, chimneys, and sttcks. Include construction material description, pressure and temperature classification, pipe connection details, dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions. For stacks which are taller than 10 nominal diameters, submit anchoring and bracing, requirements for 100 MPH wind and seismic zone 4, Submittals shall indicate that chimneys and stacks exposed to the wind shall resist the wind pressures determined in accordance with the International Building Code. ,1.5 QLJALrrY ASSURANCE A. Gas Vents. 1. Gas vents shall conforin to The National Fuel Gas Code. NFPA-54, latest Edition. Products shall be UL listed to UL•441 and shall carry the appropriate UL listing mark or label,. 2. Gas vents shall be warranted by the manufacturer against defects in material and workiriansbip for a period of one(1)year from the date of installation. MW GAS'TNT 15550- 1 MM IG-I e ris,1 e r April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building A )�.5086.0(X) Issued tbr Construction Tiffany Park, R enton, W B, The stacks shall comply with local codes and ordinances. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GAS VENTS A. General: Provide the factory-fabricated Type B gas vent as indicated and specified herein. Vent shall conform to requirements of NFPA 54-1996 and shall be LJL listed, B, Manufacturer: Sell irk Metalbestos, Model DF chimney system, listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (file number MH 101-3 0,Metal-Fah, Inc, Model M. or Cleaver-Brooks Model CB. C. The vent shall be, of the double wall, factory fabricated type for use with approved Category I appliances burning natural or LP gas, which produce flue gases exhausted at temperatures not exceeding 550'F. D. The vent shall be constructed of an outer wall of CY-90 galvanized steel: 1, 0.018" thick for sizes 3" to 8" diameter. E. The inner wall, forn-drig the flue gas carrying pipe, shall be constructed of alun-tinum alloy: 1. 0,01?" thick for sizes 3" to 6" diameter. F. The vent shall include an integral,annular insulating air space: 1. 114" thick for sizes 3" to 81'diameter. G. Edges of inner and outer walls shall be hemmed prior to final assembly to prevent pipe and fittings from having exposed sharp edges. Walls shall he attached to maintain spacing and Z) prevent separation of inner and outer walls. H. Al I fittings, flashing, storm collar,cap, and appliance adapter required to install the vent shall be included. 1. Vent shall t-u--tested arid listed for a minimum clearance to combustibles of I" for sizes 3*' to 24" diameter and 2" for sizes 26" to 30" diameter. J, Vent shall terminate as required by code. PART 3-EXEaJTl0N 3.1 iNs,rALLATION--GENERAL A. All materials and equipment shall be installed by specialists in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. The installation of any materials and equipment not meeting those standards may be condemned by the Owner's Representative and shall be removed and reinstalled at no additional cost to the Owner. Contractor is responsible for the safety and good condition of the materials and equipment installed until Final acceptance by the Owner. OAS VENT 15550-2 Gensler April .14,2906 Tiffany Activity Building 315086M Issued for Constructj,)jj Tiffan' FllarL Y Renton. WA 12 INSTALLATION---GA S VENTS A. Install in accordance with the vent manufacturer's installation instructions rind NFPA 54, 3.3 CLEANING aw A. After completing systern installation. including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs,dirt and construction debris and repair damaged finishes. MW B. Clean breechings internally, during and after installation, to remove dust and debris. Clean external surfaces to remove welding slag and rfffll film. Grind welds smooth and apply touchup finish to match factory or shop C. Provide temporary closures at ei ids of breechings, chimneys, and stacks that are not completed or connected to equipment.. 3.4 COMMISSIONING low A. Notify the Coll,mission i ng Agent one week prior to start up of equipment. MW B. SUbMit to the Cortunissioning Agent a Verification of Completievn form with the pre-functional C� check off sheet for each component when it is ready for functional testing. ow C. Assist the Commissioning Agent as required to perform the functional testing on the system components and the system as a whole. END OF SE(MON 15550 GAS VENT 15550 - 3 Gensler April 14.2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32,5086.f.X)O Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 15700—RADIANT HEATING SYSTEM PART I -GENERAL• ow I'l RELATEI)DOCIUM.ENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract. including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Sections 15010 and 150%are directly related. Other sections are Indirectly related and shall be reviewed. 1, WORK INCLUDED A. This section is it Performance Specification, aw B. Work under this section shall include furnishim- all engineering, design, labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the complete installation of the radiant heating system, all connected No and ready for use. 13 EN GERAL,REQUIREMENTS 9M A. Scope of Work: Provide all engineering, coordination, design drawings, materials, labor, equipment, tools, appliances, hoisting, scaffolding, supervision and overhead for the entire am radiant heating system as specified and/or shown(ccvnceptually)on drawings, B. Engineering: The subcontractor responsible for this section shall provide all engineering wo (calculations, coordination., design drawings, etc.) required and/or customary for the work: associated with that section. The subcontractor shall remain fully responsible for the correctness and completeness of the engineering work even though the owner, architects and engineering, consultants provide Bruited review of the work. Complete drawings. equipment/material submittals, and a load calculation/equipment selection summary shall be submitted to the A/E at appropriate stages for review. Allow a rninimurn of two weeks for each review C. To the extent required by local code authorities,all HVAC engineering work and drawings shall be prepared under the direct supervision of state-licensed mechanical engineers and shall be stamped and signed by those engineers, D. Complete Systems, These specifications and drawings do not attempt address all materials, sw devices, equipment, controls and work that will K%, required for complete systems. All materials,devices,equipment, controls and work-not addressed in the specifications or drawings shall IV furnished and installed to result in complete functioning systerns and shall meet applicable industry standards and shall he equal or better than that normally provided for similar buildings in thesarne geographical area, we E. All materials shall be new. Contractor shall properly store all materials and equipment for protection from physical dainage or dainagi:due to corrosion. RADIANT HEATTNG SYSTEM 15700-1 Gensler April l4,2006 'riffany Activity Building 32.5086,000 issued for Construction 'I iffany Park. Renton. WA F. Manufacturer's Directions: Each material for which the manufacturer issues directions shall be used according to its manufacturer's direction;, as approved and if not at variance with these specifications. Obtain Architect clarification when direction,,conflict with specifications. Id 1.4 DESIGN RE-QUIREMENTS Id A. General: The drawings and similar information included with these (,perforinance) Specifications are intended to establish the approximate arrangement and rytinimum. capacities and sizes for some of the required piping, equipment and related accessories. Drawings are not 4 intended to reflect a fully engineered concept,but shall be followed to the extent Ix)ssible unless approved c)therwise by the AIE. Any sizes shown on the drawings shall be considered minimums. While preparing, installation drawings. the suNcontractor shall adjust locations and arrangements only as necessary. for coordination with other trades and for provision ol' proper service access to system components. If the subcontractors' calculations show that minitnum sizes indicated on these documents are not adequate, based on the design criteria. then the Id necessary larger sizes shall be provided.. B. Flexibility in Design Requirements: Design creativity on the part of the contractors' design team is encouraged. however, the specific design requirements Presented here shall serve as a baseline. All ideas should first be presented to the A/E as "markups" of these requirements accompanied with an explanation of henefits to the Owner and/or approximate cost changes, Obtain A/L, approval prior to proceeding with alternate designs. id 1.5 StiBMITTALS A. Submit each item specified in this Section according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections and Section 150,10. "Mechanical Work_-General". B. Submit product information for each item of equipment, component. or specialties required for each item of the system. Include construction material description. pressure and temperature classification. acoustical data, connection details, dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions. C. Submit complete installation drawings- including plans showing pipe routing and diagrams showing system arrangement and controls. Drawings shall show all components required for operation and shall show sizes of all pipes and components. tirli I. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility- Comply with the requirements specified in Division I Section. All "Materials and Equipment". di RADIANT HEATING SYSTFM 15700-2 Gensler April i4,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32,508MO) Issued for Constructioll Tiffany Park. Renton, WA PART PROQUCTS (REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR MANUFACTURERS) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3A CUMMISSIONING A. Notify the("ornmissioning Agent one•week prior to start up ot'equipment. B. Submit to the Commissioning .-Agent a Verification of Completion form with the pre.-functional check off sheet for each component when it is ready for functional testing. C. Assist the Commissioning Agent as required to perform the functional testing on the system cumpoijents and the system as a whole, END OF5ECTION 15700 r. RADIANT H-EATIINCY SYSTEM 15 AM-3 Genczlle-r April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32-5086,000 Issued for Consjructi(.)u Tiffany Park, Renton. WA SECTION 15800- AIR DISTRWITION LA,RT 1, Q�LNER�AL 1.1 RELATED DOCLIMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract. including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections. apply to this Section. B. Sections 15010, 15050, and 15950 are directly related. Other sections are indirectly related and shall tx- reviewed, Mw .1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Work under this section shall include furnishing all labor, materials. and equipment necessary an for the complete installation of"the air distribution system, all connected and ready for use, Mw L3 STANDARDS A. Referenced Standards: Current publications of the Standards referred to by basic designation in Part 2 and Part 3 shall form a part of this specification to the extent indicated by references thereto. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit each item specified in this Section according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections and Section 15010, "Mechanical Work—General". 13- Submit prcwduct information for each itern of equipment, component, of specialties required for each item of the air distribution system. Include construction material description, pressure. and temperature classification, acoustical data, connection details, dimensions and required clearances,and installation instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Coinply N�,ith the requirements specified in Division I Section, "Materials arid Equipment". PART I-PRQDtL CTS 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREME�NTS –DUCT"AIORK AND PLENUMS A. Construction: Primary air duct construction, fittings, reinforcements, pressure and seal classifications and metal gauges shall conform to SMACNA HVACIDCS, 1995 Edition including Addendum No. 1. 1997, SMACNA Duct Construction Standards and NFPAqOA. AIR DISTRIB LITION 15 M)- I Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA B. Ducts and accessories shall not pulsate or vibrate when in operation. C. At connections to buflding construction, vise steel angles fastened to the sheet nwtal by sheet metal screws, attached using anchor bolts embedded in the wail or stab, with sealant under the angle.angles 2"x'Yx3/l6" minimum. 2 2 LOW PRESSURE I)U(,-FWORK A. General. General: All duct%vork shall be of sheet metal construction. Low pressure ductwork shall be used for the following distribution systems: I. Exhaust air duct,%,ork ducts. B. Pressure and Seal Classification: I- Exhaust- Negative 2" Pressure Class. except ductwork from last volume damper to grille may be negative I" Pressure Class. Sea] all transverse joints and longitudinal scams per Seal Class B. 2. Seal all duct wall penetrations to the class noted above. C_ Material: Galvanized steel unless indicated otherwise. D. Seams: Comply with SNIACNA construction recommendations. Do not use standing seams for ducts other than plenums. E. Transverse Joints: Transverse joints may be made with SMACNA T24 factory fabricated formed flanged mechanical. joint, caulked or gasketed, installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instruction and installation manuals. 1, Manufacturer: Ductmate Industries, Inc. or approved. F. Diagonal Creasing: Provide on all panels wider than 18". At Contractor's option, in place of diagonal creasing required for panels wider than 18",all such panels may have machine-formed 4!7 1 omplisbes stiffness and transverse ribbed stiffening on 12" centers, provided such stiffening ace freedom from buckling or breathing_arid.does not lessen airtightness at scams and joints. G. Construction: Curved elbows shall have, a centerline radius not less than the width of ducts. All ducts shall be constructed of galvanized steel sheets unless specified or indicated on the drawings. H. Joint Sealant: Fire retardant, high bonding type sealer, UL723/E84, Class 1 flame spread rating. Adhesive-backed cloth or metallic furnace tape will not he acceptable. I Manufacturer Foster "Safetee Duct Sealant 32-17", Duct Mate Industries "Pro-Seal". or approved.McGill Air Seal Corp, or Mon-Eco Industries. I. Turning Vanes: Provide 90-degree non-adjustable, double-wall galvanized steel, finned type air turning vanes at all square duct elbows. The.double wall vanes shall conform to SMA.CNA 1995 HVAC,'DCS Fig. 2-3 and 24,or at contractor's option may be factory fabricated. 1. Manufacturer. Tuttle &Bailey "Ducturns." or approved. im 23 SHEETIVIETAL MATERLkLS A. Galvanized Steel: Steel sheets. zinc-coated (galvanized) or zinc-iron alloy coated (galvannealed)by the hot dip process,conforming ASTM A6-53. AIR DISTRIBUTION 15800- 2 All Gensler April 14,2006 32,086.{:1 Tiffany Activity Building Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA B. Aluminurn: Type 3003-HI4. Comply with requirements of A.S"I'M 13209. Rectangular Ductwork-: Alurninum ductwork- shall cornply with the requirements of low Pressure galvanized steel ductivork. Thickness adjustments of aluminum. including dimension adjustments and reinforcements needed to meet the construction requirement thickness of steel ducts, shall COMPly with SMACNA 1995 ,HVAC/DCS, Article 1.12.1., "Conversion of Steel Tables tar Aluminuill-, Round Ductwork: Construction of a[Urninurn duct and fitting shall otherwise correspond mship as for steel duct. Conform to SIB 1995 HN7AC/DCS, in the sarne relatic S 11 Table 3-3, "Alutilinum Round Duct Gage Schedule". Aluminurn fasterlers shall be used. Structural members shall be alloy 6(.)61-T6 or galvanized steel -is related in SMACNA Table, 1-16 for rectangular duct. f1an9crs in contact with the duct slaatll be galvanized steel or aluminum. Stainless Steel, Unless indicated Otherwise, Type 316L stainless steel, not to exceed 0.03% carboti, conforining to ASTM A240/A240M. 14 VOLUME DAMPERS LOW PRESSURE DUCTS A. General, Provide dampers and quadrants in ductwork as required to balance the systems to produce the air quantities shown. B. Quantity and General Location: Dampers are not always shown. For priel fig Purposes, assume one damper for every grille, register and diffuser (GRID) that does not have an integral damper. Additional dampers will be required at branch ducts serving multiple GRDs. Provide a damper it) the duct to each supply and exhaust opening, also in each branch duct where the pressure loss is lower than other branch ducts leading from the same trunk duct, elsewhere as shown. C. Placement of Dampers- At a point where,the duct is accessible, if possible; axis of the blade the long dimension,as far from the outlet as possible. D. Acoustic Performance; Dampers shall be free from any sharp edges that would produce excessive turbulence, which would prevent obtaining the acoustic performance in the root-as served,as specified hereinbefore. E. Edges of Blades: Both leading and leaving edges hemmed, side edges flanged 1/2"; placed so air strikes the smooth face. Z� wo F. Damper Blades: For ducts Smaller than 10** maximum cross-section. 24-gauge; 11" to 30", 22- gauge; larger than 30". 20-gauge; in ducts wider than 12", multiple blade, maximum blade width 12". arranged so that adjacent blades rotate in alternate directions.. where length exceeds 3)0", use at 3/8" square rod stem fitted in a crease in the blade. G. Damper Positions: Contractor shall set and lock.all dampers in the "Full Open"position prior to irar balancing work. See additional requirements Specified in Section 15.W50, "Testing. Adjusting and Balancing". 2.5 GRILLES AND REGISTERS A. General: Grilles shall be site and mounting types shown on drawings and as scheduled. M. 13, Ceiling-mounted Exhaust Grilles(airfoil): AIR DISTRIBUTION 15800-3 Gensler April I=t,2006 Tiffanv Activity Building 32.5080(W Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton. WA L Grilles shall have fixed deficclion blades. which shall be perpendicular to the line of sight when viewed frorn the center of the room. Borders of grilles shall be suitable for Installation surface and materials. Border type ilk shall be surface mount, snap-In, lay-in, spline, or channel frarne type as indicated or required for the associated surface. Verify border requiren-lents. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF DUCTS A. Installation of ductwork shall comply with provisions of Section 15010, Mechanical Work General and Section 15050. Basic Materials and methods, particularly regarding coordination with other trades and work in existing buildings. B. Fabricate and install ductwork and accessories in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards,Metal and Flexible. I Drawings show the general layout of ductwork and accessories but do not show all required fittings and offsets that may be necessary to connect ducts to equipment, ten-ninal units. diffusers, grilles, etc,. and to coordinate with other trades. Fabricate ductwork based on field measurements. Provide necessary Fittings and offsets at no additional cost to the owner. Coordinate with other trades fear spac=e available and relative location of HV AC'equipment and accessories on ceiling grid. Duct sizes can the drawings are inside dimensions, which shall be altered by the contractor to other dimensions with the same air handling characteristics (not less than same free area and pressure drop) where necessary to avoid interferences and clearance difficulties. 2. Comply with the requirements of Section 15010, "Transitions and Offsets Beyond the Scope of Work". all 3. Provide Duct transitions, offsets and connections to equipment in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible. Whim an obstruction cannot be avoided and must be taken in by the duct, comply with SMACNA Fig, 2-8, "Obstructions". Repair galvanized are-as with galvanizing repair compound, 4, Provide bolted construction and tie-rod reinforcement in accordance with SMACNA Standards, 5. Construct casings, plenums, eliminators., and pipe penetrations in accordance with SMACNA Standards, Chapter C. Install plenum access doors to swing against air pressure so that pressure helps to maintain as tight seal. C. Where grilles cannot be installed to avoid seeing inside the duct, paint the inside of the duct with flat black paint to reduce visibility. I. D, Protection and Cleaning. Adequately protect equipinent and materials against physical damage. Place equipment in first class operating condition, or return to source of supply for repair or tw replacement, as determineJ by A/E. Protect equipment and ducts during construction againsit entry of foreign matter to the inside and clean both inside and outside before operation and painting. 158ff)-4 AIR DISTRIBLTTION All Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 31508610) Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA 3.2 HANGERS FOR DUCTWORK' A. General: Provide hangers, supports and anchor bolts for all dLICtS and equipalent. Comply with the requirements of SNIACNA. and International INIerhanical Code, Duct sizes referred to in following paragraphs refer to maximum external cross-section dimension at location of hangers. 0 & Seismic Bracing Forces: The hangers sizing and spacing listed below applies where seisinic bracing is not placed. More substantial hangers will be needed at many IoLations (than listed in the following paragraphs) to accommodate seismic bracing. Again, comply with the requirements of the SIVIACNA so that hangers at bracing, locations will work effectively with additional seismic-i rnposed loads, C. Horizontal Round Ducts: I Ducts 10" and Smaller: I" wide strap, same gage as duct, secured to duct. and extended to slab. 2- Ducts 11" Through 20": 1- wide strap, same gage as duct, tied to I" galvanized steel band around duct and extended to slab. 3. Spacing: 10'-0" center maximum; additional hangers at equipment.. D. Horizontal Rectangular Ducts. I Ducts 24" and Smaller. I" wide 18-gauge strap secured to top side and bottorn of duct and extended to slab. r. Trapeze-Type Supports for Horizontal Ducts: 1. Ducts 30" and Smaller: 1-1/2" x 1-1/2"x 1/8" horizontal support angles. Hangers to be 1/4" round rod or I" x I" x 1/8"angle. F. Vertical Ducts: 1. Duct.-;30"and Smaller: I" xl" x 1/8" angle- 1 Spacing: 12'-0"center maximurn; additional hangers at equipment. G Building Attachments: Refer to Sections 15050 and 15070. H. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws, compatible with duct materials, 1. Support of Constant Volume and Variable Volume Units: Rod hangers to inserts in slab; rninimuni four per unit. 33 INSTAI-LATION—DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES A. Grilles: Install in accordance with the details and notes indicated and the recommendations and printed instructions of the manufacturer for each item, B. Frames and Borders: I Cyrilles shall have border or margins for tight Fit to ceilings for optimum ceiling appearance, designed to cover ceiling openings and rninimi7e dirt development one ceiling. All diffusers and grilles shall be provided with duct rings secured to diffuser or grille outer shell with concealed fasteners. C Location Coordination: Grilles are shown in their approximate desired location, but exact location must be compatible with the ceiling systern, lighting fixtures, speakers,etc. Coordinate AIR DISTRIBUTION 15900-5 Gensler April x4,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32-5086,000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA the diffuser and grille locations with the other trades prior to the cornpletion of tile contractor's coordinatiort plans. D. Ceiling Grille Orientatiom Exhaust grilles shall be installed in ceilings such that tile blade angle blocks line-of-sight into the duct from the center of the room. If the best orientation stilt allows the ductwork interior to be seen through the grille frorn any point in the roorn that is more than 3 feet froin a wall, the visible portion of the interior shall be painted with flat-black paint. 3A TESTING A. Leakage Testing of Ductwork- Perft-)rm the following field tests and inspections according to so SMACNA 'TIVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual" and prepare test reports: 1. Disassemble, reassernble, and sea] segments of systerns to accommodate leakage testing and for compliance with test requirements. Conduct tests at static pressures equal to rnaximum design pressure of system or section being tested. If pressure classes are not indicated, test entire, systern at maxinlurri system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximurn design operating pressure. Give seven days advance notice for testing. Maximum Allowable Leakage: Comply with requirements for Leakage Class 3 for round ducts. Leakage Class 12 for rectangular ducts in pressure classes lower than and equal to 2-inch w.;!,. (500 Pa) (both positive and negative pressures), and Leakage Class 6 for pressure.classes from 2-inch to 10-inch w.g.(500 to 2500 Pa). 4. Remake leaking joints and retest until leaka,-,,e is equal to or less than minimum Z7 allowable. COMMISSIONIING A. Notify the Commissioning Agent one-week prior to start up of equipment. B. Submit to the Comermissioning Agent a Verification of Completion form with the pre-functional 4n check off sheet for each component when it is ready for functional testing. C. Assist the Corrunissioning Agent as required to perform the functional testing on the system components and the system as a whole. END OF SECTION 158W AIR DISTRIBUTION 15800-6 id Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.(X)(1 Issued for Construction Tiffany' Park, Renton, WA SECTION 15 930-AIR H ANIXING EO,UIPM ENT PART I -GENERAI 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Diviskm I Specification Sections,apply to this Section. B. Sections 15010 and 15050 are directly related. Other sections, are indirectly related and shall be reviewed. 1.2 WORK INC LT-TDED A. Work under this section shall include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the complete installation of all fans and air handling tin c connected and ready f,)r use. its complete with accessories, all t, 1.3 STANDARDS A. Referenced Standards: Current publications of the Standards referred to by basic designation in Part 2 and Part 3 shall form a part of this specification to the extent indicateA by references thereto. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal each item specified in this Section according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections and Section 15010, "Mechanical Work—General". B. Submit product information on all air handling units, including fan curves, motor data, coil data, filter data, control damper data, pressure drops for individual components/sections, total static pressure drop, vibration transmission data, and sound power levels in all octave, bands at midfrequencies. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility. Comply with the requiren-ents specified in Division I Section, "Materials and Equipment". B. Standardization. Provide air-handling units of the same manufacturer throughout where possiblc. rrr AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT 15830- 1 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086f)(1) Issued for Construction Tiff any Park. Renton. WA PART ',' -PRODUCTS -ERAL REQUIREMENTS ArR MOVING EQUIPIV1ENT—GEN A. Criteria: L Performance data for all fans shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of AMCA Standard 210, 2. Sound power level ratings of ducted fans shall comply with AMCA Standard 330 and shall be the results of tests iriade,in accordance with A%,kA Standard 300. 1 Unit construction shall conform to applicable standards contained in AMCA Standard Handbook Publications and to requirements specified herein. B. Safety: Safety provisions for Power transmission equipment and non-ducted fan inlets and outlets shall include guards and screens, unless other provisions are required, and constructed in accordance with applicable provisions of ANSVASME B15.1. the recortimendations, of the National Safety Council and requirement-,, specified herein. Safety provisions shall not present obstacles to measurement of driver and driven shaft speeds with revolution counter. Installation shall be such that fan vibration isolation provisions are not negated. C_ Shop Drawings: Shop drawings for each fan shall include construction details necessary for installation. complete performance curves and sound power level data in all standard octave bands at mid-frequencies for fan performance curve application area. D. Nameplate. Provide a metallic, corrosion-resistant, embossed or stamped nameplate for each fan. Natre.plate data shall include selection point capacity conditions, rein and bhp. Permanently affix in a conspicuous location. E. Horsepower: Motor brake horsepower input to each proposed fan shall not exceed scheduled brake horsepower. F. Alignment-. All fan wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Fans shall be properly protected during shipment so that bearings are not damaged. G. Rigging: Field-rigging methods shall not negate balancing. Lifting eyes shall be used. Shafts shall not be bent. H. Bearings: 1. Bearings shall be heavy-duty self-aligning foot-i-nounted ball or roller pillow block type. Bearings shall have a certified ANS*VAFBMA LIO minimum rated life of 80,000 hours unless Bearings specified. Bearings shall have dust-tight seals suitable for lubricant pressures encountered. Housings shall be cast iron, unless otherwise specified or approved, 2, Bearings shall be grease lubricated, Lubrication provisions shall be such as to preclude overheating due to excess lubricant or sea] blowout due to excess pressure. Grease supply fittings shall be surface ball check type. Provide manual or autortiatic grease pressure relief fittings as necessary to comply with specified requirements. Bearing and sea] construction permitting, relief fittings shall be located on the side opposite to the supply fitting. Relief shall be visible frorn normal maintenance locations. Lubrication provisions shall include extension tubes where necessary to facilitate safe maintenance while equipment is operating. 3. Pertrianently scaled pre-lubricated antiffiction bearings, which conform to above specified materials and ANSI/AFBMA LIO life requirements, may be provided for air AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT 15830 -2 GensIer April :14 2006 TiffHnv Activity Building 32,5086,(X)0 Isstied for Construction Ti ffa ny' Park, Renton, WA moving equipment with nameplate. horselknver requirements less than U2 it) lieu of relubricable bearings. L Motors: 1. Motors, in general,shall conform to the requirements specified for "Motors." specified in Section 15050. "Basic Materials and Methods". 2. N10tor nartleplate shall show full load motor efficiency. 2.2 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF EXf JAUSTERS A. General: Provide the centrifugal-type, roof exhaust fans where shown on the drawings; size and capacity as indicated. Motor horsepower and outlet velocities shall not be exceeded. All fans shall he AINNICA Certified for both Air and Sound Perforniance. Only AMCA Certified fans are acceptable. B. Manufacturer Acine Model PNN, Aerovent Model FACX, Penn Ventilator "Domex", Greenheck Model G or GB,Cook Model AC E-D or ACT-B.or approved Jenn,or Trane. C. Construction: The top cap of the roof exhauster shall be inade of heavy gauge spun aluminum, The top cap shall be designed for easy access for scheduled maintenance or repairs. The "flit base shall be heavy gauge spun alurninun, of one-piece construction to insure, weathertight conditions. All exterior parts including wheel, wheel hub, supporting posts, and all outside, fasteners shall be of aluminum or rion-ferrous construction. D. Fan Wheel. Centrifugal blower type. precision balanced, aluminum construcLion, nonsparking, with nonoverloadinc,tn backward-inclined blades. The roof exhauster shall have overlapped wheel and orifice combinations. E. Motor and Drive Assembly: Motors shall be heavy duty type with permanently lubricated, scaled ball bearings. Motors shall be open dripproof, TEFC, or explosion proof as indicated or scheduled. Bearings shall be permanently lubricated, seal d, lint , permanently ed i-friction ball bearing type providing over 200,0Q) hours bearing life. Drives are-cast iron construction with variable speed pulleys up to 5 HP, Oil resistant, non-sparking, non-static belts shall be provided with over 24,000 hours life expectancy. Fan shaft shall be steel construction, turned, ground and polished to precise tolerances in relationship to wheel hub and bearings. The motor and drive assembly shall be supported by a fabricated steel weldinent mounted on rubber isolators to reduce noise and vibration. The drive assembly shall be fastened to a heavy gauge motorplate providing support for the top cap and positive, cooling access to the motor conipartment. F. Direct drive units shall be of identical construction as belt drive units, except for drives, belts, and fail shaft bearings. G Accessories. Roof exhauster shall include factory-famished sound-attenuated roof curb, Curb gaskets, automatic backdraft dainpers.disconnect switch and bird screen. AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT 15830-3 Gensler April 14,12006 Tiffany Activity Building Issued for Construction Tiffany -)�.5086�000 Park. Renton, WA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INST.ALLATION—FANS AND AIR HANDLING UNITS A, General-, The installation of the fans and air handling units shall conform to local ccdcs and ordinances, NFPA 90A. and SMACNA. -Mounting and supporting of all equipment includin'y accessories and appurtenances shall be provided, including but not limited to structural supports, hangers, vibration isolators. stands,clamps, and brackets. B. Installation of Equipment: Installation shall conform to equipment rnanufacturer's, recom.niendations, unless otherwise indicated. Equipment shall be installed, leveled and located so that working clearance is availl1blUe under overhead lines and so that working space is im available for all necessary servicing such as shaft removal, replacing or adjusting drives and motors. lubrication, and access to witornatic controls. 3.2 ELECTRICAL WORK dr A. General- Electric rotor-driven equipment specified in this section shall be provided complete with motors and controls. Electric equipment and wiring shall comply with requirements of NFPA 70 and Division 16. "Electrical Work". A B. Starters: Motor starters and disconnects, unless otherwise specified or indicated shall be furnished and installed by Division 16 Contractor. 3.3 COMMISSIONING A FW, A. Notify the Commissioning Agent one week prior to start up of equipment. Ail B. Submit to the Commissioning Ag ,pnt a Verification of Completion form with the pre-functional check off sheet for each component when it is ready for functional testing. C, Assist the Conurtissioning Agent as required to perforra the functional testing on the system j components and the system as a whole. END OF SECTION 15830 tip AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT 15830-4 w. Gensler April 14,200 Tiffany Activity Building 3-1.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany' Park,Renton, WA SECTION 160111-ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 14W PART I -CENTRAL 1.1 OUTLINE OF WORK A. Scope- The work under this division includes furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, supervision, tools and iterm necessary for the construction, installation,connection. testing and operation of all electrical work for this project as shown on the Electrical Drawings and/or defitted in. Division 16 of the specifications. B_ Contract Requirements-, Comply with the requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Condition,,,, and Division J as they apply to the work in this section. Comply with the requirements of the other specification divisions that have additional requirement's. for this work as referenced under Division 16 sections, C. -Division 16 Specifications: The work tinder Division .16 of this specification includes the following sections: Section 16010 Electrical, General Provisions Section 16110 Raceways and Fittings Section 1.6120 600-Volt.Wire and Cable Section 16130 Outlet,Junction and Pull Boxes Section 10140 Wiring Devices Section 16146 Exterior Lighting Control Section 16180 Motor Controls and Miscellaneous Equipment Connections Section 10195 Electrical Identification Section 16400 Service and DisUibution Section 16440 Disconnect Switches Section 16442 Fuses Section J6450 Grounding Section 10470 Paoelb(-,)ards Section 16500 Lighting Section 10700 Signal and Communications Section 16720 Fire Alarm System Section 16744 'Felecorninunications System Section J6785 Security System Provisions D. Related Work Described Elsewhere: Where other divisions require electrical materials or installations under this division of the specifications. comply with all applicable requirements herein. Provide all electrical materials and installation work required to connect, test and operate equipment described in other divisions of these specifications as shown on the Electrical Drawings or specified hereinafter. Electrical installations required by other divisions but not shown on the Electrical Drawings or specifically called out in this division of the specifications shall be provided by the trade,requiring the electrical work. E. Itemized Schedule of Costs: Furnish a contract cost breakdown by specification section to the Architect with a copy to the Engineer to allow evaluation of'partial payment requests. Refer to Division 1. for requirements. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010- 1 Gensler April 14,2(MO Tiffany Activity Building 32,5086 000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA Y% Warranty The Contractor shall guarantee all work installed under this specification and make good, repair or replace at his own expense, any defective work-, materials or parts within one year after final acceptance, if, in the opinion of the Architect. said deject is due to imperfection in material, design or workmanship. Warranty shall be submitted in writing as required in I)ivisic?n I. 1.2 REGULATIONS A. Codes and Ordinances: Comply with all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations including the National Electrical COde. the Washinelon Administrative Code, National Electrical Safety Code. WISHA, NFI'A. and all other national, state and local code-,and ordinances. Notify the Architect of any non-compliance in contract documents to applicable codes and regulations prior to installation of the work. Changes in the work after initial installation due to requiremonts,of code enforcing agencies shall be at.no additional cost to the Owner. 13. Permits-, Provide and pay for all permits and fees required for this project. In addition to paying for all permits and fees, the Contractor shall be responsible for contacting the various Approving Authorities, arranging for review of' sheep drawings where appropriate, scheduling inspections in a tirriely mariner,and making necessary corrections as required by the Approving Authorities. C. Approving Authority: It is the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain arid contact the I appropriate "Approving Authorities" for this proJect. Approving Authorities will include, but not be limited to, Washington State Fire Marshal.. Renton Fire Department and the City of Renton, Washington. D. Certificate of`inspection: Obtain a Certificate of.Electrical inspection from the local inspecting authority indicating final acceptance. Submit to the Owner upon completion of" the., project as part of project closeout. E. J Safety Measures to be Taken: The Architect and Engineer have not been retained or compensated to provide design and construction review services relating to the Contractor's safety precautions or to means, methods, techniques, sequences or proced tires required for the Contractor to pet-form his work. The Contractor will be solely and completely responsible for 40 conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. The duty of the Architect and Engineer to conduct construction observations of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures, in, on or near the construction site. It shall be the Conti-actor's responsibility to comply with "Safety and Health Regulations for Construction,"Volume 36,No. 75, Dart II of the Federal Register by the U.S, Department of Utbor. Contractor shall be responsible for providing all such safety measures and shall consult with the state or federal safety inspector for interpretation whenever in doubt as to whether safe conditions do or do not exist or whether he is or is not in compliance all with state or federal regulations. 1.3 DRAWINGS AND SI"FiCIFICATIONS A' Intent- The Electrical Drawings and specifications are intended to include all labor and materials necessary to provide a complete and operating facility, Any materials shown and A called for on the drawings but not mentioned in the specifications, or vice versa, which are ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010- 2 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.(,X)O Issued for Construction Tiffany Mirk-, Renton, WA necessary for the proper completion of`the installation or operation of the equipment, shall be furnished the same as if specifically called for in both. By submitting a bid, the Contractor is acknowledging, that fie has made a thorough examination of the contract documents, existing site conditions, and has determined that these documents and conditiow, do sufficiently describe the scope of construction work required under this contract. Any questions regarding interpretation of the contract documents shall be made in writing in aa timely rnart=prior to the said date to allow reasonable time for resolution of the questions. B. Diagrammatic Drawings: The Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic and do not show exact or complete raceway and wiring configurations, routing rating or the necessary number and types of raceway fittings. Provide all labor and. materials required to execute the work specified herein or described on the Electrical Drawings. C. Any minor changes less than 6-6" in the location of the raceways, outlets, boxes, devices, wiring. etc., from those shown on the drawings shall be made without extra charge, where 4W coordination requires or if so directed by the Architect prior to rough-in, 1.4 SUBMITTALS AND S140P DRAWINGS A- Submittals, General: All equipment must be submitted for review prior to installation. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01300, "Submittals." The remaining, instructions in this W* paragraph'are, intended to supplement and amplify the requirements of the re,46-enced section above. Bind submittals in three-ring binder. Open catalog sheets or paper folders will not be accepted. Shop drawings shall consist of one reproducible drawing and a maximum of four blueprint sets. Index to the applicable specification stTtion with a transmittal letter bound as the first sheet. Provide an index with each section of equipwilent indicating exact catalog numbers of products provided. In addition. identify the specific products by catalog number within the submittal documents. Submittals will not be accepted unless they conform to these requirements, B. Shop Drawings: Provide shop drawings, descriptive bulletins, data sheets, diagrams, catalog cuts or other additional information as required for all specified materials. C. Submittal Format: Submittals must be sent in complete "sets," including all specified material. Submission of individual materials will not be accepted. D. Review: The review of a manufacturer's name or product by the Architect does not relieve the Contractor, of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details with the rcquirernents of the contract documents. CODtractor shall be solely responsible for submitting materials at such a time to allow ,, minimum of two weeks for Engineer's review. The Engineer will review each submittal once with one additional back check review for items requiring I- corrections or rosubmittal. The cost (if any additional reviews by the Engineer due to sm failure of the Contractor or Vendor to adequately respond to the review comments will be invoiced directly to the Contractor on a time and expense basis. It is the 0-mtractor's responsibility to thoroughly review vendor-assembled shop drawings. catalog cuts, etc. to ensure that these documents are complete and comply with the specifications. If this coordination effort is not done, the Architect reserve.,.; the right to reject the complete submittal without review, To insure compliance with the Architect's review comments and communication of these comments through the Contractor and supplier to the ELECTRICAL GENTEICAL PROVISJONS 16010 - 3 Genz 1 er April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32,5086.000 issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton. WA manufacturer- all corrections to shop drawings shall be done by the manufacturer and resubmitted as requested by the Architect- "Local" mark-taps of the manufacturer'.,-.,, shop drawings will not be accepted. -W 1.5 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare operations and maintenance manuals for all electrical equipment installed on this project. Reference is made to Section 01700, "Prqiect Closeout". B, items described shall include, but not be limited to, the equipment listed under "Shop Drawings" in this division of the specifications. Provide table of contents at front of manual indicating g eneral co tI r of" each section, Provide index for each section of manual with complete equipment catalog item or identification. 1c equipment. installed for this C. The information and diagrams included must be on the spee i f project. General "product line" information is not acceptable. Tile equipment model and catalog numbers with appropriate pre-fixes and suffixes must be clearly indicated on the data ic and wiring diagrams (showing all sheets. Manuals shall contain shop drawings, schemat 0 4 external connections). part-,lists,operating and maintenance information, Any modifications to equipment in the field shall be updated on the drawings. diagrams, etc,, to reflect the "as-built"" id conditions. iA D. Binding: Bind material in a heavy-ditty three-ring binder. Identify binder with the name of the project, the Owner, year of completion, the words "Electrical Fquipinent" and the names of the Architect, Engineer and Electrical Contractor. E. One preliminary copy :hall he submitted to the Engineer for review 30 days prior to completion of the project. Preliminary copy shall include proposed wording for cover and back edge of the manual. Submit quantity of bound copies for distribution as described in Section 01300. 1.6 RECOR13 DRAWINGS A. Maintained on Site: A record shall be made during the progress of the project indicating the work as actually installed. Corrections and changes shall be kept up to date at all times on a separate set of record drawings kept at the job site for review by the Architect. Mark-ups may be schematic as related to interior raceway ,systems. however. all raceways, shall be shown in -41 proper relationship with junction boxes, partelboards, devices, and equipment. Raceways 14 installed below grade shall be shown with both horizontal and vertical dimensions at an accuracy of+6 inches. B, Project Closeout: Provide one set of prints indicating work as revised. detailed and actually installed, and submit to the Architect as part of the 1111-LJect Closeout documentation. C. Additional Record Drawings: Refer to Signal and Communication Systems section for additional record drawing requirements. 1.7 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFUNUTIONS A. Provide: To furnish and install. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010-4 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 3215086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany, Park, Renton, WA B. Wiring: Raceway, conductors and connections. WW C Exposed: Visible front occupicd areas. D. Install. To set in position and.male fully operational. ew E. Furnish. Purchase aiid deliver tea the.j(:)bsiie. F. Required: As required by code. authority having jurisdiction or contract documents for the systern and/or installation to be fully operational. PART - PRODUCTS 'I.I STA.NDkRD OF QUkLITY A. General. Wlienevcr any material or equipment is specified by patent or proprietary name or by the name of the manufacturer, such specification shall establish the standard of quality in that particular field of manufacture. The Architect shall be the sole and final judge as to quality arid acceptability of substitutions, no exceptions, B, Substitutions: 1. Ultiless otherwise noted on the drawings or other sections of the specifications. the Contractor may offer material or equipment with equal or better qualities than those AW specified, Reference is made particularly to Instructions to Bidders related to prior approval requit-ernents. When the substitute equipment or material necessitates revisions to the plans or involves other trades. the Contractor shall include drawings and details showing all such changes, and coordinate and assume any liability and costs from the affected trades. Also, if a change required engineering or mechanical scrvices, or other equipment modifications. these services shall be billable to the Contractor. PRODUCT LISTIN(I OR LABELING A. All electrical equipment shall have Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc- or other approved testing facility label whenever published standards exist. Equipment in compliance with LTL standards but not bearing their label is not acceptable. If the manufacturer cannot arrange for labeling of an assembled unit at the factory, the necessary inspection and acceptance by the testing facility shall be perfori-ned in the field at no additional cost to the Owner, and be acceptable to the r. authority- having jurisdiction. 23 EQTjIPNMNT A. Refer to sl.vcific specification section,,', for specification pertaining to equipment being furnished. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010-5 NNW Gensler April 1.4,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086M0 Issued.for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton. WA PART 3 -EXECITHON 3.1 WORKIMANSW- AND COORDINATION A. General: Workmanship shall be the best quality as recognized by the electrical construction industry and satisfactory to the Owner and Architect, Remove and replace lesser quality -vksork as directed at no additional cost to the Owner. The Architect, or his designated representative, shall be the judge of the required quality of workmanship. B. Work of Other Trades: The Electrical Drawings do not show complete details of the building construction. Refer to the Architectural, Structural,Civil Landscape and Mechanical Drawings for those details which may affect the execution of this work. Specific locations of 011 construction. features shall be obtained frorn the reference drawings, field measurements, or the trade providing the material or equipment. No extra payments will be allowed for failure to obtain this inforrilation. C. The Contractor will not be paid for relocation of work, cuttings, patching and I'mishing required I-or work requiring reinstallation chic: to lack of coordination prior to installation. Special to; attention is called to the following items and all conflicts shall be coordinated prior to installation: L Confirm that light s+vltchcs are located tin the "strike" side of the door. 2. Confirm that all electrical outlets, fighting fixtures and other electrical outlets and equipment are installed to avoid conflict with grilles, pipes, sprinkler heads, duets and other mechanical equipment. 3. Confirm that all electrical outlets, lighting; fixtures and equipment are installed in proper relation to cabinets,counters.doors and other Architectural appurtenances. 4. Confirm that the electrical characteristics (HE', KVA, voltage. phase, fusing, overload protection) of actual equipment furnished Linder other divisions are the same as that Sri shown on the electrical drawings. D. Cooperation, Plan and execute work in cooperation with all other trades and utility companies. Every reasonable effort shall be made to provide all concerned with tiniely notice of work affecting other trades, and to prevent conflicts or interference as to space requirements. dimensions, openings, block-outs, sleeving or other matters which will cause delays or necessitate work-around methods. E. General Construction: 1. Cutting and Patching: Provide all cutting, demolition and patching required for the installation of the electrical work on this project. Patching shall be accomplished by utilizing the general construction trades normally providing materials and labor needed for restoration of floor, ceiling or walls. Penetrations through existing, Structural walls, ceiling or floor slabs shall be core drilled. Spillage,from core drilling ,hall be contained by diking, vacuuming and covering with protective plastic sheeting as required. In fie case shall structural members be penetrated with< tt prior approval of ttte Architect.. After installation of raceways, provide approved fire sealing materials to close spaces around raceways. Sleeves and openings required through floors and walls for electrical work, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. This work shall be carefully coordinated with the General Contractor and other trades involved. All openings around conduits in Sleeves shall be sealed with a material of equal fire rating as the rviaterial penetrated. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010-6 ow Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086,(,X)O Issued ftar Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA am 3. Painting: Touch up electrical equipment with factory finished surfaces as required using factory furnished pains. Coordinate field painting requirements with the Architect prior 00 to final trim and cover installation, Do not paint screw heads, hinges, nameplates, hardware,. etc. All surface-mounted raceways in finished areas will he painted as directed under the "Painting" division of' the specifications. Coordinate timing 'if so installation to minimize conflicts with painting requirements. 4. Cleaning;: Promptly remove waste material and rubbish resulting from electrical work. Prior to energizing equipment. rennove all chipping* materials, construction dirt and debris, vacuum and wipe-down all internal areas. At completion of the. project, clean all `"" equipment and fixtures installed under this Contract_ 3.2 MISCELLANEOUS A. Equipment Anchorage, Support and Bracing: L General; Provide complete seismic anchorage and bracing for the lateral and vertical support ofcottduit and electrical equipment. as required by the Uniform Building Cade*. 2, Conduit Crossing Structural Separations: Conduit that crosses structural or seismic separations between building units shall be installed with flexible connections, suitable to accommodate longitudinal and transverse displacements, Secure raceways each side of joint and provide minimum of 36" length flexible conduit between building units. B. Electrical Work Exposed to Weather: 1. General: Provide corrosion protection for all ferrous metal portions of electrical work exposed to weather. including conduit clamps, supports, disconnect switches and other items. ?. Protectiow, All ferrous metal shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication and painted or cadmium hated,or shnilarly protected against corrosion prior to installation. C. phase Relationship: Maintain consistent phase relationship and rotation throughout the project. Check and identify proper rotation of equipment prior to energizing said equipment. See also Section 10400, "Service and Distribution."regarding the phasing arrangc:r€tents. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Site Revimv: On-site meetings or review,, of construction by the Architect, Engineer or Owner shall not be construed as acceptance by these parties as related to quantities, rough-in locations, r. and compliance with code enforcing authorities unless specific exceptions have been brought to the attention of the Architect or Engineer and have been accepted in writing. 13. Testing: The Contractor shall test all wiring and all electrical equipment to verify absence of grounds and short circuits and verify proper operation, rotation, and phase relationship. Contractor will be responsible for scheduling of tests and demonstrations at times mutually acceptable to the Owner, All equipment shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with "' the requirements of this specification and the manufacturers recomntendattions. Operate every device manually and automatically in accordance with its purpose. Toasts shall be performed in the presence of the Owner or his designated representative. All instruments and personnel required to conduct the test shall be provided by the Contractor. Any test not witnessed by the Owner shall be waived by written document. All such documents must become the property of the Owner upon completion of construction. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010-7 Ge~:r:sleY April 14.2006 Tiffany Activity Building 3?. CItSCi.ti{1(l Issued for Construction Tiffany Farb.Renton,WA C. Instruction for Owner's Personnel: 1, Scope:: a. Following initial operation of all electrical equipment. and prior to acceptances of the electrical work, conduct demonstrations of equiptitent operation and instruction periods for the.Owner's representatives. b. Instruction Periods. Shall include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from maintenance manuals with appropriate references to drawings, followed by tours of equipment spaces explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, settings and available system and equipment adjtasttnents. � 1 Contractor's representatives, in general, who conduct these.. instructions and demonstrations shall be qualified foremen or superintendents acquainted with this praje:ct and from the trade involved. Their qualifications shall be submitted to the:- Architect and Engineer before conducting then instrtaction period. 3. Minimum Duration of Instruction Periods: a. Electrical Distribution and Control Systems: Two hours each plus travel and perdiern. K Signal and Communications Systems: Two hours each plus travel and perdiena. C, Refer to rather section of the specification for additional testing reeq irements. 4. Scheduling of Instruction Periods: Provide notice of C'ontractor's readiness to conduct such instruction and demonstration periods to the Owner at least two weeks prior to each instruction period and reach agreement on the date of each instruction period. 40 5. Prepare a written statement of acceptance for the Owner's signature. The staterent shall be substantially as follows: "I(the Contractor).the associated factory representatives and the subcontractor, have thoroughly tested such of the following systems and have proved their normal operation to the Owner's representative and have instructed him in the operation and maintenance thereof." C3wner's Svste3m Demonstrator It e rgsentative Dane 1. Electrical Distribution System 2. Fire Alarm Systtn Owner's Representative Date- Contractor )ate: Ca. Selid copies of this acceptance to the Architect and the Engineer and place one copy in each maintenance manual. D. D. Completion of Work: When requesting final inspection, provide ten day notice. Submit written certifications that the work has 1--#--en fully completed in strict accordance, with the plans and specifications. ibc E. E, Final Documentation.- See specifications Section 017(K). "Prc?ject Closeout." All manuals, test results, video tapes and acceptances by the inspecting authorities shall he included in this final documentation. ELECTRICAL GENERAL I''ROVISIONS 16010-8 Gens].er April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton,'WA 40 3.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE am A. The Electrical Contractor shall submit to the Architect a Project Closeout Form (see next pac'e) properly filled out prior to the time final acceptance of the electrical work is requested. At this time also submit copies of final inspection certificates and receipts for loose materials (spare wr wiring devices,fuses,etc.) turned over to the Owner. am w� rnn wr M■ r ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010- 9 Gensler April I 200 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.04) Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Rentom WA JOB ciosli,ou 'r FORM 1, Electrical Inspector's Final Acceptance: Copy of certificate.attached. rrrt Transmitted previously to Name Date 2. Fire Marshall's Final Acceptance of Fire Alarrn System: Copy of certificate attached, Transmitted previously to Name Date A -Built Drawings: Attached s Transmitted previously to Name Date 4. 0&M Manuals: Attached Transtrutted previously to Name Date 5. Testing and Owner Training: Copy of written certification attached. Transmitted previously to Narne Date 6. The work is complete in accordance with the contract docun-&nts and autbori7ed changes except for the following{attach a separate sheet if necessary). Electrical Contractor TDate tl General Contractor Date END OF SECTION 16010 ELEC*TRIC-AL GENERAL PROVISIONS R-1010- 10 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building $2 $�.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiff"any.Park, Renton, WA SECTION 16110-RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS PART I - GENERAL aw 1.1. SCOPE Am A. Provide complete raceway systems as shown on the drawings and/or as required for proper inStallatiOn Of the Various electrical systems being installed under this project. C'ENERAL A. Materials shall be new, free of defects arid arrive at job site unopened in original containers. 1.3 MATERIAL STORAGE A. Make all necessary provisions for storing materials and equipment at site so as to insure the quality and fitness of theiterns to be incorporated in the work-. Equipment shall be stored to prevent darnage and corrosion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAYS A. Rigid ',Metallic Conduit. Zinc-coated steel with full threaded connections as manufactured by Allied,Western or,approved equal, B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (ENITI): Zinc-coated steel as manufactured by Allied. Wcs.tern or approved equal. C. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Rigid PVC, Schedule 40, UL listed ['of direct burial or concrete encasement. Carton or Western. D. Flexible Metallic Conduit: Galvanized steel, securely interlocked as man&Mftired by Actne, Electri-Flex,National or approved equal, E. Liquidtight Flexible Metallic conduit: Galvanized steel. interlocked. with integral ground conductor and PVC equal. .jacket overall. Anaconda "Sealtite," "Electri-Flex.." "Liquitite" or approved 2.2 FlrrINGS A. Rigid Metallic Conduit-, I. Couplings, Threaded tnetallic type of the sarne. material as the conduit. T & 13, Steel City, O-Z/Gedney,Appleton or approved equal. RACEWAYS AND Frrnmrs 161,10- 1 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 321 5086.(X-)(J Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton- WA I Locknuts: Steel up to 2 inches, malleable iron for 22-1/2 inches and larger. T & B, Appleton, O-Z/Gedney or approved equal. 1 Bushings: Bakelite or plastic up to 2 inches, malleable iron %vith insulating 1" collar for 2- 40 V2 inches and larger. T &B. Appleton,O-Z/Gedney or approved equal. 4. L,,nion. Alpling. T & B, Applelom 0- .s: Zinc plated malleable iron. 3 piece conduit Ck ZJCTedney or approved equal. Running threads are flotacceptable. 5. Flush Floor Coupling- Rigid conduit with coupling set flush with finished floor. B. Electrical kictallic Tubing (G)t ,r): Fittings shrill be steel setscrew type; 1 114" and sniallat shall have one setscrew on each side of the coupling, and I l/a` and larger shall be provided with dual setscrews on each side of the coupling. Cast metal will not be accepted. Manufacture: T & B, Appleton,0-7-JGedtiev.Steel City or approved equal. C. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Slip-on, nonthreaded type of same material as conduit, ,Manufacture- Same as conduit manufacturer, 13 Flexible Metallic Conduit: Steel, one- or two-screw clamp type. T & B. Appleton, 0- ZJGednev. Steel City(it approved equal, E. Liquidtight Flexible Metallic Conduit- Galvanized steel, compression type. T & B, Appleton, O-Z/Gedney, Steel City or approved equal. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall review all drawings, details and elevations and coordinate with tile Architect prior to rough-in, all installations of wiring devices and equipment. Where equipment is furnished by others. the Contractor shall ascertain the proper voltage, load and connection requirements prior to rough-in, 3.2 MATERIALS A. All mater4ils of a specific type shall bc provided by the same manufacturer throughout the project. These products shall be identical to those submitted for review. 3.3 RACEWAY INSTALLATION if i A. Raceway Types: Install raceway types and sizes as listed below: 96 I. Rigid Steel: In concrete, masonry, exposed exteriors and exposed interiors where subject to physical damage and as required by code enforcing agencies. I EMT: Interior use only. May be used for feeders with integral green ground conductor, 1 Flexible Non-Jacketed Conduit: Recessed fixture connections, interior concealed equipment connections, expansion and seismic joints and sound control. Not to be used for exposed installations within the building. 4. Flexible Jacketed Conduit: Exterior equipment connections and exposed installation within the building. RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS 1.6110 -2 Gensler April 14,2(X,16 Tiffany Activity Building 32-5080,000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park.Renton, WA 5, PVC Conduit. Exterior underground installations; direct buried for lighting raceways. 90' elbows to be rigid galvanized steel. Service raceways are to be concrete encased. Underground feeders; concrete encased with rigid steel conduit elt-x)ws. 6. Minimum size 112-inch. Home runs, underground and underslab, shall be 314-inch minimurn, See referenced Signal and Cornniunications specification sections for raceways associated with these systems. B, Installation- 1. Planning. The layout of all raceways shall be carefully planned by, the Contractor to ensure an installation which is neatly done and workmanlike. Ally work showing improper care in planning will be ordered removed by the Architect, and shall be replaced in a.neat and.proper manner, without any additional cost to the Owner. 7. ,Iment: All raceways shall be coticcaied in finished areas unless approved Concea otherwise by the Architect. Where existing wall. surfaces are inaccessible, surface metal raceways, for these exceptions may be provided when approved. Raceways may be surface mounted in unfinished equipment spaces such as mechanical morns, electrical rooms, elevator rnachine rooms, and attic spaces. 3. Cutting and Bending: Raceways shall have smooth interior,ends cut square and rearned. Bends shall be carefully made to avoid injuring or flattening raceways (no "Ifickey" bends), 4, Exposed Raceway,,,: Install exposed raceways as high as possible, above ductwork, parallel or at right angles to building lines. 5. Expansion and Earthquake Joints, a, Raceways shall not he installed in concrete slab or wall construction when passing through an expansion or earthquake joint. Ow b. Raceways shall be installed in furred or suspended ceiling spaces with a minimum of 36 inches of flexible conduit crossing the expansion or earthquake Joints. Secure raceways each side of joint. 6. Routing: All raceways shall be installed parallel or at right angles to tile building construction unless prohibited by a physical obstruction. This applies to all exposed raceways as well as all raceways above suspended ceiling. 7, Raceway Supports. Raceways shall be, supported with heavy-duty, one-hole, pressed steel straps on interior surfaces. Support pendant-mounted raceways on 318-inch rod with pear-shaped hanger or trapeze-type hanger with 318-inch rod Oilimmurri) and 1-518- inch square preformed channel and pipe clamps. Parallel, surface-mounted raceways shall be supported from I-1518-inch square preforilled channel and pipe clamps. All fittings and supports shall be hot-dip galvanized in exterior areas. Preformed channel in areas above suspended ceilings may be standard painted finish. Multiple conduit runs shall be grouped and neatly tacked on trapeze hangers. 8. Anchorage: Anchor to inetal stud structures by means of sheet metal screws or manufactured spring steel clips. Fasten individual raceways supports to structural walls or stabs with steel expansion shells and bolts. Provide flush concrete insert for multiple raceway support system. Fasten to structural steel with heavy-duty beam clamps. Fasten to architectural or masonry walls with toggle bolts or motley screws. 9, Independent Support: Conduits shall not be supported from the ceiling suspension system, ducts. pipes or other systems foreign to the electrical installation, The entire electrical installation shall be kept independent frorn any other trade. 10, Suspended Ceiling: Branch circuit raceways and outlet boxes installed above suspended ceilings may be secured to No. 9 AWG or larger support wires that are independent of the ceiling suspension systern under the following conditions: a. Raceways and cables are not larger than 3.4" tiade size. RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS 16110- 3 vow Gensler April 14,2006 'Fiffany Activity Building .14.5086,000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton. WA b. No inore than two raceways or cables are, supported by a support wire. C. Raceways and cables are, secured 10 the support wires by fittings designed and manufactured for the purpose. d. Tile support wires are securely fastened to the structural ceiling and to the ceiling grid system. e_ The raceways or cables serve equip)TICut that is located eN,itjlijl the ceiling cavity or is mounted on or supported by the ceiling grid systern. L Where not prohibited by the building code officials. 11, Conduit Location' Conduit shall not be run under heavy equipment. footings or other structural elements that might adversely affect the integrity of the raceways system or building footing. All raceways installed above suspended ceilings must be kept a Ininitnum of 6"clear above top of ceiling system. 12. Floor Slabs and Columns: Conduits installed in structural floor slabs shall be coordinated with structural steel and shall be routed to provide a maximum concrete cover. In general, conduit shall not be installed in structural columns, unless special permission is granted by the Architect. or required- by 13. Pultboxes with Covers-. Shall be provided as shown on the drawings as Code. All pullboxes shall be located so as to be accessible, 14, Flexible Conduit: Shall be used only for lighting fixture pigtails in accessible ceilings. flush-mounted speaker pigtails in accessible ceilings. sound control, motor connections and at building expansion joints as specified. Any Other proposed use of flexible conduit must be approved by the Architect's representative, 15. Concrete Encased Conduits. All feeder and service conduit,-, in ground.under or exterior to the building, shall be encased in concrete a minirnutil of 3 inches in thickness, I& Conduit Stubs: Conduit which stub up through the floor shall be installed at such a depth that none of the curved section of the elbow is visible. 17, Seating: All conduit, sleeves. blockouts, or openings around raceway and cable systems that penetrate building walls, floors and ceilings shall be scaled. Sealing materials shall be fire-rated, non-cornbustible type, specifically designed for this type of installation and shall be approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 18. Penetrations: Raceways which pass through building roof, exterior walls of building above or below grade and floor slabs on grade shall be sealed on the interior side of the building using non-hardening sealing compound after all conductors have Iven installed in the raceway. Scaling material shall be specifically designed for electrical wiring systems. 19. Conduit Passing Through Building Roof: Provide a 4 lb. lead plumbing vent flashing with a counterflashing attached above using a galvanized steel clamp, 20. Conduit Penetrating Membranes. All conduits penetrating walls or slabs with membranes shall be installed with approved mernbrane clamping devices in order to provide necessary seat. 21. Exterior Walls: Conduits passing through exterior walls below grade and/or bridging an area which was previously excavated and backfilled shall be rigidly supported by a structurally reinforced concrete duct bank- spanning between the building wait and a bearing surface on undisturbed earth. 22, Cleaning of Raceways: The interior and exterior of all conduits and other raceways shall be thoroughly cleaned of all material. All conduits shall be capped or plugged after installation to ensure that they remain clean. 23. Dissimilar Materials: Keep electrical conduits free from contact with all other piping runs of different systems or of dissimilar metals. A END OF SE(7HON 16110 1 44 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS 16110-4 Gensier April 14.2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32,5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park-, Renton,WA SECTION 16 L-10-600-VOLT WIRE AND CABLE PART I - GENERAL 4W I'l SCOPE am A. Provide all wire and cable required for electrical systems b--in,-, installed. aw 1.2 GENERAL Ir A. Materials shall be new free of defects and arrive at job site unopened in original containers, I MATERLAL STORAGE A. Make all necessary provisions for storing materials and equipment at site so as to ensure the quality and fitness of the items to be incorporated in the work. Equipment shall be stored to wrr prevent damage and corrosion. PART2 -PRODUCTS 4V 2.1 "SEDERS A. Type TIJI-IN/THWN 600-volt insulation,copper conductor, stranded. 2.2 BRAINCE CIRCLTITS A. Type THHN or TMNIN.6(X)-volt insulation.copper conductor, 13. Minimum size shall be No. 12 AWG unless noted otherwise. %V C. Control circuits and wiring No. 8 AWG and larger to be stranded conductors; No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. 00 2.3 MANUFACTURER Am A. An-K-rican Insulated Wire Corp, General Cable,or approved equal. 2.4 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES ift A. Provide insulated screw-on type connectors on fighting and receptacle branch circuit splices. Ideal winimut char equal. Self-stripping crimp-pressure-type connectors such as Scotchlock >(.X) Map 600-VOLT NVIRE AND CABLE 16120-- 1 ow Gens 1 er April 14,2006 Tirfany Activity Building 32.508&000 Issued far Construction Tiffany Park., Renton, WA Series are not approved. Insulated ring-tongue compression type terminals (Burndy or T & B) for motor and equipi-nent terminations; hydraulically set compression lugs for terminations at panel and switchboard busses; Cadweld exothermic type for grounding systems-, crimp pin ten-ninals (Panduit P series) for set screw strips, 15 SIGNAL AND CON11INJUINICATIONS WIRIS?G A. All si,ial and communications vicing is included in the appropriate signal and cone-nun icat ions system specification sections. CABLE TIES A. shall be Thomas & Betts "Ty-Rap." Provide in switchboards, wireways, parielboards, relay panels and other enclosures to neatly group and lace electrical conductors. 2.7 WIRE PLJLLLN, (;COMPOUIND A. Manufacturer Ideal "Yellow 77"or approved equal. PART 3 -EXECLTTJON 11 BR.ANCH CIRCIJITS A. Branch circuits shall be No. 12 AWG minimum, color-coded as listed be-low. Homeruns greater than 7i Feet to first outlet shall be. No. 10 minimum. Use no mechanical means for pulling wires, no lubricant except Ideal Yellow 77 or approved substitute. Make no splices in home runs. Wiring ,,, from separate raceway systems shall not be intermixed it, common junction boxes. Wiring shown in separate raceway systems shall not be combined unless specifically permitted by the Architect's representative, 3.2 FEEDERS A. Feeders shall be sized as shown on the drawings and color-coded in accordance with list below. Make no splices unless shown oil the plans or specifically approved by the Architect's representative. 3.3 COLOR CODING REQUIREMENTS X New Partelboards and Existing East Building Parielboards: L 120/240-Volt,Single-Phase, 3-Wire Systems: Phase A Black Phase B Red Neutral White, Ground Green 600-VOLT WIRE AND CABLE 16120-2 Now Gensler April 14,201)0 'Fiffany Activity Building .%.• 0 ' 6.0(X) Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 58 Travelers Yellow (for 3-and 4-w-ay switching) Controls Black with wire numbers on each conductor. B. Color-coded tape may be used in lieu of color-c(>ded insulation for conductors No. ()AW('T and 4W larger. However. when color-ceded tape is used, the conductor iDS1,11,16011 shall bc- black only, and shall be taped at all termination i and junction boxes with color scherne shown above for entire length of exposed conductor. Ali control wiring shall be black with wire numbers on each conductor tit cacti termination point. Wiring Diagrams shall have corresponding wire YAW numbers indicated thereon. rt C. Color coding shall be approved by the Inspecting Authority, 3.4 SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS w. A. Lighting and receptacle branch circuit conductors up to No. 10 AWG shall be spliced with Win(,,, Nut type connectors. Motor connections using wiring No. 8 AWG and larger shall be made with crimp-type sleeves or lugs insulated with two half-laps of rubtv. ,,r tape and two half laps of Scotch 33 or equal plastic tape. Terminations of'No. 1.0 AWG and smaller conductors to terminal Strips such as neutral and ground terminal strips in panelboards)shall be made with crimp pin terminal-,. wia 3.5 PI-LASE BALANCING A. Contractor shall check load on cacti phase at each panel and service equipment and shall make the necessary circuit adjustment to ensure proper balance of](-)ad on all phases. 3.0 HOME RUNS Wo Branch circuit conductors shall be home run to panelboards in groupings as shown on the draavvrings. Combining branch circuit home run conductor.-, in sitio, e conduits other than that shown, will not A" permitted. Such installations will be ordered removed and installed in conformance with the drawings. AW END OF SECTION 16120 No 4 • an "W 600-VOLT WIRE ANN)CABLE 16120- 3 am >,� a i aw Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.(X)() Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA AW SECTION - .16130-ot-j'aET,JUNC-TION AND PULL BOXES WW PART I -GENERAL AW 1.1 SCOPE am A. Provide all outlet, junction and pull boxes required for proper installation of electrical equipment being installed under this work. aw 1.2 GENERAL ow A. Materials shall be new, free cat'defects. and arrive at job site unopened in original containers, 1.3 MATEWAL STORAGE up A. Make all necessary provisions for storing materials and equipment at sit-, so as to. ensure the quality and fitness of the items to he incorporated in the work. Equipment shall be stored to we prevent damage and corrosion. aw 1.4 COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall review all drawings, details and elevations and coordinate with the Architect and equiptrient supplier prior to 1•00911-in, all installations of wiring devices and equipment. Where equipment is furnished by others, the Conti-actor shall ascertain the proper voltage, load and connection.requirerrients prior to rough-in. PART 2 - PRODUCT I OUTLETAND DEVICE BOXES A. Interior Surface-Mounted in Unfinished Areas.- One-piece pressed steel, electro-galvanized, size and depth required by Code, except 4-inch square or 4-inch octagonal minimum, Appleton, Steel City, Raco. 13. Interior Flush-Mounted. Same, as above except provide plaster ring extension to finished Surface. C. Interior Surface-Mounted, Finished Areas- Wire mold No. 57W Series sized to fit standard wiring device,covers specified below. D. Exterior Mounted: Cast, non-ferrous metal with threaded hubs required, cast asketed covers. Manufacturers as listed above. 9 E. Sizes: MininItIn't SiZC Of Outlet and device boxes shall be as follcnvs: OUTLET,JLrN(.,TION AND PULL BOXES 16130 - 1 Gensler April l4,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086,000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton,WA I Power. 4" square x 1/8" deep. Tel/Data/Signal &Corturiff V: 4 11/16" square x 2 118"deep, See Section 16740, Fire, Alarm. 5" squares 27/8" deep. See Section 16720. 10 2.2 J UN MON AIND.Ptill BOXES A. Interior Areas: Steel, screw cover. Code gauge and size, baked enamel finish. Circle AW, Square D, or equal. B. Exterior: Cast, non-ferrous nietal With cast, gasketed covers; or sheet steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, no KO's, with gasketed screw cover. Crouse-11inds, Killark `ircle AW, or equal. 2.3 FITTINGS A. Junction boxes or etbokvs may be cast conduit fittings at Contractor's option. Provide one size larger than raceway for feeders, - "mogul-type." Openings accessible at all units. Exterior areas to be Cast ahnninUM With gasketed non-ferrous covers, Manufacturer: Crouse-Hinds, Killark, Appleton.. Pyle:-National, PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Boxes shall t, supported supported securely and independently, Mount boxes on building surfaces or support with trapeze hanger its described in Race-way Installation. .Junction boxes shall not be used unless the number of bends, pulling length. or Circuit requirements necessitate their installation. Junction or pullbox openings must be accessible. All boxes must be supported independently of any other building system. 3.2 DEVICE BOXES A. Outlet and device boxes inounted in stud walls, shall be attached to two adjacent wall studs using blocking material behind the box to ensure that the box will remain square to the finished wall surface, B. Outlet and device boxes mounted in nwonry walls shall be set at the bottoin or top of a All masonry unit course. C. Plaster rings shall be provided for all devices in walls with finished materials such as gypsurn wallboard, plaster, etc, Plaster ring shall extend outlet box to within 1/8-inch of finished wall surface including all wall coverings. Coordinate with Architectural finishes prior to rough-in. D. Exterior Wall Outlets: Conduit shall not enter the bottom of exterior wall outlet boxes. Conduit shall enter the sides and top only, OUTLET, JUNCTION AND Pl..JLI,BOXES 16130 -2 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 315086�000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA E. Multiple Gang Outlet: Install two or more wirin2 devices shown in one location tinder a common plate except when outlets are of a different voltages such as telephone and duplex receptacles. 0 Install plates with all edges in continuous contact with finished wall surfaces. Install plates vertically with alignment tolerance of 1116-inch. Sectional plates are not pen-nitted. No more than one device shall lam. installed in a single-gang position. F. Device Lcucations: Locate switches 6 inches from door casing unless otherwise shown, Outj,- Z ,ts t-nountod above one another shall be on the same centerline. Coordinate exact locations of any special devices with Architect. All outlet heights must comply with all handicap accessibility requirements. Heights to center of outlet mounted vertically shall he as follow; unless otherwise shown: G. Convenience Outlets Y6" 1. Above Counter Outlets e'eril'y height. Minimum clearance one inch above backsplash or counter as applicable. Switches 4'0*' 3. Electric Water Coolers Conceal outlet. behind equipment housing. 3.3 BLANK COVER A. Provide blank covers or plates over all boxes that do not contain devices or are not part of an equipment connection. 34 LABELING A. All junction and pull boxes in accessible ceiling spaces and exposed in unfinished areas shall r. t)w-- identified to indicate the branch circuit numbers, feeders, or sigmal and communication system contained within. Use pemianent label in exposed installation; felt tip marker pen in locations above ceilings. Fire Alarm System shall be red color. Refer to Section 16700 for requirements pertaining to Signal and Communication System. 3.5 JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES A. Pull and junction boxes shall be installed as shown or as necessary to facilitate pulling of wire and to limit the number of bends within code requirements. Boxes shall be permanently accessible and shall be placed only at locations approved by the chitect. specified elsewhere in this section. Ar Label all boxes as 3.6 SOUND CONTROL A. General: The installation of outlet boxes and conduit shall utilize installation methods which n1initnize sound transmission from one rmnn to adjacent roorns or areas. r. OUTLET,JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 16130-3 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity, Building 32.5086.(H)O Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA B. installation: Where boxes are mounted in it common wall, they shall wherever possible, be offset horizontally so that they are not mounted back to back. Connect offset boxes with flexible conduit not to exceed 18 inches in length. Where it is not practical to offset boxes, with permission they may be mounted back to back with a minimum clearance Of 114-inch between boxes and with a sheet of high-density fiberglass between boxes, Connect boxes with flexible conduit. Do not nipple boxes mounted back to back.. END OF SECTION 16130 di ti T, OUTLET,JI.JN(—I*ION AND PULL BOXES 16130-4 Gensler April '14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 86 32.50 .000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Re'nton, WA SECTION 16140-WIRING DEVICES aw PART I - GENERAL I'l SCOPE ow A. Provide a, 11 wiring devices complete with device plates shown on the drawings or specified M within the specifications. Im 1.2 GENERAL fm A. Materials shall be new.free of defects and arrive at job site unopened in original containers. 1.3 MATERIAL STORAGE aw A- Make all necessary provisions for storing materials and equipment at site so as to ensure Z�' ensure quality and fitness of the itetris to be incorporated in the work. Equipment shall be stored to prevent damage and corrosion. MW 1.4 COLOR OF SWITCH HANDLES AND.l FACES A. Color shall. in general, be ivory. Other colors may be required in specific areas to match 'AW special wall covering as directed by Architect- PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Heavy-duty specification-grade devices as manufactured by f-lubbett, Slater, P&S, or]-,eviwn. Catalog, numbers refer to Hubbell. 2.2 SWITCIIES A. Single-Pole: 1-0 ampere. 1201277 volt,Hubbell No. 1221 Series, B. Three-Way: 20 anipere, 120/277 volt,Hubbell No. 1223 Series. C. Provide key operators for locking type switches. MW D. Switches with pilot lights shall be an integral unit whereby,the switch handle illuminates when turned oil, 2.3 ULTRASONIC OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Shall be UL listed, ivory color,ceiling mounted,adjustable sensitivity,and adjustable time delay from 15 seconds to 15 minutes on bypass,24-volt DC operation and three-year warranty. Manufacturer: WattStopper No. 1000A or approved equal. B. DC power supply shall be UL listed power pack with contact closure relay in one package. 100 mA at 24-volt DC. Manufacturer: Watt Stopper-Power Pack or approved equal, rr WIRING DEVICES 16140- 1 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32-5086,000 Is sued fear r Construction Tiffany Pai k,Renton, WA 2.4 DAYLIGHT LEVEL SENSORS A. Provide daylight level sensor that alltortiatically turns lighting on and off based on daylight I that closes upon sensing preset daylight level within the levels, Provide isolated relaY OMPU roolij. Manufacturer: WatiStopper Light�aver LS-100 or approved equal, 2.5 RECITTACLES A. Specification-Grade Receptacles: r t� - NEMA 'I'ype 5- .)uplex: Heavy-duty� 15 ampere.. 115 volt. 2 pole, 3-wire grounding, I-SR. Hubbell No. 1-11315262 series, Dedicated, Reavy-duty, 20 arnpere. 125 volt, 2 pole,3-wire grounding.NEMA Type 5- tllii '70R� Hubbell No. F[13[.5362 series. B. Ground Fault Interruption Recepta.-les,(GFI): 1, Spe.cification-Grade: Heavy-duty. 15 arnpere. 125 volt, Class A, 5-1-nilliarripere sensitivity, standard or feed-through model and as shown on the drawings. Hubbell No- GF 5262. Dedicated receptacles shall be 2,0 ampere, 1215 volt. Hubbell GF5362. C. Weatherproof Receptacles; Suitable for US W with duplex.O'K71.gro undi fig type receptacles Provide with a faceplate gasket and hinged in-use type -resistant.metal cover that. .pe corrosion provides full weather protection when a cord is plugged into the receptacle. D. Special Receptacles: For other special receptacles,see drawings. tllllt E. Cord Caps-. Cord caps on all cards shall be plastic insulated type. 2.6 DEVICE.,PLATES A. Finished areas,surface or flush-mounted. P&S/Sierra Satin 302 stainless steel or approved equal. Special finish plates shall be provided to match special pancled,walls as directed by the Architect. B. Surface-Mounted Devices, Unfinished Areas: 4/S raised steel. C. Plates with Engraving: Provide black-laser engraving for the following: I Special receptacles other than 15 or 20 ampere. 1,20 volt. Engrave arnpere rating, voltage and phase, 2 Lighting Controls: Engrave area identification of eacti switch where four or inore switches are grouped at a coinnic-ni location. 3, Receptacles: Engrave panelboa•d and circuit number on the device plate of every irk receptacle. D- Blank, Bushed or Special Outlet Plates: Provide for all signal and communications systerns, outlets as required. WIRING DEVICES 1,6140 - 21 to 41W Gensler April 14,7006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install two or more Wiring devices shown in one location under a common plate except when outlets are of a different voltages such as telephone and duplex receptacles. Install plates with *W all edges in continuous contact. with Finished wall surfaces. Install plates vertically with alignment tolerance of 1/16 inch. Sectional plates are not permitted. No more than one device shall he installed in a sin position. rr 3.2 WIRING A. Branch circuit conductors shall be tertninated either in side of or in back of specification-grade devices with screw clamped terminations. Spring-type pressure connections not approved. Wiring devices are not to be used for maintaining circuit continuity, END OF SECTION 16140 MW UN aw as WW WIRING DEVICES 16140- 3 MW aw Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.50860Y.) Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA wo SECTION` 16146 -EXTERIOR LIGHT!NO CONTROL aw PART I -GENTR.Al- 1.1 SCOPF A. Provide all equipment and wiring for automatically and manually controlling the exterior lighting. L2 GENERAL A. Materials shall be new, free of defects and arrive at job site unopened in original containers, up MATERJAL STORAGE A. Make all necessary provision-, for storing materials and equipment at site sc7 as to ensure the Im quality and fitness of [tic items to he incorporated in the work. Equipment shall be stored to prevent damage and corrosion. Mr 1.4 OPERATION A. Shall be such that exterior lighting, will Iv. turned on automatically by the photoelectric cell at Ow dusk and turned off again at dawn, based oil a preset illumination leve'l or by a time switch. A hand-off-auto vatic: switch will bypass the Photoelectric cell and time switch control and provide means of manually turning lighting on or off, or allow automatic control by up Photoelectric cell and finw,switch. PAJZT-2 - PRODUCTS so 2.1 TIME SWITCH 00 A. Programmable electronic modular time switch with seven-day, 56-event module, LCD display and a 10-hou.r minimum battery powered carryovcr module, BRK Model TL700, 7-day. "W Provide one for each zone. MW 22 PHOTOELECTRIC CELL A. Unit shall he provided with all mounting accessoric-s. Mount on rigid conduit and orient face toward the north, Adjust controls for proper settinat, SPST, 120-volt, Tork Tirne Controls. Inc., No. 21(X)or Paragon, EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL 16146- I aw Gens I ar April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086-000 Issued "or Construction Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 2.3 RELAYS A. Shall be mechanically held, electrically operated, with coil clearing contacts and designed to withstand lamp load in-rush currents. 120/208-volt with amperage and number of poles as required to accommodate load being served. Square D, Class 8903 or BRK modular switch blocks, Model TC Series. 2.4 IN DES' A. Provide a typewritten index indicating what circuit each relay is connected to, area served and which control circuit controls relay, Locate index at relay cabinet and controller. 15 HAND-OFF-AUTOMA714 SWITCHES A. Provide in order to select manual or automatic control of exterior fighting and to turn lighting off. Provide engraved nameplates. Square D. Class 90th. One required for each zone. OFF DELAY TIMER A. Provide an off delay timer for each h-o-a switch to allow lighting zone to be energiLod for a maximum Of tWO 110LIUS in the "hand" position. Timer has an adjustable range of 1.2 to120 minutes. Manufacturer- Square,D,Class 9050 JCK29. 2.7 CABINETS A. Cabinets with hinged doors shall be used to house all contactors. hand-off-automatic switches., time clocks and accessory equipment used to control exterior lighting. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 TESUNIG AND ADJUSTMENTS A. After completion of the installation, the Contractor shall fully test both automatic and manual functions of[lie system. 13. Contractor shall set ti.ract switch event times as directed by the Owner. 3.2 OWNER INDOCTRINATION A. The Contractor shall thoroughly instruct the Owner in the operation of the systern. END OF SECTION 16146 EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL 16146 -2 omw Gensler April 14,2006 TilTany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA SECTION - 16180 -MOTOR CONTROLS AND EQUTIPMENT CONNECTIONS PART I - CrENERINI, aw L I MOTOR CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Im A. Scope: Provide all fine Voltage wiring and connections to equipment and triotors as oil the plans, diagrams or specified herein, Prior to rough-in Contractor shall obtain all necessary electrical and physical information from the trade providing the equipt-nent and adjust installation requirements as necessary for a complete and operable system. B. Motor Controls, Separately Mounted.- Provide separately mounted motor starting equipment as shown or noted. Coordinate location and interlocking with Temperature. Controls Contractor, Verify motor horsepo,�ver size or full-load amperage prior to ordering overload heaters.and size units in accordance with the National Electrical Code. 1.2 OWNER-FLIRNISHED EQLqPMENT A. Provide complete electrical service and connection 10 all Owner-furnished equipment as shown on the drawings or herein specified, unless indicated otherwise. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2,1 MOTOR CONTROLS A. Manual Starters: Toggle type, with overload protection, NEMA I enclosure. OF CR 101 series.Square D Class 75 1()or(..'ul ter-Hanimer. B. Magnetic Starters: Full voltage, non-reversing, or multi-speed where shown, NEMA I (nlinirnUln), 3-leg overload protection, 120-volt' control. control devices on cover where. indicated, control transformer. 7-N-0. and 2-N.C_ auxiliary contacts. G.E. CR206 or Square D ow Class 8536 Series, Each starter shall be equipped with a Hand-Off Auto switch and indicating lights. Square.D Class 8430 MPS, C. Combination Starters: Full voltage, non-reversing as specified above with integral fused "' disconnect, tpl aw PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 ISOLATION un A. All rotating and air handling equipment shall be connected With flexible conduit to provide sound and vibration isolation. aw MOTOR CONTROLS AND EQLTIPMENT CONNEC-1-IONS 16180- 1 aw Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 315086.000 issued for Const-ruction Tiffaity Park,Renton,WA 3.2 TESTIN(j A. After all wiring to each unit is CO'Wlcte: Electrical Contractor shall cooperate with N'le-chanical Contractor in testing equipirient for proper operation and shall Correct WiriDg as required for proper operation. mill END OF SECTION 16180 r. MOTOR CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS 16180 -2 Gensler April 14..2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086,0 00 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park.,Denton, WA SE(`TION 16195 -ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Provide proper identification of all electrical work specified. This shall include but not be limited to the following items: service and distribution equipment, starters. disconnects, cabinets, terminal boxes, device junction boxes. danger signs. and fused switches including fuse size and type. PART 2 -PRODU(.7S 2.1 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. Nameplates shall be engraved in 1/16" thick phenolic letters, a minimum of 311.6" high, as follows: 1. White letters on black background for 120/240-volt equipment. 1 White letters on black background for control and signal equipment and boxes. B. Where applicable, nameplates shall include source panel, fuse size and type, e.g.. disconnects. motor starters,etc, C, Mounting.- Nameplates shall be attached Witt)contact-type permanent self-adhesive, w. 2.2 JUNCTION AND PULL BOX IDENTIFICATION A. Mark the cover of all junction boxes and pull boxes to identify the system, circuits. or feeders contained within the box. Use red color for fire aflan-n. Circuits shall be identified by panelboards and specific circuit numbers contained within the junction box. Refer to specification Sections 16130 and 167(MJ. rr PART - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Clean all surfaces prior to installing I-abels. Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require finish, install identification after completion of painting. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 - 1 Gen.: I er April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Builditig 32,55086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA 3 3.2 REGULATIONS nim, authorities for identification of A. Comply with governing regulations and requests of gover electrical work. 3.3 DANGER AND WARNING SIGNS A. General, In addition to installation of danger signs required by governing regulations and authorities, Contractor shall be responsible for installing appropriate danger signs at locations constituting danger for persons in or about prQject, END OF SECTION' 16195 Wr ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 -2 MW Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086,000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA SECTION- 16400 -SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PARTI - CJENERkL SCOPE A. Provide all material, equipment, labor, tools and Supervision for the secondary distribution system as shown on the drawings and further specified herein. Refer to various sections for specification of specific service and distribution equipi-nent, l,2 GENHRjA.L A. 'N'laterials shall b-I new, free of defects atid arrive at job site unopened in original containers. Wr 1.3 MATERIAL STORAGE A. Make all necessary provisions for,storing materials and equipment at the site so as to ensure the quality and fitness of the items to be incorporated in the work, Equipment shall be stored to prevent damage and corrosion, 1,4 SERVICE A. Scope- It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to contact all utility companies including, but not limited to, the power company, telephone company and cable television company and r. verity the extent of the service work to be perfornied by the Contraclor and by the utilities regardless of what is shown on the drawings in order to provide a complete electrical service. Portions of the service shall be provided by the Electrical Contractor and part by the serving utilities, B. Service Charge: The Contractor shall obtain and include it) his bid the cost of titility service charges and perntits. If no price is available at the time of bid, the Contractor shall add a reasonable allowance and identify it on the bid form. Failure to identify an allowance shall mean that the bid includes the cost of utility service, L5 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTIONE-QUIPMENT A. Scope: Provide the equipment for the various secondary voltage distribution systems including ow panelboard equipwnt, motor control equipment, circuit breakers and all miscellaneous equipment. 13, Type: The distribution equipment shall provide a quality system with the highest degree of safety, protection. and integrity, SERVICE AND DISTRJBUTION 164(X')- I Gensler April 114.20W Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086,000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton. WA C. Space for Future Circuit Breal ers and Fused Switches: Provide as indicated on draw'ings'. shall be completely equipped for the future addition of circuit.breaker or fused switch, including all connections. Each panelboard section shall be fully bussed with spaces available the entire height of the equipment. D. Finish: Finish of all distribution equipment and other associated equipment shall match and unless specified otherwise shall be manufacturer's standard light gray. E. Phasing: Phase arrangement for all bussing and terminations in panelboards shall be as follows C17 when viewed from the front: Phase A Front Left Top Phase B Rear Right Bottom F. Lugs for panelboards. transforrners and other distribution equipment -connections shall be a hydraulically set compression lags, Square "D" Type VCEL or approved equal. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES A11111ROVAL UNDERWRITERS A. All electrical equipment shall bear Underwriter's Laboratories hic. label wherever published standards exist, Compliance with UL standards only is not acceptable. PART 21 -PRODUCTS J 2.1 GENERAL A. Refer to various sections of this specification for specifications of specific set-vice and distribution equipment. 12 MANUFA(TURER 1. A. In order to maintain close control and coordinate the various components of the distribution systems. the number of manufacturers shall be kept to a mininium. All equipment shall be provided by the same manufacturer. Equipment specified shall be Square D. General Electric or Cutler-Hammer. Dimensions are critical. Each manufacturer shall verify that the equipment proposed will fit within the spaces provided with adequate working clearances and allowance for future expansion. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Equipment: Install all equipment in accordance with manufacture's,recommendations. SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 16400-21 M. Gensler April. 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton,'OVA w 3.2 CONDUCTORS aw A. All conductors shall he neatly installed and secured to enclosure with tie-wraps or similar means. .. END OF SECTION 16400 aw ,0 1W IM .r aw SERVICE- AND DTSTRIBUTION 16400- 3 Cons 1er April 14,2006 Tiffany ActiNity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION - 16440- DISCONNE(I'SWITCHES PART I -SCOPE ow A. Provide disconnects at all motors and other equipment items unless the equipment has jj self- contained,code-approved disconnecting method. Equipment disconnects shall lx. fused or non- fused as required by the equipment manufacturer. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 111 A.NLJFA(.7T URER A. Square D. General Electric or Culler-Harnmer. ".2 SWITCHES A.. Shall have enclosure suitable for the environment they are mounted in. low NANTEPLATES A. Provide engraved phenolic nameplates, pe n-nanently attac lied. SUNTGLE-PHASE MOTOR A. Provide toggle type, 20-arnp. 120-volt rating;, spoxi fi cation grade. For motors 1/3 HP or less, 'p - "I under 250 volt, single-phase. 2.5 EQUIPMENT DISCONNECTS A. Shall be fused or non-fused as required by the equipment manufacturer, rated at 125% of full load nameplate amperage or rated horsepower,heavy-duty type. PART 3 - I-SEXECT-TrION 3.1 LOCATION A. Location of all disconnects shall conform to code requirements and as required to allow proper access to the equipment being served. DISCONNECT WITCHES 16440- 1 Gensler April .14,2006{ Tiffany Activity Building 32.50$6.()00 issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 3.2 SUPPORT A. Securely mounted to separate structural support. Support shall be galvanized finish in all exterior locations. Disconnects supported only by raceways will not be acceptable. I�Iaxirnurn height of 60" above floor,4'0" abode roof. EllTU OF SECTION 16440 illy 4.. DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16440-2 � Gansler April l4,X106 Tiffany Activity Building 32.508600 Issued fOr Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA SECTION 16-44-2 -FUSES PART I -GENERAL L I SCOPE A. Provide all fuses shown on drawings and specified herein to include spare fuses mounted in a new fuse cabinet, 1.2 GENERAL A. Materials shall he nee .free ol'defects and arrive at job site unopened in original containers. 1.3 MATERIAL STORAGE A. Make all necessary provisions for storing materials and equipment at site so as to ensure the quality and fitness of the items to be incorporated in the wort . Equipment shall be stored to prevent damage and corrosion. 1.4 DESCRIPTION A. Provide fuses as indicated on the drawings, sized per NEC, and as required for a fully operational system. B. All fuses shall he of the same manufacture. C. All fuses shall be installed by the Electrical Contractor at job site and only when equipment is to tx-,energized. Fuses shall not he installed during shipment. PART 2-PRODUCTS WN 2.1 FUSES A. Provide 200,0(1{) AIC,current limiting,I. tirne delay fuses. B. For motor circuit 600 volts and below: Class RK-1 and Class J sized at 125% FIX of motor. w. C. Manufacturer: Bussman,Littlefuse, Gould Shawnrut. FUSES 164,42 - 1 Gensler April 14,2006 riffany Activity Building 321.5086 J.)00 Issued for Constniction Tiffany Park. Renton, WA mi PART 3 - EXECUTION 3. SPARE FUSES A. At the completion of the project, provide one complete set of spare fuses (three fuses to a set) for each size and type shown- 111-stall in the fuse cabinet. Any spare fuses utilized during testing must be replaced in order to leave the Owner a complete set of spare fuses at completion of the project. END OF SECTION 16447 k. FUSES 16442-2 Gensler April 14,,2006 Tiffany Activity Building ')31 -.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton.WA SECTION- 16450-GROUNMING PART I -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Provide power 'rounding systern and equipment grounding system in accordance with the applicable and nd ordinances and as further defined on the plans, E2 GROUND CONTINUITY A. Provide through the entire electrical systern, A separate green equipment grounding conductor shall be,provided in all feeders, all PVC raceways and flexible conduit connections, A separate green equipment grounding conductor shall be provided it) all branch circuits, 1.3 BONDING A. Insulated grounding bushings shall be installed to bond all feeder conduits to the switchboard ground bus or panel ,round bus at both ends of feeder raceways. bisulated grounding bushings shall he installed to bond all feeder conduits to the ground bus or panel enclosures at both ends of the runs. Junipers or bonds shall tie provided in accordance with requirements of' the National Electrical Code but shall not be smaller than No. 6 AWO copper. 1.4 GROUNDING aw A. The neutral bus in each panelboard shall be isolated from ground, The neutral shall be grounded only at a single point at the main switchboard or at separately derived system transformers, L5 SIZX OF GROUND WIRE MW A. In all cases, shall not be less than that required under National Electrical Code requirements. aw 1.6 RECEPTACLE GROLINDrNG A. Connect the ground terminal of all receptacles by utilizing a separate grounding conductor between the receptacle - grounding screvv and the round conductor provided in the branch circuit. Integral mounting straps within the receptacle connected to the device mounting, straps are not approved as a grounding method. GROUNDING 16450 - 1 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32,5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 1-7 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT GROIJNDING A. Provide a separate groundinr, conductor in all flexibIc conduit runs including watertight flexible conduit with integral grounding straps. install ground conductor inside conduit with ungrounded conductors. PART 2 -PRODUICTS GROUND C0N1DU(7TOR.S A. Copper conductors in accordance with Section 16120. —LANIPS GROUND C A. Dual clamp, Burridy "GAR" type. Size to suit installation requirements. 23 [NISULATED GROUND BUSHINGS A. Malleable iron with insulated ring and ground clamp. Steel City or equal. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL TERMINATIONS A. Burnish to bare metal under all grounding and bonding terminations to assure good &,round continuity. Terminations are to be attached with sepi*.trat.e screw and nut. When more than one termination is required, provide a separate ground terminal strip. 3.2 DEVICE OUTTLETBOX A. Provide separate grounding conductor between the outlet box containing the device and the branch circuit grounding conductor. END OF SECTION 16450 GROUNDING 16,450-2 Gens'Ler April 14,2t.9)6 Tiffanv Activity Building 32.5086.0 00 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, 2W SECTION- 16470- PA NEL 13OARDS 1A SCOPE A. Provide all panelboard equipment, G TERAL EN A. Materials shall be neA,. free;of defect&and arrive at Job site unopened in original containers. 1.3 MATERLAL STORAGE A. Make all necessary provisions-, for staring 111ateri Is and equipment at site so as to ensure the quality and fitness of the iterns to he incorporated in the work, Equipment shall be stored to prevent da.mage and corrosion. PART 2 -PRODUICTS MW 2.1 NIANUFAMIRER A. Square D. General Electric Or Cutler-Hammer. 120/2,40-VOLT PANELS aw A. 120/240-volt, single-phase,. 3-wire. Manufacture shall be Square D Type NQOD or approved equal. Provide 13011-011 circuit breakers and spaces as indicated on the drawings, Minimum cabinet size: 20 inches wide x 5-3/4 inches deep. Circuit breakers -,hall have a minimum AW temperature rating of 75°C and a minin num interrupting rating of 10AX.)amperes symmetrical. 2.3 BUSSING A� Panelboard bussing shall be copper. Lugs for panelboaids shall be, hydraulically-set compression lugs. T& B or Square D Type VCEL. 2.4 N1 UIMPLE-POLE BREAKERS VW A. Shall have common trip with single handle. PANELBOARDS 16470 - 1 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany ActiNrity Building 32.5096.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 2.5 BREAKER LOCK OFF DEVICES A, Lock-off device shall mount on breaker handle to allow pad locking breaker in off position. Provide for breakers noted on drawings. 2.6 PANELBOARID CIRCUIT NUMBERING A. Odd numbers on left side of panel, even numbers on right. 2.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Provide nameplates to identity all cabinets and index cards to identify each circuit in the parielboards. 1. Panel designations shall be laminated phenolic plastic with while letters. Provide red background. Locate on front of panel door for all surface mounted panels and concealed behind door(in all recessed panels. Second-narneplate h-wated Oil inside of panel door shall indicate location of service serving panelboard. Refer to Section 16195. Circuit indexes shall be typewritten and identify locations using the Owner's room numbers. Indexes are to be located on the inside ofeach panel door in the space provided. GROUND BtJS A. Provide one in each panelboard for ternainating branch circuit ground conductors and feeder ground conductors. Multiple ground busses utilizing parielboard enclosures for continuivy, will not be accepted. Burnish area where ground connection is made to panelboard enclosure. Ground busses in multiple section panels shall be interconnected with a code-size insulated copper ground conductor. 2.9 SPACE ONLY A. Means that complete,provisions have been made so that only the adding and connection of the circuit breaker will complete the installation. 110 PANELBOARD TEMPERAWRE RATING A. All parielboards shall.be marked.suitable for use with conductors rated 75°C. 2.11 CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS AT CIRCUIT BREAKERS A, No rnore than one conductor shall he terminated under a single-circuit breaker terminal, PANELBOARDS 16470-2 �erls!Ler April 14,2006 Tiffaity Activiky Building 3 2.5 086 000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park-,Renton, WA 2.12 CABINETS A. Provide a cabinet with door unless othcr\Nvise indicated for each panelboard. I All panelboards shall be provided with hinged door-within-door consiruction. Opening larger door shall provide access to complete panel Wiring area wilboul having to remove screw mounted dead front trims. 2. Size of cabinets shall be in accordance with National Electrical COdc. inininium size 20 inches wide x 5-314 inches deep, or as sized on drawings, sufficiently large to accommodate all equipment and conduit entering the top and b ottojm No conduit shall enter sides or back. Where, two of more flush-mounted cabinets are installed side-bv- side, they shall be of the satne height. 3- Cabinet front.,; in finished areas shall be fltjsh type, with smooth face and concealed trim clamps and hinges. Finish shall be, ANTS]61 light gray. There shall be no monograms or trade1narks visible on the face of the cabinet, 4. Cabinet doors shall be tight closing Nvithout play when latched. Cabinet doors shall have flushTetractable latch trwhanisms. All cabinets shall be keyed alike, PART 3 -EXECUTION 3,1 MOT-TNTING A. Where. panelboards are to be installed against. plasterboard walls, provide separate support channels secured to blocking between steel studs. Coordinate blocking work with the Gypsum Wallboard Contractor. Panels shall not be secured directly to gypsum wallboard material, Unless noted otherwise,mount top of panel at 6'-0" above finished floor. 3,2 CLEAN-UP A. After construction is complete, vacuum all panel enclosures and provide touch-up paint on -factory finished surfaces. 3.3 SPARE CONDUIT A. Provide four (4) 314-itich spare conduits stubbed into ceiling space frorn each flush-mounted panelboard. 3.4 CONDUCTORS A. Lace all conductors within panelboards utilizing tie-wraps, END OF SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS 16470-3 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 315086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany' Park,Renton, WA SECTION - 16500 - LIGHTING PART I -GENERAL 1.1 OUTLINT, OF WORK A. Furnish and install all lighting fixtures and related accessories as scheduled herein for the portion of the building to have alterations and for new constructior) where indicated and as shown on the drawings. All fixture installations shall be complete with lamps specified. J.'7 RELATED ACCESSORIES A. Provide frarnes, hangers, spacers, stems, aligner canopies, auxiliary Junction boxes and other hardware as required for a complete installation. Recessed fixturcs shall have frames that air compatible with the ceiling systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Prior Approvals: The Electrical Contractor shall submit to the Architect a lighting fixture list: �I Complete with catalog information peitaining to proposed manufacturers not listed in (tic basic product specifications. List shall be submitted not less than 10 days prior to the bid date opening- All additional approved manufacturers will be listed in an addendum prior to the bid opening, B. Fixture Review. Not later than .14 calendar day-, after the electrical contract award date, the Electrical Contractor -shall submit to the Architect for review, a complete. list of fixtures to be furnished. This list shall include catalog cuts, detailed drawing or photographs complete with lighting fixture finishes, wattages and other detailed informatiOn to show compliance with (fie lighting fixture specifications. Provide quantity as specified under Section 16010. "Submittals and Reviews." C. Ordering of Lighting Fixtures: The Electrical Contractor shall order the reviewed lighting fixtures not later than 14 calendar days after the "Reviewed" starnp date. Substitute lighting fixtures ,will not be accepted in lieu of the approved lighting fixtures. L4 LABELS A. Provide UL labels on all new fixtures. Lighting fixtures installed in damp or wet locations in interior or exterior areas shall have lalwl "Suitable for Damp Locations" or "Suitable for Wet Locations." LIGHTING 16500- 1 Gensler April 14.2006 Tirfany Activity.Building 32.5086f)OO issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton. WA go 1.5 MANUFACTURERS'CATALOG NUMBERS to A. Catalog series numbers specified represent the type and style of fixture. The site of fixture shall correspond with the wattage indicated in the. Fi "Fixture Type s" specifications, or the actual length of the fixture as indicated on the electrical drawings. 1.6 LAINNIPS A. Provide each fixture with the number, site and type as required by fixture or indicated on drawings. Manufacture shall be General Electric, Phillips, 0srarn/Sylvania, Venture, or approved equal. All lamps of a specific type are to be of the carne manufacturer. There shall rrli be no perceptible color difference between lamps. vjjjvi.jnutn (M. 1 for fluore4cent lamps shall be 78 and tri-phosphor type. iri 1.7 BALLASTS A. Llectronic Fluorescent Ballasts: Ballasts shall be type required for the number and type of lamps in each case, suitable for parallel rapid start operation. and capable of single- or dual- larnp. operation. All ballasts shall be FlJ)F - JETL and LTI. approved. All fluorescent ballasts, shall operate at 20 klJZ or greater and be Class P thermally protected reset type to meet Section 410-73 (e) of' the National Electrical Code and be CSA certified. Ballast factor for all lamp./ballast combinations shall exceed .90 and have a current crest factor of 1.6 or less for all cases. Ballast shall comply with FCC. requirements under Part 1.8. Class A. All ballasts shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer for a period of three years after installation. Rapid-start ballasts shall be certified to have an "A" sound rating and be capable of one or two lamp operation without component failure. The voltage rating of the ballast shall be, as required by the service voltage. Manufacturer shall be Advance, Magnetek or approved equal. 13. High-Pressure Sodium Ballasts: Shall be high reactance., high power factor below 100 watts. 100 watt lamps and above are to use constant wattage autatransformer type. C Ballast Service Voltage: Electrical contractor shall be responsible for providing a ballast that matches the service voltage being provided to the fixture. 1.8 FIXTURE SUPPORT A. Rangers for Pendant Industrial Fixtures: Fixtures shall be pendant mounted with rigid sterns and swivel canopy unless otherwise specified, Provide seismic restraint wires to adjacent structure to prevent horizontal moveinent. B. Safety Hangers: Provide four No, 12 gauge slack wire safety hangers on diagonal corners of each recessed or surface mounted fluorescent fixture installed ton this project. Secure wires to structure above,independent of ceiling systern. 16500-2 LIGIT17ING April 14,200 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086-000 Issued for Construction Tiffany' Park, Renton,WA aw 1.9 FIXTURE ACCESSORIES am A. Fixture Lenses: All plastic fixture lenses are to be pattern 12,rainimurn )/8-inch thick, and 100 percent virgin in acrylic plastic unless specified otherwise, Manufacture: KSIJ Plastics or approved equal. B. Fixture Hanging and Mounting Accessories: The Electrical Contractor shall provide all necessary hanging or mounting devices for all fixtures and shall be responsible for checking the type needed for various ceiling conditions, Plaster rings shall be provided where required. C, Prewired Splice Boxes: Prewired splice boxes for recessed incandescent or compact fluorescent fixtures shall be 4-inch square or equivalent with a Ininitrium of four 1/2-inch kiuvkouts and shall comply with code-required size for branch circuit wiring. D. Lamp Protection: All lighting fixtures shall utilize either lenses, clear overlays (for use in fluorescent parabolic troffers) or clear plastic sleeves, (for use in industrial fixtures, strip fixtures)to protect individuals frorn possible hazard if lamps shatter. E, Fusing: All fluorescent and H.U.) fixtures shall be furnished with internal in-line fuse holders and type GLR fuse sized in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. 1.10 PROPER LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPES A. Before ordering lighting fixtures. the Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for veri(vin- and coordinating the coifing e 0 g systenis and lighting fixture frame requirements as well as the proper ballast volikare. All fluorescent hinged doors to have beveled alurninum frame with regressed lens design unless specified otherwise. C. Provide 6'0" long x 3/8-inch flexible conduit pigtail and outlet box for each fixture where rZ' installed in accessible suspended ceilings. Connectors shall be steel. Plastic is not acceptable. Lil FLXTUIRE TYPE SYMBOLS A. The fixture type symbols indicated on the drawings are intended to show the type of fixture in that particular room, or general area. Each individual li-11till- fixture shown on the drawings does not necessarily have a fixture type symbol shown adjacent� to it. 1,12 TRADEMARK OR MONOGRANIS A. There shall he no visible trademarks of monograrns on the lighting fixtures. LIGHTING, 165W-3 April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building Gens"er 32,5086,000 issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton,WA 1.1.3 FIXTURE CONTINUrry A. All fluorescent fixtures of the same general category (i.e., I xTs. lx4',,, 2x'-'s, 20's.4x4's)shall be of satire manufacture and series to ensure that all tenses and trims match and are compatible in appearance. 1.14 LOCKING CLIPS A. Electrical Contractor is to providl- and install four locking clips per fixture. for all fluorescent fixtures installed into exposed. T-bar ceiling suspension systems. The locking clip is to be attached to the fixture with a sheetmetal screw or similar and secured to the main or supporting T-bar runner to guarantee a secure installation. 1.15 SURFACE MOUNTED FIXTURES A. Provide surface mounted fluorescent fixtures with UL approval for direct mounting on the various ceilings used. Spacers will not be approved. Where mounted on lay-in ceilings, support fixtures by at least two positive devices which surround the ceiling runnier, and which tire supported from the structure above by a No, 12 gauge wire, Spring clips or clamps that coruiect ouly to the runner are not acceptable. M PART 2 -PRODUCTS FIXTURE TYPES A. Refer to lighting fixture schedule on dravvings. PART 3 -EX.ECLJTION 3.1 Installation of Fixtures A. All fixtures shall be installed exactly level, straight and secure. Ceiling fixtures shall be tight to ceiling. & Contractor shall not install fixture lenses, diffusers, or parabolic louvers OU fixtures until general construction work is complete, including painting. Dirty lenses, diffusers, or louvers hall be removed, washed and rinsed as recommended by fixture manufacturer. 3-12 FIXTURE SUPPORT A. Where fixtures are located so that they cannot be supported by ceiling framing members. the Contractor shall provide additional framing or header bars in ceiling construction as required to support fixtures. Material for fixture support shall match the ceiling framing material. Fixtures shall be secured to floor stab above or roof structure with a proper hanging device such as Iag: LIGHTING 16500-4 Gensler April 14,2(Wk Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany' Park,Renton, WA screw, or lag bolt with lead expansion anchor. cinch anchor or stud to support the fixture plus '7 100 lbs, at each support. Nails, T-bar clamps or sinnilar fasteners are not approved for lighting fixture support, 3.3 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. All pendant-mounted fixtures shall contain horizontal restraints. Provide aircraft cable between fixture housing and adjacent structure in four directions, 34 MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF WALL-ANI)PENDANT-MOUNTED FLXTLJRES A. Mounting heights of pendant-i-nounted fixtures shown (in plans or in specifications shall be to the bottom of the. fixture. Mounting heights of tile wall-mounted fixtures shall be to the center of tile outlet box unless otherwise noted, 3.5 PENDANT-MOUNTED FIXTURES IN CONFLICT WITH DUCTS AND PIPING A. Electrical Contractor shall coordinate the location and mounting heights of the lighting fixtures in n-iechunical roorns with the available space left between the various ducts and piping. Any adverse situation shall be resolved as directed by the Architect. 16 FIXTURE SWITCHING A, Lighting fixtures shall be switched as shown on electrical drawings. Three-lamp fixtures show" with two switches shall be wired with lamps 1, 3 and 2 each on separate switch-legs for '-level illumination. Four-larnp fixtures sho-vvn with two switches shall be wired avith lamps 1. 4 and 2,3 cacti on separate switch-legs for 2-level illumination, END OF SECTION 16500 aw LIG If 1711N. G 16500-5 goo Gensler April 14,200 Tiffauy Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton,WA SECTION - 167M-SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Furnish all material, equipment, labor, tools and supervision to provide the complete and functioning signal and communications systems for this project as shown on the drawings and specified herein. 1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS X Only equipment devices have been shown on the contract documents. Individual conduits anti conductors are not shown on the drawings. Unless specifically specified otherwise, provide complete system wiring to include all conductors installed in conduit raceways between all equipment. Refer to Raceway System Layout.Submittal Requirements. 1.3 SUBMI'l-FALS A. See Section 16010, "Electrical, Creneral Provisions.- regarding submittal format, copies, etc. The following infio nnation is intended to auginent those provisions referenced above, I Drawings and Diagrams: Submittals shall contain 118-inch = 1-foot-scale floor plans MW showing all raceway layouts, equipment and devices with complete wire count of all wiring proposed for insttallation under this contract. All devices shall be numbered and located on the drawings- Provide riser diagrams showing all in terconnections and wire types and counts. For clarity, Contractor is encouraged to show wire count in coded form relating to the system or function. R6er to "Raceway System Layout Submittal" for additional submittal requirements. 2. Raceway System Layout Submittal: Signal and communication system equipment suppliers shall submit through the Contractor for approval by the Engineer a complete set of reproducible floor plans indicating their proposed raceway routing. Layout shall show all devices and indicate, wiring and conduit requirements between all equipment. Floor plans shall consist of reproducible sepia drawings showing only the floor plan and raceway system layout, 3. Equipment and Materials: Subriiii(als shall contain a complete list of equipment and materials, including manufacturer's descriptive and technical literature, system performance charts,curves and calculations,catalog cuts arid itistallation instructions. 4. Submit for approval, complete layout of entire fire alarm system showing terininal-to- terminal wiring, all equipment, and complete, system operation sequence. This information shall first be submitted for approval to the State Fire Marshal and City of Renton Fire Department. Sufficietit time must be allowed for these approvals prior to ordering equipment and installation of rough-in work. SIGYNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS 16700- 1 ens April 14,2006 'fiffany Activity Building Gler 32.5086-000 issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton. WA 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE/STANDARDS A. Requirements: System components and performance must meet Federal Communication Commission Part i6,and National Electrical Code ininimum requirements. License and Bonding: All signal and Communications equipment shall be supplied and B. t7 installed by a licensed and bonded Signal and Corrununications Contractor holding a valid Washington State Electrical Contractor's License as described in Chapter 19.28, Paragraph 1210, of the Electricians and Electrical Installations Revised Code of Washington. C. Manufacturer: All major communication system equipment shall be of a single manufacturer, supplied and installed by all authorized factory distributor. Specific system manufacturers are listed under fart I "Products," of the Signal and Communication System section. D. System Materials: The ortwunication, System Conti-actor shall furnish and install all materials, even though not specifically mentioned herein, which are necessary for tile proper integration of tile syster", so that the system shall perform the functions listed herein ill compliance with all the specified requirements. E. Experience: Each Communication System} Contractor shall have been regularly engaged in the design and installation of similar systems of equal complexity to the one specified for a period of at least five (5)years. F. Authorizations: Each Communication System Contractor shalt have been authorized for a minimum of two (2) year; by the manufacturer of the equipment. to provide sales, service. and local warranty repairs for the equipment supplied. Tile Communication System Contractor must make all final equipi-nent installation hook-ups. perform testing, place system into proper operation, and provide one-year warranty on portion of system tv—Ing nimlified. Selling equipment only for installation. hook-up and warranty by the Electrical Subcontractor will not be allowed. G. Installations: Each Communication System Contractor shall upon request provide evidence of a successful installation of five (5) similar systems which have been operational for at least twelve(122) months. Two systems shall be in the local market area and available for inspection and demonstration of features. 14. Financial Resources: Each Corilmunication System Contractor shall, upon request.. be able to illustrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer, that he has sufficient financial resources so as not to endanger in any way, in the sole judgment of the Engineer, full and timely compliance with the documents and specifications. I. Service: Each Communication System Conti-actor shalt maintain a fully equipped service organization with stocks and have direct.factory access to tile manufacturer's standard parts and he capable of system inspection, troubleshox)ting, maintenance,and service to the system. Each system contractor shall guarantee availability of 24-hour local service by factory trained personnel of the equipment manufacturer. L Superintendent: During construction and testing.each Corrimunicutioti System Contractor shall b. , C, provide a competent superintendent to have lull charge of protects of this scope. As a minimurn, the supervisor shall have served as installation supervisor for three successfully SIGNAL AND COMMUNWA'rIONS 16700 - 2 Gensler -April 14,2(ft Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086-000 Issued for COnstruction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA completed proJects. Anyone judged inadequate Or non cooperative by the Engineer shall be replaced immediately. The superintendent shall make himself available to the Engineer, K. Responsibility: Each Communication System Contractor shall accept responsibility for the complete design and installation of the system as described herein, L. Prior Approvals: Approval request to prequalify for bidding of equipment not as specified herein must be received by the Engineer not less than ten days prior to bid opening, Proposals shall include but shall not be limited to the following: complete technical data and such samples as required to indicate that the submitted components are equivalent to the specified equipment in all material aspects; the Contractor will itemize on a separate enclosure any variation from the specification (refer to the section, paragraph, arid item of the specification and clearly state the variation); a list of similar previous completed projects with the names and telephone numb-rs of the owners: number of years in the conamunications business; set-vice staff and qualifications; list of Contractor-owned test. equipment; documentation supporting that the Contractor represents the products proposed-, and tile Contractor's license number. Demonstration of the proposed equipment shall he presented at the Owrier's Offices at no cost or inconvenience to the Owner's personnel. M. Alternative Proposals. Alternative proposals which are approved for bidding purposes only will be published by addenda. Proposals not cornplying with the prior approval requirements and conditions set forth atxwc will not be considered. 1.5 SCHEDULING AND COORDINATION X Scheduling: Schedule Nvork and location of equipment with Other trades to avoid conflict. and delays. B. Coordination. Coordinate exact location of all devices and equipment with the Architectural drawings before rough-in. Locate all junction boxes and systern splices to allow,for the easiest possible access by maintenance personnel. 1.6 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE A. Warranty: Each signal and communications system shall be covered under a warranty period of one year following the date Of system acceptance, Any manufacturing, performance or t� installation defects arising during this period shall be corrected without cost to the Owner. R iMaintenance:: Any malfunctioning components shall be restored on-site to normal operation within severity-two(72) hours, and shall be replaced vivith new equipment. C, Inventory: Maintain a complete inventory Of all Parts necessary to provide service according to the specified warranty requirements, SICYNAL AND COMMUNICATTONS 16700 - 3 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32,5056.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park., Renton.WA PART 2 -PRODUCTS GENERAL A. Refer to individual section,,; (16701 through 16799) for specific system requirertients. 2.2 EQUIPMENT GENERAL X All equipment and material shall be new and the standard products of one manufacturer supported by a local service organization and shall be listed byLJnderwriters'Labor-atories, Inc. or Factory Mutual Insurance Corporation. PART 3 -EXEC 1_7 TIONN RACEWAYS AND WIRING A. Requirements: See Section 16110 and 16130 for raceway and outlet box requirements. . tali B. Wiring: Provide complete wiring per manufacturer's requireimnus in conduit, as specified for lighting and power. Conductors shall be copper. The Contractor shall verify all -wiring requirements with manufacturer prior to subt-nitting a bid. Wiring in raceways shall not ex'ceed 40 percent conduit fill. C. Raceways-, Only equipment devices have been shown on the Contract Documents. Individual conduits and conductors are not shown on the drawings. Unless specifically specified otherwise. Contractor shall provide complete. wiring system to include all conductors installed in metallic-conduit rac--wa-yes between all equipinent shown and specified herein with quantity and size ol'conductors and raceways as determined by the equipment manufacturer. D. Raceway System Layout Subinittal: Equipment supplier shall submit for approval to the Engineer through the Contractor a complete set of floor plans in the quantity as required by Submittal Section 16010, indicating their proposed raceway routing. Layout shall show all devices and indicate wiring and conduit requirvnients between all equipment.. Floor plans shall consist of drawings showint)�L,only the floor plan and raceway system layout. E_ Splices- No splices shall be installed in conduit or any inaccessible place. All splices shall be made on terminal blocks specifically designed for that purpose, All terminations must be identified. F. Color Coding: All wiring shall be color coded and identified with wire markers where not consolidated into -single cables. neatly bundled and bound in tied harnesses terminated with push-in plugs where specified or on punch blocks where not otherwise specified. G. Rack Wiring. Wiring within signallconimunications equipment racks and cabinets is to be accomplished using telephone rack wiring techniques reflecting the highest professional standards. All wiring shall be consolidated and laced. All corners shall be squared and tie SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS 16700 -4 Gensler April 14,24116 Tiffany Activity Building 32.50 86.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park-, Renton, WA downs employed, Fabrication work 'lot ineetinmo these standards will be unacceptable. All conductors must be identified with wire markers that relate to the system shop drawing. 3.2 OPERATIONS A MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide operations and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 16010, "Electrical, General Provision."of the specification. B. In addition to the requirements of Section 16010, "Electrical, General Provision," the following shall he provided: r. 1. Operating instructions of alt equipment, 2. Floor plans of the building showing the "as-built" locations of all components, conduit runs and cables utilized. Refer to "Record Drawings" in Section 16010, Electrical, General Provisions" for additional requirements. 3. Certified results of all systems tests 3.3 LABEL AND IDENTIFICATION A, Equipment Cabinets: Identify signal and c0flullullications systems equipment cabinets with an engraved phenolic plastic nameplate as described in Section l 6195 "Electrical Identification" B. Junction Boxes: Refer to Section 1.6130- Mark covers of all concealed signal and communications systems junction boxes with a distinctive letter and color using a permanent label or marker. All fire alarm system wiring shall utilize red color. C Wiring; Wires and cables shall be identified at each end by permanent printed sleeve or tape- r. type markers, The designation marked on the cables shall match those shown on the sh(j drawings. p 3.4 TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE A, Start-Up: The Communication System Contractor shall be responsible for the start-up, commissioning,, and troubleshcK)tin,- of the signal and coo municat ions systerns- Notify the Owner. Architect and Engineer of the date and time of commission testing at least two weeks prior to testing� The Ho r, spital may elect to have the testing witnessed by their personnel or an authorized representative. Start-up and testing of tile system by the Electrical Subcontractor is not acceptable. 13. Test Results: Upon completion of the testing,the completed test documentation shall he sent to the Architect stating that tile a4justment and coinmissioning of the system is complete. A copy of each test shall be included in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. C. Deficiencies. In the event that defects or deficiencies are found, they are to be corrected to the satisfaction of the Architect. D. Acceptance: Signal and communications systems will not tae accepted on a device:-by-device or area-by-area basis, but only as a fully completed and operational system. Beneficial usage shall start upon successful completion of tile,system test and acceptance by the Owner. SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS 16700 -5 r. Gensler April 14,20016 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA TRAWNG A. General: Each manufacturer's representative is to include sufficient hours in this bid to cover the cost of futly *instructing the 6wner or his designated representatives to the satisfaction of the Arehitcct in the use and opwraiion of each system. B. Training: Orient the training specifically to the systems installed, rather train a general training course. instructors shall be thoroughly fa rniliar with all aspects of the specific system and its components. C. Provisions: Provide the training necessary to ensure,competence in the operation of the system by the personnel, Provide instructors, literature,,and necessary equipment to train the personnel. END OF SFCTTON 16700 SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS 16700-6 i V" Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086,000 Issued for Consiructior, Tiffany Park,Renton,WA PART I 1. GENERAL A Refer to Section 16700. "Specia.1 Systerns" for general requirements that apply to this section. C0111111Y with t11J requirelfients of Section 16700. B, The fire alarm system shall comply with all local requirements. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide all labor,equipment and material necessary for a complete and operating fire detection MW and alarm system. All components shall be listed. labeled or approved for their application as fire alarm equipment by underwriters'Laboratories, Inc. 13 Comply with applicable provisions of current NFPA 72 standards, kxal building codes and meets requirements of local authorities haVi fig j Urisdiction. 1.3 SYSTEM TYPE A. The system shall operate as a low-voltage, intelligent, point identification fire management system. The fire detection and COntT01 System shall monitor intelligent (analog) and addressable (digital) devices, point identify the alarm location and transmit a signal to the 1710111toring agency, B, The fire alarm control panel shall allow for loading and editing special instructions and operating sequences as required, The system shall be capable of on site programming to accommodate and facilitate expansion, budding parameter changes or changes as required by local codes. All software operations shall be stored in a nonvolatile programmable memory, within the fine alarm control panel. Loss of primary and secondary, power -,hall riot erase the instructions stored in memory. 1.4 SYSTEM OPERATION A. System operation shall be such that actuation of any manual pull station, heat detector, smoke detector,or other approved device. shall cause the following to occur:. L All audible alarm indicating appliances shall sound a continuous fire alarm signal until silenced by the alarm silence switch at the control panel, 2. All visual alarm indicating appliances strobes shall be activated, 3. Any subsequent zone alarm shall reactivate the alarm indicating appliances. 4. Transmit a supervised signal to the security system control panel. 5. Annunciate a LCD message displaying the type, point label, condition and a location for the first alami immediately without the need for operator response at control and remote WA annunciation Panels. Subsequent. events will be logged into queues for display by user selection. FW,*ALARNt SYSTEM 16720 - 1 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building Issued for Construction Tiffiny Park,Renton,WA B. An alarm shall be displayed on all 80-character alphanumeric display. The top line of characters shall be the point label and the second line shall be the device type identifier. The system alarm red LED shall flash on the control panel shall indicate the specific device in ;,arrn. A subsequent alarm received from ,mother zone after acknowledged shall flash the system alarm LED on the control panel. The LCD display shall show the new alarin information. An. alarm tone shall occur within the control paliel until acknowledged, C. Entering the locked control cabinet and operating the alarm silence switch shall silence the alarm-indicating appliance. A subsequent at-arm condition shall reactivate the signals. D. The activation of any system smoke detector shall initiate an alarm verification operation whereby the panel will reset the activated detector and wait for a second alarm activation. If within one minute after resetting, a Second alarm is reported from.the same or any other smoke detector, tile system shall process tile alarm as described previously. (The time period of alai•ill verification reset shall be programmable from 0-60 seconds.) If no second alarm occurs within the alarm verification time window, the system shall resume normal operation. The alarm verification shall operate only on smoke detector alarms. Other activated initiating devices Shall be processed immediately, The alarinverification operation shall be selectable by device, not.lust by zone. The control panel shall have the capability to display the number of times a zone or detector has gone into verification mode. E. A manual evacuation switch shall be provided at the alarin panel to operate, the systems alarm indicating devices. Other control circuits shall not be activated-, however, a true alarm shall be processed as described previously. F. Alarm and trouble conditions shall be immediately displayed on the control panel from alphanumeric display. If more than one alarm or trouble area is in the ,system, tile operator may scroll to display new alarms. G. The control panel shall be capable of supplying a jilinimurri of 3.5 amps at 24 VTR'filtered and regulated. The power supply must be expandable,to the total ampacity required by the systeriv H. All functions of the control panel shall be field programmable for maximum flexibility and expandability. 1.5 POWER REQUIREMENTS A. The control panel shall receive 120 VAC povver as noted on the plans via a dedicated circuit. Provide an EF1 Model OEM 120-volt 20-amp sine wave tracking TVSS module in a junction box adjacent to the panel. Connect the control panel branch circuit via the TVSS. B. The system shall be provided with sufficient battery capacity to operate the entire system upon loss of normal 120 VAC power in the nornial Supervisory mode for a period of sixty hours with five minutes of alarm operation at the end of this period. The system shall automatically transfer to the, standby batteries upon power failure. All battery charging and recharging shall be automatic,. C. All circuits requiring system-operating power shall be 24 VDC and shall be individually fused at the control panel. fell FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 10720 -2 Gensler April 14,27006 Tiffaky Activity , Building 32-5086.000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park, Renton, WA 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit lot- approval complete system shop drawings. The shop drawings shall first be submitted for approval to the local Fire Marshall within 30 days after contract award. Sufficient time must be allowed for these approvals prior to ordering equipment and installation of rough-in work. B. The shop drawings shall provide the following information(asa minimurn): L Title sheet with the following information- Owner's name. address and telephone nurnber; manu facture r's name, address and telephone number; statement of scope of work. , property tax account numbers for all parcels involved and legal description of property. 2. Riser diagram showing all initiating and indicating circuits and the quantity of devices on each circuit. 3. Floor plans showing all devices with their addresses and all tern-iinal-to-terminal wiring. 4. Battery calculations. 5. System operating sequence, 6. Wiring diagrarn for each type of device. I P 7. Wiring schedule, S. Legend providing a detailed description and the catalog number of each type of device. All back box requirements shall he clearly identified. 9. Shop drawings shall utilize the final room numbers established by the Owner. not the room and building numbers showing the architectural floor plans. 1.7 MANUFACTURER A. NotifierNIFS 3030 series. PAR]'2 E,_QUIPNI J,NT 2.1 CABLE- AND RACENVAYS A. All cabling shall he plenUm-rated. B. Provide metallic raceways as specified in Section 16110 for cables installed in walls. above inaccessible ceilings. exposed, or where subject to physical damage. Raceway fill Shall not exceed 40%. 2.2 FIRF ALARM CONTROL PANEL A. Construction shall be modular with solid-state microprocessor based electronics. An 80- character minimum alphanumeric display shall indicated alarms, supervisory service conditions and any troubles, Provide Notifier NFS 3030 Series. B. The control panel shall contain the following: 1. 80-character LCD displays. 2. Minimum of two indicating appliance circuits. 3. Nonvolatile EEPROM inernory. FTRE ALAR MI SYSTEM 16720 -3 Gensler April l4,2006 Tirtany Activity Building ' WA 32.5086.OW ISAIed fir COnstruction riffany P ark.Renton. 4, Multiple password levels. 5, IZS232 port for programming,printer and video display unit inputf()UtPut. C. Programming- 1. Programming shall be accomplished using a standard IBM corilpatilile computer, either desk, or laptop. 2. The resident program shall be stored in nonvolatile EEPROM memon,'. 3, The system shall have the capability to store the system program on a hard or floppy disk for future changes. upgrades or replacement. 4. Software will allow the user to reprogram. system points, add system points, add or chang output functions shall be field e.point descriptions and update the data file. System programmable to allow custom operations. 2.3 PERIP11ERAL DEVICES iii A. Manual Stations: Shall be double-action and shall be constructed of die-cast aluminum with raised white levering, and a smooth high-gloss red finish. When. the station is operated, the handle shall lock in as protruding manner to facilitate quick visual identification of the activated station, The station shall be, capable of being reset using a screwdriver.. Stations requiring as special key for operation shall not be permitted. Provide Stopper 11 series protective guard with audible horn where shown on the drawings. 13, Smoke Detectors. Shall be listed to UL Standard 268 and shall he documented compatible with the control equipment to which it is connected. The smoke detectors shall be photoelectric type with a plug-in base and visual indication of detector actuation. All detectors are to be addressable and intelligent with the capability of alarrn verification, sensitivity adjustment by detector and maintenance alert circuitry. C. General Alarm Signals: Shall be electronic hom/strobes. They shall be solid-state construction and shall pri-,)duce a broadband horn sound output of 90 dBA d 10 peak dBA) and 10' in an anechoic chamber. The units shall have a temporal tone pattern and adjustable volumes. Set all units to lowest volunle level prior to installation. The strobes shall prc"duce peak candlepower at one flash per second. Mounting shall be flush type or as shown on the drawings. Screw tern-dnals shall be provided for in/out field wiring of up to #12 gauge wire. All models shall be UL listed for fire protective service and must meet current Al)A requirements. All horn/strobes shall be synchronized. Notifie•SpecLrAlert Series. D. Provide zone addressable modules (.7,NMs) as required for devices that do not have integral intelligence. yrr PART EjXLCt;T1 N GE N"E R A L A Install protective dust covers over all smoke and thermal detectors immediately after installation. Remove covers only as required for testing. Immediately after final acceptanci. test, reinstall covers and do not remove until the building has been thoroughly cleaned by the General Contractor. FIRE.ALARM SYSTEM 16720 -4 err Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086.1)(Ki Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 3.2 PROGRAMMING A. Provide the Owner with a list of device names and addresses (point summary) for his review prior to programining the system. System shall be programmed using the final roam and building number,-,established by the Owner. not the room and building numbers shown oil the Architectural floor plans, wr B. Tile Owner must have complete access to the system program. Provide a copy of the system program on a disk in addition to a hard copy for use by the Owner. w. C. Provide the Owner with the complete list of system passwords. 3.3 TRAINING A. Instruct the Owner in the operation, maintenance and programming of the system. Refer to Section 16010. 3.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Only after Satisfactory test of entire fire alarm system installation, including the work in the existing building, in the presence of tile Owner's representative and the Fire Marshal. and after receipt of thy.manufacturer".;MpreSentatiVe'S letter of certification as sixcifted. 3,5 LABELING A, All smoke detectors and thermal detectors shall be neatly and permanently laix-led on the inside of the detector base with the detector address. B. All pull stations shall be neatly and permanently labeled in a concealed location with the device address. 3-o AUTOMATIC REPORTING A. The system shall report both alarm and trouble signals per applicable requirements or NFPA 72C "Remote Station Signaling Systems fix Fire Alarm and Supervisory Set-vice," and the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. & Provide the following connections from the FRCP to the security systern panel: I. General Alarrn 2. General`Trouble 3.7 SPARE CAPACITY W I A. Initiating Circuits; Each initiating circuit shall be, configured such that a mirtimurn of four M additional initiating devices (smoke detectors, thermal detectors, pull stations etc.) can be added. rr B. Indicating Circuits: Each indicating circuit shall be configured such that a minimuni of two additional indicating devices(strobes, horn/strobes, horns,etc.)can be added. FIR[?ALARM SYS'I'EM 16720 -5 A, A Gens'Ier April 14,20116 Tiffany Activity Building 32 issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton.NVA 1-5086,000 ml 3.8 SPARE DEVICES A. Provide the following spare fire alarm devices; Item______(2U_ant—ity Addressable Sensor Bases Addressable Photoelectric Had Hom/Strobe B. Spare devices shall include 75' of conduit. and wiring as required for a complete installation. Location of these units to be determined by the Owner's Representative at the site. The Contractor shall assume that these devices will be installed after all other work is completed. Unused units are to be turned over to the Owner. 3.9 AS-BAIL"DRAWL` G A. At the completion of the Project. the Contractor shalt provide the following: 1. As-built shop drawings (hard copy & disk) showing the -as-built locations of all components, conduit runs, cables utilized. and address of each device, Refer to Sections 160 10 and 16700. 2. One set of 18" x 24" floor plans(hard copy and disk) showing only the fire alarm devices and the associated addresses, END OF SECTION 1.6720 Vill FIRE At,UZM SYSTEM 16720 -6 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building '12.5086,000 Issued for Constructi�,r. Tiffany Park,Renton, WA SECTION 16744 -TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM PART -(,ENFRAL GENERAL A. Refer to Section 16700, "Signal and Communications," for general requirements that apply to this section. Comply with all requirements for Section 16700. L2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide all labor and ma,terials necessary to provide all wiring, jacks and patch panels for a cornplete voice and data corni-nunications distribution system. B. The telephone switch. handsets and all electronic networking equipatcrit will be furnished and installed by the Owner, 1.3 PUBLICATIONS AND STANDARDS A. All work shall comply, with the requirements of TIAIEIA 568-13.21.1, 569-A. (4)6-A and physical laYcl- specification sections of ISOJEC 8802-3 (IEEE 802.3) with regards to installation of communication cabling and connectors. Installers shall have read these documents and be familiar with the requirements that pertain to this installation. Copies of these documents may be obtained froth Global Engineering Documents at: 15 Inverness Way East, Eriglewcx)d. CO 80012, 1.4 MATERIALS AND EQUIP-vTENT A. All materials and equipment shall be now and ot'high quality to provide long life and reliable operation. All equiptrenit shall be modern in design and shall not have been in prior service except as required by factory tests. B. Make all necessary provisions for storing materials and equipment at rite so as to ensure the quality and fitness of the items to be incorporated it) the work. Equipment shall be stored to prevent damage and corrosion. 1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit complete system shop drawings for approval, The shop drawings shall provide the following information as a rninirnurn: L Riser diagram. 1. Floor plans showing all telecommunications outlets with terminal-l",erminal wiring and the jack identification numbers, 3. Wiring:schedule. r. 4. Elevation of each equipment rack-, Show jack numbers of each patch panel point. 5. Legend providing a detailed description and the catalog number of each type of device. Ail back box requirements shall be clearly identified. 6. Telecommunications outlet wiring diagram. 7. Identification nurnber of each telecommunications outlet. TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 16744 - 1 Gensler April l4,2004 Tiffany Netivity IBuilding 32.5086 000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA B. Shop drawings shall utitize the final roorn numbers established by the Owner, not the room and building numbers shown on the Architectural Floor Plans. Oil 1.6 INSTALLATION I Manufacturer: SYSTTNIAX certified reseler. Part numbers refer to sys'rLMAX. 1.7 WARRANTY A. The materials and installation shall be warranted by SYSTIMAX for 25 years from the date of final acceptance by the Owner, B, The warrant shall ensure, against product defects. that all al-.tproved cabling components y 11 L_- exceed the specifications of TIAIEIA 56813, exceed the attenuation and NEXT requirements of all TLAJEIA TSB 67 for cabling links/channels and that the installation will exceed the loss and bandwidth requirements of TIA/ELA TSB 07 for fiber links/chartnels. The warranty shall apply to.3.11 passive components. C. The warranty shall cover the failure of the wiritill, system to support the application which it was designed to support as well as additional application(s) introduced in the future by recognized standards or user foruins that use the TIA/EIA 568B component and link-1channel specifications for cabling for 225 years. D. The warranty shall cover the replacement or repair of defective products(s) and labor for the replacement or repair of such defective products. PA RT 2 -1 RODUCT 2.1 HORIZONTAL CABLING A. High Speed Cables (Category 6: UTP,4 Pair): 1. Data cables shall be extended between the station location and its associated terminal board and shall consist of 4 pair. 24-gauge, UTP, and shall be terminated on the 8 pin modular jacks provided at each outlet. Cable,jacket shall comply with Article 800'NEC for use as a plenum cable. The 4 pair UTP cable shall be UL Listed Type CIMP (plenurn). 2. All 4 pair Category 6 cables shall conform to ANSUTIA/FlA 568-13.2.1 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabline- Standard, Horizontal Cable Section and be part of the UL LAN Certification and Follow-up Program. Applications standards supported should include, but should not be litnited to, TEEE 802.3, 1013ASE-T; 10OBase-TX and 100OBase-T,,521155 Mbps ATNI and 622 Mbps ATM. 3. UL or EEL Verified for Category 6 Electrical Performance. 4. Ut, Listed for Fire Safety. 5. ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer. 6, Manufacturer: SYSTIMAX 2071E Gigaspeed XL7 CAT 6 Plenum Cable. 2.2 PATCH PANELS A. Rack rnounted, Category 6,RJ45 modular to 110 printed circuit board style patch panels wired for T568-B2.1. SYSTIMAX I 100GS3-24 series. TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTFM 16744 - 2 Gensler April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5096,000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,,Renton,WA 2.3 CABLE NIANAGEMENT PANELS A. SYSTTNIA-X I I(X03-35-19 series. Provide one below each patch panel. 2.4 OITFLETS AND FACEPLATES A. Outlets: RJ45 modular data outlets consisting of 8-position, 8-conductor keyed jacks designed for termination of UTP cabling. T--rminatc one 4-pai•data cable on each jack. Provide 1, 2 or 4 jack outlets its shown on the drawings. SYSTHYTAX MGS-400B.H-246 series (ivory 1. B. Faceplates: I Wall Mounted Telephone Outlets: SYSTIMAX 104200701 series stainless steel faceplate with studs for mounting wall hung;g telephone. 2, Simplex Communications Outlet: SYSTIMAX MIOL-246 series (ivory). 3, Duplex.Communications Outlet: SYSTIMAX M12L-246 series#ivory). 4. Quad Communications Outlet: SYSTIMAX M14L-246 series(ivorK 5. Blank Covers: SYSTIMAX M20AP-246 series(ivory,). 2.5 EQUIP-MENT RACKS A. Rack: 19"W x 84"H self-supporting, alum i n urn equipment rack with clear fin i sh and mounting holes drilled on both sides. Chatsworth Megatrarne M1030-113 series. Each rack shall be furnished with the following accessories: B. Grounding Kit: Chatsworth 08f)(390)] series. aw 2� C. Vertical Wire Management: Provide on both sides of each rack. Where two racks are installed side-to-side provide one vertical cable management channel. Mount channel on the front of the racks, centered where the racks adjoin. Manufacturer: Chatsworth 11730 series (single) and 11729 series for side-by-side installation. 2.6 BUILDUNG ENTRANCE PROTECTOR A. Provide with SYSTIMAX 4CIS series solid-state protector units and integral 110 input/output connectors. SYSTl1MAX489ACAI-1(36)series, 1.7 LOW-VOLTAGE OPEN CABLING SUPPORTS AND PATHWAYS A, Refer to Specification Section 16110. 2.8 TELEPHONE SWITCH AND HANDSETS A. Furnished and installed by the Owner. 6'ART3 -:EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install cables in accordance with recognized industry installation practices and additional details specified herein. Comply with applicable portions of the ELAJT1A 568-B, 569, TSB 39, TSB 67, IEEE 80211 and the NEC. TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 10744 - 3 low llll April 1.4,2006 Tiffany Activity Building Ge nsler Tiffany Park,Renton,WA 32.508 6-000 Issued for Construction B. In areas of the buildings served by an accessible ceiling or attic space, UTP cabling shall be .run in the garage area below and supported every 36" with j-hooks. Ceiling grid supports. water pipes and HVAC ducting ,.hall not be used to Support cables. Cables shall not be placed within 24 inches of overhead lights or any other potential source of electrical interference. C. At any location where a wall, partition, floor or ceiling is penetrated, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing EMT sleeves. Where a fire-rated wall, floor or ceiling is penetrated, sea] around all cables with 1,31 classified fire seat sufficient to return the structure to its original rating. D. Provide plastic bushing on all conduits and sleeve.,, prior to installing cable. Cable installed by conduits or sleeves without bushing shall be removed and replaced. CI'S E. Provide continuous metallic raceways as specified in Section 16110 for the following; 1. All UTP cabling not installed in accessible locations. I. Where shown on the drawings, 3. Mittimum raceway size shall be I-1 14' " 4, All raceways to he Sized to accommodate a minirourn of 20% spare cabling- capacity without exceeding 40% maxinturn fill. 5. All areas below 8'0" AFT- or where. subject to physical darrtagc, LNSTALLATION A. UTP Cables: I install UTTP data cables in continuous lengths front the teleconji-nunicatIons outlet to the terminal board. No splices allolxled. 2. Terminate all UTP cables at patch panels. 3. Arrangement of cables ut the patch panel blocks shall be its ascending order of outlet numbers, 4. D(--,not install cabling in conduit or sleeves without plastic bushings. 5. Do not bind cables jig a ,litly together with wraps, Wraps shall slip loosely around cable. 6. No more than 50 cables shall be installed in a si.ngkl bundle., 7. Do not crimp or bend cables into a tighter radius than recommended by the manufacturer. 8. Provide 36" service loop for cables at each IDF or MDF. Locate loop in cable tray. 9. Maintain twists in pairs of wire to within 1/2" of termination. 10, Maxitnurn length shall be'250 feet. B. Jacks: Install jacks only in electrical boxes that are clean, free from dirt and debris. A cut-in ring only is not acceptable, C. Equipment Racks: 1. Brace top of racks to adjacent backboard with a 12" wide cable tray. 2. Anchor bottom of ruck to floor with four 3/8" diameter expansion bolts. TF1_E-.CON,1MUN1CAT IONS SYSTEM 16744 -4 Gens-1 er April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086-(W Issued for Cc)nstruction Tiffany Park,Renton,WA Patch Panels: I Install patch panels starting at the top of theavailable space in (lie equipment rack. 1. Provide sufficient pos itions to terminate all UTTP cables plus 20%,spare capacity. 3.3 CYROUNSING X Provide a ground terminal block at each equipment rack. 13. Extend one 46 stranded copper ground conductor from the equipment rack ground terminal block to the ground bus on the backboard. Extend one #6 stranded conductor from the ground bus to the main service switchboard ground bus. 3.4 INSPECTION PROCEDURES A. The Owner ,vill conduct periodic it'sPections of the work in progress. Inspections by the Owner in no way limit the Contractor's responsibility for compliance with the contract documents. rr B, The Owner reserves the right to hire an independent testing company to spot-check the test results. If the results vary More than 109�y from the results provided by the Contractor. the Contractor will be required to correct any deficiencies and retest the.'entire systenj. 3.5 TERMINATIONS A. The Contractor shall terminate, test and label all copper cables installed under this contract. 13. All terminations must be made by certified personnel in strict accordance with the connector manufacturer's installation procedure. As a condition of contract award, the Contractor must provide evidence that the personnel performing terminations are certified by the connector manufacturer. 3.6 ACCEPTANCE TESTING; PROCEDURE-S A. General. I The following acceptance testing procedures are in addition to those required by the SYSTIMAX warranty. 2- Provide a detailed test procedure, for approval by the Owner prior to beginning testing. The Owner reserves the right to witness all testing. 3. Upon completion of all testing a certified test: report shall be provided. The report shall include the following information as a minimum: a. Copy of the approved test procedure b. Date(s)of test C. Individual(s) performing the test r. d. Make.model number and serial number cif all test.equipment C. Cable identification number and the associated test results r. B. All cabling -must be installed and the final test reports delivered to the Owner two weeks prior to substantial completion, Test reports shall be bound in a separate volurne of' the 0 & M manual its specified in Section 16010. TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 16744 -5 April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Buildilig issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton, WA C. Prior to beginning any testittg, the Contractor shall schedule a walk-throuarh with the Owner and the Engineer to review the installation. D. UTP Cabling: All UTP wiring will be certified to rneet or exceed the specifications as set forth in the Link Performance Testing Specifications for Field Testing of Unshielded Twisted-Pair Cabling Systems, TIA/E1A. TSB-67 level 11 for Calegor'), 6 links. C ertificati()n s shall i.11 1 ude the following parameters for each pair of each cable installed: 1. Wire map(pill to pity connectivity) Length (in feet) 3. Attenuation 4. Crosstalk (NEXT) E. Provide a hard copy of all test results. Each cable shall be identified by its jack number. 3.7 LABELING A. The terminal board shall be labeled with a phenolic nameplate attached to the top of the equipment rack. The narneplate shall be black with 1/2" high white letters. B. Label all telecommunications jacks using computer or electronic labeling machine generated labels. Hand written labels will not he accepted. Each jack shall be labeled with the MDF/IDF nurnber (use M for N10F), room number and consecutive jack number. Example: Cables in Room 200 (served by IDF No.4) would 1-w labeled 4,200,1, 4.2(X').2, 4.200.3, etc. Consecutive jack numbers shall start. with the outlet nearest the door and increase clockwise around the room, tlf C. Label all patch panel ports to match the data lack and room. numbers. Numbers, shall be in ascending order frorn left to right starting at the upper left hand port. 3.8 AS-BUlLT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall provide the following at the completion of the project: I. As-built shop drawings (hard copy and disk) showing, (lie "as-built" locations of all components. conduit runs. cables utilized and address of each device, Refer to Sections 16010 and 1.6700. its 2. one set of 18" x 24" floor plans (hard copy and disk-) showiti-r., only the telecommunications jacks and associated jack numbers. 3.9 SPARE DEVtCES A. Provide the following spare data outlets: I. Duplex Data Outlet: 2 & Spare devices shall include 50 LF' of conduit and UUP cabling (:UXT for duplex outlet) for it complete installation. Location of these outlets to be determined by the Owner's representative at the site. END OF SECTION 16744 -6 TELF'COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 16744 Gensler April X14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32.5086,000 Issued for Construction Tiffany Park,Renton. WA SECTION 16785 -SECURITY SYSTEM PROVISIONS PART I -GENERAL Ll GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 1(700, "Signal and Communications." for ggeneral requirements that apply to this section. Comply with all requirements of Section 167(g). SCOPE A. Provide all raceway provisions for the installation of the security systern. Installation shall include conduit, outlet boxes and outlet box plates. 1. DISTRIBUTION A, General: The Contractor shall provide a complete security raceway distribution system including conduits, boxes and plates. All security systern equipment. cable, cable terminations and outlets shall be furnished and installed by the Owner's, Security System Contractor. B. Coordination: Coordinate critire installation with the Security System Contractor. L4 SECURITY OUTLETS A. Outlets shall be 4 11116" square x 2 1/8" deep box with sin�_gle—pang plaster ring. Provide blank I" stainless steel plate for all boxes not equipped with an outlet by the Security System Contractor. 1.5 CONWIT SIZES A. N–finimurn conduit size shall be 3/4". Larger sizes shall be provided where required or as indicated on the drawings. Stub conduit from security devices box to the nearest accessible ceiling space for extension of fire-rated cables to the security system terminals by the Security System Contractor. PART 2-PRODtJCTS 1.6 CONDUIT A. As specified under Section 16130. 1.7 OUTLET BOXES A, As specified under Section 16130, SECURITY SYSTEM PROVISIONS 16785 - 1 Gens 1 er April 14,2006 Tiffany Activity Building 32_5 08 6,W) Issued fait Construction Tiffany Pai k,Renton,WA PART 3 -EXECUTION 1.9 GENERAL A. Refer to Section 16700, "Signal and Communications." for execuLion. requireurnits. Comply with all requirements of Section 16700. END OF SECTION 1678.5 rri J,j i"t fo�, If i SFCURITY SYSTEM PROVISIONS 16785 -2